Google
This is a digital copy of a book that was preserved for generations on library shelves before it was carefully scanned by Google as part of a project
to make the world's books discoverable online.
It has survived long enough for the copyright to expire and the book to enter the public domain. A public domain book is one that was never subject
to copyright or whose legal copyright term has expired. Whether a book is in the public domain may vary country to country. Public domain books
are our gateways to the past, representing a wealth of history, culture and knowledge that's often difficult to discover.
Marks, notations and other maiginalia present in the original volume will appear in this file - a reminder of this book's long journey from the
publisher to a library and finally to you.
Usage guidelines
Google is proud to partner with libraries to digitize public domain materials and make them widely accessible. Public domain books belong to the
public and we are merely their custodians. Nevertheless, this work is expensive, so in order to keep providing tliis resource, we liave taken steps to
prevent abuse by commercial parties, including placing technical restrictions on automated querying.
We also ask that you:
+ Make non-commercial use of the files We designed Google Book Search for use by individuals, and we request that you use these files for
personal, non-commercial purposes.
+ Refrain fivm automated querying Do not send automated queries of any sort to Google's system: If you are conducting research on machine
translation, optical character recognition or other areas where access to a large amount of text is helpful, please contact us. We encourage the
use of public domain materials for these purposes and may be able to help.
+ Maintain attributionTht GoogXt "watermark" you see on each file is essential for in forming people about this project and helping them find
additional materials through Google Book Search. Please do not remove it.
+ Keep it legal Whatever your use, remember that you are responsible for ensuring that what you are doing is legal. Do not assume that just
because we believe a book is in the public domain for users in the United States, that the work is also in the public domain for users in other
countries. Whether a book is still in copyright varies from country to country, and we can't offer guidance on whether any specific use of
any specific book is allowed. Please do not assume that a book's appearance in Google Book Search means it can be used in any manner
anywhere in the world. Copyright infringement liabili^ can be quite severe.
About Google Book Search
Google's mission is to organize the world's information and to make it universally accessible and useful. Google Book Search helps readers
discover the world's books while helping authors and publishers reach new audiences. You can search through the full text of this book on the web
at |http: //books .google .com/I
E
■
9
■
Z
il-
■<
4
^
o
'f
<
an
, -^
ce
LJ
■^" J
CD
-"1 "■
-1
s
■ i 'i
X
- u-
o
o
d >H
t-
s-
^-.^
Ui
f^
■tj
en
cc
Ui
1
Q.
1
■
B
J/^J^
yVHITE'S (jr^AMMAR ■^ CHOOL J EX
TS
THE SEVENTH BOOK
OF
XENOPHON'S ANABASIS.
WITH A VOCABULARY
BY
JOHN T. WHITE, D.D. OxoN.
LONDON
LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO.
1882
All rights resenied
LONDON :
GILBERT AND RIVINGTON, LIMITED,
3T. John's square.
X
PREFACE.
For some long time past it has been widely felt
that a reduction in the cost of Classical Works
used in schools generally, and more especially in
those intended for boys of the middle classes, is at
once desirable and not difficult of accomplishment.
For the most part only portions of authors are read
in the earlier stages of education, and a pupil is
taken from one work to another in each successive
half-year or term ; so that a book needlessly large
and proportionably expensive is laid aside after a
short and but partial use.
In order, therefore, to meet what is certainly a
want, Portions of the Classical Writers usually
read in Schools are now being issued under the
title of Grammar School Texts ; while, at the
request of various Masters, it has been determined
to add to the series some portions of the Greek
Testament.
Each Text is provided with a Vocabulary of the
words occurring in it. In every instance — with the
exception of Eutropius and ^Esop— the origin of a
word, when known, is stated at the commencement
of the article treating of it, if connected with another
iv PREFACE.
Latin, or Greek, word ; at the end of it, if derive^:^'
from any other source. Further still, the primary
or etymological meaning is always given, within
inverted commas, in Roman type, and so much
also of each word's history as is needful to bring
down its chain of meanings to the especial force, or
forces, attaching to it in the particular " Text."
In the Vocabularies, however, to Eutropius and
iEsop — which are essentially books for beginners
—the origin is given of those words alone which
are formed from other Latin or Greek words, re-
spectively.
Moreover, as an acquaintance with the principles
of Grammar, as well as with Etymology, is
necessary to the understanding of a language, such
points of construction as seem to require elucida-
tion are concisely explained under the proper
articles, or a reference is simply made to that mle
in the Public Schools Latin Prifner, or in Parry s
Elementary Greek Grammar^ which meets the
particular difficulty. It occasionally happens, how-
ever, that more information is needed than can be
gathered from the above-named works. When
such is the case, whatever is requisite is supplied,
in substance, from Jelfs Greek Grammar, Winer's
Gram?nar of New Testament Greek, or the Latin
Gratnmars of Zumpt and Madvig.
London : September , 1882.
SEN0$12NT0S
KrPOY 'ANABA'2E12S Z'.
BOOK VII.
CHAPTER I.
Anaxibius, the Spartan admiral, at the solicitation of Phamabaztis
induces the army to cross over to Byzantium under the promise
of payment. — Does not keep his word. — Under a false pretence
persuades the army to quit the city. — ^The gates are closed. —
The army breaks them open and re-enters by the sea-wall.—
Xenophon being entreated to seize the place refuses. — Grounds of
his refusal. — ^The Greeks again leave the city. — Coeratades tries to
obtain the command of the army ; but, failing in the performance
of certain promises, is compelled to relinquish his object.
1. "02A fiev Brj iv ry ava/Sdaei ry fierit
Kvpov eirpa^av oi "EWi/i/e? M^XP^ "^^^ H'^XV^y
fcal oaa, iirel Kvpo<; iTekevrrjaev, iv rfj
wopeia /J'e')(pt<: elg top Hovtov a^LKomOi koI
oaa ix tov IIovtou 7r€5§ i^ioi're^ koI TrXe-
0X/T69 eirolovv fiixP^^ ^^^ ''^^^ crofiaro^
Anab, Book VII. B
2 XENOPHON'S ANABASIS.
ijipovTO iv XpvaoTToXec t^9 'A<rta9, iravra
iv T& irpoadev Xo^^ hehriXwrai,.
2. 'E/c TOVTOV Se ^appd/Sa^o^, ^fiovfJL€i/o<;
TO arpdrev/ia, /xif iirl Ttfv avrov dpyriv orpar-
€vr)Tai,, irep/^a^ irpo^ ^Kva^i^iov tov pavapyov
(o Be €TU)(ev ip "Bv^apruo S>p) iBelro hta^i^'
daat TO arpdrevfia ire t^9 ^Aaia^, xal irr-
laxvelro irdpra iroiriaeip ainw, oaa B^oi, 3.
Kal ^Apa^ll3io<: fiererrepAlraTO tov<$ oTpaTTjy^
0U9 ical 7^)(ayoif^ t&p OTpariaiT&p efe Bi/fain*-
lop, Kal vTTKrxyelTO, el Bia/Saiep, /xia-0o<]>opdp
eaeaOaL to2^ aTpanwrai^, 4. Ot fiep Btf
dWoi e^aap jSovXevadfiepoi dTrarfyeXetp.
3evo<f>&p Be ehrep avr^ on, dircCKKd^ovro fiBij
diro T^9 a-TpaTid<; Kal jSovXoiro diroTrkelp,
'O Be ^Apa^ifiio^ ixeXevaep avrop, avpSta-
^dpTa, hreira ovt<o^ diraKKaTTeadai, "'Eifyri
ovp ravra iron^aeip,
6. Seu^iy? Be 6 &pa^ irepnrei MrjBoadBrjp
Kal KeXeuei, 3epo(f>&PTa avfiTrpoOv/JLeiadac,
07ra>9 Bia^fj to arpdjeviia, koX e<fni avT&
Tavra avjJLirpoOvfi'qdepTL ov fieTa/Me\i](r€iP.
6. 'O S' etirep* '*'A\\A to fxep aTpdrevfia
Bia^7]<T€Tar tovtou epeKa firjBep TeXelTto
firjTe ifiolf fi'^re aXK^ /xrjBepi' iiretBap Be
SiaBj), eyci^ ^uev dirciXKaPoiiaC irpo^ Be Toif9
BOOK VII. CHAPTER I. 3
Sia/JL€voin(K Kol iTTtKaipiovs oma^ irpoa^^p^
eaOtOf w? av ain& SoHtf/^
7. 'E/ic TovTov Bia/Salvova-i iravre^ eh
"Bv^avriov 01 orpaTC&Tai* Kol /xiaOov fikv
ovK iBiSou 6 ^Ava^c^io^' ixijpv^e Se Xa^ovra^
ra OTrXa Koi cKeur) tou? arpaTKara^ i^iivaij
0)9 dTroTrifMyjroDV re afia koI apiBfJLOV ttoI'^coov.
^EvravOa 01 aTpariSyTai i])(6ovTOf ore ovk
elxop apyvpiop hriavri^eadai eU r^v iropelav,
Kal ofcvTjpw cweaKevd^ovTO,
8. Kal 6 S€vo(f>&Vf KXedvSpqi t& dpfioar^
^€1/09 ryeyevrjfiivo^j TrpoaeXBwv fjaird^ero
airrbv, C09 diroTrXevaofievos ^jBrj. 'O Be
avT& \eyei' *' Mi^ iroiijat}*; ravTa' el Be firj/'
e^, " airiav S^ei^ iirel xeu vvv rcvh fjBrj ae
alTi&vraLj ire ov Ta)(y i^ipirei to arpdrevfia!*
9. 'O 8e elirev' ** 'AXV amo9 pihf lytoye ovk
el/xl TovToVf oi Be arparmTai, avTol iiriatrio'''
fjLov Beofievoij Kal ovk exovre^, Btd tovto
aOvfiovai 7rpo9 t^i' e^oBovJ^ 10. '*'A\V
ofia>^/' effyrj, " iyd) aoc avfjL^ov\ev<o i^eXdeip
fjL€p c»9 TTopevaofievov' eTTeiBdv S* efco yevrjTat
TO arpdrevfJMj rdre diraWdrTea-Oai." " Tavra
Toufw" etjyi] 6 'Sievo<l)&Vj *' €\66in'e^ irpo^
^Ava^ifiwv imirpa^diieda," 11. OuTa>9 ehB^
Glares S\efop raOra* *0 Bk eKeKevaev ovto>
D 2
4 XENOPHON'S ANABASIS.
iroiSv^ KoiX Tfjp Ta'x^Carqv i^Upat vwecfcevair^
fi€vov<;, K(u irpoaaveLTreiVf 09 &v /iff 'Tap^ eiV
Trjv i^eTcuriv Koi eh top dpiOfiov, on auro?^
avTov airidaejaL 12. ^^vrevdev e^rjeaav oX re-
QrpaTJffol irp&TOPf koi oi aWot. Kal apSr]i/
7rdvTe<; irXrjp oXiycjv efa> ^aav, teal ^EreoviKO^
€i<m]K€L irapa Ta? irvXa^y (h<i, ottotc €^<o
fyivoLVTo 7rai/T€9, airoKKeiaoDV tcl^ irvKw; Kal
TOP fio'xXov ifi^ak&v,
13. 'O he ^Ava^l^to<; avyKoXeaa^ tov^
oTpaTTjyoif^ koI' Toif<; \o)(arfoif^ eXeye' " Ta
fiev eiriTrjSeLa" eifyq, " Xa/jL^dvere eK r&v
®paKlwv Ktofx&p* eiaX he airoOt ttoXXoI
Kpidai Kal irvpol Kal raXXa Ta eTTbri^Beia'
Xa^6pTe<: Se iropeveade eh rfji; XeppouTjaov,
eKel Be KwiaKO^; vfuv /iurdoSoTa](reu" 14.
*EiTraK0vaavT€^ Be Tcvefr&v aTparuar&v ravra
fj Kal T&v ArO^oywi/ Tt? Buvf^eXKeL eh to
arpdrev/Jba, Kal oi fiev arpaTTfyol emwddv'
ovTO irepl Tov Xevdov, iroTepa iroXefiio^ eirj rj
<I>lXo^j Kal TTOTepa Beit tov lepov opov<: Beot
TTopeveadav fj kvkX^ Bth fiear]^ ttj^ QpaKT}^.
15. 'Ei/ o) Be ovTOL TavTa BieXeyovTo, oi
orpaTjL&TaL avapirdaavTe<; Td oitXa Oeovav
BpofKp irpo'i Ta9 7ri;\a9, ft)9 irdTuv eh to
Tei^oq el<TuivTe^» 'O Bk \ETe6utK0^ Kal oi <rvv
BOOK VIL CHAPTER L ,5
aifTw, (ft)9 elBov irpoaBiovra^ Vou9 oirXira^,
(jrvyK\€Lovai Ta9 TrvXa^ koI top fioj^bv
ifi/SdWovaiv, 16. OlZearpaTi&TaieKoirrov
Ta<i iTvXa^ KaX cXeyov on aSiKtorafa Tracr^^otei;
€Kfia\\6fi€voL eh tou9 7ro\€filov^' Koi Kara*
a')(^L<TeLv Ta9 irvKa^ €(f)aaap, el firj eKovre^
avoi^ovaiv, 17. "AWot 8e avrwv eOeov eiri
rrjv 6d\aTTav, koI iraph ttjv X^^V^ '^^^
T€ij(pv^ xnrep^aivovaiv ek rfjv itoKlv* aXKoi
Se, of irvyj^avov evhov ovre^, twv ctpaTiooToii^,
W optSct ra eirl Tah irvXai^ TrpdyfiaTay 8ta-
Koyfravre^ rat? d^ivai^ ra icKeWpa dvaTrerav
pvovai Ta9 7ru\a9* ol S' elairvTrrovciiv.
18. 'O he Sevo^&p, 0)9 elBe ret ytfyvofjieva,
Seiaa^ fifj icj) dp7ra/yfjv rpdiroiro to arpdr"
evfjLa, Koi dvrjKea;pa KaKa yhoiro rfi irokei KaV
axjTO) KoX To?9 aTparmrai^iy edei koI avveia^
irliTTet elao) r&v irvX&p aitv t& 3;^Xw. 19,
0/ 8e Hv^dvTioi, 0)9 elBov to arpdrevp.a ^ia
elairlirTOV, ^evyovaiv ck t^9 ayopa^;, ol fiev eh
rd ifKola ol Se otxaSe' oaoi Se evSov eivy^favov
owe^ e^fi)* ol Se KaOeYKKov rd^ Tpii]pei^f {09 ei/<
rah Tpiripeai ad^oivTO' 7rdpTe<; Sk ^pto
aTToXayXepai, 0)9 eoKco/cvla^ 17)9 7r6\€a)9. 20.
'O Sk ^EtTeopLKo^ eh ttjp axpap aTroifyevy"
et. *0 hk ^'Ava^i^io^ KaraSpaji^v hrX rrjp
6 XENOPHON'S ANABASIS.
ffiXarrav iv aXievriKw irXoi^ irepieifKii €&
rfjv a/epoiroKiVf xal eifOv^ fAerairifiirerai 4k
XaX/n;S6i/09 <f>povpov<:' ov yap ixavol iSoKovp
etvai ol iv ry axpoiroX^i (T'^etv tov9 avSpa^,
21. O I Sk oTpari&Taiy ©9 elSov rov
H€VO(f>&VTa, irpoairiirTOvaiv avT& iroXKol
teal Xeyovai* *' NSv aoc e^eartv, & Sej/o<^a)i/^
avSpl yevicrSai. *Ei)(€i^ irokw, ^x^i^ rptrjpei^y
€)(€i^ XprjfjLara, e^f*? avSpa^ roaovrov^. tivp
&v, el fiovXoio, av re 17/^9 ovrja-ai^, xal
rjii€l<i ae fierfav wonjaai/j^ep." 22, 'O Be
aireKpivaro *' 'AW* cS re Xiyere^ kolI irovqato
ravTa' el Se tovtodv iiriffvfieiTe, Oeade ra
OTrXa ev rd^et <o9 Tdxixrra^' fiovXofjievo^
avToif^ KaTTjpejjLLo-af koI outo? re iraprjyyva
ravTa, koI tov^ aXXov^ eKeXevtre irapeyyvav,
Koi Tideadat ret oirXa. 23. Ol Scj avrol i^'
iavT&v TaTTOfAevov, ot re oTrXTxaA iv oXlytp
ypovtp eh oktc^ iyivovro^ xal ol ireXTaarai
iirl TO Kepa^ exarepov irapaSeSpafXi^Kea'av.
24. To Se "x&piov otov koXXuttov iicrd^aaBal
ear I,, to Spaxcov KaXov/xevov/eprjfiov ol/ct&v
Kol TreSi/vov. *E7rel Se eKevro tA OTrXa, koX
KaTrjpefiurBrja-av, avytcaXeZ 6 Sevo(f>&v Tt^v
aTpoTiaVf KoX Xeyei TdSe'
25. *' '^OTijiev opyl^eaBe, & avSpe^ OTpaT^
BOOK VIL CHAPTER I. 7
fiepot, ov davfid^o). *Hi/ Se tcS Ov/xS xapi^co-'
fi€0a Kol AaxeBacfiovLov^ re tov^ irapovra^
T^9 i^wTrdrrj^ rifJUOprjo'cofjLeOa Kal rrjv irokiv
77)v ouBep airiav SiapTrdaafiev, evOvfirjOrjTey h
earai ivrevdev. 26. TioKAfiioi fiev iaofieOa
diroSeSeiyfiivot AaKeBat/xoviot^ re Kal to?9
{rvfifidxpi^:' 0I09 S' o woXefio^ &v yivoiro
elxd^etv Bff Trdpeari^Vf iopaKora^ teal dvafijnja'
Oevra^ rh vvv Srj yeyevrjfjLeva, 27. 'H/xei?
jhp ol ^Adrjvdioi elariKdofiev efc* tov irokefiov
TOP irpo^ T0V9 AaKeBai/xoviov^ koI tou?
<rvfifid)(OV^, €y(pvT€^ Tpctjpev^, Ta<s filv iv
daXdrrrj ra^ S' iv roh vecopiot^^ ovx eXarrou^
TptaKoaUov, VTrapxpvTcav Se iroXKlav xpVH'drcdv
iv ry iroXei, Kal irpoaoiov ovarii Kar iviavTov
diTO re T&v ipBjjfiayp xal i/c t^9 inrepopia<; ov
fielop x^Xitop TaXdpTcjp' apxovre^ re t&p
vrjaoDP diraa&p, kol Sp t€ t§ ^Aauf iroKei^
iroXKa^ cp^oj/re? Kal iv t^ JSiVpcoirrj a\\a<; re
TToWa^f Kal axno tovto to ^v^avriov, oirov
vvv icfiev, exovre^, KaT€7ro\€/xi]6r)fi€v outo)?,
d>^ *irdvT€^ vfieh iirlaraade, 28. "Hvv Be Br]
ri &v olofieOa iradelvy AaKeBacfiovioi^ /xev Kal
T&v apx^ioyv av/xfjLdx<ov inrapxdvrcov, ^AdrjV'
aUov Si, Kal oaoi iKelvoh^ rore fjaav avfipLaX'
a XENOPHON'S ANABASIS.
ot, wdvTtov irpoayeyevrf/iivcoVf Tia(ra<f>€pvoij^
Sk Kui T&v iwl OaXaTTjj aWtov j3ap^dpa>v
irdvroav irokefiUov fjfilv ovrcov, iroKefxioDrdrov
S' avTOv Tov av<o ^aat\ia)<; ; ov ijXOofiev
dcfMipTjaofiepol T€ ri]v dpxhv, koI dfrotcr^V"
ovvT€^f el hvvalfieda. TovToyv Brj irdvTcov
OflOV 6vT(0V, e<7Tt TA9 OVTO)^ a<^/7&)Z/, 0<7T£9
olL€7ac av rjfjLa<: irepiyeviadai ; 29. M^, 7rpo9
de&Pj fxacpcofieda^ firjSk ala'xpw airoXMfieda,
TToXifiioL ovre^ koI rot? irarpiai, koX rol^i
^fierepoi^ ain&v <f>i\oi,^ t€ xal ol/celoi^, 'Ei;
yap Ta?9 iroKeaiv el<n wdme^ Tai<; e<^' vi^d^
arparevaopAvai^y koX hiKaUa^, el jSdp^apop
fiev ttoXlv ovBcfiiav tideXqGafiev KUTaax^lv,
Koi ravra /cparovPTe<i* 'EtWrjpiBa Be eh tfv
TrpcoTTjv fjKdofiev woTuv^ ravrqv i^aXaird^ofiep,
30. '£70) /xev Tolvvv ev)(pfxaiy irpXv ravra
iiriBelv v(f>* vfi&v yepo/ieva, fivpia^ i/xe je
Kara t^9 7^9 opyvLWi jepeadac. Kal vfup Be
avjjifiov\ev(o '^lSt\\r]va<: oPTa^, Tot9 t&p
'R\\7]V(0P 7rpoe<TTrjK6ai ireiOofiipovf;, meipaa"
6at T&p SiKaLoap jvyxdpeip. 'E^j/ Be fifj
Bvpr)a6e ravra, '^fia^ Bel dBiKOV/jbipov^ rrj^
yovp 'EWa8o9 fXT) orepeadaL 81. Kal vvp
fiOL BoKet irefx-y^apra^ ^Apa^i^io) elirelp otl
riixeh oifBep filaiop irotrjaopTe^ irapeXrjiKvdafiep
BOOK VII, CHAPTER L 9
eU rfjv *ir6\iv, aX)C fjv fiev SvvcofieOa irap
vfji&p aya06p TC evpta-KeaOai' el Se fjur}, aWa
SffKaxrovre^; v/uv oti, ovk i^awarcofjuepoi, aX\a
ir€i06fjL€voi^ i^epxofieOa/'
32. Tavra eSo^e' koX Trifiirovaiv 'lepcovv/Mov
T€ 'HXetoj/, ipovvra ravTUy /cat ^vpvXo'Xpv
'A/3/caSa, teal ^i\i]<riov 'A^^atoi/. Oi fikv
ravTa Ax^^*^^ epovvre^.
33. "Ert he Kadr)ixev(ov t&v arpaTctOT&p,
irpoaepx^rai "K.oiparaZrjf; Qrf^alo^, 89 oif
<}>evyoi)v Ttjv 'EXXaSa irepirjei, dWh aTpuT"
r)yi&Vy Kal iirayyeXKofjuevo^, eX ri^ ^ iroXc^
^ €0po^ (TTparif/ov SeocTo' teal Tore irpoa--
€X0a)P eXeyep OTt €TOifio<: etrj rjyeladai avTot^
€t9 TO AeXra KaXov/iepop •n)9 &paKrj^^ evOa
TToXXa KOTfaOa XijyfroiPTO' eare S" ap fioXojaiPy
eh d<l>6opiap irape^eip e<j>'n kcli alra Kal Trord,
34. *A/covovac ravra oi GTpari&Tai koX ra
iraph ^Ava^ipiov afia dTrayyeXXofjuePa* air-
eKpivaro yap ort ireiOofiepoi^ avrol^ ov fiera-
IxeXrjGei, dXKa toa9 re oXkoi reXeat rama
dirayyeXelf Kal avTo^ jSovXevaoiTo irepl
avT&Py TA SvpaiTO dyaOop, 35. 'E« roxnov
oi arpaTL&Tat top re ^oipardSrjp BexpvTai
(TTpaTrjyop koI e|ft) rov t6/;^ov9 dnrjXOop. 'O
Sh KoA/3aTa8i29 QVPTiderat avToi^ el<; rrjp
ro XENOPHOirS ANABASIS,
varepalav irapiaeaOai iirl to aTpaTCVfia,
exfmv Kol Upeia xal fidvriv koI alra Koi
iroTcL ry OTparia. 36. 'EttcI 8' i^Xdov, 6
^Ava^Ll3io9 exXeiae Ta(; 'jrv\a<i teal i/cijpv^ep
OTt, oart^ av oKm evSov &v t&v aTparccjT&v,
ireirpda-erai. 37. T^ 8' varepaia 6 KoipaT'
dBr)^ fiev exfov ra leptla koX tov fidvriv ^xe,
Kol a\xl>iTa ^€pop7€<; elirovro avrm eiKoaiv
avBp€(;j Kol aXKjoi oXvov eiKoaiv avSpe^, koX
i\ai&v rpet^ xal cr/copoScov eh avtjp, iaov
iSvvaro fiiyiaTou^ (fyopriovy teal aWo^ Kpo/ifiv-
cov. TaSra Be KOTodefievo^ C09 eTrl Soo*-
fievcnv eOvero,
38. Sevoffmv Be fAera'irefi'^fj.epo^ KXi-
avBpov iKekeviv ol Bcairpd^ai o7ra)9 eh ro
T€l)(6^ Te elaeXdot /cat aTTOirKevaai ix Bufairr-
lov. 39. 'EX^o)!; Be KXeavBpo^, ''MdXa
fjioXi^" e^y '^ Bunrpa^dfjuevo^ 7]k&>' " Xeyeii/
fyap ^Ava^i^tov &n ovk eirvTrjBeiov etrj rov^
fA€v arparulyra^ irXfjaiov elvai, rov Telypv^y
Sevoffy&pra Be evBov' rov^ Hvl^ainlov^; Be
CTaaid^eiv xal iromjpoif^ elvai 7rp6<; aWiyXov?'
o/io)? Be elaievai, eifyrf, eKeXevaeVy el fieXXot
aifv eavrm eKTrTi^tv, 40. 'O fjuep ovv Sej/o-
ijy&v daircurdfieifo^ rov<; arparicoTa^ etao) rov
reij^ov^ diT'pec avv KXedvBp^, *0 B^ Koipar-
BOOK VIL CHAPTER II. it
aSi79 Tji fi€P irpeoT]^ VH'^P^ ou« ixaWiipet
ovSk SiefjueTfyrja-ev ovBev to?9 (TTpaTtwrcus* rfj
S" varepala rh fiev Upcia elaTJjKec irapa rbv
^tofiop, teal "KoiparaZf}^ iaT€<l>ava>fi€vo^, (U9
6vaa>p' irpoaekOoav Se Tiifiaaicov 6 AapSavev^
/cat Neo)!/ ^Aacvaio^ koI KXcavayp 6 '0/3^o-
fiivto^ eXeyov "KoiparaSrj fitj OveiVy d)9 ovj^
fffqaofievov t§ arparia, €l fjufj Swaei ret iiri*
Ti^Seta. 41. 'O Se iceXevet StafieTpetaOai.
'ETrri Be iroW&v iviBei avr&y ware ^fjuepa^
alrov iKaoTtp yev^aOai r&v arparioDT&py
avakaPoiv tA iepela airriei, koX ttjv GrpaTrjyiav
CHAPTER II.
llie generals differ respecting the route. — Many of the soldiers sell
their arms, and depart home : others settle in the country.—
Aristarchus, the Harmost of Byzantium, seizes three hundred,
and sells them for slaves. — Intrigues against Xenophon. — Xeno-
phon seeks an interview with Seuthes, and arranges the terms,
on which the Greeks are to aid him in recovering his paternal
dominions.
1. NE'flN Be 6 ^Aaivalo^ /cal ^pwia/co*:
'A^ato? fcal 4>tXi7<Tio? 'A;^ato9 /cal SavOtKKrj^
'Ax«*09 /cal Tifiacuov AapBaveif^; eTre/xevov
T§ CTpaTiaiy /cal ek /cdfict^ r&v &pa/c&v irpO'
112 XENOPHON'S ANABASIS,
ekd6vre<if Ta9 Kara Hv^dvriov, ioTparoireS^
evovTO, 2. Kal oi aTparrjyol iaraaia^ov^
KXedvap fA€P /cal ^pvviaKO<; irph^ XevOrji^
l3ov\6fi€voL ayeip' {eireide «yap avrov^ koL
eScoKc Tw fiev ittttov, tc5 Se yvpacKa') Necov Be
€t9 ^eppovrjaoVy o16/jl€vo^, el inro AaxeBaC'
jiiovLoi^ yivoivTO, iravTO^ av irpoeardvai, tov
OTpaTevfiaro^' l^ifiaamv he wpovOvfielro
irepav eh rrjv 'Acriav irdXiv Sia^rjvaiy ol6fievo<;
av oi/eaSe KareXdelv, Kal ol aTpaTi&rac
Tavrh e^ovSjovTO. 3. AcaTpc^Ofievov Be tov
Xpovov, TToWol T&v arpaTKOT&v, oi fiev ra
oifKa diroBiBofievoi Kara tov^ 'Xjiipov^y cltt-
iirXeov 0)9 iBivavro* ol Be Kal [BiZovre^ ra
oirKa Kara rov^ p^dopouv] ek Ta9 7r6\6t9 fcaT-
efjLiyvvpTo, 4. ^Ava^tfiio^ 8' ex^^p^ ukovcov
Bia^Oeipofievov to arpdrevfia* T0VTa)v yap
yiyvofjbivonv, &eT0 fidXccTa ')(apl^eadai ^apva-
ffd^at.
5. ^AiroirXiovTi Be ^Ava^ilScfp ex ^v^avriov
avvavra ^ ApiaTap')(o^ ev Kv^Uo), BidBo)(p^
K.X€dvBpoii Hv^avTiov Be dpfioaTti^' ekeye Be
KOL on vavap)^o^ BidBo^o^ Tl&\o^ oaov ov
irapelrj r]Sq ek 'EWi^avoPTov. 6. Kal 6
'Ava^i^LO<; tq) fiev ^ Apt<TTdp')((p ema-reWeh
oTToaov^: av evpoi iv BuJarrtVi) t&v K.vpov
BOOK VII , CHAPTER II. 13
arpaTuoT&v virokeXeififiivov^y airoiotrOaC 6
he KXiavhpo^ ovBiva hreirpaKeCj dX\a koI
T0V9 Ka/Mi^ovTa^ idepdveveVf olKTeipoiv kol
dvayKa^eov oltcia he')(€a'6ai* ^Aplarap^o^ 8'
€7ret ^XOe rd-x^iara, ov/c eXarroi;? TerpaKoaUov
diriSoTo. 7. ^Ava^i^io^ Be, TrapairKevaa^; el<i
WdpioVy irifiireL iraph ^apvd^a^ov awrd rd
airfKeifieva, 'O B\ iirel ya-dero ^ AplaTapypv
T€ fjKOVTa et9 Bv^vTiov dpfioaTrjv koI ^Ava^lfi-
iov ovKem vavapypvvra^ \ ^Ava^ifiiov fieu
fifieKriaey irpo'i ^ApiaTap^ov Se SceTrpdTrero t&
avrd Trepl tov Kvpeiov arpaTev/xaTO^, airep
KoX irpo^ ^Ava^l^LOV.
8. 'E/c TovTov Bt) ^Ava^i^io^iy KuXeaaa
3€vo(l)&vTaj KeXevei irdarj Te^vrf xal firj'yvLVff
irXevaat eifi ro arpaTev/xa dx; Tdy(jLGTay koI
avpix^f'V re rb aTpdrev/xaj teal avvadpoi^eiv
TftW Si€<rjrapfi€P(OV 0)9 av irXelaTov^ ivvr^rai,
Koiy waparfaf^ovTa eh Ilipivdov, Bia/Si^d^eiv
€49 T^j/ ^Aaiav otl Ta'^iara' Koi SiSaxriv avrm
TpiaKovTopov Koi hrunoXr}v, teal avhpa av/M*
irefiirei KeXevaovra T0U9 Jlepcvdiov^ (»9 Tdx'
iGTCL Bi€PO(l>(!)VTa irpoirefjiyjrai to?9 ittttol^: iirl
TO aTpdrev/JLa, 9. Kal 6 fiev S€vo(l>&v But"
TrXevaa^ d^iKvelrai eVl to aTpaTev/jua' oi Be
crpaTt&rai eBe^avro ^Bio^, xcu evOif<i ehrovro
14 XENOPHON'S ANABASIS.
aafievoi (09 iia^fjaofievoi ix 7^9 Spatct)^ ^^
Trjp 'Actum'.
10. 'O Be ^evdrj^, cuKovace; ^icovra nrakfy
Sevoffmvra, iri/xy^a^; irpo<; ainov tiara ^oXarr-
av MrjSoaaSrjv, iBelro rrjv arpartav ar/eip
irpo^ eavTov* virKr'xyovfievo^ avr^, r* ^to
\&y(ov ireuretv, *0 8' anreKplvaTO avr^, ort
ovSev otopreelff rovrmp yeveadau 11. Kal 6
fjL€P raura a/covaa^ ^X^^* ^* ^^ '^EWiyi/e^
€7r€l a<f>UovTo eh Hepipdov, Hiayp fiep airo^
cnrcura^ iarpaTOTreSevaaro ;^a>/9t9 exjo^p a>9
oKTOKoalou^ opOpayrrov^* to S* aWo arpdrevfia
Trap ip T& avT& iraph to Telyo^ t&p TlepipBUop
12. Mer^ ravra 'Stepo^p fiep hrparre irepX
irXoiaPj 07r(»9 ort rdy^urra Sia^atep el<; rijp
^Ka-iap. 'Ei; he roirtp a<l>iK6fj£P0^ * Kpi<rrap')(p<;
€K Hv^ajrriov apfio<rT)f^j e^^^^p hvo rpiripei^;,
ireireuTfiepof; xnrb ^appajSd^ov, to!? re pav-
K\ripoi<; direlTre fjirf Sui^yew, eXBtop re eirX to
arpaTevfia elire rol^ arpaTKorai^ fitf irepaiova'''
0ai elu T^p ^Aalap. 13. 'O he 3€po<I>&p
eXeyep on, " ^Apa^l^io^ hceKevae^ koX ifie irpb^
TovTo hreir^ep evOaZe^ JldTup 8' 'Ap4<TT-
a/0%05 eXje^ep' '' 'Avof 1^8x09 fieproi pvv ovfc
eari pavapxo^, eym S^ T^Se ap/ioo'T9/9* ei hi
BOOK VII. CHAPTER 11. 15
rtva vfi&v XrjyjrofiaL iv rfi BaXdTTtjf KaraZvatoJ^
Tavra ehriav ^%€T0 efe to T€f;^09. 14. T§ S'
varepaia fieraTrifiTrerat Toif^ aTpaTi]you^ koI
\(yXayov<; rov aTparev/xaro^^ "HSiy Se ovtcov
irpo^ T^ Teijj^et, i^ayyeWei rt<; tcS S€vo(I>&pti,
OTt, €fc elaeiac, avXKr)<j>6ria€Taif kcu fj avrov
Ti ireiaerac ^ kuI ^apva^d^tp irapahodrja^rai.
■O hiy oLKOwa^ Tavra, tov^ fiev irpoTrifiireTai,
avro^ S' ehrev on dvaai tl fiovXocro. 15.
Kai direKdiav iOvero et irpoeiev ain^ oi Oeol
Trecpaadat irpo^ '^evdrjv aryeip to orpaTevfia'
id>pa yap ovt€ Suifialvetv aa^aXh hvy rpci^pei^
€)(pVTO^ TOV KCciKvO'OVTO^' OVT 6*9 X.€pp6vi]aOP
ikOwv KaTaKXeiadfjpai ifiovXeTO Koi to orpar-
evfia ip [iroWy] aTrdpec wdpTcop yepiadac,
€p6a Sf} ireUreadai, flip dporficq t^ eKel
dpfwaT^, T&p Be iinTijSeiap ovSep e/MeWep
€^€IP TO aTpdT€V/KU
16. Kal 6 fi€P afij>l Tavra elyep* oi he
aTpaTfjyol Kal oi Xxyxar/ol tjkopt^^ iraph tov
^Apiordpxov dirrp/yeXKop oti pvp /mcp dwUpat
aijy&i KeXevet 77)9 BelXrj^ Se iJKeiP' ep6a Kal
hrjkq ixaXKop iSoKCL elpoA fj iircfiovktj, 17.
'O otfp 'Si€Po<l>&Vj irrel iSoKec Tct iepa yepiodaL
Kal eat/T^ koI t^ oTpaTev/JuiTi ao'^Xa>9 irpo^;
X^iiOffP Upaif TtapaKafii>p IloXvKpdTi^p lOP
i6 XENOPHON'S ANABASIS.
*A0rfvdiop Xoxar/bv koI irapcb t&v aTparr^yA,
eKoaTov avipay {Tf>Jqv iraph Newj/o?,) o5 eKaa'9^
05 ein(TT€veVy ^x^^^ '^^^ vvkto^ iiri to ^€vdot/
arpdrev/JLa k^rjKovra ardSia, 18. 'ETrel S'
iyyv<: riaav avTOv, eiriTxrfyaveL irvpol<: ipj]fioi^.
Kal TO fiev TTp&TOV ^€T0 ixeraKexfopviicevai trot
Tov ^evOrjv, 'ETrei Se Sopvfiov re i^aOeTO Ka\
arjfiatvopTayv d\X9;\ot9 t&v Trepl ^ev6r}v, KaTe-
fiadepoTi TovTov Ivexa Tcb irvpa npo/ccKavfJiepa
€L7J TtS XcvdiJ irpO T&v VV/CT0<f)v\dK(OVy 'SlTO^ ol
jxev (f>v\aK€<: fjbi) opwvro iv t^ aKOTCi oj/T€9, fJ^rjff
OTTov eUvy ol S^ irpoaiovTe^i firj "KavOdvotev
dXKa Bia to (f)&^ KaTa<l>av€2^ eUv 19. eirei he
yaOeTOy irpOTrepnTei tov ipfirjvia, ov eTvy'XP'Vev
€X(OV, Kol elirelv KeKeuei, Xevdrf otl 'B*evo<f>&v
irapeiT) fiovX6fi€vo<; avyyeviadat avT^, Ol
8' fipovTOy el ^A0if)valo^y 6 dnb tov oTpaTev-
fiaT0<;. 20. ^EwecSfj 8' e^ o5to9 elvai,, dva-
7n]Srja'avT€^ ehUoKov' koX oXiyov vcrTepov irap-
ijaav veXTooTal ocrov Staxoacot, Koi irapa"
XafiovTe^ Sevo<l>&vTa koI tov^ avv avT^ f/yov
TTpo^ Xevdrjv. 2L 'O S' 7JV iv Tvpaet, fidXa
(f>vXaTT6fievo^f kol ittttol irepX amr^v kvkX^p
iyKexaXcvayfievoi* Bict yap tov (f>6fiov tcl^ /j^p
f)/x€pa<; ixiXov . tov^ iinrov^, Ta9 Be viKTw^
iyK€X<lXLPO>IJ,€Va)V €(j>vXdTT€TO, 22. 'E\ey€TO
BOOK VIL CHAPTER 11. 17
f^ap Ka\ irpoaOev Tijfyi]^, 6 tovtov irpoyovo^;,
iv ravTrj rfj x^P^ irdKv e^coi' arpaTevfia imo
TOVTCov Tojv avhp&v nroXKoi)^ airoXeaai koX rh
a-Kevo<f>6pa atjyatpeffijvac' ^aav S' ovtoi ®vvol,
irdvTODV \€y6/x€vot elvai, fidXiara vvkto^,
iroXcfiiKwraTOt,
23. 'EttcI 8' iyyif^ fjaaVy eKeXevev elaekdelv
Sevoi&vra €)(pma Bvo, 01/9 I3ov\olto. 'lEirec'
St) Se evBov fiaavy ijaird^ovro fiev irp&Tov
aSXrfKov<i KoX Karcb rov ®pdKLOv vofiov Kepara
oXvov irpovTTtvop' iraprjv S^ Aral yirfibo'dhrj^ t&
2eu^i7, oairep eirpecr^evev avT& TravToae, 24.
"ETretra Be Sevo^&p fip^^To Xiyeiv, ""E-
irefiy^a^ irpo^ ifie, & Xcvdrj, eh ^aXKrjSova
irp&TOV Mr)Bo(rdSrjv rovrovXy S€6fiev6<; fiov avfi-
nrpo0vfJi7)6rjvaL hia^rjvai to OTpdrev/Jba ck t^9
'Ac7-/a9, /cal v7n(Txyov/iepo<;, el Tama irpd^acfic,
e3 TTonjaecv, 0)9 e^v Mi;SotraS979 ovToai" 25.
Tavra eiircbVy eirrfpeTO top M.rjBoadSrjp, el
d\r)6rj TavT elirep, 'O S' e^rj, ^^ AiOi^
r{kde Mi7So(rttSi79 o5to9, €7rei eyw Sie/37)p irakip
eTTL TO aTpdTevp^a ifc Tlapiov, innaxvovp^epo^y
el dyoifJLL TO (TTpdTevfia irpb^s ae, TaWa re ae
(f)i\<p pLoi XPV^^^^^^ ^^^ dSe\(l)Sy /cal t^ cttI
daXuTTT) fioi ^^(op/a, &p av KpaTe2<iy eaeadai
iraph aov" 26, 'EttI tovtoc<: irdXiv eirripeTO
Anab. Book VII, C
i8 XENOPHON'S ANABASIS.
MriSo(TdSr)Uy el eXeye ravra. 'O Be awe(fni
Kol Tama. *^104 vvv^^ etfyrj, ^^ a^rnyqaa^
Toirrft), Tt <Toi a/jreKpivdfiriv ev l^aXfcrjSovu'
27. "Tlp&Tov aireicpCvco, on to aTpdrev/ia
hia^rjdOLTO eh IBv^dvTCov, Kal ovSev tovtov
eveica SioL TcXelv ovtc aol oirr aXK(p' airro^
Ty iirel Zia^aLrj^y uTnivai €<fyi]a0a' Kal iyeveTo
ovTCi>^,&(nrep av eXeye^,** 28. " Tiyap ekeyov"
ecjyrjy ^'oTe/cara '^rpsjv^plav ol^Ikov ;'' ^^ Ovk
e(f)r)a6a olov re elvac, a\V eh Ilipivffov
ikdovTa^ Sia/Saiveiv eh ttji/ ^Aaiav.'* 29.
" NSp Tolvw/' €^7} 6 Sevo<f>&Vy '^ irdpecfii Kal
€ya}j Kal ovto^ ^pvpC(TK0<; eU t&v aTpaTrjy&pj
Kal HoXuKpaTf)^ o5to9 eU t&v Xoyay&v' Kal
efft) elalv airo t&v aTparrjy&v 6 iriaroTaTo^
eicdaT(pf nrXrjv Necoi/o? tov AartcaviKov. 30.
Et oiiv l3ov\et inaTOTCpav elvai ttjv irpa^iv,
Kal CKeivov^ KaXeaai. Ta Se oifka av eXOwv
elTTe, & Tlo\vKpaT€<;f otl iyo) Ke\ev<o Kora^
Xnretv Kal auT09 e/cet KaTaXiitoDV ttjv fid')(aipav
31. 'A/coi}<ra9 raOra 6 %ev6r]<; elirev oti
ovhevl av dinaTrjaeiev ^A0r)vamv' Kal yap oti
avyyeveh elev elhevai Kal <}>lXov<; eijrvov^ €(jyq
vofil^eiv. Mera Tavra S' iirel elarjXOov, 069
eSeLy nrp&Tov "Sevoi&v eirripero Xev0rjv, ri
BOOK VII. CHAPTER II. 19
BiocTO xPV^^^f' TV o-rpaTM, 32. 'O S' elirev
c&Se* ^^ M.ai(TdBr]<; fjv fiot 'iraTtjp* ifceivov S' ^v
apxh MeXavSiTat Kot Svvol /cal Tpavlylrai,
'E/c TavTrj<: oifv t^9 X^P^^y ^"^^^ '^^ ^OBpva&v
TTpar/fiaTa ivotrrjaeVf ifcireacbv b iraTrjp avTo^
fi€P OvriaKU v6a'(p' iyo) S* i^erpd^rjv 6p(f)avo<i
irapk MiySo/iffi) tcS vvv ^aaCKel, 33. 'EttcI Se
veaviaKO^ iyevofJbrjVj ovk iBvvdfirjp typ el^
aXKoTplav rpdire^av diropkeircov* koI i/caOe^o-
fi7}v ivBL(j>pio<; avTOi liceTrj^ Bovvai fioc, bitoaov^
Bwaro^; etrf, avSpa^;^ ottod^ kol tou9 €/t/8a\-
ovra^ r]iJLa<;^ et tc Svvalp^rjv, kukov ttoiolijv, koI
^(iyrjv fir) eh rtjv cKeivov Tpdire^av aTro^Xeirtav,
&(77r€p Kvcov, 34. ^E/c TouTov fjbOL SiSaac tov^
dvhpa^ Koi Tov^ lttitov^, ou? vfieU oyjreade,
iireiSav rjiiepa yivrjTat, Kal vvv iyo) §5 tou-
TOv<; ex^oVf \7]l^QfJi€Vo<: ttjv ifiavTov irarp^av
p^a)/)az/. Et Se fiou vfieh nrapayivoio'de, olfiai
av airv Tol<i Oeok pahi(o<; aTroKajSetv rrjv dpx^^*
laxrr eartv, a e7€e) v/mcov oeofiai,
35. ''Ti oZv av/' % 6 B€vo(f>&v, "au
hvvaio, el e\6oiixeVy ifj re (TTpaTta BiSovai Kal
TOL<; Xdx^yoU Kal Tot^ aTpaTrjyoi^ ; Xe^ov, Xva
ovTOi aTrayyeiXcDaLv/' 36. 'O Se VTrea-x^TO tS
/nevarpaTieoTr) Kv^L/crjvbvyTm B^ XoxdJ^ Bifioip-
lav, T^ Se aTparrjy^ rerpafjioipiav* Kal yrjvj
c 2
20 XENOPHOlSrS ANABASIS.
eTTL daXaTTTJ T€T€lX^afJL€VOV. 37. ^^*Al/S'/^€^
d SevoKfmv, " ravra ireipdfMevoi fitj hiairpd^cn'
fi€V, dWd Tt9 <l>6fio^ xnro AaKehaifiovUov ^,
Se^i; eU rfjv aavrov, av ti^ fiovXrjrai ainivai
nrpo^ ai ;'* 88. *0 8' etTre' '^ Kat aSeX^ov?
76 iroiTJaofiai Kal ivSt(f>pLOV^ xal koivcovov^
airdindiv, &v av Bvp<o/i€0a KTrjaaa-dai. Xol
B\ & S€Vo^&Vy Kol dvyarepa hoaato, KaX ei ri^
aoi i(TTC OvyaTtjp, mvija-ofiat &paKi<p vofKo'
KoX HiadvOrjv oiKfjaiv Sdxro), oirep ifiol
KaWcoTov 'Xfopiov earl t&v iirl daT^rrp/*
CHAPTER III.
Except Neon and his division, the Greeks agree to the terms of
Seuthes. — ^They proceed to join him.— Xenophon's address in
making Seuthes himself state to the Greeks the pay they were to
receive.— Seuthes invites the Generals and Captains to an enter-
tainment. — Arystas causes much mirth.— Certain native customs
particularized. — After the entertainment, Seuthes persuades the
officers to take the field before his opponents are apprised of his
new alliance.—Accordingly they set out at midnight. — ^The
enemy, being quite unprepared for their attack, offer no resist-
ance. — A thousand prisoners, and much plunder, taken.
1. 'AKOrSANTES ravTa teal Be^ih^
S6vT€<; Kal "Ka/SoPTe^ dirrjkavvov* koI nrpo
rjliepa^ iyivoPTO €7rl rrZ arpaTOTriBefij /cal
BOOK VI I, CHAPTER III 21
airrff^eCKav eKoaroi roh irefiy^atriv, 2.
'EttcI Se fifiipa eyivero, 6 fiev ^Apiarap^o^
iraXcv eKoXei tov<; cTparrjyoif^ koI \o)(arfov^'
Tot9 S' eSo^e Tfjv fikv irpo^; ^ Kpitrrap'xpv ohov
iaaai, to Se oTpdrevfia auyKoXiaai, Kat
avpTJXdov vdvT€^, nrXrjv ol Hioyvo^' oirroi Be
direl-^fov c&9 heKa ardSca, 3. 'EttcI Se aw-
rjXOovy dvaara^ S€vo<f>&v elire rdie' ^^"Kvhpe^,
iiaTfKelv fikvj €v6a ^ovXofieOa, ^Apla-rapxo^
oSe Tpirfpet^ e'^av KcoXvet' &aT €t9 nXota ovk
da(f>aX€<; ifJL^aivew oZto<; Se avrb^ ek
Xeppoprjaov KcXevei fiia Sia rov Upov opov^
iropeveaOaL* fjv Se KparrjaavT€<; tovtov eKelae
eXOtofiev^ ovre ircoXi^aeiv en ^"qariv vfia^,
&<rjrep iv Bufavr/o), ovre i^airaTi^a-eadai, en
vfia^, dXXa Xrp^eaOai, fxiadov \jicCKKov\ ovre
irepuiy^eaOai ert, &(r7rep vvvl, ivheofiAvov^ r&v
eTTLTrjSeicov, 4, Ovto9 fJ^ev ravra Xeyef
%€v0rj^ Be ^<nv, &v wpo^ ixeipov irfTC, eJJ
TTOirjaeiv v/ia9. Hvv oiv aKe^^aaOe, irorepov
evOdhe fjL€vovT€<; tovto ^ovXevaeadey fj eh rd,
errnriheia eiraveXBovre^, 5. '£/lu)1 fiev odu
SoKety €7rel evddhe ovre dpyvptov expfiev &aTe
dr/opd^eiv, oi/re avev apyupiov e&<ri Xafi^dveiv
ri iircTtjSeia, iiraveXdovra^; eh ra^ K(!)fia<:,
S0€v ol r]TTov<: i&Ti XafM^dvevu, ixel &xpVTWi
22 XENOPHON'S ANABASIS.
TCL iTTCTTjSeia^ Kal aKOVovra^, o tl t*? VfiSyir
SeiTaij aipeladcu, o tl av v/uv BoKy KpoTiarov
elvac, 6. Koi OTtp/^ €<fyi]y " rama hoKel^
dpdra) Tf)v ;^rf/)a/^ ^Avereivav iravre^.
" ^AiriivTe^ toivuv/' eifyrf, *' avaxevd^eade,
Kal iirecBdv Trapcv/yeiKp ta9, eireaOe tw
rffovfieu(p"
7. Mera roxno Sevoffmp fxkv ^etro, ol 8*
eLTTOVTO, 'NeoDV Be xal irapd ^ApKrrdp'xpu
SXKoL hreidov dTroTpiireadcu' ol he ov)^
virrjicovov. 'ETrel he oaov rpidnovTa (TTohiov^:
irpoeXrfXvOeaav, diravra XevOr)^, Kai 6
'St€VO(f>&v lha>p avTov irpoaeXdaaL i/ceXevaev,
07rQ)9, OTi TrKeiaTwv aKOvovreov, etiroi avT^y
a ehoKei avfi<l>ep€LV, 8. 'ETrel hi irpoaijXOeVy
elirev 6 Hevo^wv* ^^ 'H/A669 iropevo/JbeOa, ottov
fieWei TO arpdrevfia e^eiv rpo^rfV ckcI he
aKovovre^ koX aov Kal t&v tov AaKtopiKov,
alprjaofieda, a &v Kpdriara hoKrj elvai, *Hi;
ovi^ r)ixiv '^rjarj^ ottov TTKelard iariv iTTCTTjheia^
vTTo aov vofiiovfiev e^eviaSaiJ^ 9. Kal 6
%ev6r}<; elirev' ^^ 'AXXa olSa Kd)fJLa<; ttoWcl^
dOpoa^j Kal irdvTa e'xpvaa^; rd €7riTi]h€ia,
dire'^ovaa^ rjfi&p, oaov hi€\66vT€<; av iJSeo)?
aptara)fiev/ " 11701; tolvvv/ e<p7] o aevb-
^Siv, 10. 'EttcI he diplxovTo ek aura? r^
BOOK VII. CHAPTER III. 23
SelXrj^, avvrjXOop oi arpajiSiTat,, KciX ehre
Xevdrjf; ToidSe' " '£70), & apSpe^, Biofiai
vfi&p aTpaT€V€a6at avv i/xol* KoX^imia^vovfiai
Vfup 70V fifjpb^ B(oa€ip K.v^cKrjp6p, Xo;^a70?9
T6 Kal crTpaTr)yol<: ra vofic^o/xepa' e^eo Se
TOVTODp TOP a^LOP Tifi'i](Ta}' alja Sk teal ttotA,
&(nrep koIX pvp, iic 7^9 X<ll>pciS \afi^dvoPT€<i
€^€T6' Qiroaa he ap oKiaicqrai, d^uixra) auro?
^x^^v, ipa ravTa BcanOipuepo^ vfup top fiiaOop
iropi^co, 11, Kal tA fiep ijyevyoPTa Ka
diroSiSpda'/copTa rjfiel^ Ixavol iaofieOa Sicokccp
Kol fuiaTCvecp' ffp he Tt9 dpdla-TfjTai, avp
vfjup irecpaao/xeda ^eipovaOatJ^ 1&. 'ETri^pero
S€PO<l)&p' " VLoaop he diro daXaTTrj^ d^Lcoaec*;
avpeireadai cot to CTpdTevfia /' 'O S'
direKplpaTO' ^' Ovhafiri ifKelop kiTTa fjixep&Pf
fAclop he froWa;^^/^
13. Mera TavTa ihlhoTO Xeryeip tw ^ovKo-
IJbep(p* Kal eXeyop ttoXXoI KaTct tuvtcLj ort
TrapTo^ d^ta eXeye ^eiOr}^* '^(ecficbp yap eh},
KoX ovre oLKahe dTroifXelp t& ^ovXofiip^
hi/puTOp eXrjy hiar/€P€a0aL re ep (f>iXla ovx olop
T ei7]y el heot oopovfjuepov*; ^^p' ip he tt}
TToXefiia htaTpl/SeiP Kal Tpe^jyeaOat da^aX-
earepop fieTd XeiiOov, ^ fi6pov<;, optcdp dya6&p
ToaovTcop* el he /juiaOoP irpoaXij^^oiPTo,
24 XENOPHON'S ANABASIS.
eSp^fia i&oiKi etvat. 14. 'Rtti toutois elne
Seiti^v' "Ef T(s oi^tX^yet, X67eT(a* el Se
/iri, cTTt^^tSere Tavra." 'Ewei 8^ ovStls
aiTeXeyev, eire^^^^tvav, Hal ^o^e ravra,
Ei0ii^ Si ^evOtj ehrep, iri <ruaTpaTevtjvtVTO
1 6. Meri tovto ol fiev aXKai Kara Ta^eti;
SevjTPOv Xev0tj9 ixdXeae TrKtialop xmfiTjv
eX<ov- 16. 'Eirei h' enl dvpai^ ^aav, m<; hri
Sevnvov tovrev, ^p tis 'HpaK\eiSj]<; Mapav-
etVij!' oStos TTpoaiwp evX eKda^tp, ovartvai
^TO e^eiv T( Bouvai %ev6t), vparop pip irpa^
Uapcavov^ Ttvav, {ot irapTJaav tfitXiav Sia-jrpa^-
o/ifpot ■Kpo<; MijEoKov, TOJJ OBpva&p ^aiK^a,
Kai Bapa arfovres ain^ re ical t§ '^vvauei,)
eXeyey, oTt MiJSoxo? /lev apo> ettj SwStKa
Tipxp&y OTTO ^oXoTTijs oBoV 'S.evOijt Se, iireiS^
TO (rrpdreupa tovto etXjjtfiep, ap^^aip effotTa
€Tri ^aXaTTTj. 17. " retVui' oJc we, i/cav-
(oTflTo? earat vpM<i xal ev Koi Kaxoii -KOieXv'
^p oiv aa>if>popTJT€, tovt^ BtotreTe, o rt ayere'
Kol ap.etpop vplv iiOKeiaerai, rj iav MijSox^
r^ vpoata oIkovvti Bare." 18, Toijtous fi(p
ovT<i>^ etreidep, h.Z8is Se "VifiaaUiivt Tp
AapBavet irpotT%\8o>p, ^Trei ^komv ain^ ewot
BOOK VIL CHAPTER IIL 25
€\€y€V Urt vo/jil^oiTOy oTToVe eTrl Selirvov
KaXiaat ^evdrj^^ CoDpeladat avT& TOV9 Kkrj-
Bevra^' *^ ovto^ S' ^1/ fiiya^ ivdaZe yivijTac,
iKavo^ earat ar€ kol otxaSe Karayayelv xal
ivOdie ifKovcriov iroirjaat.'' 19. ToiavTa
irpovfivaro ixdaTai irpoamv, TUpocreKdoov Be
teal S€vo<f>&vTi, ikeye' '^Sv koI iroXea)^
fieyicTTTj^ el, koX irapa 'Zevdrj to abv ovofia
fieyiarov i<m* kuI iv rfjSe ry X^P^ ta-a)^
a^icoaei^ koX reixv Xaix^dveiVy Zarirep Kal
aXKot T&v vfierepoov eXa^ov^ Kal j^wpai/*
a^tov oZp aoc Kal fieyaXoTrpeTriaTaTa TifArjaai
"Eeudrjv. 20. Ewov9 Be aoi &p 7rapat,vS>' eS
olSa yap on, Sato &v fiei^o) tovtwp Bcopijarj,
Toarovrqy fiei^oa xnro tovtov dr/aOct neiarj/^
^Kkovcov ravTa 6 E^vo^&v rpropet: ov yap
Bie^e^riKei, excov €K Tlapiov el firf iralBa Kal
oaov €(l)6BiOp»
21. 'E7r€t Be elarjXOop eiri to BeliTPOP t&p
re @paK&p ol KpdriaToc t&p Tore irapopraopy
Kal oi aTpaTijyol Kal oi Xox^yol t&p ^^XXriPoap,
Kal et Ti9 irpea/Seia waprjp diro TroXeo)?, to
Behrvop fiep fjp Kadrjfiepoi^ kvkX(o' eirevra Be
TpiiroBe^ elcrqpexBv^O'V TrdaiV ovroc S' fjaav
Kpe&v fieoTol peve/j/rffieptop, Kal apTot ^v/uTai
26 XENOPHON 'S A NASA SIS.
fieyoKoc irpoaireTrepovriiMevoL ^aav Trpo? toi?
Kpiaai. 22. MaKtara Be ai Tpdire^i Kara
T0U9 ^6Vov<: del eridevTo' v6/Jio<; y&p ^v. JLal
irp&TO^ TOVTo eiToUi %evdr}^' aveTiofievo^ tov^
irapaKeifievov^ avT& aprov^ St€K\a /card
fiiKpoVf fcal SiippiTTTev, 0I9 avT^ iBoKei' teat
rd Kpea dxravTO}^, oaov fiovov yevaaaOac
eavj^ KaToXiTTcov. 23. Kat oi aXXoo Be Kord*
ravrd eiroLovv, Kaff ov9 o,l rpdire^ai exeipro.
^Apxd^s Be Tt9» 'Apvora? ovo/jia, tparyelv Beivo^,
TO fiev Biappiirreiv em xaipeiv, "Xjafioov B\ eh
rijv xelpa ocov Tpv)(piviKov aprovy Kal Kpea
Oefxevos eirl rdyopaTa, eBeiirveu 24. KipaTa
S' ocvov 7r€pt€<f>€pov9 Kot 'irdvT€<: eBi'XpvTo' 6 8'
'Apvara^, iiret irap avrbv (jyepcjv to K€pa<; 6
oivo^oo^; fJKep, ehrep, IBayp top Hepo<f}&PTa
ov/ceTt BepiTPOVPTa' ^^ ^FtKeipo)/^ €(f)rjy '^So9*
axo'Xjd^ei, yap tjBtj, eyd) S' ovtto},'^ 25.
'A«ov(7a9 Xevdrj^ ttjp (fxovtjp rjpcara top
olpoy^pop, Ti Xeyoi, 'O Be oIpox6o<s ehrep'
eWijpl^eip r^dp rfTTUTTaTO. ^EpTavOa fiep Bt)
7€\a)9 eryepeTO.
25. 'E7r€6 Be irpov^wpei, 6 ttoto^, etarjXdep
dpfjp ®pa^9 PJTTTOP e')(wp XevKOP* kol \a/3a)p
Kepa^ fieoTop ehre* " UpoTrlpcj aot, & Xevdrj
Kal TOP Xttttop tovjop BmpovfJMi,^ i<l> ov k'
BOOK VII. CHAPTER III. 27
SuoK(OV, ov av iOeKri^y alprjaei^i, koI aiTO')(wpSiv
ov firj Beiarjq top TroXeficop.'^ 27, "AWo?,
TTOtSa elaayarfwv, ovtqx; ehayprjaaro wpOTrivcop'
Kal a\\o9 Ificam ty fyvvaiKi. Kal Tifiaamv
TTpoirlvcdv ehioprjaaTO ^idXrjv t€ dpyvpav, xal
rawlSa a^iav heKa /jlv&v. . 28. Tvijannro^ Se
Tt9, *A0r)vaio<;, avaaTct^; ehrev, ore apxO'lo^ etrj
v6fio<s KciWiaTo^f T0U9 fi€p €XOVTa<s hiSopat t&
fiaaiXel ^ifirj^ epexa' roh 8e firj ej^ovai
SttSopai TOP ^aaiXia' ^^ ha Kayo)/' ecjyi], ^' aoi
e^ft) Scopetadai, xal rifiap.'^ 29. 'O Se
3€P0<l>&p finropuTO, o tc irovqcroi' koX yap
iTirf)(ap€p,l&<: Ti/JL(!>fjL€PO<;, ip rw irkr^tnainrdjcp
Sl^pep XevOrj KaOrnxepo^. 'O Se 'Hpa/tXetS^;?
eKekevcrep avT& to K€pa<s opi^ac top olpo^xpop,
'O Se 'Bt€vo<f>5)P (^877 yap inroTreTreo/co)^ ^t^X'
ap€p) dpeaTTj, 6appaXi(i)<; Se^dfiepo^; to Kepa^^
Koi, ehrev* 30. " 'Eyco he aot, & ^evOrj^
SiSoDfiL ifiavTOp Kol Tov<; ifjiov<: tovtov<$ eTalp'
ov<: ^iXov^ elpai ttkttoW koX ovBepa uKOPTa,
dXXa TrdpTWi fiaXKop ert ifiov aoi ^ovXo-
fievov^ <l)lXov^ elpai. 81. Kal pvp Trdpeiaip
ovSip ae irpoa-aiTOvPTe^, aXXd Kal Trpqleixevoi
Kal TTOPecp virep gov fcal TrpoKCpSvpeveiP
i0€XopT6<;' fied^ &Pj clp oideoX deXcoat, ttoXXtjp
^ci/oai/ T^p fiep cLTToXijyjnj^ Trajptpap oiaup,
28 XENOPHON'S ANABASIS.
TT}v 8^ /cnjar)' TrokXoin; B^ ittttov*: ttoXKov^ Si
avSpa^ /cat yvvalfca<: #caXa9 fCT^o"ff, ot^ ov
Xrjt^eaOai Seijaec, aW* avrol (fyipovre^ Trap'
eaovrai irpb^ ak h&paJ' 32. Kal 6 ^evdrj^
avaara^ crvve^€7rt€ Kal ovyKareaiceSdaaTo
fier auTov to Kepa^, Mera Taura elaijKdov
Kepaai re, otbt? crrjfMaivovaiVy avXovvre^ xal
adXiny^ip wfio^oeiat,^;^ pvdfiov^ re /cal olov
fiaydSi aoKirLfyvre^, 33, Kal aino<i ^evOry;
avaaTa<: dveKparfi re 7ro\€fiLKov Kol e^XarOf
&aiTep fiiXo^ (f>v\aTT6/JL€Vo<;^ fidXa i\a<l>p&<;.
Elajjeaav Bi /cat yekaTOirotoL
34. 'XI9 8' fjv 7]\co^ €7rl Svarfial^, dvioTrjaav
oi ''EWiyve? koI ehrop, on &pa etrj pv/eTO<j>v\afe'
a? KaOiardpai /cal avpdrffia irapahiZopau
Kal Xevdrjp ixiXevop irapayyclXa^y otto)? el^
ra 'FiXXrjpiKct arpaToireSa firjSeU t&p %paK&v
elaeiGi pv/ct6<:' " oX t€ yap iroTUfiiot Spaxe^
riiupy Kal vfieh oi <f)ikoi/' 35. 'XI9 S*
i^eaap^ avpapeart) 6 ^evOrjq oifBip n
lieOvoPTi ioiKw. ^Ei^€\0Q}p S' elirePy ainoif^
Tou? arpaTTjyov^ diroKaXiaa^' "*X1 avSpe^, ol
irdkifiLoi rifJL&p ovk laaai tt© rtfp rjfierepap
avfifjua'x^iap' fjv oip eXOtofiep iir axnov<i irpu
<l)v\d^aa-0ai, Sxne fiif \i]<l>d7]paif rj irapa
aKevwjaadcu &ot€ dfAVvaaOac, fioKurra
BOOK VIL CHAPTER TIL 29
\dl3oifi€v 'Xp-qfiara kcu avOpmrov^y 36.
^vveirrjvow Tama oi arpaTrjyol xal fjyeladai
eKekevov. 'O S' elire' '^ JJapaaKevccadfiepoi
apafjL€V€iTe' iyi) S', oirorav Kaipo<s rj, fi^to
Trap vfia<:' Kal Toif<; TreXraiTTa? fcal vfia<;
avdkafii)V rffqaofiai, gvv Toi<; deot^/^ 37.
Kal 6 S€vo<l)&p elire' " S^e^at toipvp, elnep
vvKTo<; TTOpevaofieOa, el 6 ^EWrjvitcb^ vofio^
KaXKiov e^€f fieff r/fUpav fikv yap ev tol^
TTopeiai^ if^evrai tov GrparevfuiTO^f otoIov
ael 7r/309 t^i' %cB/)ay avfj^ipei, edv T€ ottX^t-
(,Kov idv T€ TreXraoTiKov edv t€ hnriKov'
vv/CT(Op Se vofJLO^ Tot<: '^EWrjaip iaTiv 177640--
6ac TO ^paSvraTov' 38. ovtoo yap fJKio'Ta
SuKTiraTat, to, oTpaTevfiaTa, ical ^Kurra
\avddpovacu diroSiSpdarKOirre^ dXKi]\ov^' oi
Be BiaarraaOeme^ iroWdtei^ Kal irepiTriirTOvaiv
a\Xif\ot9, Kal dryvoovvT€<; KaK&<$ Trocovai Kal
Trdcrxpvaiv,^' 39. Wiirev oSV ^ev6'q<:' '' 'Op^-
W9 T6 Xiyere, Kal t& v6fi(p t& vfieripq)
irelaofiai, Kat vfuv fiep fjyeixova^ Scocra t&v
TTpea^urdTcdv tou9 ifiTreipoTaTOv^ t^9 ;^ft)pa9,
avTo^ S' €<f>€ylrofiat TeXevralo^ tov^ imrov^
e')(tdv' Ta)(y yap 7rpwT09j ap Sei;, irapearofxai/^
XvpOijjjm S' elirop ^'^Adrjvaiap'^ KaTa Tr)p
avyyiveiau, Tavr ehrovTe^ dpeTravopro.
30 XENOPHON'S ANABASIS.
40. ^HvLKa S' T^vafiff)! fiiaa^ vv/cra^, iraprjv
^€v6r)<; eyfov rov^ hnrea^ TedaypaKiafxivov*:
Kol T0V9 7re\TaoT^9 o-vp TOi? 07r\ot9. Kal
iirel irapehtoKe tov<% rjyeiiova^, oi fi^p oirXirai
rp/ovvTO, oi Se TreXraaTol ehrovTO, oi hk
LTnrel^; a)7na0o<l)vXdKovv, 41. 'EttcI Se rjfiipa
fjp, 6 %ev0r}<; iraprfKavpep eh to irpoadep /ecu
iirripeae top ^^XKtjpikop po/jlov* 7roWa/ci9 yap
€(f>rj PVKTtop avTo^ KoX avp 6\lrfoi<; wopeuofiepo^;
aTTOaTraaBrjpac avp to?9 iirrroi^ airo t&p
ire^&p' '^ pvp Se, &aTrep Set, ddpooi wdpTe^
d/xa T§ VP'^P^ (I>aip6fi€0a, 'AW' vfjLei<: fiep
7r€pifi€PeT€ avTov fcal apairaveade* iya> Se
afceyjrdfiepo^ Tt rj^coJ' 42. TavT eliroup
ffKavve hi opov^ oBop Tipa Xa/Scop. 'EttcI S*
d(})LfC€To €49 X^^^ iroWrjp^ iaKiyfraTO {ip Ty
68o)] el etij tx^ dpBpcoTTcap fj irpoTjyovfiepa ff
ipapTia* 'ETret Se aTpi^ri icopa ttjp oBop, tjkc
Ta^v TrdXip fcaV eXeye* 43. "KaXw^ &
dpSpe^f €<TTai, idp 0eo<: deXrj' tou9 yap
dp6pco*irov<5 Xtjaofiep iTTLTrecropre^;, 'AW' eyw
fi^p rffria-OfxaL Tot9 i7r7rot9, ottco^, dp TiPa
tBcofJbep, fiT] hia^vyoop arjfiTjprf T0Z9 TroXe/nioi^
vfjLH^ S' eireaOe' k&p X€i(f>0i]T€, tS crtySo) t&p
iinrcop eireaOe* vTrep^dpTe<; ok tcL oprj fj^ofiev
et9 Ta9 K(Ofia^ 7ro\Xa9 t€ fcal ev^alyLOPa<i,'*
BOOK VIL CHAPTER TIL 31
44. ^Hvlfca Se rjv fiiaov f]fikpa^^ rjSi] re ^v
iirl TOt? uKpoi^j KaX KariZwv ra? fC(ofia<i ^icev
ekavvtov irpo^ rov^ OTrX/ra? Kal eXeyev
" 'A^^yo-tt) ijSrj KaTaOetv tov<; fiev linreaf; ek
TO TreSiov, T0U9 Se TreXracrTa? evrt ra? Ko!)fjLa<;,
'Aw' erreade m &v Svinjade TaxtcTaj ottco^,
av Tt9 v<l)i(rrrJTai, ake^rjade/' 45, ^AKOvaa<;
ravra 6 'S€PO<f)&v Kare^r) airo rod lttttov,
Kal 09 Tjpero' *^ Tt KUTa^aivei^, iirel airevheiv
helf' ^^ Olha'^ e^rj, " ort or/c e/AoO fiovov Sir)*
ol S' oTrXtrat Oolttov Spafiovvrao fcal ^Siop,
av teal €7(5) Trejo? r}y&/JLac/^
46. MeTtt raOra ai-)(€TOy Koi Tifiaa-icav fier
avTov excop iTnria^ <W9 rerTapaKOvra t&p
^EW'^payp. B,€vo^&P Bk 7rap7jyyvf)<r€ tov? eh
TpcaKOpra er?; irapievai airo t&p Xo^cop
€V^oDPOV<;^ ^Kal avro^ fiep irpoxa^e tovtov^
e^Q)z/' KXedpcop 8e rjyeiTO t&p aXkcop 'E\X?;i/-
(op, Ail, 'ETrel S' ip Tah KcofiaL^ rjaav,
'2,€v67)^ ex(*>v oaop irePTrjKOPTa Imriafi irpoa-'
ekdaa^i elire' "TaSe Brj, & Sepo^&Pj a cv
eX€7€9* e^pPTai ol avOpcoiroc dXXa yap ol
tTTTreA? eprjfioi, otxopral fioc, aXXo<; aXXaxQ
SuoKoyp' KCtX BiBoiKa fit) avaTaPTe^ adpooi irov
KaKOP TV ipyacrcopTai ol TroXifiioLl Aet Be Kal
iv Ta?9 KOifiaif; KaTafiipeiv 'rip^^ r)p.5)v* fieaTul
32 XENOPHON'S A NAB A.
f^dp elaiv dvOpcoTTCdp,^' 48. " 'AX
€<fn) 6 G€vo(f)&v, " avv oh €;^6
KaraXrjyfrofiac av Se KXedvopa kc)
ireSiov irapaTUvai rrjv ^dXayya
Kcofia^.'^ 'ETrei Se ravra iirotrjaa
0f)aav dvSpdiroSa fiev wf; j^tX/
iia")^Ckio(,y KaX aXka irpo^aTa /j
Tore fi€V avTOv rjvXiaOrjaap,
CHAPTER IV.
Seuthes burns the villages of his opponents.-
Description of Thracian dress in winter time. —
shelter in houses. — The Thradans pretend to be
a truce. — At night they attack the Greeks, and
Seuthes.
1. TH" S' vorepala KaraKuvaa
Ta9 KWfia^ irameKWy koI ovSej
Xiiroov^ (o7r(»9 <f}6^op evOeirj koX t
ola ireiaopraiy av fitj irciOwmai^ a
2. Kal Tr)v filv Xeiav direirep^'^e
^HpaKXeiBrjv ek UipivBov, oir
ryevrjTai roU aTpaTi(OTac<;* avrb^
^EXXrjve^ iaTparoneBevaavTo dpa
irehiop. O/ S' iKXirn'6pTe<; e<f>ev
opv.
BOOK VIL CHAPTER IV. 33
3. Hz/ Se X^^^ TToW^ Kai ylnj)(p<: oi/r©?, wcrre
TO vScjp, h i<f>€povTo iirl ZelirvoVy iirrfyvvro koI
b olvo<; 6 iv roh dyycioi^, kuI tS)P ^EXXijvojv
TToW&v KaX ptve^i direKaiovTO icaX &Ta, 4.
Kal Tore BrjXov iyei/ero ov €P€Ka oi %paK€<;
Ta<; akayjreKiha^ iirl Ta?9 Kc^aXai^ if>opov<ri
KaX Tot9 ft)<7(, Kat xf'T&va^ ov fiovov wepl rot?
aTepvoLSy dWd Kal irepl roU tirjpol^" koX
^€ipa^ fie^pi, T&v TToS&v €7rl r&v iirircov
€)(pvat,v, dXTC ov x^^afivSa^:, 5. ^A<f>L€h 8e
Twi/ alxP'OXcoTcop 6 Xevdf]^ eh rd opt) eXeyep
on el fJLTj Kara^TjaovTai KaX irelfTOvrai, ori,
KaraKavaec Kal tovtodv ra? Kcofuz^ Kol rov
aiTOV, KaX diroXovirrai rat Xi/mA, 'E« tovtov
Kare/Sacvop Kal yvpaiKe^ Kal TraeSe? Kal ol
TrpeajSvrepor ol Be pecorepov ev rai^ xmo to
8po<: KODfiai^ 7}vXl^opTo. 6. Kal 6 'S,€v6r)^
KarajMiBoDP eKeXevae top 'St€po<l>&PTa t&v
ottXct&p Toij^ P€€OTdTOv^ Xa^oPTU crvpeTTt'
airiadai. Kal dpaaTdpTe<; t^9 pvkto^ afxa Tt}
fifiepa Traprjaav iirX Ta^ kw/jm^' koI ol fiep
irXelaTOL i^€<l>vyop' {irXfjaiop yap ^p to
Spor) o<Tov<i Bk eTuijSe, KaTtjKovTiarep dtfyeiBm
%ev0r}<;.
7. ^EmL(rd4prj<i Be ^p ti^, '0Xvi/^t09, iratS'
epaoTTj^y &? IBq)P Ka7<^p iraiBa 'qfidaKOPTa apTi,
Anab, Book VII. D
34 ' XENOPHOirS ANABASIS.
TriXrrjv exoirra, fiiXKoma a/jroOvrjaKeiVy irpoa-
Spafio)P Wi€vo(t>&vTa i/cerevae I3or}07jaac TraiSl
kclXm. 8. Kat 09 TTpoaekOoov Tft> ^evBtf
ScLTcu firj diroKTeivcu top TraiBa' Koi roi)
^TSiincrdepov^ Sirjyetrac top Tpoirop, koI otl
Xo^op TTork orupeXi^aTO, ckott&p ovSeP aWo,
fj el Tiv€9 eUv /caXol' teal fiera tovtwp ^p
opfjp ar/ado^. 9. 'O Si ^€vdrf<; rjpero' ***H
Kol iOiXoiq UP, & ^'EnriaOepe^, xnrep tovtov
airodapeip ;'^ 'O S' iirapareipa^ top Tpd')(rfXov
'^ THaUy' €C7r€P, '^ el tceXeuet 6 Trat?, Kal fiiXXet
Xapip eiZkpau^^ 10. 'Ew^pero o ^€i0ri<; top
iralSa, el Traiaeiep ainop clptX CKeipov. Ovfc
eta Tra??, dXX* iKereve fitfSerepop KaTaKaipeiv,
^l^PTavOa Srf 6 ^Enrurdeptj^ irepiXajSmp top
TralSa ehrep" ^^'^£lpa aoi,^ & %€v0f}, irepl
TovSe fioi SiafjLd')(ea0ai: ov ycip fiedi^cto top
TralSa,'^ 11. 'O SJ ^evOrjq jeX&p Taxha fiep
eta' eSo^e S' avT^ avTOv avXiaOrjpat, ipa firj
etc TOVTCJV T&P Ktdfl&P ol CTtI TOV OpOV^
Tpe<f>oiPTO. Kat avTo^ flip ep tw ttcS/o)
vTTOKaTafia^ eaicripoxr Sepoff)&p Si, e^coi/ tov^
iiriXe/CTOv^y ep rp inro to Spo^ dpomaTto Kto/nrj'
ical oi aXXot, ''^XXr)pes ep Tol^ opeipoi^ tcaXoV'
fjUvot^ &pa^l TrXriaiop /caT€a/cr]P7}aap.
1 2. 'E/c TOVTOV fjp.epau ov iroXXal SieTpLjS-
36 XENOPHON'S ANABASIS.
Se iveTrifiirpaaav icalX WiCvo^vra ovofiaar]
KaXovpre^ i^iovra eKeXevov airodvr^aKeiv, 4
avTov €<l>aaav KaraKavdijaeaOai avrov.
16. Kal ffiri T€ StcL Tov opoifyov e^lven
TTvp, Kcu €VT€da)paKurfi€voi 01 irepl BiCVOKJyoiinri
evhov fjaav acnriSa^ koI fiwxaLpa^i koX icpdvi
€xovT€<:. Kal XoXavb^ Ma/c/o-rto?^ ir&p ^
(09 6/CT(OKal8€/ea a>v, ai]fiaiv€i ry aaKirifyi
Kal €v6ifs iKinfiwGiV icrvacfiivoi Tci ^tcfyrj Ka
ol i/c T&v a\Xa>i/ arKrjvayfiaTODV^ 17. Ol S
©p^/ce9 (fyevyovaiv, &airep Sif rp&iro^ avroU
I oTTiaOev 7r€pi^aX\6fi€voL tA? niXra^' Ka
avT&v xnrepdKKofievcuv roif^ aravpov^ iKq<f}
.^ 0r)adv Tiv€^ Kp€fuia0evT€^t ivurj(pfi€Pa}p t&:
ttcXt&v iv T069 aravpoh' oi Be Kal awedavo:
hiafiapTOvre^ r&v i^6B<ov' ol S' *'EXXrfP€
iBioDKop efo) T^ Kiofifj^, 18. T&p re ©w«;
v7roaTpaif>€PT€<; tip€^. ip t^ cKorei tov
TraparpexpPTa^ nap* olxiap KiUofiiprjp t^kopt
i^op 6t9 TO ^9 iK rod cKorov^* KoX erpcoaa:
^lepdpvfiop re Kal ^FtPoBiap top Xaxayop Ka
Qea^ipfjp Be Ao/cpop top Xo^ayop' airiOav
Se ovBek' KOTeKavOff fiiprot Kai ia0i]^ rivw
KoX GKevrj, 19. ^evOfj^ 8k ^xe fiorj0i]a(op tri
cwri hnrevac Tot9 'irpwToi^: Kal top ca\*
pyKTTjp H'XfiP TOP ^paKiop, Kal errein
BOOK VIL CHAPTER IV. 57
'ffaOerOf oaov irep 'xpovov il3o7]0€i, roaovTov
Koi TO Kepa^ i(f)6&ff€T0 av7&* &a'Te xal tovto
^6l3ov avfJLTrapei'xe to?9 nokefiioi^, ^Eirel S'
fjKdev, iBe^iovTo re ical ekeyep oTi otoiro
r€0v€&Ta^ TToXXov? €vpi^cr€iv»
20. 'Eac 70VT0V 6 H€Vo<l>&v Seirai tov?
Ofirfpov^ T€ avT^ irapaZovvai, ical iirX to o/)09,
u ^ovXerai, a-varpaTeveadac* el Sk fiij, avrbv
idaai. 21. T^ oiv vcrrepala irapaSlSaxriv 6
'S.€v0f)<: Toif^ 6fjLi]pov<:, irpea-fivTepov^ avipa^y
T0U9 KpaTlaTOv<;, &^ €<f>aaapy t&v opeiv&v'
Kol auT09 €p)(eTai avv rfj Svpdfiei, "HS?; S*
€l)(e KoXrpvifKaa-lap BvpafiiP 6 Xevdrj^' ifc yctp
T&P ^Ohpv<T&p, cLKovopre^ h irpdrTOt 6 XevOrj^j
woXkol feare^aivop crvaTpaTevao/nevoi, 22.
0/ Se &upoly iirei etSop airo rov opov^
woWoif<; fi€P oirXiTa^ 7roX\ov9 Se ir€\TaaTa<$
7roWou9 Se iTnria^, KaraPdpres Itcerevop
{nreiaaaOai; kclI irdpra wfioKoyovp wonjcreip,
Kal ra iriarh Xafx^dveip ifciXevop, 23. 'O
Be XeyOrj^ KoXiaa^ top Bi€PO<f)&PTa eTreSeU^
ihjePy h Xeyoiep' koI ovk &p ecfnj aireiaaardac,
el 'Sevoifi&v ^ovXoiTo rifnopijiraadai avrois
t59 iineiaew. 24. 'O S' elirep' "'AXV
eycaye iKaprjp pofii^a teal pvp Slki]p ^6£I/, el
oiroi SovXoieaoPTaiaPT iXevdipcop'^^ avfiBovX*
I
■i
38 XENOPHON'S ANABASIS,
€V€tu fiivTOt €<fnf avTQ) TO XoiTTov ofiripov^
Xafi/SdveiP roi^ SwarandTov^ Kaicov ti
iromv^ T0U9 Se ^epovra^ oXkoi idv, Ol fi€P
oZp ravrrj nrdvre^ hri TrpocrtofioKoyotw.
CHAPTER V. .
The Greeks enter the Delta. — Obtain only a part of thdr pay.—
Knavery of Heracleides. — He quarrels with Xenophon, and tries to
1 1 injure him with Seuthes, but cannot. — ^The Greeks are persuaded
.' to asast Seuthes stiil further. — Thracian wreckers. — No pay
,i being forthcoming, the soldiers are exasperated against Xaiophon.
^ — On his seeking an interview, Seuthes pretends not to have time
to see him.
1. TnEPBA'AAOTSi Se irpi^ roi^
inrep ^v^avriou %paKWi eU to AilXra koKoV'
/j£vov' avTTj 8* ^v ovKCTb dp^V MaurdBov,
dWh Tijpov Tov ^OSpvaov [apyaiov rtvosi].
2. Kai 6 Upa/cXeiSrj^ ivravBa e^tav T^v
Tifif)v T779 \€ia^ iraprjp, Kal 'Zevdrj^ i^ayay*
a)P ^€vyr) ^fiioviKa rpla, {ov yap fjp ttX^uo)
TO, 8* aXKa ^oeLxd^ KaXeaa<; Hci^ch^i/ta
1 ixiXevae \afieip, ra S' aXXa fiiavelficu T0t9
(rrpaTTjyol^ xal Xo^ayol^, 3. S€po<I>&p Be
f raS' etirep' *''E/aoI fiep toIpvp apxei koI
av0i<; Xafiecp' TOVTO19 Be to2<: OTpaTfjydh
BOOK VII, CHAPTER V. 39
Scjpov, oi (Tvv ifiol rjKo\ov0r}a'av, /cal Xo;^-
ayoi^/^ . 4. Kal r&v ^€vy&v \afi0dvei %v fihv
Tifiaa-lcop 6 AapSav€V9, €p Se KT^dvoyp b
^Op^ofiipio^, €V 8e ^pvvlaKo^ 6 ^A'^ato^* ra
Be poeiKCL ^evyrj roiq Xo^aryoi^ KaTCfiepiaOrj,
Tbv Be fiKxdbv aTroBiBaxTiv, e^eXrjkvOoTO^ ijBrj
rod fii]vb<;, ecKoai jxovov rijMep&v' 6 yap
' H.paK\eiSrj(i eXeyev ore ov irkeiov ifiiroXyjcrai.
6. 'O oipSevo(l>&p ayOeaOeX^ elire* " Ao/ceh
jiot, & 'HpaKKeiSrj, ov'x^ (09 Bet KijBeadai
^ev0ov' el yhp iKfjSoVf ^Ke<; av ifKrjprj (l>€pa>v
TOP fiiaOoPf Kal TTpoaBapeiaaiJLepo^f el firj 7*
a\\o>? eBvpdo, Kal a7roB6fiepo<: ra aavTov
i/narca,
6. 'FiPT€v0ep 6 'HpaKXeiBrj^i rj^O^adrj re
Kal eSeta-e fit) Sk t^9 ^ev0ov <\)CKia<; eK^\7}0eirj'
Kalf o Ti iBvparo, diro ravTrj^ t^9 r}iiepa^
Sepotjy&PTa Bii^aWe 7rpo9 ^ev0r}p, 7. Ol
fi€P Brj <TTpaTL&Tai Sepo<l)&PTi epeKaXovp, on
ovK el'xpp TOP fiLa06p* %€v0i]^ Be fi')(0eTo
uvtS, otl ipTOvco^; toI^ aTpaTUOTai^ d7rrJT€L
TOP fiia06p, 8. Kal Tefi)9 fiep del ejuLefipijTo,
eo9, eireiBap eirl 0d\aTTap d'7re\0rj, irapaBcoaoi
avTa> lRL<rdp07jp Kal Tdpop Kal Niop T€C)(p^'
diro Be TOVTOV tov )(fi6pov ovBePo<; €ti tovtcjp
ifiefiprjTO, *0 fAep yhp '}ipaK\elS7j<; Ka}
:/lS'5
sS, t«'lf
^"Ikc-N^"
tV
ffTP
'^i>-*'n':4vv«.
Iice^
«^tflO<
:Sfl\V>
-e,vTew
def
oi»
ireip
a
KttV
,0*'"
•re
0^^ ' cyTp
BOOK VIL CHAPTER V. 41
€49 Tov HovTov ifKeova&v vqwv irdKKaX
oKehXovcn KaX eKiriiTTOvaL* rivar^o^ yap iajiii
iirX nrdfiiToXv t% 60X0777}^. 13. Kal ol
%paK€^ ol Kara ravra oiKovvre^, arrjXa^
6piad/M€V0i, ra Kaff avrov<i eKaaTOC i/nrlTiT'
ovra \rjt^ovTai; reo)? S' iK&yovTO, irpXv
oplaaaBaL, apirdt^ovre^ iroKKoX vir aKKrj\(ov
airoBpTja-Keiv. 14. 'Ei/raSfla evpUTKOvro
iroXKaX fiev Kklvai ttoXXA he Ki^a>Tia iroWaX
Sk ^ipKoL y€ypa/j,fi€pai /caX roKXa iroWd,
oaa iv ^v\lvoi<: rev^eat vavKKrjpoi arfovaiv»
*EvT€v9€v ravra fcaraarpes^djULevoc diryeaav
irdXiv, 15. *^v0a Srj 'St€v07}<; eXye arpdrevfia
ijSfi ttTUov rov 'EXXr]ViKov* etc re yap '08pi;<r-
&p iro\v ert TrXe/ov? Kare^e^rjKeaav, kqX ol
deX nreidofievoL avvearparevovro, 'Karr)v\lo''
Brjaav Be iv r£ ireBieo virep "^rfKy^pia^, oaov
irevrrjKOvra araBiov^ direxpvre^; t^9 ddkdrTq^,
16. Kal Ilia 60^ fiev ovheU irto €(f>alv€To' irpo^
Se rop S€vo<j>&vra oX re arpari&rai nrdvv
ycCKenrSi^ el'xpvy o re %€v0r]<; ovneri oiKeuo^
SiixeirOf aW' oirore avyyeveaOat avrw ^ovKO'
fievo^ SkOoLy iroXKaX rjSrj d(T')(pklaL itpalvovro.
42 XENOPHON'S ANABASIS.
CHAPTER VI.
Charmlnus and Polynicus come to assume the command of the
army. — Heracleides tries to persuade Seuthes that the present is
a good opportunity to get rid of his allies. — Interview between
Seuthes and the Lacedaemonian commissioners.— The latter are
introduced to the army. — An Arcadian taxes Xenophon with
having enriched himself at the expense of his comrades. — ^Xeno>
phon powerfully and successfully defends himself. — His cause is
espoused by Charminus.— Eurylochus begs the Lacedaemonians to
make Seuthes give them their pay. — Polycrates suggests that
they seize Heracleides. — Sudden departure of Seuthes and Heracl-
eides. — Seuthes attempts to negotiate with Xenophon. — Xeno-
phon, sacrificing to ascertadn what course he should pursue, finds
it declared by the omens that it would be better for him to
depart with the army.
1. 'EN Se TOVTto Tft> 'Xpov(p, a^eSov ^&;
Svo firjv&v 0VT(0Vf d(l>i/cvovinat ^ap/upo^ re 6
Adfcwv tccu HoXvviKo^ iraph Qi/jL^pavo^j kclv
XeyovcTip ort AaxeSacfiovloi^ Soxet (rrpareih
eaOat eVl ^L(T<Ta^kpv7}v, koL Qifi/Sptdv e/cTre-
ir\€VfC€P c»9 iroXefiriaa^Vf koL helrai Tavrrj^
T^9 arpaTia^, koX \eyec oTt SapetKo^ eKdartp
earai^ fitaOo^ tov firjvo^, koX to?? T^xfvyo'k
Ssfiotpia, ical T0t9 (rrpaTrjyoi<: TeTpafioipia»
2. 'EttcI S' fjjXOov oi AafceSaifjLovioc^ eifOif^ 6
*Jlpa/c\€l87j^f in/Bop^evo^ on iirl to aTpdrevfia
fjKovaiy \eyei ro) SevOrj ort KdWurraif
BOOK VIL CHAPTER VI. 43
^eyhn)TaC " Ot fikv yap AaKcSaifiovioi
hiovrat rod arpaTevfiarof;, av he ovk ere heri*
diroSiBov^ Se to CTpdrevfia avrol^ 'xapiel, ak
he oiffc en airanrjaomai rov fiiadbv, dW*
diraXKa^oinat iic ri)? ')(copa<;J'
3. ^Atcowra^ ravra 6 ^evOrjg xeXevec irap-
dyecv Ka\ hrel ehrov otc iirl rb arpuTevfia
^JKOvaCf TUyec on to arpdrevfia dirohlhaxri,
^tXo9 T6 Kal avfifia'xp^ ^ovkerai elpai, xaXet
T€ avTov^ iirl ^evia, Kal i^ivi^e fier/aXo-
irpcTTW. 'B€po(l>&PTa he oif KoKel ovhe r&v
aWo)p arpaTijy&v ovheva. 4. ^EpayTdprcov
he T&v AaKehaifwvUov t/9 dvi]p etr) S€vo<f>&v,
direKplvarOf on rd fiev aXXa etrj oif Kaxo^,
(^CkoaTpanwTq^ hi' ^^ Kcti hid tovto x^^P^^
ear IV auT^/' Kal o? ehrov' ^' 'AXV ^ hrjfi^
ayoyyei 6 dinjp rov? avhpa^ ;*' Kal 6 'Hpa/fX-
elZrif;, " Hdw fih ovp/' eifyq. 5. ''*Ap' oSi//'
e^aaVf " M'V f<^^^ fjjuv ivavTicoaerat rrj^
a7rar)f0}yr)<; ; " AW ffv v/j,eL<;, eqyq o
'HpaicXelhrj^^ '^ avXKe^avre^ avrovi vTr6q")(JI'
ade Tov fiurdbv, oXiyov eKelvfp irpoa'xpvre^
dwohpafiovvTav crvv vfitv,'^ 6. ** Tlw &v
civ/' iffyaaav, '^ '^/mv avXXeyetep ;'' " Aiipiov
vfJL&s/' effyrf 6 'HpaxXeihrj*;, *' Trpcol a^ofiev
wpb^ avTOv?* ical plSa," €(f>r}y ^^on^ eireihav
44 XENOPHON'S ANABASIS.
ifim iSciXTtv, aa/ievoi avvSpa/iovPTai,'* Avrrj
fi€P fi r)fiipa ovTG)? eXrj^e.
7. Tfj S' varepala ar/ovo'iv iirl to OTparei;-
jxa T0V9 AaKODva^ Seii^iy? T€ xal 'Hpa^Xe/Siyv,
teal ovWeyerat 17 arparui' to) Se AaKtove
iXeyerrjp oti '' AuKeSacfiovioi^ Soxet irdKefietv
Ti(raa(l>€pv€t tw vpSi^ aSi/cqaaim' fjv oiv
ir)T€ avv fiiilv, TOP re ix^pov TifJLa)pi]<r€a9€j
Koi SapeiKov eKoaro^ olaei rov p/qvo^i v/x&p,
Xo^a709 Se to SittXovp, aTparriyo^ Se to
rerpairXovp/' 8. Kol ol oTpari&Tac aap^epoi
7€ fjKovaaPf Kal €v0v<: dpurraTai Tt9 t&v
^ApKoZtdP Tov S€PO<j)&PTO^ Karrf^oprjawp.
Haprjp Se kcu ^evOri^ jSovKop^po^ elSipai ri
TTpax^VO'^cu' teal ip erhjKoo) elar'qKei extov
TOP epp,7}pea* avpUt h\ koX axno<; 'EXXi/i'^otI
TCL TrXeJora. 9. "EtpOa Srj Xe/€t ^Apxd^'
^^*AXX' ^fi€i^ fiev, & AaKeiatfJLOpioi, Koi
iraKai &p ^fiep trap vpXp^ el fir} '5€P0<f>S>i
Sevpo rip£,^ ireiam a'Trrj^a^ep^ €p9a Sif ^p.€i^
fi€P TOP Seipop ^€t/t(ii)i/a aTpaT€v6p.€poi, /ea\
vvKTa /cai f}p,epap, ovSlp Treirdp^Oa' 6 Be Tovq
^fieTepou^ iropov^ €%€r Kal ^evOrj^ IBla fiev
ixeipop ireirKovTt/cep, f)pa.<i Be dirotrrepeZ top
fiurOop* 10. &aT€j 6 ye irp&TO^ Xeywi', eyoi
fiep/' €^, " el TOVTOP iBoifiv KarcCKetHrOhrra
BOOK VII. CHAPTER VL 45
KoX hovra SiKTjPf &p fifia^ irepiuKKe, kov top
fiiaSov av fAoi Sok& €)(eiv, koI ovBev av ert
Tot9 irejroinjfiivoi^ ax^^o'SatJ' Mera tovtov
aWo^ avia-Ti] ofioC(o<i koX aXko<;. 'E/e he
TovTcov 3€vo<l>S>v eXc^cv c5S€'
11. '^'AXXi irdvra fikv apa avOpoatrov
ovTa TrpoaSofcav Set, OTTore Kal eyo) vvvi filv
v<f> vfji^v ah tag e^ft), iv « ifKelaTrfv irpoOvfiiav
ifiavT^ ye Sok& avveiZevai, irepl vfia^ Trap-
ecyrjpMvo^. ^AnrerpairopLT^v fiev ye ^S?; otkaBe
mpfirffievo^, ficL TOP Ala, oirc irvpOavofievo^
{ffiag ei irpdrreiv, dXK^L fiaWov aKOvcDV iv
diropot^ elvai, (09 a)(f>€\'^a'a)Vf et re hvvaifi7}v.
12. 'EttcI S* Jj\0ov, Sev0ov rovrovi ttoXXoi'?
0776X01/9 . 7rp39 ifie Tre/xTTOVTO^ /cal ttoXXA
xnnayyovfihfov ifiol el irelaacfic vfia^ Trpo9
aifTov iXOelv, tovto fiev ovfc iirex'^lf^o'a
. womVy ©9 avTol vp,eU iTrlcTaaOe ffyov 8\
oOev ai6fir}v Ta)(i<TT hv vfia^ et9 ttjp ^Aaiav
Sia/Srjvac, Tavra yap Kal ^eKriara ivofii^ov
vfilv elvai, Kal vfiSis; ySeiv /Sovkojxevov^, 13.
'Eirel 8e ^ApCarapxo^ ekOoDV aifp Tptrfpeaiv
iKooiXvae SunrXetv VH^^> €#c tovtov {oirep
€l/eb<: Stjttov 7jp) avveKe^a vfia^;, 07r6)9 )8oi;X-
evaal/ieda, 8 re XP^ iroielv, 14. Ovkovv
ifii^ls a/covovTe^ fiiv \ApiaTdpxpv eirLTwrTovTo^
46 XENOPHON'S ANABASIS.
vfiZu €49 ^€pp6vr}<T0P TTopeveaOai, d/covovre^
Se %€vdov nrelOovTO^ eavT& avarparevea'dat,
TrdvT€^ fi€V i\€y€T€ (TXfv 'Si€V0rf Uvac, iravre^
S' h^^iaaade ravra, E? ta oiv eyw iirravdd
'^SUrjaa ayayoyv v/xa^ evOa iraaiv vfitv iBoKci,
etirare, 15. Ettc/ ye firp; ^evSeaOat rjp^aro
XevOf]^ irepl tov jxiadov^ el fih/ hraivw avrop,
hucam^ av /m€ Kctt alTi&ade koX fiuroire' el
Se TTpooBev avr^ Trdvrav /jLaKiara if>tKo^ S)v,
vvv irdvTtav SuKfyopdnaTO^ elfii, irm av irt
iiicaUo^, alpovfievo^ vfxa^ avrX SevOov, v^*
vfjL&v alrlav e)(pi,fjit irepl &v irpa^ tovtop
Sui(f>€pofiac ; 16. 'A\\' etirotre Av, on e^eari
Kol Tci vfikrepa expvra iraph '^euOov rex^d^etp.
OijKow BfjXop TOVTo ye, OTiy eXirep ifjtoi irikei
ri 2et;ffi79, oux^ ovrto^ iriKet Biprov, &^ £p re
ifiol Boit) arepolro, KaX aXKa v/up airarUrevep;
*A\V olfiai, el iSlSov, iirl rovrtp ap iSiSov,
07rai9 ifAol Soif^ jxeiop fit) wn'oSoiri vfjup rd
irXeiop. 17. E^ roivvp ovroy; e^etp oleade,
e^earip vfitp avrljca fidKa fiaraiap ravTfjv
TTjp TTpa^ip diii^xnepoi^ rjpZp TTOirjaat, i&p
irpdnryre airrop ra p^ij/^ara. A-fj/kop yiipf
OTt 'ZevOrff;, el exfo ti irap ainov, dnranrjO'e^
fie, Kal airavT'qaei, p.€PTOi Sttcaito^^ ehv fiif
fie^aiH TTJP irpa^ip avrw, i<l> $ iSaopoBokovp*
BOOK VII. CHAPTER VI. 47
18. 'AXXa TToWoO fioi Bok& Betv ra v/xirepa
ex^iV ofivv(o fyap v/mp 6eov(; airavra^ koX
Trdaa^, fir)B€, & ifiol ihia vTreo'^fro SeiJ^iy?,
ex^iv' irdpecm he avTo<:, koI okovcov a-vvocSe
fioiy el €7nopK&. 19. '^Iva SkfmXXov Bavfida^
ijT€, avveTTofivvfjit, fiv^^s ^ oi aWoi orpar-
17701 eXxijSov, '€tKr}<l>€vatf iii) toLvxw firjh^ oaa
T&v Xoxary&v evioi* 20. Kal ri Sff ravra
eiroiovv ; ^Qifirjv, & avSpe^, oatp fiaXKov
avfiij)€poific TOVTtjp T^v Tore ireplav, rocovrtp
fiaXKov avTov <f>ikov fioc eaeaOat, oirore
SwrjOelrj. *Eyo) Se afia 6p& avrov cS Trpar-
Toma, K(d yvyudxTKO) Srj avTOV rrjv ^v(i)pjr]v*
21. E^TTOt hr\ Tt9 av* OijKoxw ataxvprj ovTa>
fiwpA^ i^a7raT(!>fievo9 ; Nal ^ ACa ycxW'
ofiTjv fikinoi, el inro vdKefiiov ye ovto^ ef-
fjpTaTTjOriv* <f>CK(p S' 6vTt e^airarav aUrxUv fioi
SoKet elvai, ^ e^airarcUrBai^ 22. 'EttcI, eX ye
irpo^ <f>l'Xx>v^ 60tI <f>vkaicrif vaaav olBa vfia^
^vXa^afiepov^y d)^ fit) Trapaax^iv rointo
wpoifxtaiv SiKaiav firj airoSiSovac vfuVy h
VTreo'X'STo* oijre yap rjSiKTjaafjLev tovtov ot^ev,
oire KarepKaKevaoifiev tA tovtov, oine fir^p
Kore^CKidtTafiep ovSep, i<l> o Tt fifui^ o&ro9
irapeKoXea-ep, 23. 'AX\A <f>aifjTe &p, eBei tcL
ipexvpa Tore \aSelp^ a>9 /^^Sc^ €t ifiovXeTV,
48 XENOPHON'S ANABASIS.
iSvvaTo &u i^airarav, II/oo? ravra he
aKOvaare, h iya> ov/c av irore elirov tovtov
ivaPTLOP, el firj fioi TraPTawaaLP aypdfiope^
iBoK€CT€ eipai fj \iap eh ifie a)(apiaTou 24.
'ApafJLP^adijre yap ip Troloiq riaip opre^
Trpwy/Moa'tp eTvy^dp€T€y i^ &p vfia^ eyo)
apijyayop wpo? XevOrjp. OifK el^ /*«'
nipipOop, el TTpotrpTe t^ iroXei, ^Aplarap^o^
vfia^ 6 AaKeSaifiopto^ ovk eta eltnepoi,
cLTTOKkelaa^ t^? irvKa^ ; inralOptoi Bk efa>
ioTpaTOTreSevere ; iieao^ Se 'xeifi^p ^p ;
ayopa he €)^<r0e, cirdpui fiep op&pre^ tA
&pia, airdpia he exopre^, orap iprjaeaOe ;
25. ^KporfKTi he ^p fiepecp eirl Spa/ctj^'
(rpiijpet^ yhp e^pfJMvaai ifcdXvop htaTrXetw)
el he fiepot rt?^ ep TroKe/jLia x^P^ etpai, Sp0a
iroWol fi€P Imreh ipaprioi fjaap ttoXXoI Se
ireKTaaraL 26. ^HfiiP he ottKitucop fJbhf ffp,
w adpooL fiep l6pTe^ iwl . ra^ tcmfia^ tac^ &p
ehxwdfieOa alrop XafijSdpeip ovhep n a^opow
OTft) he huoKopre^ ap fj dphpairoha fj irpofiara
tear eXafi/Sdpo fiep f ov/e ^p fiplp* ovre yip
imnKop ovre ireXTacTHcop ere eyo) avpearffico^
KareKa^op trap v/up, 27. Ea oip, ip TOia^rp
dpdytcTj oPTOfp vfi&Pj firjh^ oPTipaxiVP fuaOop
TTpoaai/rqaa^ ^€v0r]p avfifiaxop v/uv nrpoir*
BOOK VIL CHAPTER VL 49
iXa^ov, exovra iTnria^ xal TreKraaTct^^, &v
vjjLec9 '7rpo(TeSei<r6e, /caK&^ av iBoKOvv vjuv
^€l3ov\€va0ai irpo vfi&v ; 28. Tovtcjv yctp Bi]
irov KOiv(dvrjaavT€<; KaX atrov a(f>6ov(OT€poi/ iv
rau; Kc^fiai^ rjvpl(TK€T€ Btcb to apayKa^eaOcu
TOif^ ®paKa<; Karct cnrovhr)v fiaXKov (fyevyeiv'
/cal TrpofiaTcop kcu avSpairoSoov fieTeax^Te,
29. Kat TroXi/xiov ovK€Tt ovSiva ktop&fievy
eTreiSr] to ImnKov fijuv irpoaeyiveTO* reo)? Se
6appa\€(t)9 r}li1v i^eiirovTO oi TroXefiioc Koi
lirmK^ Kol irekTaaTiK&y KtoXvovre^ p/qhafxri
Kar okvyov^ diroaKeSavvvfiivov^ to. iwirijSeia
a^dovdarepa fjfia^; iropi^eadai, 30. Et he hfj
o avp^irapixcov ^p^v touttjv ttjv dacfyaXeuip p,^
irdvv iroKvv pburObv TrpoaerekeL t^9 d<x<l)a\eia^y
TovTO St) to irdOrjp^a to (tx^tXiov ; koi Sid
TOVTO ovhapTj oXecde XPW^^ ^&PTa ip,€ dvelvai;
31. NSi/ he hi) 7ra)9 diripx^cOe ; Ov htax^tp,-
daavre^ fiev iv d<f>66vot^ toI<; eTriTrjheloig,
Trepf/TTov S' expvre^ tovto, eX Tt iTuifiere
irapd %ev6ov ; Td ydp t&v iroXep^icov ihairav-
uTe* Koi TavTa TrpaTToi/re?, ovTe avhpa<i
iireiheTe vp>&v avr&v diroOavovTa^ ovTe
JSz/ra? dire^oKsTe, 32. Ei he ti koXov irpb^
T0V9 iv TTJ ^Aaia ^ap^dpov^ iirenrpaKTO
vpZvy ov KdKelvo a&v e^ere, Kal Trpo? ifceivoL^
AMob. Book VII. E
so XENOPHON'S ANABASIS. ,
vvv aKK7]v €vK\€iav irpoaeCKri^aTe, /cai Toin
iv Tjj lEiifpayTTT) Qpaxa^, i(j> ov9 iarpareveade
Kparrjaame^ ; *E7ft) p,ev vfia^ ^/^^ Si/caua^.
aVy &v ifiol ')(aX€Trcup€T€, tovtwv T0t9 0€6k
X^P^^ ^IBivat, a>9 cuyaO&v, 33. Kal t^ fih
Srf vfi€T€pa TOiavra. ''Ayere 8e, irpb^ rSn
BeSyv, Kcii ra ifia (nck-^aaBe, ©9 €;^eA. 'Ei7a
p,ev yap, 6t€ Trporepop airflpa ocKaSe, €^<oi
fiev erraivop iroXvp 7rpo9 vfi&v aireiropevofAriv^
€X<ov Se he u/Lta9 ical xmo t&p aXXoop ^EXXrjpc^i
evfcXecap' iTnarevofJiijp Se inro AaKeoatfiopitop
ov yap ap fie hrefiirop iraXip 7rpo9 v/ia9. 34.
NSi/ 8* avip'xpfiat irpb^ flip AaxeSaifiopiov^
v(f> vfi&p Sca/SelSXrjfiipo^, Xevdrj Se aTny^^fty-
fi€P09 inrep vficop, hp rjXiri^op ev iroiriaa^ fieO
vfi&p dirooTpocfyTjp /cat ifiol tcaXrjp zeal rrataiP
el yepoiPTO^ KaTadrjaeadai, 35. 'Tfiei^ S*
inrep &p iyoy aii^x^^M'^^ '^^ irXjetara, ica
ravTa iroXv KpeiTToatp ifiaxrrov, irpayfiareud-
fiepo^ re ovSe pvp itcj ireiravfiai o tl hvpafia^
ayadop vfilp, roiavrrjp ypcofirjp e^ere irep
ifiov, 36. 'AW* ex^re flip fie, ovre <j)€vyoPTi
Xa^6pT€<; ovre airoBtSpdarKOPra' fjp Se iroi/q
arfre, a Xeyere, lare ore avhpa KaraKOPOPre
€(Tea9e, ttoXXA fiep Bf) irpo vfi&p arypvirpif
aapTa, iroXKa he avp vfilp iroprjaapra §ea
BOOK VII, CHAPTER VI. 51
KLvhvv€v<ravTa KaX iv t& fiepei Kal irapa ro
fiepo^j Be&v Be Tkewv ovrtov koI rpcnraLa ^ap-
/Sdpaov TToXXa Bfj avv v/mv arr)adfjL€V0Vj oiroo^
Be ye T&p 'EWt^vwv fir)Bevl TroXefiiot yevoiaOe,
iraVf oaov eyo) iBvvdfirjv^ 7rpo9 v/xa? Biareivd'
fievov, 37. Kal ffap ovv vvv vfilv e^eaTiv
dveirCKriino)^ iropeveaOat, oiroi av ekirjaOe, Kal
Kara yi]p Kal Kara OdXarTav, 'Tfiec<: Be^
ore TToWrf vfuv eviropla ^aiveTat, Kal irXelre,
evda 8r) eTrtOv/ieiTe ird'Kai, BeovTai Be vfi&v oi
TO fieytaTov Bvvdfievot, fiia06<; Be <f>aiveTai>y
ff^efiove*; Bk ^Kovat AaKeBaifiovioc oi Kpdr-
lOTOt vofit^ofjLevoi elvat, vvv Brj Kaipo^ BoKel
vjuv elvac (»9 rd'x^Lara ifjue KaraKavelv ; 38.
Ov firjv, ore ye iv, to?? diropotf; ^fiev, &
TrdvTcov fJLvrjfioviKdyraroi* dWa Kal Traripa
ijme eKaXeiTCy Kal del (09 evepyerov fiejuLvrjaOac
V7na"xy€ta0e. Ov iievTOo dyvcofiove^ ouS*
ovToi elaLv oi vvv rfKovre^ e^ vfid^;* ware^
o)? eyii) olfiaif ovBe TO\noi<; BoKelre /SeXrloveq
elvat TOLOvroL ovre^ irepH ifiej' Tavra eliri)V
eiravaaro.
39. ^ap/uvo^ Be 6 AaKeBaifiovio^ dvaard<i
elirev ovrtoat '^'AXV ifiol ixevTOt^ & dvSpef;^
ov BiKaita^ ye BoKelre rw dvBpl T0VT<p ^aXcTr-
alveiv' e^o) yap Kal avT09 avT^ fjuapTvprjaac'
12
52 XENOPHON'S ANABASIS.
"SievOrj^ yap, ipoyr&mo^ i/xov xal HoXwucoi
irepl S€vo(l>&VTO<; TtV ai^r)p eli], SXKo fih
oifBev €1^6 fJL€fiyjraa6ai, ayav Se ^CkoarpaT-
KOTfjv cifyrj avrov elvat' Bio koI X^^P^^ aina
elvac 7rpo9 '^fJL&v t€ t&p AaKeSaifiovicov /ca\
irpo^ aifTov/' 40. *Ara<rra9 iirl Tovrq
l£iVpv\o)(o^ 6 Aovatdrr}^ *ApKa<; ehre ^' Ao/C€i
76 fwi^ avBpe^ AaxeBat/ioyioi,, toSjto vfia^ irpSt
Tov r}iiS)v o'TpaTrjyrja'ai, irapa ^evOov r}fuv to\
fiiaOop avairpa^ai fj €k6p7o<: fj dfcomo^, #ral fii
irporepov rj/xd^ aTrar/a/yeivJ' 41. HoXvKpd'np
Be 'AOrjvaio^ elirev dpaara^ inrep Scvoijy&vTO^
** 'Op& ye fiTjv, & avBp€<;/^ ^^t ^' f^al 'HpoKX
elBrjv evravOa irapoma' h^ irapaXa^oi^v ri
;^/>/;/iaTa, a f}iMel^ iirovrjaafieVy ravra diro
B6fi€P0^, 0VT6 XevOt) direB(OKep ovre rjpXv n
yepofiepa, aW' aino^ /cXe-^a? Treirarau *Hi
ovp aw<l>popS)iM€Pf €^6fjL€0a aifTOV' ov yap Bi
o5to9 ye/' €<f>rj, *' ®P«^ iarip, dXKa "EKXtji
€0P '^EXKrjpa^ dBiKeV
42. Havra dKovaa<: 6 ^HpaKkeiBrj^; ftoKt
i^eirXdyr)' Kal irpoaeXdiop itp ^ev6r^ Xeyei
'* ' H/xel?, TIP aco^pop&fiep, airifiep iprevdep i/c ttj
rovT€OP iiriKpajeiaf;/' Kal dpaPdpT€<; iirl rov
imrov^ w^oPTO dire'XavpopTe^ eh to €avT&
OTpaToireBop. 43. Kal €pt€v0€p 2 61^79 ire/nn
BOOK VII. CHAPTER VII. 53
Ft^o^iXfiiov Tov iavTov ep/xijvea 7rpo9 Sei/o-
(fy&pTa, Koi K€\€V€t avTov Karafieipai ira^ kav*
Tfi5 expma x^Xiov^: oTrKiTa^' koX vinayyelTat
avTw diroSaxrelii rd re %ft)pfa rh ctta OdXaTrrj
Kol Tct aWa^ a imeax^o. Kal iv airopprfr^p
'iroLrjddfxevo^; Xiyei ort dx'qKoe UoXwiKov, ft)9,
el v7ro^e/pto9 earac AaKeSaifiovloL^, a'a(f>&^
diroOavolTo inro @Lfil3p(ovo^. 44. 'E7r€<rTeXXoi/
0^ TavTct teal oi aWot, ttoWoI ^ivoi tw
^€vo<f>&VTij C&9 Sial3€l3X7}fiivo9 etrjf kuI ^i/Xar-
reaOac Sioi, 'O S' aKOvcov ravra^ Svo Upela
Xa/Scbv, eOve tw Ad' tq} Bacr^Xe?, iroTepd ol
\d)lop Kal ajxeipov etrj fiiveiv trapd XevOrj, icj}
oh ^€vdr}<; Xiyeif fj dinevaL avv t& arpaTCv^
fiari. ^Kvaipel he avrA dinevai
CHAPTER VII.
The Greeks supply themselves with provisions from villages
belonging to Medos&des. — Medos&des, attended by an Odrysian,
orders them, in the name of Seuthes and Meddcus, to leave the
country. — Xenophon's reply. — Xenophon once more attempts to
obtain the pay from Seuthes, and, after a powerful speech, is
successful. — He delivers it to the two Lacedasmonians for general
distribution.
1. 'ENTET"©EN SeiJ^Ty^ fxev direaTparo-
ireSevaaro vpoaaTipa)* ol 8e "EXX^yre? iaKijv-
54 XENOPHON'S ^ANABASIS.
Tjaav €69 Ka>fia<;j odev cfieWov irXeiaTa
eTnaiTiadfiepov em daXaTrav ij^eiv. At 8^
K&fiaif avjai fjo-av hehofievai inro %€v0ov
MTjSoadSrf. 2. 'OpS)v oiv 6 MrfSoadBry;
Sairavdfiepa ret iv Tolui icatfiat,*; xmo t&v
'^XKrfvoiv ^a\€7ra)9 €<f>€p€' real \al3a)P avSpa
^OSpv(ri]V, hxjvarayraTov t&v ava)0ev Kara-
fie^rjKOTCDVf KoX iinria<i oaov irepn^/covra,
epx^rai kclL irpoaKokelraL S€vo(f}&VTa iic rov
'YAXK'qvLKov aTparevfiaro^' koX 89, Xafidv
Tiva^ T&v \o)^(vy&v koI aWov^ rcva^ r&v
iTTLTTjSeloov, irpoaep'xeTaL, 3. "Ei/^a hr) Xiyei
6 MrjSoadBrjfi' '^^ASiKelre, & Sci^oifmp, Ta9
yjlJL€repa<i Kwfia^ 7rop0ovvT€<;, lIpo\iyofA€P
•)iv vfilvy iyd) re virep %ev6ov koI oSe 6 dtnjp
nraph MtjSokov ^/coov tov avco ^aaCkka*;,
aTTLcvat etc T779 ')((opa^' el Se firj, ovic iin-
rpiyfrofiev vfilv, aXV iav iroLrJTC xaxw Trjv
rffierepav ')((i}paVy (09 TroXe/iloxj^ dXe^aofieda/^
4. 'O 8e S€vo<f)S)v aKovaa^ ravra ehrev
" *AWa aol fiev Tocavra XiyovTc /cal dnrO"
KpivaaOaL ')(cCKejr6v' rovSe 8k eveKa tov
veavicTKOv Xe^a>, Xv elSfj oloi re vfiec^ iare
KctX oloi r}fiel<;, 5. ^Hfiel<; fiev yitp/* Cifyi],
^' irplp (f)LXot yeviadai vfitv, iiropevo^eOa SUt,
ravTr}^ t^9 Xft>/oa9, ottoc i^ovXofieffa, fjv fuv
BOOK VII. CHAPTER VII 55
iOeXoifiev iropdovvre*;, fjv S' idiXoLfiev Kara-
Kolovre^, 6. Kal av, d^irore irpb^ f)fia<; fjXOe^
irpeafievosv, rjiXi^ov irap f]pXv ovSiva <\>o^ov'
fievo^ T&v irdkefiUov. ^^fiei^ he ov/c yre et9
n^vSe rijv )(a>pavy fj^ eX irore eXdoire, w ip
KpUTTovoiV X^P? fjvXiteaOe eyKe^aXivcDfJiivoi,^
Tot9 t7nrot9. 7« 'ETrel Se 7)iuv ^lXjoi iyii^eaOe
Kol Sc fjfia^ aifv Oeoi^ e^ere nyi/Se Tr}v
X^P^V} ^^ ^ ef eXavj/6T€ ^fia<; ix Trj<; %w/)a9,
^p irap 7)fi&v ixpvTcov Kara /cpdro^ irapeXd^-
€T€* ct)9 yap auT09 otada, oi iroXi/noi, ovk
fjaav l/cavol fjjxa^ i^eXavveiv. 8. Kal ovx
07rG)9 S&pa Soif^ kol €v irovrjaa^y dvff &v eZ,
iiraOe^, d^ioc^ f}fia<i aTTOTrifiylraadai, dXlC
aTTOTropevofiivov^ r)pM<; ov^ ivavXKrdrjvaif
oaov ivvaaaiy iiriTpeirei^. 9. Kal ravra
Xiymv ovre 0€oif<: alayyvrj ovre rovie rov
avSpa, 89 vvv fiiv ce opa irXox/rovvray irplv
Be fifuv (f>iXov yeviaffat diro XricTeia^ rov
/Slop e^ppra, c&9 auT09 €^rja0a. 10. 'Arap
Tt Kol 7rpo9 ifJL€ ravra X€y€i(; ;'' €<f)rj' ^^ ov
yap eyci) en ap^O)) dXXct AaxeBaLfiopioc, oU
Vfiel^ TrapeScoKaTC to arpaTCVfia aTrdyeip, oifSe
ifie TTapa/caXiaavTe^^ & Oavfia^roTaroiy 07r(W9,
&a7r€p d7n]x0av6fi7]p avrol^y ore irpo^ vfia^
fjyop, ovroD Kal xapLcaifirjv pvp aTroSiBovs*'*
56 XENOPHON'S ANABASIS.
11. 'ErTTcl ik ravra ffKovaev 6 'OSpv<ny9,
7^9 KaraSvofiai inrb t% al<rxyvry$ ukovodv
ravra. Kal el fiev irpoadev fpnaraii'qv, ovS
av awrj/co\ov07)ad aov Kal vvv a/ireifii' ov
yap av Mi^Soko^ fie 6 ^aaCKev^ iirawoir)^ el
i^ekavvoifii roif^ evepyera^J' 12, Tavr
elirayv avafia^ cttI tov hnrov aTrrjXxivve Kal
avv a\n& ol aXKjot hnrehy irKrjv rendpwv fj
irevre. 'O he MrjSoadSry} {iXihrei yap avrov
rj 'Xl^pa iropOovfieprj) e/ceXeve rov ^evotfwvra
KaXeaac TOD AaKeSai/iovuo. 13. Kal 09 Xa^S^)!/
T0V9 eTTLTrfieiOTaTov^ irpoaijXde t& Xapfilv^
Kal TcS HoXwUtp, Kal eXe^ev on KoXel
•9 MrjSoadSrj^ irpoep&Vy airep avrA,
eK T^9 y(opa^* 14. Uifuu av ouv;
* vfia^ aTToXa/Setv ry arparia rov
•evov fiiadbv, el eliroiTe on hkmro
aTparia awavairpa^ai rbv fiiadov fj
iKovTO^ fj irapa aKovro^ XevOotr Kal on
TvxpvTe^ irpodvfio)^ fiev av avveireaOai
(fniai' Kal on BiKava vfilv hoKovai Xkyeiv*
h'c vTre<7')(eade avTol^ rore airiAvai, orav
Uxaia €)((o<Tiv olarpanooTatJ^ 15. ^Akov-
€9 ol AaKtove^ ravra €(j>aaav ipelvy Kal
iwola av Svvwvrai Kpdnara' Koi evOifs
BOOK VIL CHAPTER VIL 57
€7rop€vovTO e)(pvTe^ Trdvra^ tov? eiriKaLplov^.
*E\06vTa>v S' eXe^e ^apfxivo^' ^' E^ fjuev ri crv
/A^, i7)ite?9 Trpo? ae e)(p^v,'^ 16. 'O Se Mt/Soct-
a8i79 /^aXa v<f>€ifiiv(i)^' " 'A \V 670) /^ei//^
€^^, '* \&y<o Kol %eu07}^ Tainhy oti d^iov/xev
T0U9 (f>iXov(; rjfilv y€yevrjfiipov(; fit) /caK&<:
irda'xjeiv v(f>^ vfi&p' o ri yap &v tovtov^
KdKw '/roiiJTe, 17/^5? ^Srf Troieire' '^fiirepoi
yap elaiv.'^ 17. '^ 'H/^er? tolvvv" €(f>aaat/ oi
Aa/ca)i/69, ^^ cLTrioifjLev &v, oTrore rov fiiaOov
expiev oi ravra vfuv Karairpd^avre^' el Se fir],
ip'XpfieOa fiev fcal vvv PorjOrjaovre^ tovtol^
Kal TifJLcoprjaofievot avZpa^y 61 tovtov<; irap^
rov^ opKOv^ rjSvKTjo'ap' '^p Bk Kal vfjL€l<; TOioOrot
ijre, ivdipSe dp^ofieda tcL SUaia Xafi/Sdveip/^
18. 'O Se E€PO(f)&p elirep' " 'E^eXotre S' ai/,
& MiySoo-aSe?, rovroL^i iTrnpi'^ai {iireihr)
(f>aTh ^tXov9 eTpac v/up), iv &p ttj X(opa
ia-fiep, OTTorepa dp ^IrrjfpiacopTaiy el0* vfia<i
mrpOGrjKep i/c t^9 X^P^^ dirikpaiy etff '^fid<; ;''
19. 'O Be ravra fxep ovk €(f>r)' exiXeve Be
fidXtara fiev avray iXOelp roD Adxcope irapa
^evdrjp rrepl rov fiiadov, Kal oteadai dv
'Zevdrjp Treiaai' el Be fifj, Sepo(f>&pra avv
avr^ irifnreiv, koI avpmpd^eiv inriaxvelro'
58 XENOPHON'S ANABASIS.
iBcLTO Se Ta9 Kwfia<i fi-fj Kaeiv. 20. 'Ei/reC^ey
irefi'TTOVO'L Tov S^voifmina teal avv avr^ ot
iSoKow iinnjSeioTaTOL elvai. 'O 8' iXOmv
\eyei irpb^ tov Xevdrjir
21. '^ OvSev airaiTTja'foVf & Xevdrj, irdpcLfil
<T€y dXA^ SiSd^cDPf fjv Svvcofiai, (09 oif SiKalto^
fioi 7j')(6e(T6if}<;i on inrep t&v orpaTUOT&v
airriTOvv ae, a inreaxov avTol<; TrpoOvfjuo^' aol
yap eyoyye oif^^ fJTTov iuofii^ov elvai avfi^pov
diroZovvaiy fj iiceivoL^ aTToXa/Selp. 22, llp&-
TOP fi€P yap olSa fiera tov^ 0€qv<; eh to
<f>ap€p6p ae tovtov^ KaTaari^aapTa^, hrei ye
^aaiKia ae iiroirjaap ttoWtJ? ^topo? Ktii
iToXK&p avOpwircDv' &<TTe ov^ olop re ao^
Xavddveip, ovt€ tjp ti koSJop ovre ^ rt
O'lo'xpop TToiTjay^;, 23. Tloiovtoi 8' opti> avSpl
fieya fiep fioc BokcI eipai pjq Sokclp dyaplaTia^
d7ro7rifJLy(raadaL dpSpa^ evepyeTa^, fiiya S* dJ
aKoveip xnro e^aKia'x^cXuop dvdpdyiraVf to hi
fiiyKnop p.7}hafim dirioTOP aavrop KaTaarfj'
aai, o Ti XeycL^. 24. ^Op& yap t&p fikv
dirlaTGyp fiaraiov*; xat oBvpdrox)^ /cal arifiov^
Tov<; \6yov<; irkapcofjuipot/^;' ot S' ap if>avepoX
8}<TLP dXT]0€iap daK0VPTe<Sf tovtwp oi \6yoi, fpf
Ti heoDPraiy ovBep fieiop SvpaPTat dpvaaaOcu,
fj aXK(ov f) 0ia' tjp re Tcpa a'a)(f>poviljeiM
BOOK VIL CHAPTER VIL 59
fiovkcovTaiy ^vyvoi)(TK(o ra? TOintov aireCKa^ ov'X^
fJTTov aay^popi^ovo'a^f ^ aXKcop Ta9 ^8^
KoXdaei^;' tjv rk Ttp rt vTncyy&vraL oItov^
ovTOi avSpe^f ovSev fielov SiaTrpaTromaiy fj oi
aXKoi, irapa'xp^y^cb StBovre^. 25. 'Ai/a/^i^-
aOtfTV Be koI crv, tC irporeKeaa^ rjpZv avfi"
fidxov<; rifm<; eXa^e?. Olad^ oTt ovBiv* aWct
iTiGT€vdel<; dXr}0€v(r€CV, & €\€ye<;, eirfipa^
ToaovTot/^ dvOpdiiTov^ avarparevaao'dal re
Kot cxrfKarepydaacrdal aot dpxv^} ov irevrrj^
Kovra fiovov d^iav ToKapTcop, {oaa otovrai
Seip ovTot vvp diroXa/Selp) dXSA TToWa-
irKaaUop. 26. Ov/covp tovto fiep Trp&Tov, to
ircafeveadal ae, to kuI ttjp iSaaiXelap cot
KaTepyaadfievop, tovt^ov t&v ')(pr}iidT(ov vtto
aov iriTTpdaKCTac, 27. "^10 1 Srj, dpafiPTJadrjTiy
TTci? fiiya 1770S Tore Karairpd^aaOaiy h
VVP KaTao'Tpey^dfievo^ €^€49« '£70) fiev eu
c28' OTL ev^G) av tcl vyv ireTrpayfiepa fiSX\6v
aot KaTaTrpa'xjBripaLy fj iroXKairXdcna tovtojv
T&v ')(^pYifMdT(op yeviadau 28. 'E/iol tolvw
fiei^ov pkd^o^ Ka\ aX<T')(iov hoKel elpat to
Tama vvv firj KaTaa-')(€CP fj t6t€ firj Xa^elvy
oa<p irep ^aXeTrcorepoi/ e/c irXovaiov irevr^Ta
yeviaOac, fj Trjv dpxv^ M'V 'JrXovTTJaac* Kal
o<T(p XuTTijpoTepov €/c ^aaCkioi^ ISuottjv (paV"
6o XENOPHON'S ANABASIS,
rival, fj apyi]V jxt] fiaacXevaai. 29, Ovfcovv
eirlaraaai fi€P, otl oi vvv aoi inriJKOoi yepO'
fievob oif tf>iKlq rfj ay hreio'd'qaav inrb (Tov
ap'xeaOai, aW' dvdy/cr)* teal ore i7rL')(€ipoi€U
&v irdXiv iKevOepoi r^lrfveadaVf el fiij t*9
ainovs (f>6l3o^ Kori'xpi, 30. TloTepw^ oiv
oXei fiSXXov &u ^o^elaOai re avrois /cal
tf>povelv TcL '7rpo<; ai ; el op&iv <rot tov^; oTpar-
uoTtv; ouTQi SiaK€ifiipov<; (09 vvp re fiipopra^
&Py el av KeXevoL^y aZ0k t ap rayy iXOopra^,
el Scot, aXXov<: re toutcop irepl aov aKovopra^
iroXXd dyadd raj(y aj/» aoc, oirore fiovXoio,
irapayepeadaC fj, el /caToSo^daeiap /Lw/re Av
aXXov^ aoi iXdeiP Sv dirioTiap etc t&p vvp
yejeprj/jLepcoPj tovtov<; t€ aurot? evpovaTepov^
elvai fj aoi; 31. 'AWa iJb7]p ovBep irXijOei ye
rjli&p X€i<f>0epT€^ virel^dp aov, dXXd irpoaTar&v
oTTopia, OifKOVP vvp koI tovto Kvpivpo^, firi
Xd/3co<n TTpoaTdra^ avT&p Tipd^ TovTcaVf ot
pofii^ovcLP viro aov dSt/celadai, fj teal rovrmv
KpcLTTova^ T0U9 AaKeSaifiOpLov^, edp oi fiev
arparL&Tav v7na')(P&jrraL Trpodvfiorepop avTot^
avarpareveaOaiy edp Ta irapd aov dpairpd^^
waLP, oi Se AaKeBai/jLOPiot, Sid to Zeiadai 7^9
arpajid^y avpaipeawaiv avroh ravra. 32.
'^Oti ye fiTjp oi irrro aol @paKes yepofiepoi TroXi
BOOK VII. CHAPTER VIL 6i
av TTpoOvfiorepov loc€v iirl ae ^ aiv aol ovk
SZrjkoV crov fiev yap KpaTOvvro^, Sobkeia
vTrdp)(€V avToW Kparovfiipov Be aov, iXevOepla,
33. Et Se Kol T% %c»/)a9 irpovoeiadai ^Bt) ri
See 0)9 arj<; ovarrj^, nroripco^: av otet airaOrj
KaK&v axyrffv etvai fiaWop, el ovtoi oi orpaT"
i&raiy airoXa^ovTe^ h iyKaXovaiVy elprjvrjv
KaraXnr6v7€^ oty(pivTO, fj el ovroi re fiivoieu
ci&9 iv iroke^Uiy av re aXKov^ ireip^o TrXeiova^
TOVTCDV e^ft)z/ avTiaparoirehevecdai heofievov^
T&v iirvrrfiemv ; 34. ^Apyvpiov Be iroTipa}^
dp TrXetop apaXcodeii], el tovtoi^ to o^eCSjoixepov
airoBodeirj, ^ el ravrd le o^eiKoiTO aXKov^ re
KpeiTTOPa^ TOVTCDV BeoL ficaffovaOac; 35. 'AXX^
yap 'UpaKkelSff, ay: 7rp6<; ifie eSi/Xoi;, irdfiiroXv
TOVTO BofC€L TO dpyVpLOV elpUC. *H flTfP TToXv
ye eaTiv eXarrov vvv aoi teal Xa^elv tovto kol
diroSovvai, ^, irplv rjp.a^ eXOelv irpo*; ae, to
BeKaTOV tovtov fi€po<;. 36. Ov yap dpidfiof;
icTiv 6 opi^cov TO ttoXv kolI oXiyov^ dW' fj
hln;afiL<; tov re d7ro8iB6vTO<; kcu tov Xafi/S-
dvovTO<;, Sol 8e vvv f} kot eviavTov TrpoaoBo^
irXeUov iaTlvy fj efiirpoaffev to, nrapovra irdvTa,
a iKi/cTr)(TO. 37. 'E7<ib fiev, & ^evOrj, TavTa
eo9 <f>iXov ovT0<i crov '7rpovvoovfir)v, 07rG)9 av re
a^(09 SoKoirj^ elvaiy &v oi 6eol aoi eSoo/cav
62 XENOPHON'S ANABASIS.
arfad&Vy iyd> re firj SuKJydapelrfif ev t§ arparia,
38. E5 fyap Xadt on, vvv ovt av e)(dp6v
^ovKofievo^ iyo) kukA^ iroirjcai hwrideiqv um
ravrrf rfj aTpaTia^ ovt av, et aoi ttoKli
l3ov\olfjL7)v I3orj07]aat, licavo^ av yevoifiTjp. Ovrta
yap 7rpo9 if^€ rj arpaTia ScdxecTaL, 89. K.alTOi
avTov (T€ fidprvpa cvv to69 Oeoh elSoai
iroiovfiai, oTt ovt€ €')(w irapa aov eirl toU
GrpaTLanai^ oihev^ ovre yrrjaa iroonroTe eJ? tc
Xhiov TCL eKeivcDVf ovre a inriaxov fiot aTrffTqaa,
40. "O/ivvp,!, Se aoi firfS* diro^iZovro^ he^aa^
0ai av, el fit] koI oi arpari&Tai, efieKKov
TO, iavT&v awairoXafilSdveiv, Aurxpov yctp
fjv TCL fi€v ifJba huLirenrpaxOcUy Ta he eKelv"
cov irepiopav ifie kokm^ c'^ovTa, aXXco? n
Kal TifKOfievov inr' i/celvav. 41. KatTot y€
'HpaKXelSu Xrjpo^ irdvra Sofcei elvai irpo^ tq
dpyvpiov e'^eiv €k iravTOf; TpoiroV eyo) he, &
^€v0i], ovhev vofjLi^oD ye avSpl, a\\a>^ re fcai
ap')(pvTi, KaWLov elvai, KTrjfuij ovhi Xafiirp-
OTepov, dp€Trj9 f(al hiicaioavvff<; Kal yewai*
oTTjTo^. 42. 'O yap ravTa e^ayv TrXor/rel fiep
ovT(ov <f>i\a>v voW&v, TrkorjTel he koX aXKoov
^ov\ofiiv(ov yeviadac xal ev fiev irpaTTtay
e)(et T0U9 avvrjadrjaofjbivov^, iav he rt a^aX^^
ov (nravi^ei r&v fiorjOnaovroDV, 43. 'A\X^
BOOK VII. CHAPTER VII, 63
ffhp el firyre i/c t&v efi&v epyav /caT€fia0€<;
OTl (TOl iK TI79 '^I'X'?^ ^t\09 ^V, fl7)T€ ifC T&V
ifi&p XoyoDV hvvaaai tovto yp&vai, dXXd tou?
T&v (TTpaTLCOT&v \6yov<i 7rdvTa<; KaTavorjaov.
Traprjada yap Koi ffKove^;, a eXeyov ol yjriyeiv
ifie ^ovkofievoi. 44. KaTrjyopovv fiev yap
fiov 7r/oo9 AaKcSaifioviov^ ©9 ae irepl irXeiovo^
woiolfirjv, fj AaKcSai/Movlov^' avTol S* ivexaX-
ow ifiol 0)9 fiaXXov fieXet fioi, 07ra)9 rd ah
KaX&<i e^otj fj oirax: tcl iavr&v' €(f)aaav Si xal
B&pa €^€iv irapa aov, 45. Ka/ro^ Ta S&pa
ravTa TroTcpov oiei, avTov^ KaKovoidv Tiva
iviBovTa^ fjLot 7r/309 ere alTidaffai /jlc e'^etv irapd
aov, 'fj TTpoOu/jbiav ttoXXtjv irepX ae KaTavor^-
aavTa<; ; 46. *E7fi) iJikv olfiai 7rdvTa<; dvdp&ir^
ov^ vofjLL^ecv evvoiav helv aTroKelaOai TOVTtp,
trap ov av Ti9 B&pa T^xt/J^/Sdprj, Sv Se, irplv
fi€V inrrjpeTTJaal tl aoiy iSi^co ifie rjBia)^ /cat
Sfifiaai Koi fpcovf} xal ^evioi^, /cal oaa eaoiTo
{r7ria'^vovfJi€vo<; ovk ivefil/inrXaao' iirel Se KaT-
eirpa^a^y a ifiovXoVy Kal yeyivrjaai, oaov iyo)
iSvvdfiTjv, /j,iyi<TTo^, vvv ovtco fie aTifiov ovTa
iv T069 aTpaTL&Tat^ ToX/JLa<; ireptopav ; 47.
'AWa fJLtjv^ OTV COL Bo^ei diroBovvai, 7naT€va>
Kal TOP y^povov BiBd^eiv ae, Kal aifTOV ye ae
OVK dve^eadai tov^ aoi irpoe/Mevovf; evepyeaiav
64 XENOPHON'S ANABASIS.
op&vra iy/cdKovvrd^ <tol Aiofiai oZv aov,
orav airoSl8a>9f irpoOvfAeiaOai, ifie irapa toZ?
arparuoTai^ toiovtov iroirjaai^ olov irep KciX
TrapiXa/Se^J*
48. ^AKOvaof; ravra 6 %ev6rjf; KarrjpdaaTo
Tft) atriio Tov firj iraXai dirohehoaOai rov
fiiadop' {fcai irdvT€^ tov 'H/oa/cXet&yx/ vtt-
mrrevaav elvac') ^^*Frfa) yap/^ €<f>rj, '^ ovre
Si€voi]07jp TrdyrroTe diroareprjacUf aTroSioaca
re/' 49. ^Rvrevdev irdXiv ehrev 6 Sevoify&v'
"'EttcI Toivw diroBtZovai ^ovKety vvv ey<»
aov heofiat Si ifwv diroSiSovai, xal fiij irept'
iZelv fie Sut ae avofiouo^ e'xpvra iv rfj
GTparia vvv re kcu 2t€ tt/oo? (re d(f>iK6fii]vJ*
50. *0 8' elirev *^ 'A\XA ovre rot? oTpariancu,^
€<rp 8l ifii aTifwrepo^:' dv re fJL€vrf<; irap ifiol
')(i\iov^ fiovov^ oTrXbTa^ €j(€ov iyd aoi rd re
Xfopia diroBdaoy xal rd aWa irdvra, &
inrea'xpiiriv.^' 51. 'Ohe irakLv elire' ^'TaCra
fiev ex^tv ouTO)? ovx olov re' diroTrefnre Se
rifjLd<:/* ^^Kal fiijv/^ €<f>7j 6 S«5^i;9, ^^ Koi
da^oKkarepov yi aoi oiSa ov irap ifiol fiiveiv,
rj dirievai.*' 52. 'O Se irdkiv eiTrev' "^AXKd
rrjv fi€V C7]v irpovoiav iiraivZ' i/iol Be fieveiv
ovx olov re' ottov S' av eyw ivTifwrepo^ &,
vofii^e Koi col TOVTO dyaOop teretrOai'^ 53.
BOOK VIL CHAPTER VIL 6.
'Ei/T€5^€i/ \ey66 2ei;^^9* " *Kfrfvpiov fiev ovtc
exay aX)C fj fiiKpov ti, koI tovto aov SiBoDfii,
rdkavTOv' fioui Se i^aKoaiov^ Kal Trpofiara
6t9 Terpafcia^iXia xal avSpdwoSa eh ettcoai
Kal eKOTov. 54. TaSra 7uL/3oi>p koi tou? t&v
aSiKTjadvTODV ae ofir/pov^ Trpoaka/SoDU wrndtJ*
TeKaaa^i 6 3€vo<f>&v etirev' "*}iv oZv firj
i^iKvfjToi, ravra ek top fiiaffov, rivo<i Ta\ai/T-
ov (jyijaoi} e^^eti/ ; *A/)' ov/c ert Stj fioi iaTiv
airtovTt afieipov ^vKarreadaL rov^ Trirpov^ ;
^Hkov€<s Be T^9 aTreCKd^" Tore fikv 8fj avrou
efieivav,
55. T§ S' varepaia direBco/cev avTok, a
xmea')(eTOf kuX tou9 ravra ikdaovra^ awe-
irefiyftev. Ot Sk arpaTi&TaL Teco^ fiep eXeyop
0)9 S€PO(f>&p oX'XpiTO irpo^ ^evdrjp olKTjO'wPf teal
& vTrea^xero avrS diroXTjyftop^po^' iirel Se
avTOP rj/copra elSop, rjdd'qaap re koX irpoaedeop,
66. B€PO(j>S>p 5', iirel elSe ^apfitpop /cal
TloXvpiKOP' '^ Tavra,'' effyrj, '' Kal aeaaarai
Bi v/jLci^ rfj (nparia^ Kal irapahlhcafii avrh
eyo) v/jLLv' vfiei<; oe oiaoefiepoi, oiaooTe rff
TrpaTia" Oi fiep oZv^ irapcCKa^opre^ Kal
iaifyvpoTTcciKa^ Karaa-TijaaPTe^, eirdiKovp kcli
'oXKrfP el')(pp alriap, 57. S€PO<f)&p Be ov
poarjeLy dXKa <j)apepb<: T^p ocKaSe irapacKeV"
Auad. Book VIL • p
66 XENOPHON'S ANABASIS,
a^ofievo^' ov yap irto ^lrfj<f>o^ axnA iirrjKTi
^AOijvfjat Trepl <f>vy7]^. UpoaeXdovre^ Se aini
01 hnTrjBeioi, iv t& OTparevfuiTi iSiovro fii
aTreXdelvy irpXv &p oTrar/dyoi to arpdrev/ia /ca
^Lfi^pavi irapaSoirj.
CHAPTER VIII.
The army arrives at Lampsacus.— Xenophon sacrifices to Jupite
Meilichius.— Passing various places, the Greeks arrive at Pei
gabius. — Xenophon is entertained by Hellas. — ^At her persuasio
he attacks the castle of Asidates. — He is repulsed. — On di
following night he makes Asidates and his family prisoners
and seizes all their property. — Thimbron assumes the comman
of the army. — Summary of the countries through which the aim
passed, and the names of their rulers. — The distance marche
during the Expedition, and the time it occupied.
1. 'ENTET'^eEN SiiirXevaav els Adfi^lnuc
ov' Koi diravTa tcS Sevo^wvri EvKXeiSrjs
fidvTi<; ^\idaio<;, KXewyopov v/o9 tov t<
ivvTTvia iv AvKeU^ r^eypa^ros. Outo9 aw
r)heT0 Tft) S€V0(l>&VTi oTi iaiacoaro' /cat ^pam
avTov iroaov ypvclov €;^€t. 2. 'O S' aini
iirofioaas elirev j} fii)v eaeaffai firj^ i<f}6Sio]
Ikovov oLKaZe airUvaiy el firj dirohoi/ro toi
innrov Kal a aficpv avrov €i')(€V. U o avre
ovK hrlarevev, 3. 'EttcI 5' eirep^^av Aap^y^ax-
BOOK VIL CHAPTER VIIL 67
rjvoX ^evia tc3 Sej/o^Si/r^^ /cal 9v(ov rtS
'ATToXXcort mapeGTrftraTO top T^vKkelZrjv, lBa>v
Tct Upela 6 Ei^Xe/Siy? elTrev otl ireiOocTo avT&
fifj elvai ')(prifAaTa. '^ 'AW' olSa/' e^rj, ^' otl,
K&v fiiWrj irore ^evrjaecOaLy <f>aiveTai tl
ifiirohLOVf eav firjhev aWo, aif aavrAJ^ 4.
XvvoDfioKoyet ravra 6 E€VO(f)&p, 'O S* elTrev*
"'E/47roSt09 yap aoL 6 Zev9 MetXtj^io? iarir^^
Kcu iirripero el i]Srj ttotc dvaeiep^ ^^ mairep
oiKoi^^ €<^, " eldoOeiv iyo) v/uv 0v€(j0ai koI
6\oKavT€LV.'^ 'O Se ovk €(f>r}, i^ otov direSrjfi"
7)<r€, reOvKevai rovrtp t& 6e^, Xvve^ovX^
evaev ovv avrS BveaOai Ka6a elcoOei, koI €<f>i]
axwolaeiv iirX to ^eXriov, . 5. T^ S' varepaicf,
6 S€vo(f)&v irpoekOcbv eh ^O(f)pvvcov iOuero,
Kol d)\jOKavTet ')(oipov^ rw irarpitp vojiKp' teal
iKaWiepei, 6. Kal Tavrrj rff fjfiipa atf)-
LKvelrai Btro)!/ Kal afia EtVKkelSrj^f yprnxara
&B<roi/T€9 Tw cTpaTevfiaTi* kol ^epovi/rai re
Tft5 3€V0(f)&VTi, Kal iifiroVf hv iv AafiyjraKea
aireSoTO irevrrjicovra SapecK&v, vTroTrreovvre^;
avTov BC evSeiav ireirpanevai, on ^kovop avrop
fjSeaOai r^ Lmrtp, Xvadfiepoi direSoaaVf Kal
rffp Tifirjv OVK fiOeKop diro'Ka^eip,
7. 'Einrev^€i» iiropeuopTo Sta rrj^ Tp^aSo?,
Kal v7r€pfidpT€^ 771V "ISrjv el^ "AvravZpov
F 2
68 XENOPHON'S ANABASIS.
u<f)CfCPovvTav TrpS)Tov' elra irapcu BoKaTTai
mopevoixevoL t^9 Avhla<; els ^yj^s veBiov. 8
^Eivrevdev 8i ^Arpafivrriov teal "K.eproviox
oSeiiaavres 'irap ^Arapvia et9 Kai&coi; ireSioi
ikOovres Tlepyafiop KaraXafi/Sdvovai t^<
Mf<r/a9.
^EtvravOa Se ^evovrai Sepo<f}&v irap *E\\-
ahi TTj ToyyvXov rov ^EperpUcos yvvaiKl xa
Topyi(ovos KoX ToyyvXov firjrpL 9. Avrrj S
avTw <f)pd^€L OTc ^Aa-iSdrrjs iariv €V tA TreStiji
dvrjp Tlipo'Tjs' TOVTOV €<f>7j avTOVy el eXOob rrj*
vvKrrb<; avv TpiaKoaiois dvSpdat, Xafielv cLi
Kal avTov KoiX yuvcu/ca Kal 7ralBa<; kcu tc
'XP'np^ciTa' eivau he iroXKa. ^avra he KCbdrffq-
aofievovs eirefi'^^e rov re aurrjs dveylriop Ka\
Aa(f)viarf6pav, ov ire pi irKeiarov ewoielTO. 10
"E;)^©!/ ovv o 'Sevo(f)&p tovtous irap eavra
idvero. Kal ^Ayaaia^i 6 'HXctov fiavri^
irapoDP elirep on KdXKicra eUv ret leph ain^
Kal oi o dpr}p ap oKcoaifJLOs etrj. 11. AeiTTP-
Tja-as oup eiropevero tov9 re \(y)(arfo\fS rovf^
fidXiarra <f)l\ov<; Xafiiyp koX Tnarovf; yeyepfi-
fjLepov<: hiaTraPTos, oircD<: ei iroiijaai avrovs
%upe^ep')(pprai> he axnw kcu SXKol /Siaadfieil^
et9 e^cucoa-iovs* oi he Xo^fvyol dirrjXavpov, ipa /aJ
fieraSoUp to fiepos, co9 erolfjuop hff XPVM^
BOOK VII , CHAPTER VIII 69
12. 'E-Trel hk a^iKOvro irepl Ta9 /xeaa^
vvKTa^f ret fiev irkpi^ Spra avhpairoha t^?
rvpaio^ Kol j(pi]/xaTa irXetara diriBpa axnov^
irapufieKovvTw;^ ©9 tov ^AaiSdrTjv avrov
\d/3oi€P Kal tA ixeivov. 13. Uvpyofia'^"
ovvT€^ S' eTrel ovk iBvvavro "Ka^Hv rijv
TvptTiVf {ir\ln]\rj ryap fjv Koi fieydkr) Koi
7rpofJLax€&va^ Kal avSpa^ 7ro\\oif<; koi ^layj^
Ifiov^ e'xpvad) iiopinreiv eirexeiprjaav tov
nrvp^ov, 14. 'O Be rolxo^ fjv eirl okto} ^
irXivOtov yqtvoiv to eipq^, '^Afia Be t^ VH'ipa $
BuopdopVKTO' Kal ©9 TO TTp&TOV Bie^dvT),
errdra^ev evBoOev ^oxnroptp Tt9 o^ekiaKfo
SuifiTrepe^ rbv fir}pov tov iyyvrdTto' to B^
Xotirbv ifCTO^€vovT€^ eTToiovp firjBe irapievat en
daffxiKh elvai, 15. K-expayoTav S' avr&v
teal irvptrevovTcoVy eK/SorjOova-iv ^Ira^iXio^ fiev
e^coj/ TTjp iauTov Bvvafiiv, ck TS^ofiavia^ Be
birluTcu ^povpoly Ka\ iTrireU ^TpKavioiy Kal
oinoi fiaaCKeo)^ fiiaOocftopoi, a)9 oyBo'^Kovra^
Kal aXKoi ireKraaral eU oKraKoaioi;^' aWoi
S* eK TiapOeviovJmXKoi 8' e^ ^A.iroXKoavia'i Kal
eK T&v TrXrjaiov 'xcoploDVy Kal hnrel^,
16, ^ISiVTavOa Brj &pa tjv irw earav rj a<f>oBo^
(TKOTreuf* Kal Xa^ovre^, oaot fjtrav j8o€9 kclL
Trpo/Saraj fjKawoVj koX rh dvBpdiroBa ivro^
70 XENOPHON'S ANABASIS,
irKaialov Troirjo'dfieuoiy ov to?9 j(prifia(Tiv eri
irpoce^ovre^i rov vovp, dXKa firj ^vyff etrf 17
a<j>oSo^^ el KaraTuTTomei rh 'xprifiara anrioiev,
Kol oX T€ nroXifiioi OpaavTcpoi eUv koI oi
{TTpaTiSnai dOvfioTepoi' vvv he dirrfeaav &;
irepl T&v j(prjfidTcov /JLU'X^ovfievoi, 17. 'EttcI
Se icopa ToyyvXo^ oXiyoi^ fi€v tou9 "EWiyi/a?
ttoWoih; Se tov<: iiriKet/jLevou^, i^ipX'^Tai Koi
avTo? ^la T^9 firjrpo^ rrjv iavTOv Suvafiiv
€')((aVy ^ovXofievo^ avfjLfi€Taa"X6iv tov epyov
avve^oriOei Be xal T[poK\r}<i i^ ^AXiadpvri^ kcu
TevOpavla^;, 6 otto AafJbapaTOV, 18. Oi Be
irepX Sevo^&vTa, eirel irdvv ^Brj eirce^ovro
vTTo T&v To^evfiaToov Kol a<l>epBovS>Vj iropevo'
fievoL KVK\^y o7ro)9 rd oTrXa eypi^ev nrpo r&v
7o^evfidr(aVy fioKb^ Biafiaivovac rov J^dtKov
TTOTafJLoPy reTpco/iivoi eyyif^ oi ^jilaec^. 19.
^FiPTavda /cal ^Ayaaia^ Sru/Lt^aXio? o Xo^aa/yo^
TiTpaxTKerat^ top irdpra %p6i/oz/ fiaxofiepo^
7r/309 T0U9 irokefxiov^;, Kal Biaaw^opTCU
dvBpdiroBa c5)9 Bcaxoaia e^opre^ Kal irpo^ara
oaop Ovfiara,
20. T^ Be varrepaia Ovadfiepo^ 6 Sepoify&p
i^dyec vvKTcop irdp to aTpdT€v/iay ottco? oti
fiaKpoTdTrjp ekOov t^9 Ai;8ta9, wcrre fii) Bid
TO eyyif^ elpcu ^/Seio'daij dXX' dfpvTuiicreip,
BOOK VI L CHAPTER VI IL )
21, 'O i> ^ Aaiharri^i aKOvaa*; otl iraKxv ctt
ainov r€0vfiivo^ ecr) B€vo<f>&v Kal iravri t^
aTparevfiaTC rj^ot^ i^avKl^erai €h Ka>/xa^ xnro
TO UapOiviov TToXiajia eypvfra^* 22. ^FivravOa
oi nrepX Scpoify&pra av/iTrepLTvy'xavova'iP av-
TO), Kal \afi^dvov(riv avrov Kal yvvaiKa Kal
iralia^ Kal rov^ Xmrov^ kov irdvra ta ovra*
Kal ovTta rh irporepa iepa anrk^T}, 23. "^Tretra
itoSav a^iKvovvraL eh Uepyafiov, ^FtvravOa
TOP 0€ov ovK 'pridaaTO 6 Sevo^&p' avpeirparTOP
yap Kal oi AaKCOPe^ koI oi Xo^ayol Kal oi
aXKoi arpaTTjyol Kal oi crTparUHyraiy wo-re
i^aipera \affeip Kal hnrov^ Kal ^evyr) Kal
raXXa' ZaTC ixapov elpav koX SXKop ^Brj eZ
iroteip,
24. 'E/f TOVTov &l/Ji^pa)p irapayepopbepo^
irapeXajSe to arpaTCVfia, Kal a-vfifiL^a<; tm
i\X^ 'EkXrjpiK^ iiroXifiei 7r/309 Tiaaaiftepprjp
al ^appd/3a^op,
[25. ''Ap'XppTe^ Be otSe rrj^ /Sao-tXeco? x^P^^>
^rjp i7r7]\6ofiep* AvBia^ *ApTifia<;' ^pvyia<;
oraKafxa^* AvKaopia^ Kal l^ainraBoKia^
dptS(iTrj^' Ki\LKia<: Xvevveaif;* ^oivUr]^
^Apa^ia^ Aepj/?;?* Xvpla^ Kal 'AaavpLa^
eat<;' ^a^v\a)vo<; 'FtOTrdpa^;' MT^Sta?
laKa^' ^aaiap&p Kal 'EairepcT&p TipU
72 XENOPHON'S ANABASIS.
fiafy^* (KapSoS^^ci he, koli "KdXv^e^^ koI
}ia\£aioi, Koi TS/ld/epave^, koI KoKxpi, ical
Moacrvvoi/coi, [/col Kolrot,] Koi Tifiafyrjpol
avTovofior) Tla(f>\ayovla^ K.opv\a^' ^iBvp&v
<i>apvafia^o^' t&v iv Fivpdnrjj &paKS>v Sev^-
26. *Api0pJ6^ avfiirdarj^ rrp: oSov t^9 wa-
fidaeo)^ Koi Kara^daeeo^ aradfiol Buncdcioc
BeKOTrivre, 'jrapao'dyyai ^^iX^ot hcarov irepTfj^
/coma irevTCj ordBia rpurfivput TerpatciaxiXia
i^oKoaia TrevrtjKOPTa. ^povov irXSjOo^ 7tj^
dvafidaeo)^ koX KarafidtTeoa^ evuuno^ Koi rpel^
fl7JV€<S.]
VOCABULARY.
ABBREVIATIONS.
ace accusative.
act active.
adj adjective.
adv adverb.
aor aorist
art article.
• \ confer, t. e.
* compare.
comp.
conj.
comparative.
{conjunction ;
conjunctive
mood,
contracted,
dative.
contr. . . .
Eng English.
etal etaliter.
etym. . . . etymology,
f. (withsabst., \ *
adj.orpron.)) ®
^- ^YB ^^^^^ } future.
3mmine.
or fut.
folld. .
foUg. .
fr. . .
gen. . .
gen. omn
Germ. .
ib. . .
imperat.
imperf. or imp.
inf. . .
irreg.
Lat
m. or masc
mid.
milit.
followed,
following,
from,
genitive,
of all genders.
Grerman.
f ibidem (at the
I same place),
imperative,
imperfect,
infinitive,
irregular.
Latin,
masculine,
middle,
military.
opp.
n. or nent. . . nenter.
neg negative.
nom. . . . nominative.
C opposite or op-
*1 posed to.
opt optative.
P. or part. . participle,
p. or perf. . . perfect,
pass. . . . passive,
paulo-post fut. or future perf.
pass, for brevity 3. fut (pass.).
pluperf.
plur.
poss.
pres.
Primer
prob.
pron.
pluperfect.
. plural.
. ijossessive.
. present.
/PubUc School
*l Latin Pzimer.
. probably.
. pronoun.
. perhaps,
ret. .... relative.
prps.
el.
Sans,
sing,
sts. .
subj. .
subst.
substt.
Sanscrit.
gingular.
sometimes.
subjunctive.
substantive.
substantives.
sup. .... superlative.
1. 1 technical term.
V. a verb active.
V. mid. . . . verb middle.
V. n verb nenft^.
voc vocative.
. . equal to.
. . paragraph.
{paragraph in
Parry's Kle-
mentary Gredc
Grammar.
[§ ].
N.B.— Where the etymology is not given, the word is of very
uacertain or unknown origin.
In the Verbs such tenses alone are given as are known to exist,
the authorities chiefly followed being ''Veitch's Irregular and
Defective Greek Verbs," and "Liddell and Scott^s Greek
Lexicon."
VOCABULARY.
N.B. — Regularly-formed Participles and Tenses of Verbs
are not separately given, except for special reasons.
Figures referring to any passage denote the chapter and
paragraph ; e, g., 4, 49 = chapter ^, paragraph 49.
1. S, neat. nom. and ace.
plur. of Ss» % S.
2. a, inseparable '' negative"
prefix ; see 3. av.
3. a, inseparable prefix : 1.
Denoting " sameness." — 2. In
"intensive" force [akin to
Sans, sa, "one"; in the
former part of compound words
" same, like, equal "].
avdYOicv, 3. pers. plur. 2.
aor. opt. of &7«.
a^yaYaSvi ovtra., 6v, P. 2. aor.
of &7«.
&YaO(£, Siv\ a^aOfSv, ov\ see
a-YcLO-^y ^, <Jv, adj.: 1.
Good, or excellent, of its kind.
— As Subst. : &Y&Od, Sov, n.
plur. : a. Good things. — b.
Goods, wealth. — 2. Good, ad-
vantageous, profitable. — As
Subst.: &Y^Oov, ov, n. A
good thing, advantage, bene-
fit, — 8. Of persons : Brave,
bold, courageous, — N.B. For
the combination iroWh KiryaBd,
see 7ro\vs. ^f Irreg. Comp. :
kfiiivoiv, ficKrlwv, Kpeiaffcov,
Kpeirrwv, Kaidiv; Sup. : &p-
iffTos, ^€\rtcrTos, Kpariaros
[yaB, like Germ. " gut," Eng.
"good," akin to Sans. part.
kgdt-a, fr. root KYk, in origin-
al force of " to shine "j & is
an inseparable prefix].
a^av, adv. : 1, Verg, much,
— 2. 2^00 much, too,
'A-yao-tas, ov, m, Agasias :
1. One of the Greek captains,
a native of Stymphalus in
Arcadia; 8, 19. — 2. A sooth-
sayer, of Elis in Arcadia. In
some editions he is called
'' Basias "; 8, 10.
dyyttov, ov, n. [another
form of &yyos, "a vessel or
utensil '*] A vessel, or utensil,
of any kind, such as a pan,
jar, pail.
76
VOCABULARY.
ayYcX-os, ov, m. \Jvyy4\'
\a, " to carry a message "]
(**One wlio carries a mes-
sage"; hence) 1, A messenger.
— 2. An envoy,
1. aycTc, 2. pers. plur. pres.
ind. oiJkyu; 3, 17.
2. OLYCTC, in adverbial force ;
see £70;, no. 2 ; 6, 33.
d-7V0-^w -w, f. ayvo'fiffw, p.
TjyvSTjKa, 1. aor. iiyy6iia-a, v. a.
[i, "negative" prefix (see
2. i); 7V0 (='yv«), a root of yi-
yvdi-ffKv, '* to know "] (" Not
to know "; hence) Alone : To
mistake, he mistaken, he in
ignorance; — at 3, 38 iyvo-
ovyrts = through mistake or
inadvertence ; inadvertently.
aYvoovvTcSy contr. nom.
inasc. plur. of iiyvocwv -wr,
P. pres. of iiyvoiw.
&-Yv«S|&-u)v, ov, adj. [^
"negative" prefix (see 2. &);
7i'c6A4.r7, "mind "] ("Not
having yvt^firj"; hence) De-
void of intelligence or under-
standing; senseless, wanting
sense.
&Yop-d, Of, f. [for ayep'd ;
fr. kyeipw, "to collect, as-
semble," through verbal root
a^cp] ("An assembling";
hence, " an assembly "; hence,
"a place of assembly "; hence)
1. A market-place, market. —
2. Things sold in the market,
provisions, a market : — kyopiiv
vapdx^iVf to supply or hold
a market. — 8. Supplies : —
ityopq, xpV^^^^h ^<^ have sup*
plies.
&7op-atw, f. hyopwru, p.
iiy6p&Ka, 1. aor. IfySpaffa, v. n.
[^i.yop-d, "a market-place"]
(" To be in the ity opd ;*' hence,
" to transact business in the
iyopd"; hence) 1. To buy,
purchase, make purchases;
3, 5.-2. lb sell.
aYpmrv-cfl* -», f. &7pinrin$<r«,
1. aor. ityp{nevj\ffa, v.n. [Itypvirv'
OS, "sleepless, wikefnl"]
("To be &ypvrvos"; hence)
1. To pass a sleepless time
or night; to lie awake. — 2.
To he vigilant or watchful.
dYpvirvijo-a$, aaa, ay, P,l.
aor. of aypvirveec.
a7-a», imperf. ^ov, f. &^»,
p. 9ixa later ^7^0x0, 2. aor.
fjyayov, v. a. and n. : 1. Act. :
a. To lead, conduct, etc, to
a person or place; — at 6, 7
iyovatv has a composite Sub-
ject, viz. 2€v$rii Kcu 'HpaicX-
etSijy [§ 82] ;— at 2, 2 supply
avriiv (= tV (TTparidy) B,ftet
&yfiv; cf. preceding section;
— at 7, 10 supply avrS (=
T^ ffrpdrevfia) arter ^yop; cf.
preceding context. — b. Of a
general or officer: To lead,
lead on, troops, etc. — c. To
carry, convey, bring. — 2.
Neut. : a^cTC, 2. pers. plur.
pres. impcrat. used as adv.:
Come, come now; 6, 33.— S«
Pass. : £7- ofuu, p. ^/uu, 1. aor.
iix^^i 1* ^^* ^x'^^^V^oA [akin
VOCABULARY,
n
to Sans, root AJ, ** to drive ";
also, **to go"].
a-8cX<^-(Ss, ov, m. ('<Oueof
the same womb"; hence) A
brother, whether actually or
figuratively; cf. 2, 25 [in-
separable prefix &, akin to
Sans, sa (in first part of com-
pound words), "same"; see
3. d; S€\<p-vs, "a womb,"
akin to Sans, ^arbh-d]*
a-8i|\os, briKov, adj. [&,
" negative " prefix (see 2. a) ;
8^Ao$, "manifest"] ("Not
b^Kos "; hence) Uncertain^
tinknown, obscure;— B.t 7, 82
&S7i\ov is predicated of the
clause Bti ye . , . ffol; supply
iari as the copula : — for ovk
&dfiKoy, 7, 32, see 1. ov,
&8iK-e<a -a, f. abXK-ficroD, p.
riBiKriKa, 1. aor. ii^iKricra, v. n.
and a. [&Zik-o5, "unjust, do-
ing wrong"] 1. Neut. : (**To
be &^Kos "; hence) a. To do
iorong, act unjustly, commit
an offence ; — at 6, 14 ri may
be regarded either as an ad'
verb^ or as an ace. of cognate
meaning (= ri a^tKrj/jLa) . — b.
With part, in concord with
Subject of verb : To do wrong,
or act unjustly, by or in the
way denoted by the part. — 2.
Act. : a. With Ace. of person :
(" To be &^iKos towards one";
hence) To injure, wrony, do
wrong to a person;— at 7, 31
the Subject of the Inf. (pass)
aSlKuaOai is omitted, as it is
the same as that of the lead-
ing finite verb of the clause
(vofAiCovaril^i/'})- — b. With Ace.
of person and Ace. of thing :
To injure, or wrong, one in a
thing ; 6, 22.— Pass. : i8tK-
^0|ji,ai -ovf&ai, p. ii^lLKTjfiai,
plup. rihXK'fiixriv, l.aor. fi^iKiiBrjv,
1. fut. aStKridiiaonat,
&8iicijaa9) dca, ay, P. 1.
aor. of ceSiK4(o,
a-8iK-09, oy, adj. [a, "nega-
tive " prefix (see 2. a) ; S'ik-ti,
"justice"] (" Not having, or
without, dlKTi "; hence) 1. Of
persons : Unjust, doing torong,
— 2. Of things:' Unjust,
wrongly done, wrong, gj^
(Comp. : aSt/c-c^repos) ; Sup. :
d8tKov|ji.€vos, 77, oy, contr.
P. pres. pass, of dSr/cew.
d8lKcSTaTos, V* oy, sup. adj. ;
see &Z1K05. — As Subst. : 0181K-
wTara, tay, n. plur. Most
unjust things,
d-8vvaT09, Zvyarov, adj. [d,
" negative " prefix (see 2. d) ;
dvyaT6s, " strong, powerful ";
also, "possible"] ("Not Uy-
arSs "; hence) 1. Of words,
etc. : Powerless, ineffectual. —
2. a. Not possible, impossible.
— b. Not practicable, imprac-
ticable.
del (aUQ, adv. : 1. Always,
continually, for ever. — 2. With
Art. : Imparts an " indefin-
ite" force: — ol a^\ vfidufi^yoi,
whoever obeyed, or were obed*
78
VOCABULARY.
lent; or all <m they obeyed
OT yielded obedience, 5> 15.
'AOTJvai, wvf f. plar. Athens
(now Atini) ; the chief city
of Attica, a country of ancient'
N. Greece. — Hence : 1. 'A0t|v-
CU09} tda, aiov, adj. Of, or be-
longing to, Athens ; Athenian.
— As Subfit. : *A6t)v(uo9, ov,
m. A man of Athens; an
Athenian; — with Art.: The
Athenian; 2, 19, where supply
irapco-Tt ; see preceding con-
text.— Plur.: With Art.: The
men of Athens ; the Athen-
ians. — 2. *Adr\viQ<n (Ionic form
of ^Adrivais, dat. of *A6riyai),
adverbial Dat. of place: At
Athens; 7, 57 [§ 106 (5),
Obs.].
'A9i|va£a, as (Doric form of
'AOiivrif Tjs), f. Athenaia or
Athent (the Roman Minerva),
the goddess of wisdom, war-
like prowess, and the arts of
life, and the tutelary deity of
Athens.
*AOi|vdios, a, ov j *AOY|vaios,
ov ; *A0T]vxi<n ; see *AOrivai.
&-6p6-os, ovy adj. [&, in
" intensive " force (see 3. i) ;
0p6-o5, "a noise" as of many
voices] (" Pertaining to a loud
noise "; hence, with reference
to those whence the 0p6os
proceeds) 1. Collected in
crowds, in masses, in vast
numbers. — 2. All together, in
a body, close together,
&0v|i-^«» -IP, f. i(.0vfi^<r(i>,
1. aor. iiOvfirifrOf ▼. n. [&0v/i«
09, *' faint-hearted, despond-
ing"] ("To be WuAioj"; hence)
1. To be faint-hearted, to
despond ; to be down-hearted
or dispirited.— '2. Folld. by
vp6i and Ace. of thing: To
be faint-hearted, etc., ai,
about, or in reference to,
a-6vft-os, ov, adj. fd,
** negative " prefix (see 2. ^ ;
Ovfi-os, " mind "; hence,
" spirit, courage *'] Without
spirit or courage; disheart-
ened, desponding, dispirited,
faint-hearted, f^^ Comp. :
hOvfi-Srepos ; (Sup. : iByti"
Sraros).
dOvft^Tcpo^} a, ov, comp.
adj. ; see &di}fios.
alki, adv. ; see &€/.
atp^w -(S, f. alp^trt^, p.
ppriKo, 2. aor. ijKov, v. a. : 1.
Act. : a. To take, seize.'^h.
To take or get into one^s,
etc., power; to take prisoner,
capture. — 2. Mid. : alplofuu
-oviioi, f. alpiiffofMu, 2. aor.
€l\6fAriv, ("To take to one's
self ''; hence) a. To choose. —
b. With &rr^ : To choose an
object in preference to
another; to prefer some ob-
ject to another.
atpT|o-6ftc9a, 1. pers. plor.
fut. mid. of oXpiw.
alpov|ji,cvo$, 7}, ov, contr. P.
pres. mid. of oXp{<a.
atpu, f. ap», p. ^f>ica, 1. aor.
i|pa, v. a. To raise ; to raise.
VOCABULARY.
79
or liftt up: — cXp^w t^v x^^P^*
to raise, or hold, up the hand
in voting, 3, 6.
al<rOavo|Jiav, f. aiadi]ffoyLaiy
p. ^aOrifiaif 2. aor. -jaQSixrir,
V. mid. : 1. Abs. : To perceive
mentally ; to understand, hear,
learn, — 2. With Objective
Gen. [S 111] : To perceive,
observe, notice. — 3. Folld. by
Ace. and a part, in concord
with the Ace: To perceive,
observe, notice that, etc. ; 2, 7.
aUrxM»v, ov, comp. adj. :
see alaxP^^ » — *^ 6, 21 aX<rxlov
is predicated of the Inf. ^|-
aTwrqv.
aUrX'pos, pa, p6v, adj.
[aUx-os, " shame"] (** Hav-
ing aJcrxos**; hence) Shame/\il,
base, disgracefiil, infamous;
— at 7, 40 aiffxpiv'vi predicated
of the clause rcb iikv 4fx^ Bia-
TCirpax^at [§ 162, B., I.].
Bg^ Comp.: cdffxP'^Ttpos and
aitrX'ivy > Sup. : oi<rxp-<JTOTo$
and oXirx'^<^'^o5.
ato7^-c59, adv. [olffxp'^^i
" shameful, disgraceful * ' ]
(" After the manner of the
aiffxp^s **; hence) Shamefully,
^gracefully.
1. alarxvv-t|, 7/5, f. \alffx^V'
68, in pass. '^ to be ashamed "]
(" A being ashamed "; hence)
1. Shame.— 2. With Gen. of
person : A sense, or feeling,
of shame with regard to or
for one, etc.
2. aitrxvvjj^, 2. pers. sing.
pres. ind. pass, of olcxww;
6, 21 J 7,9.
alox'vvw, f. aiffxvy^f P-
ff(rxv7«o, 1. aor. fjaxvya, v. a.
[aI<rx-oy, ** shame "] 1. Act. :
To shame, disgrace, dishonour.
— 2. Pass. : alcrx-vvo|Jiai, p.
^ffxvfAfiat, 1. aor. ]?(rx<5»'^»'*
1. fut. rarely aiffx^*'^^ofiat,
mostly in mid. form alffxwov'
fiai: a. Alone : To be ashamed,
to feel shame. — b. With Inf. :
To be ashamed to do, etc.—c.
With Part, in concord with
Subject of verb: To be
ashamed at doing, etc, — d.
Folld. by Ace. of person : To
feel shame before a person.
alWcD -«, f. otT^trw, p. ffr-
TjKa, 1. aor. fTTjaa, v. a. : 1.
To ask for, demand. — 2. With
Ace. of person and Ace. of
thing [§ 96] : To ask one for
something.
l.alTYa,as,f. AfauU,charge,
imputation, accusation : —
alriav ^x^iv, to {have,\.e.) incur
blame, 7, 56; but to (have =)
incur accusation, i.e. to be
accused, 1, 8j — aWlav ^x^iy
v-irS with Gen. of person, to
be accused, or blamed, by a
person, 6, 15: — so, in plur.,
2. alrt^, contr. 2. pers.
sing. pres. ind. of otTt(£o/ia£.
alTX-ao|uu -w|Jiai, f. aiVi-
dtrofAai, 1. aor. fiTiaa-auriv,
V. mid. [cut /-a, in force of " a
fault"] 1. With Ace. of per-
8o
VOCABULARY.
son : To find fault with, to
blame. — 2. With Ace. of per-
son and Inf. : To accuse a
pei*son of doing, etc ; 7, 46.
— 3. With Ace. of person and
folld. hy trii To lay to one's
charge^ that, etc. ; 1, 8.
alTiaa0ai, contr. pres. inf. of
alridoyiai.
alTia<ro|Jica, fat. ind. of
alridoyiai,
atrX-os, a, 6v, adj. [aiTX-Oy
" a cause "; also, ** blame "J
(•* Pertaining to alrm"; hence)
1. Causing, occasioning, orig-
inating. — As Snbst. : atrtos,
ov, m. With Gen. : Origina-
tor, author, of something;
the cause of something; 1, 9;
— at 7, 48 the Gen. is the
clause rod . . . fiia06v; sec
1. 6y no. 2. — 2. Blameworthy,
blameable, culpable; 1, 26,
where ouZev is an adv.
alTi<p<r6€, contr. 2. pers.
plur. pres. opt. of curidofuu,
alxfi-aX-«»TOs, ooroy, adj.
[atxM-'^, " a spear's point ** ;
hence, ** a spear "; aX, root of
aX-loTKOfiai, "to be taken"]
(*' Spcar-taken "; hence) Tak-
c/i, or captured, in war ; taken
from the enemy. — As Subst.:
alx)iid\»Tos, ov, m. Aprisoner
of war, a captive ; — at 4, 5
Twy atx/i«^<^Tw)' is an Objec-
tive Partitive Geo, depenaent
ou a(f)ifl^ : some of the cap-
iives ; cf. [§ 112, Obs. 2].
aicv)Koa, peif. ind* of &mo^.
&KoXov9-^fl* -w, f. &icoAot^«
^(Tv, p. iiKoKo^^Ko, 1. aor.
ilKo\o{tBri(r(i, v. n. [ix6\ov$-os,
"following"] To foUow;-^
mostly with simple Dat., but
at 5, 3 folld. by <r^ with
Dat.
&icovr-iCw, f. cucovrXffCff, 1.
aor. i)K6vTX(ra, v. a. [^Iheuy,
&Kotrr-ot, **a javelin"] With
Ace. of person: To hiwl, or
throw, a javelin, dart, etc., ai
a person ; 4, IS.
4Kov<ras, aura, ay, P. 1. aor.
of &Ko6»,
4icavfl*, f. wco^tru and &ko^-
ffoiuu, p. aidiKoa, 1. aor. ^Kowru^
V. a. and n. : 1. Act. : a. With
Ace. of thing ; or Gen. of per-
son or tMng: To hear; cf.,
also, no. c. — ^b. With Ace. of
thing : To hear of—t, YTxtYi
Gen. of person : (a) To hear
from; 6, 43.— (b) With Gen.
of person and Ace. of thing:
To hear something JTrom a
person; 7, 30.— (c) To hear^
listen to.—d. With Objective
clause or with 5ri or in : To
hear that. — e. Folld. by Ace.
and Part. pres. in concord
with such Ace., when present
time is to be strongly marked :
To hear that a person, etc., it
now doing, etc. ; 2, 4 ; cf.
2, 10.— 2. Neut. : a. To hear,
b.— With adv. cJ : To hear
one's self, or to be, «w2i
spoken qf;to have a good
report or character; 7, 23 1
VOCABULARY.
ti
cf. Lat. hen^ audire; see,
also, fjiiyas [prob. to be divided
h'Ro-6u; fr. &, inseparable
prefix, in strengthening force ;
root Ko, found in Ko-lwt **to
hear, perceive "].
&Kov(»v, ovffat ov, P. pres.
of &Ko^a; ; — ^at 3, 7 ^ti irAc/o-T-
wi' hxov6vrav, (as many as
possible hearing ; i. e.) in the
hearing of as many as pos-
sible, is Gen. Abs. [§ 118].
aicpa, as, f. [fem. of Axpos,
"at the point "; hence, "high-
est "] 1. Of a mountain, hill,
etc,: Apeah, highest point,
top, — 2. A castle, citadel,
fortress bnilt on a steep rock.
&Kpov, ov i see &Kpo5.
oKp-^-iroXiS, v6\€a)5, f.
[^/>-os,(uncontr. gen.) JStxpo-os,
"highest"; ir6\i5, "a city*']
("The highest part of a
city"; hence) A citadel,
castle.
aK-po«, pa, pov, adj. [o/c-^,
"a point'*] ("Pointed";
hence) JSighesf, topmost. — As
Subst. : fixpov, ov, n. ("High-
est or topmost"; hence) A
height; a peak, or point, of a
mountain, etc,
cLkov, &Kou<ra, &Koy, adj.
[contr. fr. k-^Kuvi fr. &,
" not "; ^K<!>v, " willing "]
Unvnlling, against one*s toill.
&Xc|Y|flr9c, 2. pers. plur.
pres. subj. mid. of kKi^ta.
aXc|i)o-o|Mii, fnt. mid. of
Anab, Book VI I.
h.'\i\'Vi, f. h.\i\i\aia, v. a. :
1. Act.: To ward off.— 2,
Mid. : &-Xc|-ofiai, f. dXf^-
iiaofiai, 1. aor. '^\e|o/i7yi' : a.
With Ace. : To ward, or keep,
off from one's self, etc.;
to guard one^s self, etc.,
against ; — at 7, 3 supply ^/xas
as nearer Object of &A€|7y<ro-
/i€^a.— b. Alone: To defend
one's self, etc. ; 3, 44 [akin to
Sans, root baesit, "to pre-
serve *'; also, " to protect
from "; & is a prefix].
iXijO-cia, elas, f. \_6.\ri9--f}s,
"true"] ("The quality of
the &\rjeiis "; hence) Truth.
&XT|0-6V(a, f. a\r]0€^(ru,
1. aor. ^A^^ci/ira, v. n. [iA-oy^-
iis, "true"] (" To be dA^/a^s ";
hence) To speak truly, to
speak the truth; — at 7, 25
foUd. by Ace. of neut. pron.
(iKiiva omitted before &) as
Ace. of " Respect."
&-Xt|0-iJ9, ey,adj. [i, "nega-
tive " prefix (see 2. &) ; X^^-ew,
" to lie hid "] (" Not lying
hid"; hence, "unreserved";
hence) Morally: True.
aXtcv-TiKiSs, rXK-fi, r'iK6y,
adj. [a\£6t5.«, "to fish"]
Pertaining to fishing ; fisJi-
ing : — irAoTov a\i€VTiK6y, a
fishing-boat.
'AXi<rdpvT), 77 9, f. Mali-
sarne ; a town of Mysia.
^ aXi(rKO|ji,ak, f. aK^ffOfxai, p.
^AcDKa and kdXcoKa, plup.
^Ac^/c6(y,2.aor. ec^Awv (o doubc-
G
82
VOCABULARY.
fal), V. pass, irreg. and defect. :
1. To be taken or captured ;—
at 3, 10 a\i<ncriTai has for
its Subject the neut. nom.
l)lar. 6ir6(ra [§ 82, a].— 2. To
he caught or seized,
dXX* tj (= &\\o 1j), adverb-
ial expression after negative
words : Other than, except ;
cf. 7, 53.
1. aXX-a (before a vowel
&XX*), couj. [originally neut.
plur. of i,\\-os, " another/*
with the accent changed]
(" In another way," ** other-
wise "; hence) 1. But; yet : —
&AAcb ydp, but really, but cer-
tainly. This phrase, however,
is elliptical, ydp in reality
assigning a reason for the ob-
jection or opposition pointed
out by iiWd : — aWh, yAiv, but
truly, yet truly ^ hut in truth ;
an expression used to allege
something not disputed : —
a\A* 5/xA>s> but yet, but still,
hut nevertheless.— 2, In quick
transitions from one subject
to another; also in quick
answers or objections: Nay
but, taell but, well ; 3, 9, etc,
2. aXXa, neut. nom. and ace.
plur. of &\\os.
oXX-axtj, adv. [^A.-oy, "an-
other"] In another place,
elsewhere.-
aXXi^Xois, ais, 015 ; aXX-
ijXoiis, as, a; see &A.\^A»i'.
&XX-ijjX-«»v (Dat. oiSf ais,
oit; Ace. ovs, as, a), pron.
(plur. without Nom. [&AX-of,
"another," reduplicated and
changed] Of, etc., one another.
oXX-os, 71, o, pron. adj. : 1.
Sing. : a. Another, other, — As
Subst. : (a) aXXos, ov, m. An-
other person, another, — (b)
aXXo, ou, n. Another thing, —
b. Repeated, whether as adj.
or subst., and whether in the
same or a different case : On$
, . . another : — &AAof ...
&A\o;, one . . . another, 8, 27.
—2. Plur.: a. Other.^ka
Subst. : (a) aXXoi, uv, vu
Other persons, others. — With
Art. : The others, the rest;
1, 4; 1, 12, etc, — (b) aXXa« «tp,
n. Other things, — With Art. :
The other things, the rest, —
Adverbial Accusative : rh JiXKa
(contracted T&\Aa), for the
rest, in other respects, 2, 25 ;
— at 6, 4 with iiiv insertedt
rh fx€v &K\a, — ^b. Kepeated,
whether as adj. or subst., and
whether in the same or a
different case : Some . . .
other or others : — &AAoc . . .
2^\Aoi, some . . . others, 1, 17,
where in each instance &XAm
is folld. by Gen. of "Thing
Distributed" [§ 112];— eo^
also, with cognate adv.: AxXqs
itW&xVt one in one direction,
another in another, 3, 47.—
c. With Art.: 2%* rest of
that denoted by the subst. to
which it is in attribulioD t—
T^ &\Ko arpdrfVfAo, ihe rest ff
VOCABULARY.
83
the anmf, 2, 11; — ol JkKKoi
trrpamtyoly the rest of the
generals, 8, 23; — at 6, 2
supply fe^yi; with Tct &AAa;
— riAXo Tct ^TiT^Seto, Mtf rest
qf the provisions, 1, 13.— d.
With Doinerals and in enam-
erations: Yet, still, further,
besides; cf. &K\a vpSfiara
liitpia, innumerable sheep be-
sides, 3, 48; — iiAAoi ireArotf-Toi
CIS oKTcucoaiovs, peltasts be*
sides (or also) to the number
of eight hundred,S, 15; cf. pre-
ceding context ; — firiBy &\\o,
nothing else, 8, 8; so« ovZly
HjJio, 6, 39.
&XX-^pXos, OTpiUf 6rpioy,
adj. [&AA-oy, "another"] Of,
or belonging to, another or
others; another man's; an-
othet^s.
aXX-M«, adv. [iAA-os, "an-
other"] (** After the manner
of the &AAo( "; hence) In an-
other manner or wag ; other-
wise, — Phrase : &AA»s tc Kal,
{both otherwise and so ; i. e.)
especialUf, above all, 7, 40;
7,41.
aX^trov, ov (plar. except
in one phrase), n. Barley -meal
or groats,
ikjf, 3. pers. sing. 2. aor.
BObj. of Vl^iffKOlMl,
hXmft€K'\^, l^os, f. [h\d»in)l,
i\i&x€K-os, •* a fox "] (" A
thing pertaining to an iL\<&ir-
11^"; hence) A fox- skin cap;
i, 4, where some editions
G
have aKav€Kas, ace. plur. of
oXaireKri, ** a fox-skin."
aXwo'-tiJios, XfioVf adj.
[&Aw(r-iy, "a taking or cap-
taring "] (" Pertaining to
&\a}(ris "j hence) Easg to take
or capture.
a|xa, adv. and prep. : 1.
Adv. : At the same time: — ifia
fi4v . . . &fia d4, partly . . .
partly, — 2. Prep. gov. dat. :
At the same time with, toge-
ther with:'^fxa ry riiJi4p<^
together with the day, Le. at
day-break [akin to Sans.
sama, "same"].
1. ofuivov, neat. nom. sing.
of afielpwv ; 7, 54; see ififiy-
09V,
2, a|Uivov, comp. adv. [ad-
verbial neat., of iLfitivotv,
** better "] 1. Tna letter way,
better. — 2. More advantage-
ously, better,
&|ji€iv6iVy ov, adj. : irreg.
comp. of &yad6s : Better ; —
at 7, 54 &fi€ivov is predicated
of the clause anivoffdai rohs
vtrpovs; — at 6, 44!&fi€ivov (like
Kd^iov, to which it is coupled
by KaC) is predicated of the
clause fxtvetv irapot Set/^;?*
&|JkcX-^w -w, f. &/i6A^(rw, p.
^fjLihTjKa, 1, aor. iifi4\Tj(ra, v. n.
\_&fi€\-fis, "heedless"] With
Gen.: To be heedless, or care-
less, of; to neglect.
afi.vvaor6ai, inf. l.aor. mid.
of hyLVvw,
djiivvw, f. ^L/jLvvw, 1, aor.
2
84
VOCABULARY.
lifivwa : 1. Act. : To ward off,
repel. — 2. Mid.: k\fkV¥o\fjaXy f.
h^vvovyuoLi, 1. aor. iifivyofiriv,
(** To ward off, or repel, from
one's self"; hence) To defend
one's 8elfy etc.
04i4i> prep. gov. gen., dat.,
and ace. : 1. With Gen. : a.
Around, round about, — b.
For, for the saJceof.^t. Con-
cerning, respecting, — 2. With
Dat. : a. Around. — ^b. On both
sides of.^%. With Ace. : a.
Around : — & afi<pl avrhv cTxci',
the things that he had around
him, i.e. his garments, S, 2.
— b. Of time: Near, near
upon, about: — itfupl fiiffas
vvKTas, about nUdnight, d, 40.
— C. About, concerning, with
respect to : — & yi^v afi^l ravra
c7xcv, he indeed was occu-
pied about these things, 2, 16.
— d. With namerals : About
[akin to Sans, abhi, "about "].
a|&4>-^cpos, oTtpa, 6rtpov,
adj. {&iifp-a, " both "] ('* Be-
longing to &fi(^<»"; hence)
£oth.
1. av, conj. Ijf; joined to
Subj. mood : — tuf fiii, if not,
unless, except.i
2. av, conditional particle,
modifying the power of the
word to which it belongs : 1.
With Verbs (of all moods ex-
cept the Imperative): a. With
Imperf. Ind. : Would, should.
— b. With 1. aor. Indie:
Would have,, should hive.—c.
With Snbj., the force of &f is
thrown on some preceding
conjnnction, or some relative
word; see below, na 2. — d.
With Opt. : (a) Limits the
indefinite possibility of the
mood by making it depend on
certain conditions : (a) Condi-
tion being or not being ful-
filled : TFoif^.— (/3) Conditioa
not fulfilled : Would or would
have, — (7) Condition fulfilled:
Will, I think.—ih) In ques-
tions : Insinuates doubt of
the fulfilment of that denoted
by the verb : i04\ois &r &ro-
Qavetv, would you be willing
to be put to death ? or, ffou
would not be willing to be
put to death, would you?
4, 9.— e. With Inf. : (a) Of
Pres. : That one, etc., willj
or is about to do, etc, — (b) Of
Perf. : That one, etc., was
about to do, etc. — (c) Of Aor. :
That one mil, shall, would or
should do, etc.-'2. With Re-
lative pronouns, adverbs, con-
junctions, etc. : ts &if, SffTis&^,
whoever, whosoever ; — Svotos
&v, of what sort soever, of
whatever sort ; — 6r6iros S»,
how many soever; also, as
much soever as; — JJ,t« Sm,
whatever thing, whatever; —
twov &y, wherever; — Hwoi Sr,
whithersoever; — 5»«f tuf, kouh
ever ; — €<rr€ {^ar*) &», mmtil
whatever time ; — l«s &», uni3
whatever time it be (that),
VOCABULARY.
85
whenever; — jifiKa Kv, when-
ever; — ?«? &y, as long as
ever; — &>s &v, in whatever
way, however; — S<roi &v,
how many soever, as many
soever as ; — &s &v, how-
ever, in whatever way, — 3.
With Inf. or Part of pres. or
aor. imparts to it a future
sense (= pLihKav) : Will,
would ; shall, should. — 4. ''hv
sometimes occurs twice in a
sentence, for which there arc
two reasons: a. It is used
once at the heginning to show
the conditional nature of the
whole sentence, and again
with that part of the sentence
which it especially modifies. —
b. It is attached to the word
on which most emphasis is to
be laid, and again to the verb
which it modifies. — 6. "'Av is
sometimes omitted in the
** apod5sis " (consequent clause)
with the historic tenses of
the indie, when the speaker
puts oat of sight the condi-
tion, etc., stated in the
"protSsis" (limiting clause),
and represents some con-
tingency as having actu-
ally occurred : 'jicrxwifi'tiv, u
i^TjTrar'fiOrjv, J was ashamed
(for, I should he ashamed), if I
was deceived, 6, 21. But not
only is &v omitted as above, but
the '* protasis" itself is also
occasionally not expressed :
ahrj^hv ^y rk if/A hawcirpax'
Oai, it were hose that my
matters (or affairs) were set-
tled ; for, ** it would be base
if my matters {or affairs) were
settled," 7, 40.
3. &v before a vowel; before
a consonant & ; inseparable
•* negative " prefix : Not, un-,
in-; see ku-iiKta-ros, d-SriXos,
etc. [akin to Sans, negative
particle an; Lat. in; English,
un-, in'],
avd, prep. gov. ace. (** Up,
up along"; hence) 1. Of
place : Through, throughout,
in. — 2. With numerals in dis-
tributive force : Ujp to, to the
number q/j each,
ava-Paiva», f. avd- fi-fitro fiat,
p. iLva-^4^r\Ka, 2. aor. av-4^r)v,
V. n. \avd, " up, upwards ";
^aiva, "to go"] 1. To go up
or upwards, e. g. from the
coast to the interior of a
country. — 2. Of persons em-
barking, etc, : Alone : To go
on board, to embark, — 3. To
mount on horseback ; 6, 42.
avcipas, aca, dp, P. 2. aor.
of avafiaipu.
'AvaPa-aiS) a-fws, f. [dvajSa-
lyo), '* to go up"] 1. A going
^Pf 6* S* ^o'^ ^^3 coast to the
interior of a country. — 2. The
Anabasis ; the title of Xeno-
phon's work which treats of
the expedition of Cyrus, from
his satrapy in Lydia, against
bis brother, King Artaxerxes,
at Babylon. It records also
86
VOCABULARY.
the proceeding^ of his Greek
auxiliaries after his death till
they were embodied with other
Greek troops nnder Tbimbron^
who carried on a war against
Tissaphemes and Fhamabaz-
us.
ArayK-fittf, f. &yayKa(ro9, p.
ilvdyK&Ko, 1. aor. iivdyKSura,
V. a. lavdyK-v, "force"] To
force, compel, constrain. —
Pass.: &vaYK-5{o|&ai9p.'^yayK-
afffiai, 1. aor. ^vayKwrOriy, 1.
int. kvayKoad^ffofiat.
avaYict|, nis, f. : 1. Force,
constraint, — 2. Need, necess'
itif : — avdyKTi {i<rrl or ^v),
in connexion with an Inf., is
rendered in English by it must
he that, it is necessary that ;
bat in Greek i<nl is the cop-
ula, and hfdyiai is predicated
of the Inf., or Infinitival
clause; — at 6, 25 hfdyicn is
predicated of the Infinitival
clause fi4v€iv iwl Bpt^icrts;
cf. 2, 15, where ijj' is to be
supplied as the copula. — 8.
Adverbial Dat. : avciYiqi, Per-
force, of necessity ; 7, 29.
av-ayta, f. ^v-d^w, 2. aor.
h.V'iryayov, v. a. [av-d, " up '*;
dya, *'to lead"] To lead,
carry, or briny ftp from a
lower place to a higher, from
the coast to the interior.
av-aip^Q» -Oipu, f. ip-cufyfiffa,
p. &tf--fpriKa, 2. aor. au-€i\ou,
V. a. [^kv'd, " up "; atpia, ** to
take "] ("To take up"; hence.
of an Oracle, or deity, as taking
up a reply to the question of
an inquirer, " to answer, give
a response"; hence, again)
K Act. : To appoint, ordain;
— ^at 6, 44 supply avT6s (=
6 ZcCs) as the Subject of
hvaupu. — 2. Mid. : av-otp-
io}fjax -aipov|Mii, 2. aor. W'
€i\6fAriy, To take up for one's
self, etc,
&va-Kpattf, f. hvoL'Kpa^onai,
2. aor. W'€Kp&yov, v. n. [it^d,
in "strengthening" force;
Kpd(co, "to cry out"] To cry
oui aloud, to shout out; — at
3, 33 folld. by Ace. of cognate
meaning rs 95].
.v&XSpwv, OVI
P.
&v&XSP«v, ovifa, 6v,
2. aor. of &i'aXafij3ay(tf.
ava-Xa|iP&v», £ &ra-Aif«|fo-
H-oA, 2. aor. &y'4\&$op, ▼. a.
l&vd, "back"; Xofifiai^m, "to
take"] 1. To take bach, to
take away with one, etc. — ^S.
To receive, etc.
iivakiaKv, f . iufa?i^», p.
airfiXcDKa and ^I'dXwica, 1. aor.
iarfi\oe(ra and itvoKwra, v. a.
To use up, expend. — Pass. :
&vdX(oico|t(U, p. ou^Aw/uoi and
&va\ufiat, 1. aor. &n}\<^r
and&vd\^Oi^y,f. &»d\9t$^ao/ijaL
AvoXmOcCiiv, 1. aor. snlisi.
pass, of itvoKlcKct.
&vafi.cvciTe, 2. pers. pliir.
fat. ind. of iivafi4yu.
&va-|Uvfi», f. iufii'H€if&, 1.
aor. kv'iiiuva, 2. aor. itP'4/ttroy,
V. n. [jki'd, in ** strengthening"
VOCABULARY.
S7
force; /^cVw (neut), "to
wait"] To wait, stop, stay,
remain.
av&-|ii|ivijo'Kca, f.ava-iKviiata,
V. a. [afcf, denoting ** re-
petition "; fjufjLv^o'Ka}, ** to put
in mind "] (" To put in mind
again, to cause to remember ";
hence) 1. Act. : With Ace. of
person and Ace. of thing : To
remind one of something. — 2.
Mid. : &va'-|ii(Jivi{o'KO|iai, f.
hLva-yLv4i<Tonaiy 1. aor. pass, in
mid. force h.v-iyLvi\(rdr\v, (" To
cause one's self to remember ";
hence) To recall to mind} to
recollect, remember; — at 1, 26
folld. by Ace. ;— at 6, 24;
7> 25 folld. by clause as Ob-
ject.
&va|tvT|a6cC9, eiva, 4p, 1.
aor. pass., in mid. force, of
&va|tvijadi|TC, &va(Jiini]O-0t)Ti,
2. pers. plur. and sing, im-
perat. of h-vcfivfiffdiiv, 1. aor.
pass., in mid. force, of i.va-
fUJJ.trfjO'Ka.
'Avaltptos, ov, m. Anaxih-
ius ; the Spartan admiral
stationed at Byzantium (now
Constantinople) when the
army of the Ten Thousand
arrived at Trapezus (now
Trebisond).
&vairav€a6c, 2. pers. plur.
pres. imperat. mid. of ava-
&va-iravc», f. ava-Travtra, p.
hci'irtTravKa, v. a. [^avd, in
"strengthening" force; iravw,
" to make to cease "] 1. Act. :
To make another to cease or
desist, — 2. Mid. : &va-irav-
o|iai, 1. aor. hv-^vavaafjLTiv,
(*'To make one's self to
cease," etc. ; hence) a. To take
one*s rest, to sleep ; 3, 39 ; cf.
foUg. context. — b. To stop,
halt, rest one's self, etc., take
rest; 3, 41.
ava-ircTawvfii or &v8.-
ircrawvca, f. apa-Trer&aa, Att.
&v&'V€tQ, 1. aor. ^v-enfraara,
V. a. [Ay^ in "strengthen-
ing " force ; ireTdvuvfit, " to
spread out "] (" To spread out
much or greatly "; hence) Of
gates as Object : To throto
wide open, open wide,
&vaircTawvca ; see avo.-
TCiravvvixi.
&va-in)8aa> -irtfSwj f. kva-
iTT^^-flffofiai, 1. aor. hf-firii^iiaa,
V. n. [dpct, "up"; vri^dw, "to
leap"] To leap, or spring,
up.
ivairtiSt^o-ag, dcro, av, P. 1.
aor. of AraTTTySaw.
&vairpa|ai, 1. aor. inf. of
avairpdrrta.
avairpa|(a(ri(v), 3. pers. plur.
1. nor. subj. of avavparrw.
ava-irpdo'ata, Att. ava-
irpetTTw, f. ava-irpd^Uf 1. aor.
&V'4vpa^a, V, a. [ara, in
" strengthening" force; irpda'
(Tw, in force of **to exact"]
To exact money, etc. ; — at
6, 40 the clause vaph 'SivOov
88 VOCABULARY,
rhy fiiaOhy avanpa^ai is a sub-
stantival one of the Ace. case,
and is in apposition to tovto.
dvairparrw; see hfarrpda'
av-apira{«»f f. av-apTtacroo
av8pa<ri(v), dat.. plnr. of
av8p€, nom. and ace. dual
of aviip.
avSpcs, nom. and voc. plnr.
of avi)p.
and atf-apfca^Wf 1. aor. av- \ avctvcu, 2. aor. inf. of
Tipiraaa and av-iipira^a, v. a.
l&v-d, "up"j opirdfw, **to
snatch"] 2b snatch up arms.
avcKpa-yoVy 2. aor. ind. of
ayaKpd^ta.
etc, ; 1, 15. avcX^)icvo«, 17, of, P. 2. aor.
avapirao'aSy acra, av, P. 1. . mid. of &voup4w.
aor. of avapirdC<o. I av^fco^oi, fnt. inf. mid. of
avaoToCs, aaa, dv, P. 2. aor. j a.v4x»'
of avicTTTifii, I &vciravoyTo, 3. pers. plar.
&va-Tciv», f. itva-revu, , imperf. ind. mid. of ivawaTlm.
1. aor. av-€T(iua, v. a. [di/o, ! &vcirX\'i|irr'C*s, adv. [dyevl-
*'up"; Tclvw, "to stretch '*]. ArjTrT-os," not open to attack"]
(" To stretch up *'; hence) Oi* (" Afler the manner of the
the hsinds&s Object I To raise; \ ay evlKrjirr OS "; hence) WUh'
to liftf or holdj up. | out being open to attaelr,
avSpa, av8pas> ace. sing. ! loithout danger of an attack.
and plur. of h.vi]p, avcoTT|, 3. pers. sing. 2. aor.
avSp - a ' iroS - ov> ov, n. ind. of ayi<rTrifii,
[usually referred to iurfip, \ av4im\a'av, 3. pers. plnr.
avdp-ds, " a man/' and vovs, 2. nor. ind. of itvia-rrifii ; 3, 34.
iro5-(Jy, "a foot,'* from the! avcTcivav, 3. pers. plur. 1.
notion of a man falling at the 1 aor. ind. of iyareiyto,
conqueror's feet ; — by some ! av-cv, adv. With Gen. :
the second portion is referred • Without [akin to Sans, nega-
to &iro5o(r0at, '' to sell "; and ! tive prefix an = Lat. in;
so, '* the man sold," as cap- | English un-, in- ; see 3. iuf~\.
tives usually were: — more j av-cvpCoicw, f. ^y-e-jpinreg,
probably for aydp-d-vfB-oy, ". 2. aor, kv-^vpov, v. a. [}ufci» in
from h-v-hp, hfZp-6s, " a man "; '■ ** strengthening " force ; ci^p-
(a) connecting vowel ; wiS-doo, iffKUf ** to find "] (" To find ";
"to fetter," "bind with fet- hence) To find out, discover,
ters "; and so, " the man-fet- | av-^w, f. ir-^lw and
tcred thing or property "] A 1 aya-€rx'h('^(Of p« ay-iffxyyca, 2.
slave, \ aor. kv-iax^^y ^' **• U^-d,
VOCABULARY,
89
'* up "; ^x«* ." to hold »'] To
hold up, — Mid. : av-^x^f^^^>
imperf. with double augment
iju-€ix6fJLrjVf f. &v-€^ofjLai and
aya-o'x'fio'ofiat, 2. aor. ijV'tax^'
firiy, ("To hold one's self,
etc., up"; hence) Folld. by
part, in concord with Subject
of verb : To hear, or endure,
to do, etc. : — a^ ovk dLvt^faOai
6pwpTa, that you will not hear
(or endure) to see, 7, 47.
d'Ve^v^,vt}\fiov,va. A cousin,
kinsman [for it-y€irr-ai6s ; fr.
&, inseparable prefix (see 3. &);
rcirr-, akin to Sans, napt-ar
(naptri), " a grandson "].
c&KtJY&Yov, 2. aor. ind. of
at aya.
ctv-ifJK-eoTos, fCTov, adv.
[for av-dK-€<rTOS ; fr. av,
negative prefix (see 3. av) ;
iiK-fofiai, "to heal"] Not to
he healed; irremediable^ in-
eurahle.
&-vi]p, v4pos pSp6s, vn. : 1.
A man^ as opposed to woman.
~2. A man in the prime of
life. — 3. a. A man indeed, a
brave man; — at 4, 8 accom-
panied and strengthened by
iiyaBSs. — h. A distingnished
man; 1, 21. — 4. In Attic
Greek &i^p is frequently
placed before a subst. denot-
ing a calling, profession, etc. :
&vBpes (TTpaTi&Tai, ] , 25 ; — also
before the nnmes of nations,
etc. : iuTjp Il4pa^r]s, 8, 9 ; itv^jp
0p?|i 3, 26. — 6. In addresses :
In voc. plur. : Men, Sirs ; 3, 3,
etc. [akin to Sans. «ar-a,
" a man "; a is a prefix ; cf.
k-yaO'ds],
dv6-CcrTr|fAi, f. &vTi-<rT^<ra>,
p. avB'iarriKa, 2. aor. h^r-
i<Trii\v, V. a. and n. [hvB*
(= hvrt), "over against, op-
posite"; IffTTifn, "to set"]
1.: a. Act. : In pres.'and fut.:
To set over against or oppos-
ite; to set up in opposition,
— b. Neut. : In pcrf. and 2.
aor. : To stand over ac/ainst
in hostile meaning; to with-
stand, resist, oppose. — 2.
Mid. : avO*-CoTafiai, 1. aor.
pass, in mid. force avT-eoTTct-
Oriv =. no. 1, b : To withstand,
resist, oppose,
avOto-rrjTai, 3. pers. sing,
pres. sul j. mid. of hp6l<TT-nixi.
avOpuiros, ov, m. : 1. Sing. :
A man, j^^rson, a human
being ; — fit 6, 11 dydpuTrou
6tfTa {that one who is a man)
is the Subject of vpoa^oK^v. —
2. Plur.: Men;—tit 2, 11
^pOpdoirovf, men = soldiers. —
N.B. This word is sometimes
fem. : " a woman."
dv-iTjixij f. ai'*i70'a;,p. &v-€7Ka,
1. aor. av'rJKo, 2. aor. inf. i.V'
iivat, V. a. [dv-ei, " back"; Xrnxi,
j "to send "] (" To send back ";
j hence) To let go, to suffer to
go;— at 6, 30 the editions vary
between aueTvai and ttv ehai.
dvCcrraTat, 3. pers. sing,
pres. ind. mid. of i.v((TTrj^i,
90
VOCABULARY.
dv-t<rn)|u, f. dva-(rT^crw, p.
a.V'4<T-n)Kay 1. aor. ity-4(rrri(ra,
2. aor. kv'iariiv, v. a. and n.
[av-a, "up"; ttTTTjAtJ, "to
make to stand; — to stand"] 1.
Act. : In pres., imperf., 1. fut.,
and 1. aor. : To make to stand
up, to raise or lift up, — 2.
Neut. : In perf., pluperf., and
2. aor. : a. To stand up, rise.
— b. To rise up from a reclin-
ing position, etc. — 3. Mid. :
av-ioTCLjAca, 1. aor. ^v-tarri'
aSfiriv = no. 2, a.
avoiYvv|u; see hvoiya.
av-oiYu and av-oiyvvfii*
imperf. hv'4<pyov, Jkv-tpyoVy and
rarely liv-oiyov, f. hv-ol^oa, p.
av'4(fiya and av-4q>x<h 1. aor. '
dif-€<p^a and ffv-oi^ti, v. a. [^di^-d, .
in " strengthening " force ; j
ofya or oXyyufiif " to open "] ;
To open; — at 1, 16 supply |
avrds ( = ras ir^Aas) as the .
nearer Object of ayol^ovaiv,
avoi|ovox(v), 3. pers. plur.
fut. ind. of dvoiyw.
avof&oi-fids> adv. \dv6iioi-oSy
" unlike "] (" After the
manner of the dvSfioios ";
hence) In a different position,
etc. : — dvoixoiws ^x^^'^t ^o be in
a different position, to he
differently situated, 7, 49 ;
cf., also, €x«, no. 2, b.
"AvravSpos, ov, f. Antandr-
OS (now Antandro) ; a city
of Troas in Mysia, a country
of Asia Minor.
dvTi (before a soft vowel
&VT*; before an aspirated
vowdl wV), prep, and adv. :
1. Prep. ^Qv. gen. r a. Of
place: Over against, oppoS'
ite. — b. Instead of, in the
place of. — c. In preference
to. — d. Mfr, in return for. —
2. Adv. : In return.
drrt-Xfyw, f. dmi-\4^», 1.
aor. cun--cA«|a, v. n. [drrl,
" in opposition "; \eyw, " to
speak "] To speak in opposi-
tion ; to oppose in words.
&vn-aTpaToircSeva>, f. arri-
(rrpdroirk^t^ao», v. n. ; — more
commonly &vti - <rrpaTcrr^-
cvo{iai, v. mid. [dvrl, ** op-
posite "; (TTparoireScvw, and
(TTpaTOTrcJJeuo/Aai, ** to en-
camp "] To encamp opposite.
dvvcTGurdai, 1. aor. inf. mid.
of dvvta or dvvru.
&VVW or avvTv, f. drvaet, p.
^uvKUf 1. aor. ^vvca, v. a.
To effect, accomplish. — Mid.:
dvvo|iai or &vvTOfMU, f . dyvff'
I ofiai, 1. aor. ^vverafirir, To
effect or accomplish as one's,
I etc., own act ; to bring about,
to achieve.
I iv-«, adv. [&if.cl,"np"] 1.
Pos. : a. Upwards, up, — b.
, Above, aloft, on high. — C.
Of countries, localities, etc. :
Above, upper; in, or into, the
interior, as opp. to the sea-
coast : — rov JSoffc ^auffiXitas,
the king in the interior, i. e.
the Persian king, 1, 28 (cf.,
also^ 1. 6, no. 6, a); bntat
VOCABULARY.
91
7> 8 the same expression
applies to MedSkds, a king
in the interior of Thrace ; cf.
3, 16 : — »€pl rov ffrpaTeitaOai
iyw, respecting the proceeding
on an expedition into the
interior, 5, 9. — 2. Sup. : av-
cotcItw, Uppermost^ highest: —
ip Tp hvarirm K^tirf, in the up-
permost village y i.e. situated
on the highest ground, 4, 11
(cf. 1. 6, no. 6, a). f^T (Comp. :
hvwripta) ; Sup. : iiVdorarw,
&v»-Ocv, adv. [&v«, " above";
suffix e€V (=^k), **from"] 1.
From above, — 2. From the
upper country or interior,
avc0T8.T« ; see hfa,
A|lvt|, 17s, f. [for h.y'(Tiirrii fr.
Hy'VVfu, " to break, to shiver
in pieces"] ("That which
breaks or shivers in pieces ";
hence) An axe, hatchet.
&{Coi«, contr. 2. pers. sing.
pres. ind. of a^iSw.
&{Co«, a, ov, adj. [for tSuy-
aios ; fr, &y(o, in force of " to
weigh" so much] ("Weigh-
ings" 80 much; hence) 1. Worth;
—at 3, 27 ; 7, 25 foUd. by
Cren. of price or value [§ 116].
— 2. Morally : Worthy, merit-
orious: — rhv i^iof, the worthy
or meritorious man ; the de-
serving man, 3, 10. — 3. With
Gen. : Worthy, or deserving,
of; 3, 13 ;— at 7, 37 &^ios . . .
wy kyaBSov is put for iSk^ios
iKtivcop iyoBuv, &, the demon-
strative pron. being omitted
before the follg. rel., and the
subst. (&ya6av) being at-
tracted into the relative
clause. — 4. Phrase : a|iov
(loTt), It is Jit or proper;
— at 3, 19 a^iov is predicated
of the clause koI fxeyaXo-
vpeirtffT&Ta Tiixrjffai ^n^Oriif i
supply ^(ttI as the copula.
&|iovficv, contr. 1. pers.
plur. pres. ind. of d|«J».
d{l-(SQ» -u, f. ^^tdcrcD, p.
ij^tcoKa, 1. aor. ii^Xtaaa, v. a.
[li^r-09, "worthy"] 1. With
Ace. of person and Gen. of
thing : To think, or deem, a
person worthy of something.
—2. FoUd. by Objective
clause : To think Jit, demand,
expect, desire, or require, that,
etc.; 3, 12;— but at 3, 10 the
Subject of the Inf. (Ix*"') ^s
put in the nom. {aiiris), inas-
much as it is the same as that
of the leading verb {ii^i<&<roa)
of the clause. — 3. With Inf. :
a. To wish, or desire, to ;
3, 19 ; 7, 16.— i). To think Jit,
or right, to do, etc. ; 7, 8.
a|iwo'(a, f ut. ind. of a^i6<a,
&|ofi€v, 1. pers. plur. fut.
ind. of &y(o.
aira'ya'yciv, 2. aor. inf. of
aTriyoa.
diraYayoi, 3. pers. sing. 2.
aor. opt. of dsirayw,
airaYYcC\(i>(ri(v), 3. pers.
plur. 1. aor. subj.of a9ra77€A\«.
oLiraYYcXct, 3. pers. slug,
fut. ind. of dLTTayyiWo).
92 VOCABULARY.
airayycXitv, fat. ind. of TtpKa^ 1. nor. mf-ripa, v. a.
awayytWa. [kr-S, **away*'; a!jp«, **to
airaYYcXX(S|icvos, iy, ov, P. lift"] ("To lift away*;
pres. pass, of axaryyeWnt : — hence, '* to carry, or lead,
rii airayy€W6fi€va, the things away "; hence, with ellipse
reported, L e. the tidings ' of vavv, ** to carry away a
hronght hack, 1, 34. ' vessel "; i. e.) To sail awtuf,
hm'Orff&yau, f. aiT'ayy^KSo, \ to depart, to set out.
1. aor. dT-^77«Ao, v. a. Qoir- j &ir-aiT^« -airw, f, Air-
6, in " strengthening " force ; ! aiT-fi(r», 1. aor. &ir-i7Ti|<ra, v. a.
ayyeWcfi, "to report," etcY' likir-6, "hack"; iV^, "to
L To report, announce. — 2. ask "1 (" To ask hack ";
Alone : To report in answer ; ' hence) 1. Act. : a. With Ace.
to bring, or carry, hack word of thing and Ace. of person
or tidings; 1, 4; 2, 35.-3. [§ 96] : cf. Primer, § 96: To
Folld. by tri : To report, or demand something haekpnm
bring tidings, that, — Pass. : ' a i)erson ; to demand of a per*
aw-ayY^XXofioi, p. air-'^y/f A- - son to return something ; —
/Aai,Laor.dir-i777€A0iji', 1. fat. ' at 6, 17 snpply abT6 as Aoc.
air-a77€A.0^(ro/iaf. - of thing after the first &v
aw-cLYu, f. dir-d^oo, 2. aor. aiT-ficei ; while with the seo-
air-'hyo.yov, v. a. [«iir-^, '* away ond diratr^crct there is an d-
or off**; &7«, "to carry, lead, lipse of both airr6 and fU;-^^
drive *'] 1. To carry, or con^ ' at 7, 21 the Ace. of tiling
vey, away. — 2. To lead away (iKelya) after iiTfrovw is
troops, etc., from a place ; omitted befoi'e the foUg. reL,
6, 40. &, hat at the commeneement
airaYCfy-T], ^y, f, [for &ir- of the same clause itvavr^vrnw
ayay-i) ; fr. i,w-6, "away*'; is folld. by o&ScV as Ace of
^7 (root of ily-w, " to lead ") ' thing, and <r4 as Ace of pcr-
redaplicated] A leading away '■ son. — b. With Ace. of t&ig
from a place. ' alone : To demand somethiiig
i-iraO-iilq, «, adj. [o, "ne- back; to demand ; — at 7, 89
gative" prefix (see 2. &) ; the Ace. of thing rdacciva)
irdB'Os, "suffering'*] ("Xot after &in/Ti70'a is omit tea,before
having irdeos'*', hence) With follg. rel., o. — C. With Ace.
Gen. : Not suffering, or hav- of thing and Bat. of person :
ing suffered, from ; exempt To demand something for a
from evils, etc.; 7, 33. ! person; 5, 7. — 2. Mid.: dw-
&w-aCp«t, f. hif'&fm, p. &T- avrio^cx -airov|&aiy f. kwuvr-
VOCABULARY.
93
With Ace. of tiling
ic. of person : To de-
omething of a person,
3 self or by one*s own
2.
n()(r(av, ov^a^ ov, P.
iiratreo;.
\Xao'(rci> (Attic &ir-
o), f. dir-oAAa^w, p.
txo, V. a. and n. [dir-
►m ** ; h.KKa(r<T(a, " to
'] ("To change from";
1. Act. : With Gen. :
*ree or deliver from. —
;. : To get off in a way
by accompanying adv.
-8. Mid.: atr-aWao'O'-
ttic dir-oXXaTTOfiai),
Wa^ofiait 1. aor. dir-
iTiv, (" To set one's self
om something; hence)
e : To depart f take
c, departure ; 1, 6;—
supply (ToX avfifiouK-
re iiraAA<£TT€<rffot ; see
ig context. — b. With
9 depart, or ffo awaify
, 4.— c. With U: To
or go awagf out of;
noni. and ace. neut.
avas,
avra, masc. ace. sing.
1. and ace. neut. plur.
avrf, contr. 3. pers.
es. iud. of dirarrao; ;
1.
•as, masc. ace. plur. of
&ir-avTaai -avrv, f. dn--
avrijcrw and dir* ai/r^irojuai, p.
hr-iivrriKa, 1. aor. dir-'^mja'a,
V. n. [d7r-<J, in "strengthen-
ing" force; hvrdw, "to meet"]
With Dat. : 1. To meet, fall
in with. — 2. Alone : To pre-
sent one's self, etc.
airavTC0v, masc. and neut.
gen. plur. of dvas.
aira^ov, P. fut. of dirciyw.
a-iros, vdffa, vav, adj. [d, in
" intensive " force (see 3. d) ;
Tay, "all"] 1. Quite all;
the whole, all completely. —
As Snhst. : a. airavrcS) <6V,
m. plur. All men, all per-
sons. — ^b. fiiravra, tov, n. plur.
All things. — 2. The whole of
that denoted by the subst. to
which it is in attribution. —
N.B. The position of hras with
a Subst. is the same as that
of iros ; see iras,
aird(n(v), masc. and neut.
dat. plur. of Biras,
dircpdXcTc, 2. pers. plur. 2.
aor. ind. of airo^dWw.
&ircPT)v, 2. aor. ind. of diro-
dircStjixvfo-a^ 1. aor. ind. of
dir€8o<rav, 3. pers. plur.
2. aor. ind. of diro5(8w/iit.
dir^SoTO, 3. pers. sing. 2.
aor. ind. mid. of kirohihmiii,
dir^Spo, 3. pers. sing. 2.
aor. ind. of air(^iZpd.(TK<i9.
dir€8c0Ka, 1. aor. ind. of
94
VOCABULARY.
&ircOavov, 2. aor. ind. of
aTroOirfiffKot.
air€iXi{, ^(» f* -^ threat.
air-cifj.i, irnperf. ar-Tfetv,
and 2. pen. sing. 1. aor. ind*
of airoKplvofuu.
&ir-cXavv», f. dir-cAcUrw
Attic &r-cAw, p. &ir.eA.^X&ica,
imperat. &ir-id<, sabj. ^Tr-to;, 1. aor. air.^\do-a, v. a. [iir-<J,
opt. dTT-foijLtt, inf. iir-xevat, part. ' " away "; 4\a6p(Ot ** to drive"]
aK-i(av, V. n. [aTT-rf, ** away "; 1. To drive aufay, drive off;
elfii, "to go"] 1. To go
awayy to depart (in indie, in
— at 8, 11 snpply^ mrro'bs
(= ro^s &KKovi) after kv*
future sense); — at 2, 27 the AXavvov. — 2. Alone (as if with
Subject of the Inf. kmevai is ' ellipse of Trirov) To ride away;
put in the nom. (awT<Js), as it | to ride off; 8, 1, etc.
is the same as that of the ! iircXOeir, 2. aor. inf. of &«--
leading verb of the clause 4pxofiai.
li<t>ri(rea ; — at 6, 44 and 7, 51 &ir^\9^, 8. pers. sing. 2.
hriiifai is a substantival inf. ; aor. subj. of avipxofMi.
coupled, in each instance, to iircXOwv, ovaOf 6p, P. 2.
liivkiv by conj. ¥i. — 2. To go
back, retire, withdraw,
&ir-cXirov, 2. aor. without
pres. ; f. air-cpoa, p. aw-tlpriKa,
V. a. [&ir-<J, in "negative"
force J cTirav, " to say "] ("To
aor. of cnrepx opuu.
&ir^irc|t4ra, 1. aor. ind. of
dWirXcov, imperf. ind. of
iLrov\4tc,
Sirep, adv. [adverbial aoc
say that a thing, etc., is not neut. plur. of ti(rT€p, " who *']
to be "; hence) 1. With Dat. As, like as, just €U ; 7, 18.
of person and inf. : To forbid &ir-^f>xoiJMu,f.a«'-€A6^a'o/tflu»
a person to do, etc.; — at 2, 12 . p. iLir-^\fi\v0a, 2. aor. &ir-
the negation is strengthened '■ rjxdov, v. mid. [av-S, "away";
by follg. fiii. — 2. To renounce, \ ^pxofiai, ** to come, to go "J
give up ; 1,41. \ To go away, depart;-— bX
aireiirwK, oDo-o, 6v, P. of ■. 6, 34 the pres. iifrfyxofjuu is
&Tfe7voy. i used to denote an aunost im-
iitrtixov, imperf. ind. of | mediate futnre.
aireoTpaToircSevor&ifciiVy 1.
aor. ind. of airo(rT/>aroirc8c^
awex^.
aircKaCovTO, 3. pers. plur.
imperf. ind. pass, of air-
oKala.
aircKpivoL|Ai|v, 1. aor. ind.
of aTTOKplifOfxai,
opiai.
&ircTpair^(jiYpr, 2. aor. mid.
of airorp(Tr<a.
iuf'txB'-dvoyML, f. &T-cx^-
aircKpivaTo, aircKpIvw, 3. -ficro/xcu, p. ^X'-fixO'Tifiai, v. pass.
VOCABULARY,
95
in '* strengthening "
^a-os," hate, hatred"]
3: To he hated, — 2.
it. of person [§ 104] :
itefal tOj to be hated
\cur the hatred of,
ivaas, fern. ace. plnr.
av, P. pres. of aTr4x<a.
ia, f. a(p-4^<o and &iro-
2. aor. air-iaxopj v. a.
[kir'6, " away, away
lx«» (act.) "to have
*; (nent.) "to be"] 1.
o holdy or keept away,
it. : a. To he away or
:— at 3, 2 folld. by
'* Measure of Space "
— b. With Gen.: To
ntfrom ; 5, 15, where
30 folld. by Ace. of
re of Space'' [§ 99].
lYOV, 2. aor. ind. of
fCiXa^ 1. aor. ind. of
, 3. pers. sing, imperf.
TTCfjUI.
av, for aiTQCKrav, 3.
nr. imperf. ind. of
,vva, 1. aor. ind. of
ivvov, imperf. ind. of
9.
'ov, 2. aor. ind. of
XI.
,f 1. aor. ind. of
I, contr. 3. pers. sing,
nd. of diraiTew.
i£irQTT|<ra, 1. aor. ind. of
&ira<Tea>.
eJirjITovv, contr. imperf. ind.
of airaiT€«.
airT)x9a'V^|AT|v, imperf. ind.
of d^ex^af^o/xat.
a7n)x0^fA<>Li, perf. ind. "of
aTTcx^avo/xai.
airT|x6T|f&^yos, r\, ov, P.
perf. of avexOoj/ofiai,
airUvai, pres. inf. of
AwtlfXl,
airlOi, 2. pers. sing. pres.
imperat. of IkiruyLi.
airtficv, 1. pers. plur. pres.
ind. of &irei)U(.
airioifjiev, airioicv, 1. and
3. pers. plur. pres. opt. of
p. TirrlarriKa, 1. aor. ^tria-Tujara,
V. n. [^TTto-T-oj, "faithless"]
("To be ^viffTos"} hence)
With Dat. [§ 102, (3) ; cf.
Primer, § 106, (3)] : 1. To
distrust t misU'ust. — 2. To he
disobedient to, to disobey,
ijiriim^crcicl^v), Attic for
dirio-T^o-oi, 3. persi sing. 1.
aor. opt. of aitio'riv,
airioT-Ca, /ay, f, {JhritrT'OS,
"mistrustful"; also, "faith-
less '»] (" The condition of the
fkvKrros**; hence) 1. A mis*
trusting f mistrust, distrust, —
2. Faithlessness^ treachery^
perfidy.
a-irioTos, 'TTiarov, adj. [d,
negative (see 2. d) ; Tria-rds,
** trustworthy *n Not trust-
96
VOCABULARY.
worthy ; not to he trusted or
believed i faithless. — As Sabst.:
atruTTOi, oiv, m. pi or. : Witli
Art. : Those who are not to he
trusted ; the faithless ; those
who do not keep faith; 7, 24.
airiwv, ovcra, 6Vf P. pres. of
air^ (before a soft vowel air*,
before an aspirated vowel d^*),
prep. gov. gen. : 1. From, in
the fullest meaning of the
term. — 2. Of time : a. From.
— b. After. — 3. Of the source,
or origin, whence anything
proceeds : From. — 4. To mark
descent from a person : From ;
sprung f or descended^ from ;
8, 17 [akin to Sans, apa^
" away from "].
airo-PaCv», f. airo-fiitirofmif
p. &wO'fi€$riKa, 2. aor. air-4$rjv,
V. n. [airrf, "from*'; fialvw,
"to go"] ("To go from";
hence) 1. To go forth from a
vessel on to land; to dis-
emharkf to land. — 2. a. To
turn out, end, issue. — b. With
accessory notion of good : To
turn out well or favourahlg.
airoPaXciv, 2. aor. inf. of
airo-pdXX», f. itwo-fiaXw,
p. airO'fi€fi\riKa, 2. aor. &ir-
4^aXov, V. a. [hr6, " away *';
i8oAA«, "to throw or cast*']
(" To throw, or cast, away ";
hence) To lose, incur the loss
of
airo-.3X^ir«, f. &ro-j8A^«,
j p. awO'fi€fi\€<pa, V. u. [jkw6,
"away from*'; fi\€ira>, "to
look"] ("To look awayftom"
other things; hence) 1. To
look intently, earnestly^ etc
—2. With €is c. Ace. : To
look upon ; to turn, or direct,
one's eyes to : — els iWorpiav
rpdir^iav h.irofi\iv<i)v, turning
my eyes to another's table,
2, 33 ; where the metaphor is
taken from a dog looking for
food from his master's table,
thus conveying the notion of
dependence.
airoScSciYiUyos, n, ov, P.
perf. pass, of kiro^^iKvviu,
airoScSoo^at, perf. inf. pass,
of &iro^5»^i.
airo-Sciicvvfii and airo-
8€iicvva>, f. aicO'M^a, 1. aor.
kic-auia, V. a. [kTr6, « forth ";
hiUvvfii, "to show"] ("To
show forth "; hence) To mam'
fest, declare, prove. — Pass.:
airo-8ciicvv|iai, p. ftro-ScSery-
fioLi, 1. aor. iLTF'iltix^riv, 1. fat.
aTtO'^€ix^(TOfiai.
airo-8i||fc-^«» -••, f. kTO-
Brifiiia-w, p. (irreg.) &ir-cSi^^-
riKa, 1. aor. ax-€^firi<ra, v. n.
lawS, "away from"; irj/i-as,
" the people "] (" To be away
from the people "; hence) A
go abroad ; to he absent from
one's, etc., country.
diroSiS^fuvos, 11, ov, P. pres.
mid. of diro$r$<v/M.
axoStS^ai, pres. inf. of
VOCABULARY.
97
airo8X8^vTo«, xnasc. gen.
sing, of itiroixhois } see &iro-
cSiroSiSovSf ovaa, 6vy P. pros,
of kvohlhwixi ; — at 7, 40 Atto-
Zih6vros (supply (tov) is Gen.
Abs. : [you offering to pay^
l.e.) though you offered to
pay, — As Subst. : airo8i8ov9i
6vros, m. With Ai't. : The
payer; 7, 36.
«iro-8i8pdoiCQ», f. airo-
Upatrofxat, p. &7ro-5^$pdKa,
plup. iTT'tUcdpaKeip, 2. aor.
^T'dSpaUj V. n. and a. [&7r($,
**away "j di^pda-Kw, "to run"]
1. Neut. : To run away or
off s to flee away hy stealth ;
to escape, — 2. Act. : a. To run
away from j 3, 38, where it
has the meaning of *' to strag*
gle away from." — b. To run
away from, to escape ; 8, 12.
airo8i8pflCorK«Vy ovaay ov, P.
pres. of iLwodiSpdffKw ; — at
3, 38 iLTroiiipdtTKovres (masc.
nom. plur.) takes the gender
of the persons {(rrpanwrai)
implied in ffTpart^nara and
not its grammatical gender. —
As Subst. : airo8i8pao-KovTa,
«v, n. plur. With Art. : The
things that run away or es-
cape ; — and with accessory
notion of "hiding '*: the things
that hide themselves, 3, 11;
for the omission of the Art. in
whicdi passage, see 1. by no. 18:
— bdt at 6y 86 wiroliZpdxrKQvra
is masc. ace. sing, of the part.
Anta, Book VII,
airo-SiScafii, f. airo-$(6<rw,
1. aor. &ir-65fitfKa, 2. aor. kv-
4Bwv, V. a. [AirtJ, "back again";
also, "away from"; JlSw^ut,
"to give"] 1. [airrf, "back"]
a. Act. : (a) To give hack.
— (b) To give up.^(c) To
restore, return; — at 7, 10
supply abrS (= rh aTpirevna)
after airo8(8otJs. — (d) To pay;
—at 7, 21; 7, 40; 7, 49
without Ace. of nearer Object.
— b. Pass.: airo-8i8o)jiai, p.
diro-5c5o)uai, 1. aor. kntddSriy,
1. fut. aiTo-^oOi)aofiai, To he
paid; 7, 34; 7, 48.-2. [Air J,
"away from"] Mid.: aire-
8t8o)Jiai, f. ikwo-Btaaofxat, 2. aor.
ii,Tr-iB6fxr}ify (" To give away
from one's self**; hence) To
part withy sell,
airo8t8ca9, 2. pers. sing,
pres. subi. of oiro5i8«/xt ; 7, 47.
airo8loci><ri(v), 3. pers. sing,
ind. pres. of knoZlZoefii,
airo8o6cCi|, 3. pers. sing. 1.
aor. opt. pass, of &iro8i5w/ii.
airo8oCi|, 3. pers. sing. 2.
aor. opt. of a.irohXZwiii,
<£iro8^u,cvo«, % ovy P. 2. aor.
mid. of airo8i8fi0/it.
airo8^<r6ai, 2. aor. inf. mid.
of i/IToZl^bilXl,
airoSovvat, 2. aor. inf. of
kirobt^uixt'f — at 7, 21 hvoZovvai
is a Substantival Inf. of Ace.
case, and forms the Subject of
the Inf. cTvai ; — at 7, 47 airo-
Zovvai is a Substantiyal Inf.
of NooL case, and forms the
H
98
VOCABULARY,
Subject of the impersonal yerb
5<J|€t.
airoSpafiovKTaiyS. pers. plur.
fut. ind. of avoTp4x(i>.
airoSfoaeiv, fat. inf. of airo«
atroSwcrUj fut. ind. of awo'
airoOarctK, 2. aor. inf. of
airoOavoiTO, 3. pera. sing.
2. aor. and fut. opt. of airo-
airoOavwv, ovcra, 6y, P. 2.
aor. of airodirfiaKoo.
duo-Oin(jo'ia0, f. airO'Oayov'
fiatf 2. aor. iLv-iOdvov, v. n.
[aTr6, in ** strengthening "
force ; Otffia-Ka, " to die "]
1. To die.— 2. To be killed
or slain ; — at 5, 13 folld. by
vTr6 c. Gen. — 8, To be put to
death ; — at 6, 43 folld. by vw6
c. Gen.
airo-icaCu (Attic airo-Kau),
f. aro-Kavao), 1. aor. &»-
4Kav<ra and air-4Kria, v. a. QdirJ,
"off"; Kalto, "to burn"] ("To
burn off"; hence) Of intense
cold : To freeze off, to cause to
fall off by freezing s 4, 3.—
Pass. : airo-KaiOj&ai.
airoKaXccas, dcra, ay, P. 1.
aor. of. aiFOKaK^w,
airo-KaXc» -koXw, f. &iro-
Ka\4aQ)y 1, aor. &ir.6Ka\€(ra,
V. a. \_&ir6, "away"; Ka\4Q},
**to call"] To call away, to
call aside.
avo^KCifiai, f. &iro'K€i(rofiai,
V. mid. [dirJ, "apart or away " ;
KtTfjtai, "to lie or be laid"]
("To lie apart, to be laid
away "; hence) To be laid in
store or laid up ; to be stored
up; — at 7, 46 in figurative
force.
airoKcurOai, pres. inf. of
air6K€ificu.
dtroKktio'Wf ovffa, op, P.
fut. of airoK\^ia.
diro-icXc£tt», f. kvo-KKil<Tto,
1. aor. air-€ic\6fO'a, p. kwo'
K4K\€iKa, v. a. [itv6, in
"strengthening'*' force; KKflu,
" to shut "] To shut, close.
d-wo-icSimif f. &To-ic4$ifw,
1. aor. &ir-cieo4^, ^* &- [&"'<C
"off"; K6irru, "to cut"] To
cut, or hew, off; to strike, or
hnocJc, off.
airoK^^oiv, ov<rc, ov, P. fdt.
of droK<J7rra>.
c{iroxptva(r6ai, 1. aor. inf.
oia-KOKpivoiiax.
airo-Kptyo|iai, f. h^o-KplP'
ovfiou, 1. aor. hiT'tKplv^iiP,
p. pass, in mid. force &to-
K4KpXfMi, 1. aor. pass. in. mid.
force &W'tKpXdriP, ▼. mid. f&v^^y
"from"; Kplyofiat (mid.), in
force of "to adjudge" some-
thing to some one] (" To ad-
judge" something to some
one " from " another ; henoei,
"to give a decision, pronounce
an opinion " respecting a mat-
ter; hence) 1. With Dat of
person : To give an answer,
or to reply, to some one.-
VOCABULARY.
With 'wp6s and Ace. : To reply
to a questioner or question. —
8. Folld. by Objective clause,
or Br I : To answer, or reply ^
that, etc. — 4. With Ace. of
thing : To give something as
an answer; to answer; — at
1, 22 folld. by clause as Ob-
ject. — 5. Alone : To give an
answer or reply ; to answer,
reply; 7, 4, where i.woKpiV'
aaBai la a Substantival Inf. of
Kom. case, and forms the Sub-
ject of iffri to be supplied,
while x^^''^^*' ^ ^^6 predicate.
airoKTCivai, 1. aor. inf. of
^voKTcvovvTcS) masc. nom.
plur. of h-noKT^vwv, P. fut. of
airoKTCVttV, ovaaf ovy, P.
fut. of &.iroKT(lya>,
airoX&Pciv, 2. aor. inf. of
cnroKa/x fiava.
avoXaP»v, ova-a, 6v, P. 2.
lOr. of airoXayifiavui,
airo-Xa|APavb), f. &7ro-A^t^o-
ai, p. h.v-iiK7]<pa, 2. aor. air-
iafioy, V. a. [i.ir6 ; Xa/xfidpUj
to take"] 1. [a7rJ,"from»']
To take, or receive, from a
?son**; hence) To receive
at is one's due, etc.; 7, 25;
t 7, 14. folld. also by Dat.
•emoter Object ;— at 7, 21
\.afi(7v is a Substantival
of the Ace. case before
to be supplied ; the
e, fully stated, is, ^ iKtly-
ffi(p4pov (Jyai d.irohafie7y :
H
in this passage also &iro/
is put without a nearer
— 2. [iTro, ** back ngain '
To take, or receive, back at
— b. To get back, recover
gain possession of; 2,34; 3
airoX^o-ai, 1. aor. inf.
airSWifii.
airoX^o-Oai, 2. aor. inf. m
of i.ir6Wifii.
airoXijil^ll, 2. pers. sing, fi
ind. of avoKafx^aj/a,
airoXii)i|f<S^€voS) rj, oy, 1
fut. of OLiroXayifiavfo.
air-<$XXvfii (-oXXvci)), f. Air-
oXicia Attic inr-oKSo, p. ^tt-c^Ac-
Ka Attic &ir-oAefA€Ka, 1. aor.
h.'K-d>\i<rtLy V. a. [&Tr-(J, in " in-
tensive" force; HWv/jli, "to
destroy; to lose"] 1. Act.: a.
To destroy utterly, kill, slay.
— b. To lose,— 2, Mid.: air-
^XXv^ai, f. aiT'oXovfiai, p. &ir-
6hw\a, plup. a'ir-o\<a\€iy, 2.
aor. air-(o\6(xriy, ("To lose
one's self*'; hence) a. To
perish, die ; — at 1, 29 diroAe6-
^ii6a is the " Subjunctivus
Adhortativus "; see fialyofiai,
— b. Perf. : To be tindonej to
be ruined; — at 1, 19 the Sub-
ject of diroAwAcVai is not ex-
pressed, as it is the same as
that of the leading verb of the
clause, viz. ^ovro,
*AirdXXuv, ayos (Ace. Sing.
'AttcJaAw, less frequently *Air-
6\\Q)ya), m. Apollo ; son o£
Jupiter nnd Latonn, brother
of Diana, and sun-god of the
2
100
VOCABULARY.
ancient Gh'eeks and Bomans.
He was regarded as the deity
who destroyed the impioas^
averted evil, protected flocks
and herds, presided over the
foandation of towns and over
civil communitdes ; while, far-
ther still, he was held to he
the god of prophecy, and of
song and masic
*AiroXX«0V-la, loy, f. [*Air-
6\\a)v, "ApoUo"] ("TUe city
of Apollo ") Apollonia ; a city
of Mysia ; 8, 15.
airoXovvrai, 3. pers. plnr.
fat. ind. mid. of i,ir6Wvfii.
airoXttXcvoi, perf. inf. of
OLTrSWvixi,
airoXufic0a, 1. pers. plnr.
2. aor. sahj. mid. of air6K\vut,
airo-vc}iirM, f. avO'Ti^^oo,
1. aor. &ir-6T€/xif^a, v. a. \iin6,
" away ;" irdfiTcu, *' to send "]
1. Act. : a. To send away or
off; to dismiss. — ^b. To send
away, despatch, for any par-
pose J 4, 2. — 2. Mid. : airo-
7r^|Airo)uu, f. axo-x4fi}lfOfiat, 1.
aor. &'jr'€Xffi}^afiriVf To send
away from one's self, etc,
1. airoirXcvo'M, 1. aor. inf.
of &KOfr\4(o.
2. airoirXcvcrai, 3. pers. sing.
1. nor. opt. of &7roir\4u; 1, 38.
«£iroirXcvo'<Sficvos, 97, oy, P.
f ut. of i.'iroir\€a,
awo-irX^tf, f. iTO'WKiiffOfiat
and &,To-ir\€v<rov/iai, 1. aor.
ir-erXcvcra, 1. aor. mid. Ax-
•ir\tv<ra/iriv, v. n. [&W,
"away"; »X€», "to sail"]
To sail away, to sail off.
(iiro-vopcvo|tai, v. mid.
[ikir6, **away'*; vopti&ofieUf "to
go "] To go away, to depart.
airop-^« -u, f. itTOfy^att,
p. ^TopijKo, 1. aor. iiv6pri<ra,
V. n. i^irop'Os, "perplexed"]
("To be &Topos"; hence) 1.
Neat.: Alone: To he at a
loss, to he perplexed; 3,20.
— 2. Mid. : airop-^o)&ai -ov|tai,
f. itirop^crofxai, p. ^6fniiua :
Folld. by Ace. of thing : To
he at a loss, or perplexed, at
or about ; — at 3, 29 the Ace.
of thing {iKitvo) is omitted
before the follg. rel. 5 ri.
avop-lo, Xas, f. [tfrop-or,
" perplexed "] (" The state, or
qaality, of the cnropos *'; hence)
1. Perplexity, emharrassment.
— 2. Want, scarcity, lack.
a-vop-os, ov, adj. f &, " nega-
tive" prefix (see 2. a); wSp'Os,
"a, way, passage/' etc.']
(" Not having rSpos **; hence)
Of circamstances : ImpraeUc-
ahle, impossihle, difficuU, etc
— ^As Snbst. : airopo, up, s.
plar. Difficulties, straits.
air^-p-^-Tos, TOF, adj.
[for ottJ-^-^c-tos ; fr. ixo,
"negative"; obsol. ^e-», "to
say or mention'*; wiUi ^
donbled] ("Not to be said,
mentioned, or spoken "; hence)
Secret, — Adverbialexpresnon :
ip k-irop^iiT(p, under seal of
secrecy ; 6, 43.
VOCABULARY.
lot
atirootcc8avvv|uvos, 17, ov, P.
pres. pass, of h.TcoaKtZA.vvvyn.
(2iro-(ricc8avvvfii (and diro-
aiccSawvtf), f. .&iro-o'icc8cio'cv
and kKO'ffKtliw, 1. aor. &9r.
ccrKcdoUra, v. a. [air J, iu
"strengthening" force j <rKe5-
iivpvtii, "to scattef'*] 1. To
scatter utterly, to disperse. —
2. Pass. : airo-0'icc8dvvi!fiai,
p. ax-€aKiZa(Tfiai, To be di-
spersedy to straggle, as soldiers
from the main body, etc,
ovocnrao'aS) mol, ov, P. 1.
aor. of &7ro(nrAto,
airocnracrO^vai, 1. aor. inf.
pass, of &n-o(riraw.
airo-<nrau, f. i.vo-ciraffa,
1. aor. iir-4<nraira, v. a. [dir(J,
"away from"; (rndco, "to
draw or drag"] 1. Act.: a.
To draw, or drag, away from;
to separate from. — b. With
ellipse of eatn-Sv : To separate
himself, etc.; 2, 11.— 2.
Pass. : 1. aor. iur'icncdcrBtiv, f.
dtTro'CraaOiicrofiai, To he separ-
ated, OP removed, from ; — at
3, 41 the Inf. avocriraffd^vai
takes its Subject {avr6i) in
the Nom., because it is the
same as that of the leading
verb of the clause {t<pii) [§ 87,
(2), 05*.].
airo-oTCpiu -crrcpu, f. diro-
<rrtpii<r<a, p. i.v-t(rr4priKa, 1.
aor. iLT-€<rr4pri<ra, v. a. [}lv6,
in " strengthening " force ;
arepw, ** to deprive '*] a. With
Ace. of person and Ace. of
thing [§ 96] : To deprive, or
rob, one of something; to
take something away from
one. — b. With Ace. of thing
only : To withhold, to take
away ;— at 7, 48 supply air 61/
(=z rhv ixt(r66v) after ^woarep'
^aai.
«iirooT€pTJo'ai, 1. aor. inf.
of knoar^pioa.
airo-o'TpaTOirc8cvo|&ai) 1.
aor. air'€ffrfiaT07r€^€V(rafifiy, v.
mid. [avS, " apart "; a-rparo-
xf^ciofjLai, " to encamp "]
To encamp apart or separ-
ately.
airooTpo<|»-ij, rjs, f. [for
i.noarp€(p''fi ; fr. airo(rrp4^'a,
" to escape "] ("An escap-
ing"; hence) 1. An escape,
place of refuge, etc. — 2. Of
persons: A refuge, protec-
tion.
airo-Tivci), f. airo-riff09, 1.
aor. dir-eTitra, v. a, [aini,
** back "; rlvco, ** to pay *']
To pay back, repay.
airoTurcic(v), Attic for avo-
rlffai, 3. pers. sing. 1. aor.
opt. of Aitot/w.— N.B. The
quantity of the 1 in present
is long in Epic poetry ; short
in Attic Greek.
diro-Tp^irw, f. i.iro-Tp4tlfcu,
V. a. [anS, "away"; Tp4na,
"to turn"] 1. To turn away,
— 2. Mid. : &iro-Tp^iro|Aai,
2. aor. h.it-irpan6fxt\v. To turn
one's self, etc., away ; to turn
backj return.
I02
VOCABULARY.
avo-0p4^ofxaii and airo-8/&djuoi/-
jxaiy 2. nor. &,rr-4Spafiov, v. n.
[iTTo, " off or away "; Tf>€X^»
" to run "J To run off or avoay.
&iro-<|»euY*'» f. &7ro-<^f u^o/xat,
2. aor. av-4<l>uyoVf 2. p. dn-o-
ir€V€U7a, V. n. [dncJ, "away";
06i;7«, "to flee'*] 1. To flee
away. — 2. To escape.
X<op'fi(rcDt 1. aor. dir-ex«6p»7<ra,
V. n. [dT(J, "away"; x*^f^'»>
" to go "] 1. To go avoay y de-
part. — 2. To withdrato, retire,
retreat.
diruXco-a, 1. aor. ind. of
avr6\Xvpii.
1. S,pa, interrogative part-
icle (= Lat. nnm) used in
marking a question, and in
prose always placed first in a
sentence. It is not rendered
into English ; 6, 5.— *Ap* oh or
ovK is employed when an
affirmative answer is expected ;
but ^pa. fA-fif when a negative
one.
2. apa, adv. : 1. Perchance,
indeed. — 2. In questions: To
mark amazement : I, etc.,
pray you ; then in the world.
— 3. In inferential force:
Then, so then, therefore. — 4.
In this case, etc.
*ApaP-Xa, tar, f. f A/)aiS-€S,
" the Arabs "] The country of
the Arabs ; Arabia,
dparU) S. pers. sing. 1. aor.
impemt. of aXpw.
'App&Kos, ov, m. Arh&kas ;
the Persian ruler of Media.
apT^pav, fern. ace. sing, of
apyvpovt.
dpTfd^-Xov, (ov, n. dim.
l&pyvp-os, "silver"] ("Small
silver"; hence, "a piece of
silver"; hence) 1. Silver-
money. — 2. In collective force:
Money in general.
(jpyvp-ovs, a, ovp, adj.
[contr. fr. &pyup-€os ; fr. Jkpyvp-
OS, " silver"] (" Of, or belong-
ing to, silver '*; hence) Made
of silver ; silvef:
ap8t|v, adv. Altogether, en*
tirely, quite [said to be from
adpa>, "to lift up *'; if so,
" lifted up on high " ; hence,
"lifted up and removed al-
together"; hence^ as given
above].
op-en^, cTiyy, f. ("Excd-
lence, goodness," of any kind;
hence) 1. Manliness, bravery,
prowess, valour. — 2. Chad'
ness, excellence, merit, etc.
[prob. akin to itp-ttuy, "bet-
ter"; Hp-icrros, "best**; fr.
Sans, root Ti^T, in original
force of "to choose"].
api0|A<S9, ov, m.: 1. Number,
— 2. Of troops : A numbering,
a muster.— Z. Of space: Sx-
tent.
'Ap(aT-apx-os, ov, m.
[Jipi<rr-os, ** best " ; apX'^
"to rule"] ("Best Ruler »^
Aristarchus; the Spartan Haiv
most of Byzantinm.
VOCABULARY.
dtpUTT-dtt -w, f. ipitrriiffoyf
p. iiplarriKa, 1. aor. ijpiarricraf
V. n. \&piffr-0Vf "tbe morning
or mid-day meal**] To taJce
ike morning or mid-day meal ;
to breakfast ; to lunch,
<2piOT^Tc, Doric for hpicrr'
^T€, contr. 2. pers. plur. pres.
opt. of ^la-rdot,
apurrfti>f&ev, contr. fr. kpicrr-
dotfi€v, 1. perg. plur. preg.
subj. of kpicTTdo) ; — at 3, 9 the
editions vary between ipiffr-
Sofifv and hpKTT^Tire*
*ApK^«, &Sos, adj. Arcad'
ian; of, or belonging to,
Arcadia, tbe central state of
tbe Peloponnesus (now the
Morea). — As Subst. m. : An
ircadian ; — Plur. : Arcad-
ins,
apK^oi -w, f. kpK€0-a), 1. aor.
tfcecra, v. n. : 1. Alone : To
sufficient— 2. With Dat. :
> he sufficient for ; — at 5, 3
'€< has for its Subject the
)8tantival Inf. X&fiuv,
pp.oo'-'njS) ToP, m. [for
♦S-T-^s ; fr. apii6^(o (=
8-<r«), in force of "to
m, command, rule **]
le who governs,** etc. ;
) A harmost; a name
to the governor, com-
r, or ruler of islands
reign cities, sent out by
acedaemonians during
e of their supremacy.
ic6a, 1. pers. plur. fut.
\. of &pXf^'
apiraY'i), rjs, f. \tr, apira>
"to plunder," througli re
oipiraY] 1. A plundering
pillaging ; pillage,— 2, Plui
der, spoil, booty.
apira^ctf, f. apird^o), apitatroi
and aprrdcro/JLai, p. ffpira/ca, v. a.
1. To snaichf'OT pluck, away,
etc. — 2. To seize and carry
offhy force, etc.; to plunder ;
— at 5, 13 used absolutely.
'ApraKoLfAas, ov, m. Arta-
kamas; the Persian ruler of
Flirygia.
opTi, adv. Of time: Just
nowyjust,
'Aprifias, ov, m. Artimas ;
a Persian ruler of Lydia.
fipTos, ov, vci. : 1. A loaf
of bread ; — Plur. : Loaves. —
2. In collective force : Bread,
'ApTJcrras, oi;, m. Ai'ystas j
an Arcndiun.
<&pX-aios, aia, atov, ndj.
[apx-T]* "a beginning*'] (*• Per-
taining to &PX'fl**f hence) 1.
Ancient, oldj of long standing,
— As Subst. : apxatos, ov, m.
A man of old. — 2. Ancient,
former ; — at 1, 28 the editions
vary between AaKf^aifAovluu
fill/ Kot r&y 'Axaiciv (Tv/jLudxofV
iTKapx^vroiV and AaK€^aifiovlois
ix\v Koi rwv kpxaiav cvfifidxav
virapx^vruiv,
<ipx-n» 'ns, f. [^Px-«] 1-
\Jkpxo»y " to begin *'] (" That
which begins "j hence) A be-
ginning. — Adverbial expres-
sions : a. TT)v opx^v* At
I04
VOCABULARY,
first, originally, — b. Folld.
by a negative : apx^^ H''4>
Not at all, at no time what-
ever ; 7, 28.-2. [&px«» **to
rule"] ("That which rules";
hence) a. Supreme power,
dominion, sovereignty, etc. —
b. An empire, dominion, gov-
ernment, kingdom.
apX-«»* f- */>{«. p. ^PXa»
1. aor. ^p|a, v. a. : 1. Act. :
With Gen. : a. [§ 112, Obs, 2]
To begin,— h. [§ 102, (4).
Obs.^ To rule, command, be
the antler, etc., of, — C Abs. :
To have the command, — 2.
Pass. : Sl^xo^ox, p. ^py/xat,
1. aor. fipx6r]v, 1. f. apx^-
ao/xai, To be ruled or govern-
ed ; 7, 29. — 3. Mid. : opxofAat,
1. f. ip^ofiat, 1. aor. ^p^afiriv :
a. Witli Inf. : To begin to do,
etc. ; 6, 15 ; 7, 17. — b. Abs. :
To begin, commence. — C. With
Gen. [§ 112. Obs. 2] : 2b
begin, commence, a thing.
— d. With air6: To begin
from = to set out from [prob.
akin to Sans, root abh, in
force of " to be able"].
Q.pr%iav, ova a, oy, P. pres. of
&pXt^- — A^ Subst. : apx^y*
ovTos, m. : tk. A ruler ; 3, 16 ;
7, 41, etc. — ^b. A commander,
ojpcer, of soldiers.
'Ao-ia, as, f. Asia (Minor).
'AatSaTviSy ou, m. Asidates ;
a wealthy Persian ; 8, 9.
*Aorlv-dlos» aia, aiov, a^.
[*A<r<>-i|, " AsinS "; the name
of three towns sitoate respec-
tively in Ai^s, Messenia, and
Laconia] Of, or belonging to,
AsXne; Asincean. — ^As Sabst.:
'Ao-ivalos, ov, m. A man of
AsXne, an Asincean.
OLfric^M, -u, f. iuTKiiaw^ p.
IjffKfiKa, V. a. To exercise,
practUe.
(lO'icovvTcS} oontr. masc.
uoiu. plur. of P. pres. of
aaicectf.
cur-ficvos, fJi.4vit, /levoy, ac|j.
pprob. for &i-fi€vos; fir. roifc
oS, whence a(v)9-&yu, iiS-o/iat,
*'to please"] ("Pleased";
hence) Olad, — It is always
used in connexion with the
Subject of a verb, and may be
rendered either gladly, or to
be, etc., glad to do, etc., that
which is betokened by the
Greek verb : — itTorro Atrti^tw^
gladly, or cheerfiiUy, followed,
2, 9 : — &(r/jL€yoi crvi^BpdftoupTat,
will gladly run together, ^6;
cf ., also, 6, 8.
<£(nraCo|tai, f. iunrdaoiuu,
1. aor. iiffiFMrafiriy, y. n. : L
To salute by words, to greet;
2, 23.-2. To bid farewell to,
to take leave of; 1, 8; 1, 40.
cunrouraficvos* V» oy, P. 1.
aor. of icnrdCofjiat.
d<ncL%, XSos (Dat. plor.
ii(nrX(Ti ), f. A shield,
'Ao-crvpla, as, f. Assyria;
a country of Asia. — Henoe^
'AcnrupX-os, a, oy, adj. Qf, or
belonging to, Assyria; Assyr»
VOCABULARl
/
105
ian» — ^As Sabst. : 'Ao-crvptoi,
wv, m. plar. Axtyrians.
*AvfrvpXoi, wy; 'AacrvptoSi
a, OP ; see 'Aatrvpia,
-fis, " safe "1 (" The quality of
the iuripSLKts *'; hence) Safety,
tecurity; — at 6, 30 t^s d<r<^aA-
c/ojis^Gen. of Price" [§ 116].
a(r<|»aXi<rrcpos, a, ov, comp.
adj. ; see iur<pa\'fis,
a-(r<|»aX-ii)Sf h, adj. [&,
"negative"; a^KiX, root of
c<pd\-\Uf ** to throw down "]
(" Not thrown down "; hence,
"firm"; hence) Safe, se-
cure ;— At 8, 14 the neul.
^r^oAcf is predicated of the
Substantival Inf. irapitvai (cf .»
also, 2, 15); and at 5, 8 of
the daose rtlxv .... txovn ;
cf., also» 3, 3, where supply
iari as copula ; — at 7, 51
offipaXeartpov is predicated of
the clause -Kop ifiol iiivuv,
cf., also, 8, 13. . ^r Comp. :
iur<l>ii\'€<rr€pos ; (Sup.: a<r^aA.-
4a'r&Tos).
da^aX'mi, adv. [&(r0dA.>^f,
**safe, secure"] (** After the
maimer of the &(r<^>aAi^s ";
.hence) Safely, securely j in
safety or security,
curxoX-Xa, ta?, f, [^(rxoA.-
oy, ** without leisure "; hence]
(" The state of the tL<Txo\o% ";
hence, "want of leisure or
time "; hence) 1. An engage'
meni, occupation, business. —
2. Mindrance,
arap, conj. But, yet, how-
ever, nevertheless ; — oltcii
used in Attic Greek to mark
a I'apid transition to a fresh
line of thought.
'Arapvcvs, cwj, ra. At am-
eus; a city of Mysia in Asia
Minor.
a-Tl|A-os, oi',adj.[a, " nega-
tive" particle (see 2. d); Tf/x-^,
" honour "] (** Not having
Tiju^"; hence) Without hon-
our, unhonoured, dishonoured.
Kagr Comp.: aTlix-drepos (Sup.:
SLTifi-6Taros),
aTifiiSTcpos, a, ov, comp.
adj. ; see OTt/tos.
Arpai&vTTtov, ov, n. Atra'
myttium, otherwise called
Adramyttium (now Adramiti
or Edremit) ; a town on the
river Calcus in Mysia.
a-TpXP-ijs, ej, adj. [d, " ne-
gative" particle (see 2. d); rptp,
root of rplfiv, "to rub"]
("Not rubbed, unrubbed ";
hence) Of roads, etc. : Not
worn or used ; untrodden.
a5-0is, adv. [lengthened fr.
ad, *• again "] 1. Again.— 2.
Afterwards. — 3. Hereafter, at
a future time, in future.— A.
Moreover, besides, further.
avX-^ft> -a, f. avKijaa, v. n.
lab\-6s, "a flute"] (''To
play on the flute "; hence) To
play on instruments in gener-
al ; — at 3, 32 on horns.
avX-£^o|Aai, f. aifKiffofiai
Attic aifKiovfiai, 1. aor. 77 v\-
io6
VOCABULARY.
laofiriv, 1. aor. pass, in mid.
force rjifXlcrOriVf v. mid. [awA.-
4 "a courtyard'*] ("To lie,
etc., in an auK-fi "; hence, " to
live, dwell, abide " anywhere ;
hence) Military t. t. : To
bivouac, encamp, take tip
quarters, etc.
avXurOT)vai, 1. aor. inf.
(pass, form) of au\l(ofiat.
avXovvTC?, contr. masc.
nom. plur. of P. pres. of
auXeo? ; 3, 32, where it is used
as a Subst.
avptov, adv. To-tnorrow : —
T^ aHpiov, on the morrow,
avTcL, nom. and ace. neut.
plur. of ai/rSs.
avrai, nom. fern. plnr. of
oZtos.
1. avn{,avT]Q,fem. nom. and
dat. sing, of airos.
2. avTT|, fem. nom. sing, of
ovTos ; see ouros.
avT-iKo, adv. [out- Jy, " self,
very "] (" At the very " time ;
hence) Forthwith, immediate'
It/, instantly, at the moment,
at once : — for aur'tKa fxdKa, sec
fid\a.
ovT<5-0i, adv. [auT<Jy, (un-
contr. gen.) avr6'05, **self,
very "; suffix Oi (= iv), " in'']
Of place : In the very place,
there.
1. avT^v, masc. ace. sing, of
outJs.
2. avT<Sv ; see 3. avrov,
avTO>vo|&-os, ov, adj. [avT'
6s, (uucontr. gen.) avrd'Os,
"self"; v6n-os, "law"
(« Self-lawed "; hence) LivU
under one*8 own laws ; inde
pendent, free J — at 8, 2o airr6
pofioi is the predicate.
ov-T^, r-fi, r6, pron. adj.
1. Self, very. — As Sabst. o
all persons: I myself, po\
yourself, he himself. — 2. Witl
article prefixed, in all gen
ders and cases : The same
sometimes folld. by Dat. — A
Subst. : a. ol avToC, m. Th
same persons, — ^b. ra ainA a
Tavrd, The same thinys:^
Kara raitrd, according to iht
same things, i. e. in the sam
way, 3, 23. — e. th cAt6 o
raW^, also ra^r^K: (a) Th
same thing. — (b) The sam
pUice. — 3. In possessive Gei
with a possessive pron. an
in logical apposition to it
rnxerepois ahrSov <l>l\otff 1, 29
so in Latin, "de tao ipsii
studio," Cicero pro Mnrena, *
— 4. As simple pron. of thii
person : He, she, it ; — Plur.
They [akin to pron. oo-a, pr
served in the Zend language
1. a^ov, adv. [adverbii
neut. gen, of air 6s, " Tery '
(" At the very " place; heno
1. There. — 2. Here, on ti
spot.
2. airov, masc. atfd neu
gen. sing, of auT^y.
3. avTov, avnp, avr^r, Att
for kavrov, kaxrr^, kavr6¥ i s
kavrov.
VOCABULARY,
ic
. o&ry, masc. and neat.
. sing, of ahr6s.
I. a^cS, mnsc. ace. dual
ihT6si 7,19.
4<)LLpc6tjvai, 1. aor. inf.
3. of i.<paip4§t,
!^-fUp^» -aipw, f. iuf>'
^<r«, p. &^-]7fn7fra, v. a.
)• ( = dT<0, ** from "; olpfu,
> take"] 1. Act.: With
^ of person and Ace. of
Qg [§ 96] : To take some-
Dg from one. — 2. Mid. :
-aipilofiai -ov|iai, f. &<^-
flffo/xcu and d^-cAoO/iai, 2.
. i^'U\6ii7iv : With Ace.
person and Ace. of thing :
take something^om one ;
deprive one of something;
3. — 8. Pass. : a<|»-aip^O|Aai
ov|iai,p. iL<ft-yff7jfJiai, 1. nor.
o407iv, 1. fut. kip-atp^B^i-
.: With Ace. of thing
: To he deprived, or
ed, ofs 2, 22 [§ 96,
ipTlo-^l&cvos, 17, ov, p. fut.
' &.<f>aip4o9,
.8-^S, fy, adj. [i, '* ne-
prefiz (see 2. &) ; 0e(5-
spare"] Unsparing.
•«S, adv. [d<^€i5-'^y,
ug"] C' After the
*thea0€t8^s"; hence)
(lai -T)Yov|&ai, f. d0-
, aor. a<p'r}yTia&/jLr}yf
•(=d7r<J), "from**;
to lead''] C*To
way '* from " a
point; hence) 1. To go first
lead the way. — 2. To relate,
tell, explain, declare.
d^\t[irai, 2. pers. sing.
1. aor. imperat. of a<t>riy4onai,
a<^o'tt, fut. ind. of a(l>irifii,
d^Bov'Xa, Xas, f. [^&<p0oV'Os,
" ungrudged"; hence, ** plenti-
ful"] (« The state of the &<p0ov-
os"; hence) Plenty ^ dbund*
ance : — tU ii(l>9ovlay, in abund-
ance, 1, 33.
a-(^6ov-os, ov, adj. [&,
"negative"; fpOSv-os, "envy"]
(" Not having <p$6vos "; hence,
" free from envy " ; hence,
" ungrudging, bounteous " ;
hence, in pass, force, "un-
grudged, bountifully bestow-
ed"; hence) Plentiful, abund'
ant, in abundance. |^°Comp.:
i(p$oV'<or€pos ; (Sup. : h<pBoV'
<i)r&Tos).
a(|>6ovwTcpos, a, ov, comp.
adj. ; see iL<pQovos.
a(|>l€is, 6?oa, 4v, P. pros, of
d^-vi\y.i, f. iitp'-fiaa, p. &0-
(Tna, 1. aor. ii.<p'^Ka, v. a.
[d<^' (= Air<J), "away"; trifxt,
" to send "] To send away, to
send off; — at 4, 5 atpuls is
folld. by a Partitive Gen. as
Object (viz. rS>v aix/*aAe«>Ta>i',
some of the captives) [§112,
Obs. 2 and foot-note] ; see
aTpareufia for the use of the
Partitive Gen. as Subject.
ai^lKco-Oc, 2. pers. plur.
2. aor. ind. of &<^iKp4outu.
io8
VOCABULARY.
(24>iiccTo, 3. pers. sing. 2.
aor. ind. of k(piKv4ofiai,
a^iKvciTU, contr. 8. pers.
siu^. pres. iud. of &<ptKif4ofiai.
d^'iKvioiuu -iKvovfAai, f.
i,<f>-l^ofjMif p. &p-7y/xai, 2. aor.
iip-iKOfirii/f v.xnid. [&<^* ( = &ir(J)
denoting " completeness "; U-
yfofxou, **to come"] L With
us, M, or 'irp6sf and Ace. of
thing ; with upos and Ace. of
person ; with Adv. of pkee :
To come to, arrive at, reach.
— 2. To come, arrive; — at
G, 1 &<t>iKvovvTat has a com-
posite Subject, viz. Xapfuyos
Kol Uo\vylK05 [§ 86].
a^iKvoiKTO, contr. 3. pers.
plur. pres. opt. of iL<piKV€ofuu.
o^iKvovvrai, contr. 3. pers.
plur. pres. iud. of i/piKvioiicu,
cC^iKvovvTo, contr. 8. pers.
plur. imperf. ind. of &0u-
cu^iK^I&cvoSi fi, oy, P. 2. aor.
of aiptKy4ofiai.
&<^Ik6|aii)v» 2. aor. ind. of
a<l>iKv4oficu,
a<^lK0VT0, 3. pers. plur.
2. aor. ind. of ittpiKytofica.
d^lKOVf 2. pers. sing. 2. aor.
iud. of &(piKy4ofiai.
a^iKwvrai, 3. pers. plur. 2.
nor. subj. of &<t>iKy€o/iai.
a^i{c(rOai, fut. inf. of &^
iKveofxai.
a(^-o8os» 6Sou, f. [&4>* ( =
iir<J), ** away"; diSs,'* a way";
of uu action, '* a journeying or
travelling **] ('* A journey-
ing, or travelling, away";
hence) A departure.
&-<^pi«v, <t>poyoSf adj. [fi)i
&.(ppty • f r. &, << negative "
prefix (see 2. &) ; ^p^y, ^r-
6s, **mind"] ("Not having,
or without, <l>piiy **; benoe) CHu
of, or bereft of, on^s, etc.,
senses; senseless, f oolitic
oS^XoKT-A* -A, T. n. [4-
<l>v\cucT'Os, " offone^s gfoaxd^]
To he offon€^sg%ard,
'Axai-^, ow, m. f^Ax**-^*
** belonging to Acnaia," the
central province of the Pd-
oponnesns (now MorSa) ;
"Achsean"] J man ofAMiai
an Achcsan; — Plur. : AtAth
ans,
dxoLpur'TOi, Toy, nd^. [for
itxdpt^'Tos; fir. &, ''negAtiva"
prefix (see 2. &) ; xV^C^t"^
( = x^P^^'*f*»y^)» ** to be pleit-
ing"] (*'Not pleaping^ mi-
pleasing"; hence) Of penons :
Unthankjkl, tkankUs9, ««-
grateful,
OS, « ungratefbl"] (<■ After
the manner of the ax^tpwres";
hence) UngratefkUif.
dydkaMi, uffo^hf^ P. 1. aor.
of &x^^M^"'
axO-ofioi, f. iLxO€v0^|r9fla
(and in mid. form iix^^^f^^)*
P' ^X^^M^i, 1* aor. ix^^ff^Vf
V. pass. lix^'Os, •* a boiden"]
("To be burdened"; Imdm)
1. To be grieved, v^ced, dts*
quieted, etc; — at 1* 7 fidUl
VOCABULARY.
109
by «Ti.— 2. With Dat. : To
he grieved at or with ; 5> 7 ;
6, 10 ;-at 7, 21 folld. by both
Dat. and 5rt; see no. 1,
aboTe.
BaPvX«iiv, SivoSf f. : 1. Bor-
hylon ; the metropolis of tbe
Babylo-Assyrian Empire in
Mesopotamia; its ruins are
found at Hille, in Irak Arabi.
— 2. Tbe province of Babylon,
PcCX-Xo, f. /SaActfi p. fi4^\T\Kay
2. aor. tfiaXov, v. a. : L With
Ace. of person as Object : To
hurl a missile, etc., at; to
shoot at, to throw stones at,
so as to hit ; to hit, etc. — 2.
With Ace. of weapon, missile,
etc, : To cast, throw, hurL —
8. Without nearer Object and
with Dat. of instrument : To
throw, or hit, with; 4, 15.
[This verb in neut. force signi-
fies "to feU," "tumble," etc.,
and is akin to Sans, root &al,
"to fall"; in active force it
Assumes a causal force, ''to
cause or make to fall upon,"
iind so *' to hurl at," with the
iccessory notion of striking.]
Papp&p-tK^s, iK-fi, iK6y, adj.
Bdpfiap'os, " a barbarian "]
[" Pertaining to a fiapfiapoi ";
Hence) Barbaric, barbarian,
foreign,
1. Pap-Pap-os, OP, adj. [usu-
lUy regarded as formed from
he sound fiap] Barbarous,
barbarian, i, e. not Qreek;
foreign.'^As Subst. : PapPap-
09, ou, m. A barbarian, for*
eigner,
2. PoTpp&pos, ov ; see 1. fiap*
fi&pos.
Bao-XaS) ov, m. Basias; see
^AyaaXaSj no. 2,
PeUrXX-cia, tlas, f. [iSaeriA-
6tJ«, " to be a king, to reign "]
("A reigning"; hence) A
kingdom,
paatXcvs, 4os, Att. 4(us, m. :
1. A king ; — for r^ vvy fiaaXK'
€?, 2, 32, see 1. 6, no. 6, a.
— 2. Without Art., as if a
proper name : The king ; the
great king, i.e. the king of
Persia ; 8, 15 : — so, at 1, 28
with Art. and descriptive adv.,
rov &vu> fiaciXius, {the upper
king, i. e.) the king in the
interior ( = the king of Persia) ;
cf. 1. 6, no. 6, a.
P&atXcv(rai, 1. aor. inf. of
pS.(rXX-cv6>) f. B&crXXfvo'w, p.
fi€fia<rl\€vKa, 1. aor. ifi&cr'tX'
evcra, v. u. {^fiaaXX-eis, "a
king "] To be a king,
PcPai-<S(0 -a>, f . P€$ai(&<ro9,
1. aor. iPcfialaxra, v. a>
[P€Pafos, " firm "] (« To
make fiefiaios "; hence) To
confirm, make good, establish,
etc.
Pcpaiw, contr. 1. pers. sing,
pres. snbj. of fiePai6co ; 6, 17.
PcPovXcvffOav, perf. inf.
pass, in mid. force of fiov\i6oi\
Bik€aiSt Xo9i xn« Belesis;
no
VOCABULARY.
the Persian ruler or satrap
of Syria.
PA,-os, €os ovSf n. [for fioi\-
os; fr. fid\'\<o, "to hurl'']
("That which Is hurled";
heuce) 1. A missile of any
kind ; a daH, javelin, etc. — 2.
A bullet thrown from a sling.
PcXrurros, ri, ov, adj.; irreg.
sup. of ^yaOSs : Best,
fitKrlioVf ov, adj. ; irr^.
comp. of &yad6s : Better. — As
Suhst. : P^Tiov, ovos, n.
With Art. : The better :—iir\
rh P€\Tlov,for the better, i.e.
for his benefit or advantage,
8,4.
pta, as, f. : 1. Force, might.
—2. Adverbial Dat. : ptf : a.
Alone : By, or foith, force ;
forcibly. ^\i. With foUg. Gen. :
In spite of, against the ioill
of; 8, 17 [akin to Sans, root
jrA, " to overpower "].
Pi-a{ofJiai, l.aor. ifilacrafitiv,
p. pass, in mid. force fiefilatr-
fjLai, V. mid. [)3t-a, " force *']
To use force, to struggle, to
force one*s, etc., way ; 8, 11.
Pt-aios, aia, aiov, adj. [fiX-a,
** force, violence'*] (" Pertain-
ing to /8ta**5 hence) Forcible,
violent.
Piacrafievos, 17, ov, P. 1. aor
of fiid^ofxai.
PipXos, ov, f. ("The inner
bark of the papyrus "; hence,
"paper" made of the inner
bark of the papyrus; hence)
A book, etc.
BiOvvoi, wy, m. plur. : 1.
The BUhyni ; a people of Asia
Minor, on the E. coast of the
Propontis (now "the Sea of
Marmora"). — Hence, BiOw^s,
•fl, 6v, adj. Of, or belonging to,
the Bithyni; BUhynian, — 2.
The country of the Bithyni,
i. e. BUhynia,
Bi6vv^, 4, <(v; see BiBwoi,
no. 1.
pC-os, 01;, ro. : 1. Life. —
2. Means of living, living,
subsistence, support [akin to
Sans, root Jiv, "to live "].
BicravOi], ijs, f. BisatUhe;
a city of Thrace.
BiT«*v, (oyos, m, Bito»$ a
Greek, who, in conjonction
with Eukleides, made presents
to the Greek army and Xeno-
phon ; 8, 6.
pXaP-os, €05 ous, n. Vfikit'
ra, " to hurt,'* through root
pXaP] Hurt, harm, damage,
pXwicc*) f. fjLoKov/juu, p.
/x4fifi\c0Ka, 2. aor. ll/io\oy, To
go or come.
po-ciK<Ssi eucfi, €tK6y, a4j<
Ifiovs, Po-6s, "an ox"] Of,
or belonging to, am 09 ex
oxen; ox-.
P^S) nom. plur. of jBoDs.
pOT|0-^a» -u, f. fivnO^am, p.
/36j8o^0^«cfl^ 1. aor. i0o^oii*ra,
V. n. [fiori0-6i, "an aider"]
(" To be a fiorie6s " hence) 1.
With Dat. : To aid, assist,
help, succour, a person [§ 102;
(3)].— 2. Alone: To give, or
VOCABULARY.
Ill
'.d ; to come to the
or rescue.
jo-ai, 1. aor. inf. of
jo'ttv, ovffa, Of, P. fut.
to,
I, Attic 2. pers. sing,
i. of )3oi/Aojuai.
v(rafJicvo9, rj, ov, P. 1.
I. of /3ovA.€i/ct;.
VO-CO-6C, 2. pers. plur.
, mid. of )3ovX€t;w.
vo-oiTO, 3. pers. sing,
mid. of fiovKila,
cvu, f. fi0V\€1U(T<a, p.
i;Ka, y. n. and a.
, ** counsel*'] 1.: a.
To take counsely to
te. — b. Act. : With
thing : To deliberate
lout; to plan, devise,
id. : PovX-cvo|Aai, f .
ofiaif p. pass, in mid.
lepovKevfiai, 1. aor.
T&firiv: a. To plan,
te, debate; — at 1, 4
dfifvoi (supply avToi)
Subject of the Inf.
,€7v, and is in the
I consequence of its
J the same persons as
oken of by the leading
the clause (f(pa<rav).
deliberate on or about;
mlt about; — at 5, 9
' clause as Object ; cf.,
4.— C. With Inf.:
rmine, or resolve^ to
•lOj povXoiTo, 2. and
3. pers. sing. pres. opt. of
PoiiX-of&fti, f. fiovX'fjO'oixai,
p. fiffio{>\rifiai, 2. p. $€fiov\a,
V. mid. : 1. Alone : To have a
wish or desire ; to wish, desire,
will, he willing. — 2. With
Inf. : To wish, he willing, etc.,
to do, etc. ; — at 2, 23 supply
tx^^^ tt^ter fio^XoiTo ; — at 6, 23
supply i^attar^v after i^oix-
€To ; — at 7, 5 supply vopiifadai
after ^i8ou\(J^€0c{ ;— at 7, 46
supply KaTatrpa^ai after ifio^K-
ov. — 3. With Objective clause :
To wish, etc., that something
should be, etc. — 4. With
Ace: To wish for, want,
something. — In this construc-
tion it is said by some that
an Inf. should be supplied with
the Ace, e. g. at 6, 12 y€v4a-
6ai; others hold that tlie Ace.
here denotes that wherein the
wish consists ; — at 6, 12 sup-
ply avrd (= ravra, see pre-
ceding clause) after fiov\0'
fxei/ovs [root povX, strength-
ened from poX, akin to Sans,
root VBi, "to choose"].
PovKoficvos, 77, ov, p. pres.
of fiovKofxai. — With Art. : 6
fiov\6fi€vos, (he thatwills; i.e.)
whoever will, whoever wishes,
any one (= Lat. "quivis"),
3, 13.
PovXuvrai, 3. pers. plur.
pres. subj. of fioiXofiai,
pov-irop-oc, 01/, adj. [for
fiov-v€p-os} fr. fiovst fio6'S
112
VOCABULARY.
fiov'Sj ''an ox"; Tcf/w, "to
pierce/* through root wcp]
Ox-piercing ; large enough, or
fitt to pierce a whole ox ;
that would spit an ox,
1. povs, fio6sf comm. gen. :
1. A cow, ox, — 2. Plur. :
Cattle in collective force [ace.
to some from the natural
sound j3o, and so ** the lowing
or bellowing one"; ace. to
others, akin to Sanscrit ^o, "a
ball, a cow*'; and in plnr.
"cattle"].
2. poOs, oontr. fr. B6as, ace.
plur. of 1. fiovs ; 7, 53, etc.
PpoLSvSf 610, ^, adj. Slow,
JBSf (Comp. : fipaiv'rtpos and
fipaSiotv) ; Sap. : fipM-rHros
(and fipd^'ia-ros).
PpaSvraTOS, i;, oy, sup. adj. ;
seefipa^us. — ^AsSubst.: ppoSv-
rarov, ou (tc. CTpdrevfia), u.
With Art. : The slowest part
of the armg; 3, 37.
BvtdvTiOi, wy; see Bv^cIiit-
lOV.
Bv(dvTiov, ov, n. Bgzantium
(now Constantinople ; the
capital of the Turkish Em-
pire). — Hence, Bv|;drrX-o«, o,
or, adj. Of, or belonging
to, Byzantium ; Byzantine. —
As Subst. : Bv^aKTioi, tav, m.
plur. With Art. : The people
of Byzantium ; the Byzant-
ines.
Pfa-|Aos, ov, m. [for fia-fiSs;
f r. Pa, a root of fiaivw (in the
perfect tonse sometimes in
force of) "to stand"] ("A
standing''; hence, ''a stand"
on which anything is placed ;
hence, " a raised place for
sacrifidng"; hence) An altar
with raised stepe^ for sacri-
ficing.
rdvo«, ov, m. or f. Oanos;
a town or mountain-fortress
in Thrace.
yap, conj. For: — ^for $\Ka
ydp, sec &\Aa; — for Koi ydp,
see Kal, — N.B. Properly yip
stands next to the first word
in a clause; but it is also
found (principally, however,
in the poets) in uie third or
fourth place, when the pre-
ceding words are cloBely con-
nected.
7^, enclitic particki, At
least, indeed, at any rate
[prob. akin to Sans, gha or
ghd, an old prdnominal basej.
^ry^nilliaiy perf. ind. of
yiyvo/juu,
YCYcvi)|iivos, Vf or, P. perC
of yiyrofiai, — As Subst. : a.
Sing. : Ycycvi||Uirar, ov, n.
With Art : That which has,
or had, occurred or happened.
j — b. Plur. : ^rycvTiift^m, «r,
n. With Art.: The thimgs
that have, or had, occurred or
happened : — rk rSr 8^ yeytp'
ri/i4va, the thitSgs that have
even just nom ^qpurred ; Le.
' in the Peloponoesian .War,
1, 26 ; see «-^ac/ms.
VOCABULARY.
113
1 3. pers. sing. pert', iud. of
/tYpaf&fA^voSf tii OP, P. perf.
«. ofypd<l>6}.
^CYP<i<^ws, vTa, 6s, P. perf.
ypwpot,
ycCruv, ovos, comiu. gen. A
ghbour,
ycXeUraSj a^ra, ay, P. 1. aor.
ycXoU>.
fcX-(i«» -w, f. 7€Xa<rw and
^fi^ro/ia/, 1. aor. iy^Kairaf
ru To laugh [ace. to £ome
n to Sans, root hlad, '< to
jlad"; ace. to others, haby,
3 desire "J.
ffXwv, SaiTtL, &y, contr. P.
8. of yf\dfo,
f^r««, cor OS, 111. [yi\'dw,
3 laugh "] Laughter,
L, Y€X«T-o-iroi-4s^ cJi', adj.
'X»y, 7^X«T-oy, "laughter";
connecting vowel ; voi-cw,
:> make'*] Laughter-mak-
, exciting laughter, — As
}8t. : YcXcATOiroMSs, ov, m.
3ne exciting laughter ";
ice) A jester, buffoon,
\, ytkwTViCQ\^%, ov; see 1.
.6noriroi6s,
fcv^ffdai, 2. aor. inf. of
voyLai,
r^rai) 3. pers. sing. 2.
. subj. of yiyvofMai,
f€wat4-TT|S, TijTos, f. [7ei'-
15, (uncontr. geu.) y^vyalo-
<* noble-minded "] (** The
ility of the yevyaios^*;
ice) Noble-mindedness,
4nad, Book VIJ.
YcvoCf&t)Vy 2. aor. opt. of
yiyvofxai,
Y^voi<r0c, 2. pers. plur. 2.
aor. opt. of yiypofiai,
yivoiro, ylvoivro, 3. pers.
sing, and plur. 2. aor. opt. of
yiyvoixai.
YcviSficvos, 1;, OP, P. 2. aor.
of ylypofxai, — As Subst. : y*''-
6|ACva, otp, n. plur, : a. With
Art.: The things that had
occurred, etc.—b. The pro-
ceeds of a sale ; see ylypoixatf
no. 5.
y4y(t>ikai, 2. aor. subj. of
yiypofiai.
ylp'iav, OPT OS, m. An old
man [akin to Sans, root JBi,
** to erow old"],
Ycvo-ocrOai, 1. aor, inf. mid,
of y€v<a,
Y€v-«, f. 76u<r«, 1, aor.
ty^vaa, v. a. : 1. Act. : To give
a tasteof. — 2, Mid.: Y€v-o|&ai,
f. y^vffoiiai, 1. aor. 4y€v<rafir}y,
p. pass, in mid, force ycyt v-
fxat, V. mid. To taste / — at
3, 22 used alone [akin to
Sans, root JUSH, '* to enjoy"].
V^» yvs, f. : 1. Earthy as
opp. to heaven. — 2. Land, as
opp. to " sea or water ": — koX
Korh yijp Koi Karh ddXarrap,
both hy land and by sea,
6, 37. — 3. Land, country, —
4, Earth, ground: — Korh rrjs
yr\s, down into the earth or
groundf 1, 30 [akin to Sans.
go, in force of **the earth "].
YV^'oSj "^vri, tpop, adj. [7^,
I
114
VOCABULARY,
(uncontr . gen.) yiit'6s, "earth"]
(" Of, or belonging to, ' 7^ ;
lience) Made of earthfCarthen.
yiyvo^fu ; see ylyofieu.
yiyv6iL€vo9f v* ov, P. pres.
of yiyvo/icu ; — at 2, 4i tovtcov
yiypofi€V(ay is Gen. Abs.
[§ 118] : — Tcfe yiyy6fi€ya, ike
things tJiat were taking place,
1,18.
^ivojuii or YiYvof&oi, f. y^y-
ilffofxai, p. yiyova, 2. aor. eycy-
6tniv; also in pass, form?, p.
yeyfyrjfiaiy plap. iyeyeyijfiriVf
1. aor. iyty^Oriy, 1. fat. yeyri-
dijcrofiatt V. mid. (**To come
into being **; hence) 1. a. 7b
be. — b. With Dat. of person :
To be to a person ; or render-
ing the person as Subject, to
have;— at 6, 34 with el
yivoivTo supply tioi irouScs ;
— at 7, 27 supply <ro\ after
yiViffBai. — 2. To become; — at
1, 21 folld. by Dat. {ay^pi) as
predicate [§ 88] ; cf. Primer,
§ 109 ;— at 7, 42 supply </>tA-
tav after yeviffQai; sec above.
— 3. a. To happen, come to
pass, take place, occur, — b.
Impers. : fyevcTO, It came to
pass ; 2, 27. — C. With Dat. :
To happen tOj befall, a per-
son, etc.; — at 1, 18 yivoiTO
has a neut. nom. plur. as
Subject [§ 82, a].— 4. a. With
predicate: To be, become, or
be made something. — b. Of
sacrifices: With ellipse of
K9\6s (/aro«raft/«Un its proper
case : To befavourable; 2, 17.
In Xenophon the adj. KaK6t
is usually omitted in the fore-
going meaning. — 5. Of pro-
fits, etc. : To be produced
or realized : — to yevSiicva, the
{things, i.e.) money produced
or realized; the proceeds ;
6, 41 [rednplicated and
changed, from root ytv, akin
to Sans, root JAK, in intrans-
itive force, " to be bom"; alao,
** to become, take place**].
Yi-vw-OTcw or 7i«YW*-(ncii^
f. yvwcm, yvdffofiai, p. Isywwma,
2. aor. eyvav, (imperat. yi^ABtf
subj. yvm, yv^s, yw^, opt.
ypolriVf inf. 7v£i'cu,part. yrovs),
V. a. : 1. a. 2b perceive, mark,
observe, understand^ learn,
pay heed or attention to. — b.
Abs. : To think, to he of an
opinion. — e. Folld. by part, in
concord with Object : To per*
ceive, etc., that one, etc., is.
— 2. In past tenses: ("To
have perceived," etc. ; hence)
To know. — 8. Folld. by clause
introduced by Stj: To per*
ceive, or discover, thai, ete.
— Pass. : yi-irct-oico|MU or
•yv-YVw-cricoiiai, p. tyyt^iuu^
1. aor. iyy(6e0iiy, 1. fut,
yycatrO^trofiai [root ^yi*, akin
to Sans, root jAk, "to know";
cf. Lnt. no-SCO (old form gpio*
sco), Eug. "know"].
rvi]<rtinros, ou, m, Gnesippm
us; an Athenian mentioned at
3.28.
VOCABULARY.
115
7VOV9, ovca, 6vf P. 2. aor.
of yiV^iTKW,
yvf)»'y.% firii, f, [yv«, root
of yi-yyu-ffKUf "to know"]
^"Tbat which knows"; hence)
1. Mind. — 2. Will, inclina-
Hon, etc. — 3. Mind^ disposi-
tion. — 4. Judgment, opinion.
Yvwvoi, 2. aor. inf. of yivdt-
r^yyttXos, ov, m. Oongylusj
the name of two Eretrians,
father and son ; 8, 8.
Y^v&TO, ace. plur. of y6vv,
76W, &TOJ (Dat. Plur.
y6v&iri), n. A knee [akin
to Snns. jdnu, ** a knee *' J.
^ rottyCuv, «Foy, m. Qorgion;
'The. -Ion of Gongjlas the
elder, and brother of Gongyl-
U8 the younger ; 8, 8.
70UV, adv. [contr. fr. 76,
"at least"; olv, "then "] J[<
lectst then, at all events, at
any rate,
Ypd<|>-ci>, f. ypa^oo, p. yi-
ypwpa, 1. aor. ^ypmj/a, v. a.
("To represent |by lines";
hence) 1. To paint.^2. To
write. — Pass.: ypa^'0\iai, p.
y4ypafxfiat,'\, aor. iypatpB-qv,
1. fut. ypa<l)6-fi<rofiai.
Yvvcuicds, YvvaiK^, YvvdiKa,
gen., dat., and ace. sing, of
yvvr,
yvyoXiC€q, yvvdiica^, yvV'
aiKuv, 7iivai|£, nom., ace,
gen., and dat. plur. of yvv-fj.
-yvv-ij, atK6s, f. (" She who
brings forth"; hence) 1. A
woman. — 2. A wife [akin to
Sans, root jan, in transitive
force, *' to bring forth "].
8*; see 5^.
Ad)A-apa-T0Sy tov, m.
[Doric for Arj/x-dpa-Tos ; fr.
Erifi-os, "the people"; d.pd'
ofxai, " to pray "] (" People-
prayed," or "Prayed for by
the people") Ddmardtus ; iv
king of Sparta, deposed
through the intrigues of
CleomSnes. Passing over
into Asia, he was honourably
received by Darius Hystaspes,
who presented him with lands
and cities.
8air&v-(£ci> -w, f. Havai/iiffof,
p. ieiairdj/riKa, 1. aor. iSarrdv'
riffa, V. a. [jSaitdu-rj, "ex-
penditure "] (" To expend " ;
hence) To consume, use up,
etc. — Pa»3. : 8&ir2Lv-do|iai,
-wjAai, p. SeBavdyrifiat, 1. aor.
iSavapijOrjy, 1. fut. Sairai/i}0^-
ffOflCU.
SairoLvcSficvos, rj* oy, contr.
P. pres. pass, of Havayda.
Aap8av-cv9, ^os, m. [Adp.
hav-os, **Dardan5s"; a town
of Troas in Asia Minor] A
man ofDardanos; a Dardan-
ian.
8opeiK<$^, Kov, m. A daric ;
a Persian gold coin = 20 Attic
drachmsQ; — at 8, 6 Tr^vr-fi-
Kovra SapeiKw/ is the " Gen.
of Price"- [§ 116] [the
origin of this word is by
2
ii6
VOCABULARY,
some attribatcd to Darius,
king of Persia, by whom this
kind of money was ' said to
have been first coined; by
others to Persian dar-d, *'a
kiog *'; so that in this latter
case it is of kindred origin
with the English ''sover-
eign"].
Sdcrucv-o'iS) (Teas, f. [obsol.
Za<TiJLiv-a, "to divide"] A
dividing or distributing ;
division, distribution.
Aa<|>vaYopa«, ov, m. Daphn-
agoras ; a dependant of the
wife of Gougylns ; 8, 9.
8^ (before a vowel mostly
S*), couj. : 1. But ; see fi4y, —
2. And, further, too, also. —
8. Introducing a fresh sub-
ject: Now,
8cSi)XuTai, 3. pers. sing,
perf. ind. pass, of dijKSa).
SeSoiKa, perf. ind. of 8cf5cv.
SeSoficvos, rj, ov, P. perf.
pass, of 5t5a>;i<.
1. Scx), 2. pcrs. sing. pres.
ind. of ZeoiJiou ; 3, 45 ; 6, 2.
2. Sen ; 3, 39 ; sec 8€i.
Seijarei, Scot, Sctv ; see 8e7.
8ci, subj. 5617, opt. 8eoi, inf.
hdXv, part. h4ovy f. Se^ifet,
1. aor. id4ri(r€f v. n. impers.
[formed partly from 8€o», ** to
bind," partly from 5«a, **to
need, lack "] 1. It is necessary;
it is needful, etc. ; one, etc.,
must ; — at 3, 45 the Subject of
Set is the inf. ar^v^nv, and at
1« 30 the clause ^im-o-s aoixou- ^
/i4yous . . . €rr€p€aOaii cf.,
also, 6, 11;— at 6, 23 the
Subject of ^961 is the clause
rh 4y4xvpa t6t€ K&BtTy ; — so,
8eo<, 2, 2,1 1 3, 13; M^'ci,
3, 31; Zuv, 7, 46, have, in
each instimce, clauses for
their respective Subjects ; of.,
also, 7, 25; — at 1, 14 Z4oi is
the Opt. in an indirect ques-
tion, and further has a clause
for its Subject.— At 2, 31
there is an ellipse of iltr^XBtiv
with ots iZii', — at 5, 5 of
fc^SecrOou with ws Sei; — and
at 1, 2 of iroiiiffiiv avr^ with
5(ro «coi.— 2. With Gen. of
thing : There is need, or want,
of something; something is
needed or is wanting. — Phrase :
iroXXov Sfiv foUd. by Inf.,
to want much of doing, eie.s
i. e. to be far from doiujif, tic.:
— voWov Ziiv ^x***'* ^^ h^far
from having, 6, 18.
8cC8w, f. iiitro/jMi, p. (in
force of pres.) ieioiKo, Z4Sia,
pluperf. (in force of imperf.)
iMolKctv, 1. aor. t[9tnra, y. a.
and n. : 1. Act. : To fear, he
afraid of— -2. Kent: a. To
fear, to be afraid, — ^b. Folld.
by )u^ : To he afraid^ or op-
prehensive, that; to fnur
thai; 3, 47, etc.
8eiK-vv|i,i or 8€uc-vlit», f.
Zii\w, p. $€5etxot, 1* uor. ^ci|a,
V. a. To show, point out [akin
to Sans. i*oot DI9, '* to show"].
^ 'An, ijs^f. Aftern/iotk, esp^
VOCABULARY.
"7
ly part of it ; — fit 2, IG ;
•^y ZiiXris is the '* Gen.
e " [§ 112, Obs, 3].
f^y vh, v6vt ndj. [for
s; fr. JelS-w, " to fear"]
be feared "; hence) 1.
le^dreadful, — As Subst.:
wVf n. pi or. Terrible,
idful, things, — 2. (With
lion of fear is connected
•n of " force or power";
BfivSs came to signify
pftil, mighty"; and from
i acquired the farther
ig of) SkilfUlf clever,
-mostly with Inf. : iei-
ytiy, clever at eating,
terrible glutton/' 3, 23.
v-^« -«, f. Setirv^jo-w, p.
'TiKa, 1. aor. iStlin/r)<ra,
[SeTiri'-oy, ** a meal ;
*'] To take a meal; to
'ipper, to sup.
vi^craSy oLffUf ay, P. 1.
vov, ov, n. A meal;
iv dinner or supper.
vovvra, contr. masc.
ing. of P. pres. of
1^.
a9} dara, av, P. 1. aor.
V.
115, 2. pers. sing. 1. aor.
f Zii^oi,
., nam. adj. indecl. Ten
bo Sans, daqa, " ten "].
.-ircvTC, num. adj. in-
"Seica, ** ten "; ireVre,
'] ("Ten and five";
Hfteen,
ScKa-Tos, Trj, rov, num.
adj. [56Ko,"ten"] ("Provided
with ten"; hence) Tenth,
AeXra, n. indecl. Delta ; a
name given ; by the Greeks to
land bounded, usually, by two
or more divergng branches
of a river, and bearing a
general resemblance to the
fourth letter of the Greek
alphabet. The Thracian Delta,
however, was bounded by
the waters of the sea, and
was, according to some, iden-
tical with the triangular
point of the modem Dcrkon ;
according to others it was
land lying between the Euxine
(the Black Sea), the Bo8ph5rus
(the Dardanelles), and . the
Propontis (the Sea of Mar-
mora), and having Byzantium
(now Constantinople) at its
lower extremity,
8c|d)&cvos, t7, ov, P. 1. aor.
of Sexojuat.
8c|a<r0ai, 1. aor. inf. of
$€XOjuat.
8c|ii, 2. pers. sing. fut. ind.
of Zixofxai.
8c|Xa, as ; see Ii€^i6s,
8c|i*<So|&ai -ovf&aL, f . Bt^i<&'
a'Ofiai, 1. aor. iSi^KDar&firjVf
v. mid. [Z€^i-d, "the right
hand "] To offer, or ffive, the
right hand; to toelcome, to
greet.
8c{-t5s, U, X6v, adj. Right
as opposed to "left."— As
Subst. : 8€{tdy as, f. J. right
ii8
VOCABULARY.
hand : — iy Se^i^* on the right
hand; on the right: — Z^^ihs
^ihSvai KoX Ka0€7y, to give
and receive right hands, as a
salatation or as a pledge of
fidelity to one's word, etc.,
3, 1 [akin to Sans. dakeh-A,
**clever"; daksh-ina, " clever**;
also "right" as opposed to
" left "].
8^01 ; see Set.
S^oiTo, 3. pers. sing. pres.
opt. of Seotfax ; — at 2, 31 in an
indirect question.
S^of&oi, f. Sc^o-o/ioi, 1. aor.
iSi-fiOrju, V. mid.: 1. a. To stand
in want, to need, — b. With
Gen. of person or thing: To
want, need, require ; — at 6, 2
supply avTov (= rod crrpanv-
aaros) after 8cp. — C. With
Inf. To want, or require^ to
do, etc.; 2, 31.— 2. a. With
Gen. of person : To heg, ask,
entreat. — b. With Gen. of
person nnd Ace. of neut.
pron. : To beg something of
one. — c. With Ace. of neut.
pron. alone : To ask for
something ; 7, 24.— d. With
Inf.: To beg, or request, to
do^ etc. — e. With Ace. of
person and Inf. : To beg, or
entreaty one to do, etc.—t.
With Gen. of person and Inf.:
To beg of one to do, etc. ;
7, 14 ; cf. 2, 24 ; 3, 10, etc. ;
— at 4, 8 the Gen. of person
is omitted; cf., also, 1, 2;
2, 10; 4>20; 7,19; 7,57.
S^ovTOi, 3. pers. plur. pres.
ind. of i4ofieu,
A^pKils, ov, m. Demes; a
Persian ruler, or satrap, of
Phoenicia and Arabia.
Sccr-ir^T-tis* ov, m. A
master of a house or house-
hold; a nuuter; as opposed
to oUfrns, "B, domestic"
[prob. akin to Sans, dam-
pat-i, *' master of a house"].
Scvpo, adv. Hither.
8^-o|MU, f . Zi^oiiai, p. 8c-
Zcyiuu, 1. aor. iZ^^Jujniv, r.
mid.: 1. To receive from a
person, to accept ;— at 7, 40
without nearer Object; cf.
3, 24.-2. To receive hospit-
ablg, — 8. To receive a penon
in any way ;— at 2, 9 supply
ahrSv (= "Etvot^vTo) vStee
miaro ; cf., also, 2, 6; 2. 37-
— 4. In military langusge : a.
With Ace. : To receive the
enemy, etc. ; to await the
attack of. — b. Abs.: To await
the attack or onset [akin to
Sans, root pagh, "to at-
tain **].
8i), adv. : 1. In tmihy in
fact, truly, indeed. — ^8. With
pronouns : To mark the person
or thing strongly: Plainlg,
truJg, evidently^ indeed, etc.
— 3. In marking connexions :
I r^«n.— -4. With &Y«» ^^' '
But come, only come. — 5.
Indeed, in fact : — sometimes
ironically : In good truth, for"
sooth.— Q.With other partidcs
VOCABULARY.
119
to impart greater ezplicitness:
JExactly, jutt, etc.
6t|-Xo«, Atj, \oVy adj. : 1.
Visible, — 2. Clear, manifest,
plain, evident;— Sit 4,^ StjKop
is predicated of the claase
ot tv€Ka .... roTs firipols,
such clause being the Subject
of iy4v€ro; — at 6, 17 ZrjXov
is predicated of the clause
Zti ^€v07is . . • a<apoZ6Kovv,
such clnuse being the Subject
of iari which is to be supplied
as copula ; cf., also, 6, 16
[akin to Sans, root Df, ** to
shine "; and so, litei*ally,
*• shining "].
Sir)X-6w '&, f. ZiiKdxTw, p.
8e8^AwKa, 1. fiQx,iBii\u(ra,y. a.
TOa-os, "clear, manifest*']
1. To maJce clear or manifest;
to show, point out ; — at 1, 31
foUd. by »Ti ;— at 7, 35 used
absolutely. — 2. To set forth,
explain, etc. — Pass. : 8tiX-
^0|&ai -ov|&ai, p. ZiH\K<atiat,
1. aor. iZr\\^Br\v, 1. fut'
^riXuBiicotiai ; — at 1, 1 5«5^X-
wrai has for its Subject the
neat. nom. plur. ir&vra [§ 82,
Sfjfia'ycdY-^o) -Ct, v. n. [$i7m~
aftoy-Ss, "a leader of the
people"; hence, in bad sense,
** a mob-leader, a demagogue"]
With Ace. of person : (** To
be a 87}iua7«7(Js to"; hence)
To win by popular arts, to
curry favour with.
Sij-irov, adv. [5^, *' indeed";
TTou, " perhaps "] 1. Perhaps
indeed, possibly, it may be, —
2. In Attic usage : Doubtless,
no doubt, I etc. presume, of
course.
1. ACa, ace. of Ze^s.
2. Sid (before a vowel 8i*),
prep. : 1. With Gen. : a.
Locally : Through, right
through, — b. Of time: At
intervals of. — c. Of the in-
strument : By means of, by,
through.—^. Of the way or
manner: Through. — 2. With
Ace. : a. Through, on account,
or for the sake, of'.—Zih. ri,
{on account of what; i.e.)
wherefore, why: — Sieb rovro,
on account of this, on this
account, for this rea«o».— -b.
Through, by means of. — c.
Because of, by reason of, in
consequence of [akin to Sans.
rft?j, "two"].
Stapcucv, 3. pers. plur. 2.
aor. opt. of htaMvQi,
Siapa(i|«, 2. pers. sing. 2.
aor. opt. of d^afiaipco,
Sia-Pa£v6», f. hi&-$'fiffOfiai,
p. Zia-kffiriKa, plup. hX-^^tfiii-
K€ty, 2. aor. hX-4fiT\v, v. a. and
n. [hid, ''through"; Salvia,
" to go '*] (*' To go through ";
hence) 1. Act. : With Ace. of
thing : To go or pass over or
across; to cross.— 2. Neut. :
To go across, to cross,
8ia - pdXXw, f. dta-fioKw,
p. 8(a-i3ci3Ai7Ka, ' plup. Si.
€$efi\'fiKnv,^ v. a. [iid,
I20
VOCABULARY.
" through " ; /3<Ua», " to
strike" by throwing] ("To
strike through"; hence, "to
strike through or wound " by
words, etc»; hence) 1. With
Ace. of person : To accuse
falsely; to sl-ander, calumni-
ate, libel. — 2. With Ace. of
thing : To state falsely ^ to
misrepresent. — Pass. : SUl-
pdWofJiai, p. bX&fi4$\rjfiat, 1.
nor. Si-€fi\iidriyf 1. fut SXa-
iiaf^p\r\yJvo9, n), oVf P.
perf. pass, of ii&fidiXKw ; — at
6, 44 SlafiefiKrifx^yos cfi; is
3. pcrs. sing. plup. opt. pass,
of SiajScCAAw.
SlaPn, 3. pers. sing. 2. aor.
subj. of SldjSaW.
8taPT)vai, 2. aor. inf. of
SiaPT((roiTo, 3. pers. sing,
fut. opt. of diafialvo9.
9iaPr\<r6^€vq, P. fut. of
Sia-PiPatu, f . ri&-fiW&fr(»,
1. aor. bi-e&ifiaara, v. a. [8i(£,
** across"; ffifid(w, "to cause
to go"] ("To cause to go
across "; hence) To take, or
convey y across ; to transport
over;—&t 2, 8 supply avrovs
(= tS)v ti€ffirapfi4yay &s Uv
ir\eiffTous).
1. aor. Si-i777€iAo, v. a. [Zi-d,
in " strengthening " force ;
ayy4\\u, "to announce" by
a messenger] (" To announce
>f
by a messenger; hence) 2\>
notify, communicate, state,
report; — at 1, 14 Siayy^AXei
belongs to both nves and ris,
but takes the number of the
latter, nearest to which it is
placed, and which is, also, to
be brought the more promin-
ently forward.
Sl&YcWaOoi, 2. aor. inf. of
BX&yiyvofJMi.
SC&'Yi'y vo|&at, f. Zi&'yer^aO'
fiai, p. hX&'yey4yjiiiat, 2. aor.
dX'€y€y6firiy, t. mid. [9id,
" throughout "; yiyvoftm, " to
be"] ("To be throughout "a
certain time; hence) 1. Of
time : With Ace : To pass,
spend. — 2. Alone : 7b live.
S(-dYct, f. VC-d^v, 2. aor.
SX-'fiy&yoy,T. a. [Bi-d, "acroes";
&yw, " to convey "] To convey
across; — at 2, 12 supply
avToi&s {zzTohs arpaTK&rasjta
the nearer Object of K&ytiy,
8la-8l8«»(u, f. ZX&'?i<6ff«0f 1.
aor. (only in indie.) St-^^xo,
2. aor. SX'4duy, v. a. [5t^ " be-
tween"; SlBtofii, "to give"]
(" To give between, or among,"
persons ; hence) To divide
out, distribute ; — at 7, 56 sup-
ply aind (= preceding ravr a)
as the nearer Object of Sii'
SloSoTc, 2. pers. plur. 2.
aor. imperat. of dldhXSafxi.
SiaSox-os, ov, m. and f. adj.
[for SlaSex-os; fr. bXaB4x'Ofiou,
"to succml, follow 'T SuC'
VOCABULARY.
121
ceedinff ; coming as a suc-
cessor; — at 2| 5 foUd. by Dat.
of person.
cl&94\uvo9, vif ovy P. 2. aor.
mid. of BI&TiOrifii,
8la-Kci|&ai, f . Bl&-Kti(rofiai, v.
mid. [jSul, in '* strengthening"
force ; ict^oi, « to lie "] (** To
lie *'; hence) Mentally : To be
disposed, or affected, in any
way ; — at 7, 80 with adv. of
manner, and folld. by Dat. of
person; — at 7, 88 with adv.
of manner, and folld. by Tp6s
c. Ace. of person; — at 5, 6
with adv. of maimer only.
8la-icXcla> -kXw, f. dXa-KX&'
aot, 1. aor. di-^irA&aa, v. a. [^liid,
"asunder"; K\d<o, "to break"]
To break asunder or in twain;
— at 3, 22 the imperf. ZiinXa
denotes the commencement of
the act.
SC&-K<SirTCi>, f. hXa.'K6T^(a, p.
8<d-ic6Ko4>a, 1. aor. ti-iKo^a,
v. a. [8*ci, " through "; Kdirra,
"to cut "] To cut through, to
break through.
Sla-ic5o--toi, Xai, Xa, nnm.
adj. plur. Two hundred [prob.
ZXa, lengthened fr. Zid, in its
etymological force of " twice "
(see hid. at end); koct = nar^
fr. Suns, qat-a, ** a hundred ";
see kKar6v~\,
8iaK($\|;as, atra, avy P. 1. aor.
of 8id'c(JirT«.
ly 8t&-Xfyo|Aat, f. Md'\4io'
fiat, p. pass, in mid. force d<-
dKiyfJicuj 1. aor. 9i-c\c|d^i}V,
1. aor. pass, in mid. force $<•
€\€xBriy, V. mid. [Zid, "on©
with another "; \4yofiat (mid.
of \4yu, ** to speak "), " to
speak " one's self J (** To speak
one with another "; hence) 1.
With Ace. of thing : To con*
verse about, or discuss, a
thing.— 2. With Dat. of per-
son alone: To converse, or
discourse, tvith; to talk to
or with. — 3. Alone: To con*
verse f to confer,
Sl-OfiidpT&Vtf, f. hH-afiapTi/i'
ffofxai, 2. aor. ZX-rifiapjov, v. n.
[Zi-d, in " strengthening "
force ; afiapravw, " to miss "]
With Gen. : To miss utterly,
to go quite astrag from, to
fail to find, etc.; 4, 17.
8Xa)iapTC0V, ovtruy 6v, P. 2.
aor. of htafiapTciue^*
8Xar|&&x®)^^ ^* hXa-fiax*
taofiai, v. dep. [Sid, denoting
** completeness"; fjidxofiai, ** to
fight"] ("To fight, or con-
tend, thoroughly "; hence)
With Dat. of person : To
fight it out with a person;
4,10.
8ia-|i^vci>, f. SXa-fiwa, p.
bXa'fXffifPTjKa, V. n, [5m, in
" strengthening" force ; /teV«,
"to remain"] To remain, to
remain behind.
8taficTpci<r0ai, pres. inf.
pass, of StafX€Tp4to,
8Xa-fi€Tp^a> -|&CTpw, f. 2(a-
fx€rpri<r(>>j 1. aor. bUefitTpria-a,
V. a. [Bid, " asunder"; tk^rpiw,
122
VOCABULARY.
*' to measure"] (** To measure
asunder "; hence) 1. To mea-
sure out, give out, rations,
etc. — 2. Impers. pres. inf.
pass.: 8ia}&CTpci<r6ai, {That it
should be measured out; i. e.)
That a distribution should he
made. — Pass. : Sla-fUTp^o|MU
-|i€TpOV)tai.
Siaf&trcp^Sf adv. [for Zi-avo.'
vfp-es; fr. ii-d, "through";
avd, in "strengthening" force;
irep,rootofir€fp«,** to pierce"]
("Piercing right through";
hence) Might through, clean
through, through and through:
'- — sometimes folld. hy a gen.
or ace. case.
8lavct}&ai, !• aor. inf. of
OtOI'C/tXOf.
^Q.'vi}fM, f. ZXa-VifiQ, p.
tXa-yevefiriKa, 1. aor. tU4u€tfui,
V. a. IBid, in " strengthening"
force ; vifjw, '* to distribute"]
To distribute, divide out, ap-
portion,
Sia-vo^o|&ai -voov|&ai, f.
iXd'Voiiffofxal, p. b'id-y€v6rjfxat,
plup. SX'Cvevo'fiixrju, 1. aor. SU
€vo^drjv, V. mid. [Sta, in
" strengthening " force ; poio-
fiai (mid. with Inf.), "to think
with one's self, to be minded,
to" do, etc.] ("To think
completely with one's self, or
to be completely minded, to'*
do, efc, ; hence) With Inf. :
To intend, purpose, etc., to
do, etc,
Sla-iravT6s> adv. \Zia,
"through"; Tcan-Ss, gen. of
iras, " all ";] (" Through all";
hence) Of time : Continually,
ever, at all times, always,
pass, in mid. force of 8<a-
vpiffirco,
StatrXcuoxiS, wra, ay, P. 1.
aor. of ZXawKiv.
8ia-irX^w, f. 8ta-TXciS<ro/ia(,
1. aor. ZX-4TrK^vffa, v, n. [Jiid,
" through "; ir\4t», " to saU "1
("To sail through"; hence)
To sail across; to sail over
in a vessel.
Slairpofoi, 1. aor. inf. of
Siarpouraru,
Slairp<&{a|uyos, ri, or, P.
1. aor. mid. of mXawpdvirw.
8lairpcl{o|&ai, fnt. ind. mid.
of BXairpdaarv.
Slatrpa{6fjL€vo€, n, ov, P. fat
mid. of ZX(nrpaxrff»,
Slairpd{(b>|jMy, 1. pers. ^nr.
1. aor. subj. of tiairpdffvw,
Sla-irpdow (Attic SCa-
irpdrrw), f. SXa-rpd^of, p. 8iiB-
vtvpdxa, V. a. [9id, in
" strengthening " force; irpdUr-
arv, "to e£fect, bring about"]
1. Act. : a. To effect, hring
about ;'-'2A 1, 88 folld. by
5ira>y.— b. To arrange, settle,
etc. — 2. Mid. : 8ta-irpa<nro|i.ai
(Attic Sla-wpaTTOitoi), f. 8to-
vpa^ofiai, 1. aor,' 9X'€wpa^&firiy,
p. pass, in mid. force Sid-
r4irpayfjuu : a. To effect, or
bring about, by one's, etc.,
own especial act or for one's
VOCABULARY.
123
f. — b. To obtain for one's
f. — c. Alone : To arrange,
^tle, etc., by one's, etc., own
fc; — d. To negotiate, treat,
8. Pass. : Sia-irpdar(ro)Aai
.ttic 8ia-irpdTT0)iai), p. ZXa-
irpaynai, 1. aor. d'i'€irpdx^*'f
fat. hXa'irpax&'fl<fOfiau
StairpaTTw ; see tiawpictrw,
8t-apiraS«i>, f. ^X-apvafru) and
dpxaffofiat, p. 8(-'^piraica,
aor. BX-'fipvaaa, v. n. [8<-d,
noting ** completeness '* ;
irdfw, **to plunder"] To
tnder completely or utterlg;
spoil, etc.
StapiroUrcaiuv, 1. pers. plar.
nor. subj. of Siapva^co,
Bta-p-^iirrw, f. ZXa-f-pi^w,
aor. ti-4P'Pi^af v. a. [JUid,
u different directions '' ;
rT«, " to throw," with re-
plication of ^] (** To throw
different directions*'; hence)
throw about for the pur-
se of distributing amongst
■sons; — at 3, 23 rh iiaf-
•retif is a verbal noun ; see 6,
,2.
StainraoOcCs, €t(ra, 4y, P.
aor. pass, of STocriraw. — As
bst. : 9l<unrafrBivr€9, cov, m.
ir. With Art. : Theg who
? scattered about ; strag-
ng bodies of soldiers; 3, 38.
itacriraTai, contr. 3. pcrs.
g. prcs. ind. pass, of Sm-
ios,
ila-<nraa> -<nrw, f. Sm-
juTM and Sia-(7ird(ro;uai, 1.
aor. iX-4(rira(ra and 5t-€0Tra-
ffa^riv, V. a. [5ia, ** asunder ";.
(nrc{ei>, ** to pluck or tear"]
1. Act. : To pluck, or tear,
asunder, — 2. Pass. : 8la-(nrd->
Oficii -<nrw|&ai, p. ^X-iairafffiai,
1. aor. bt-tairdffBriv, 1. fut.
^la-ffvcurBi^irofMt, (" To be
plucked, or torn, asunder";
hence) In military language :
Of soldiers : lb be broken up
into small bodies; to be
separated or scattered about ;
— at 3, 38 iioffTrarai has the
neut. nom. plur. rcfe (rTpaT€^
fiara for its Subject [§ 82, a].
SXa-frireCpw, f. iia-arirfpw,
1. aor. BX-4(nreipa, v. a. [bici,
" in different directions " ;
ffTTiipu, " to sow " seeds, etc, ;
hence, " to throw about," etc.^
(** To throw about in different
directions "; hence) 1. Act. :
To scatter, or spread, about.
— 2. Pass. : S(a-(nrc£po|iai, p.
tX-4<rvapixat, 1. aor. tUcairdp*
Biiv, 1. f. Bia-fffrapd^trofiai,
2. aor. ?it-€(riraprjy ; Of per-
sons : To be scattered in dif-
ferent directions ; to straggle.
8ia-(r<tfSa», f. bl[a-ff<&(rv, 1.
aor. 8(-6Vw(ra, p. SXa'ff4acDKa,
plup, ZX-tffea^Keiif, v. a. [5i(i,
in ** augmentative " force ;
a(if(cDy " to save "] 1. To save
completely, to keep quite safe,
to preserve. — 2. Pass. : 81&-
(rw^ofiai, p. $(d-(r€(rctfO'/ia() 1.
aor. SX-^ardiOrjy, To be pre-
served, to come off with safety.
124
VOCABULARY.
8YaTcivd|tcvos» "n* ov, P.
1. aoi\ mid. of MaTiivoo,
St&-TcCva>« f. tia'Tiv&f v. a.
[5*0, in ** strengthening "
force; nlvta, "to stretch
out"] 1. Act.: To stretch out,
extend, — 2. Mid.: Sla-rcCvo-
l&oi, f. $T&-TcVo?/uu, 1. aor. 8?-
€T€ivafiriv, (**To stretch one's
self onf in order to make an
effort, etc.; hence) To exert
onei'e, etc., self; to use one's,
etc., exertions ; 6, 36, where
Star€tyd}i€vov is folld. by irw
as Ace of " Respect" [§ 98] ;
see also Svv&iiM, no. 1, b.
SlariO^luvos, Vt ov, P. pres.
mid. of IX&tIQtiiai,
SiaTiOeoOai, pres. inf. mid.
of hXariOtitxi,
8ia-T)^)&i, f. ITia-eiiffay 1.
aor. lX-iQi\Ka, v. a. [8ta, in
"strengthening** force; ridTjfii,
in force of" to manage, treat"
in a particular way] To treat
in a particular way ; to dispose
o/.— Mid.: 8ia-TX06|iai,f. Sm-
Biicrofiai, 2. aor. Zi-idifitiv, To
dispose of for one's self or by
one's own act ; to sell, etc.; —
at 7, 56 supply awro as the
nearer Object of ZXadcfi^vos,
8iaTpipo|Jkcvos, Y}, ov, P. pres.
pnss. of bXaTplfia.
Sia-TpiPu, f. dia-Tpi\lfco, p.
Zta-T irpi<pa, 1. aor. Zl'^Tpii^oi,
2. aor. ht-irpifiop, v. a. [pid, in
"strengthening" force ;TpFi3«,
** to rub "; hence of time, " to
wear away," etc.^ To wear
away or spend time; to delat/ :
— the ace. XP^^^^ i^ usually
omitted, as at 3, 13. — Pass. :
SCa-TpiPo|Mu, 2. aor. di-cTpi j3-
rjy : Of time : To be pcused
or gone hy ; to pass by;
elapse; — at 2, 3 diarptfiofiivov
rod xf^^i'ov is Gen. Abs.
[§118].
oCa-^oivw, f. Sm-^f'w, y. a.
[pid, " through "; ^w, *« to
show "1 1. Act. : To show
through ; to let an object he
seen through, — 2. Pass. : SUl-
^a(vo|Aai, 2. aor. 8(-€^&n}r,
To he shown through, to
appear through, to he seen
through; — at 8, 14 diher
ainSs {zz6 roTxos) most be
supplied as the Subject of
iUtpdyri; or Sic^ani is to be
regarded as an Impeis. verb
(of 2. aor. ind.), and rendered
the light was seen, or appeared,
through,!, e. through toe wall:
in this latter case t£e rerb wiU
contain its Subject within it-
self; viz. ipdoSf contr. <^s,
"light."
8ta-<|>cpa>, f. Vi'oitrw and K*
oiffoficu, 1. aor. Zt'^P€yKa,T.n»
[Sici, "apart"; tp4pt», "to
carry "] (" To carry apart, to
separate " ; hence, in neut.
force) 1. To differ, to he de-
ferent.— 2, Pass. : 8l&-44»o-
fiai : Folld. by irp6s and Ace
of person : To differ, to he at
variance, or to quarrel wUh
a person ; 6, 15.
VOCABULARY,
125
p. Sro-irc^euyo, 2. nor. 5i-
€<pvyoPf V. n. and a. [iid,
♦* through"; 4)€i57«, "to flee"]
(**To flee through"; heuce)
1. Neut. : To escape. — 2. Act. :
To escape from,
8Ya<^apcCt|v, 2. aor. opt.
pass, of Ma<(>6(lpo9,
. 8la<^0cip6)&cvos, tj, ov, P.
pies. pass, oi i7a<t>dtipa,
Sla-^f CpWf f. diU'ipBepw, p.
^X'€<t>dapKa and ii-ftpBopa, v. a.
[5u{, denoting " completeness";
^6t(pu, ** to destroy "] 1. Act. :
To destroy utterly or com-
pleiely, — 2. Pass.: 8ia-<|>6cCpo-
l&ai, p. dt-4<l>0apfxai, 1. aor. St-
tipddpriy, 2. fut. 5m-</>0d/>ij0'o-
fiai: a. Of an army: To
perish; to he destroyed or
broken up.—h. Morally : To
he ruiHed or discredited,
8la<|>op-os, ov, adj. [for STa-
<l>€p'Os; fr. d'ia(p4p-a), ** to dif-
fer, be different "; hence, ** to
disagree "] 0* Disagreeing *'
with another; hence) Opposed^
hostile, etc.; — at 6, 15 the
Sup. is foUd. by Gen. of
«* Thing Distrihuted" [§ 112].
8lo^p<tfTaTos, Vt OP, sup.
adj.; see tia<popos,
Stcuftvyuv, ov<ra, 6v, P. 2. aor.
of Sid^evyw.
1. aor. iX-tx^iiia<ra, v. n. [5ia,
in ** strengthening " force ;
•X^iiidCta (neut.), " to pass the
winter "] To pass the winter.
to winter ;— at 6, 31 with ov
tiaxcifidcravTis supply inr4pX'
6(706.
8taxct|iao'as, dtra, av, P.
1. aor. of SIax^tfid(».
8l8d{civ, fut. inf. of md-
ana.
8l8a|a}v, ovo'a, ov, P. fut.
of dXddaKto,
8l-8d-o'Kfa>, f. 8($a|cv, p.
ficSiJoxa, 1. aor, i^iSa^a, y, a.
and n.: 1. With Ace. of per-
son : To teach, instruct, —
2. With Ace. of person and
Inf. : To teach a person to do,
etc.—Z, With Ace. of thing:
lb teach, show, — 4. With
clause as Object : To show,
demonstrate, prove by argu-
ments, that, etc. — 5. Without
Object : To teach, show, de»
tnonsirafe, prove [akin to lost
Sans, root DA9].
SiS^voi, inf. pres. of 9($ctf/ii.
8l8dvTCS, masc. nom. plur.
of 8t5oi5j, P. pres. of Sidwfii,
8l-8«i-)Ai, f. ^(l^<r(o, p. SeSctfKa,
1. aor. (only in ind.) KSuko,
2. aor. I8a>v, v. a. : 1. Act. :
a. To give. — b. To grant,
assign. — c. With Inf.: 2'o
give, grant, alloie, permit to
do, etc. — d. To furnish, supply;
1, 40. — e. To give in marriage;
2, 38. — f. Alone : To give ; to
make a present or presents ;
3, 28.-2. Pass.: Sl-So-jieii,
p. 5e'5o/xoi, 1. aor. id69fjv,
1. f. Bodija-ofjiai : a. To he
given. — b. Impcrs, iuipcrf. :
126
VOCABULARY.
ISlSoTo, {It) wat given, grant-
edf permuted, or allowed j^-
at 3, 13 the Subject of iSi^oro
is the Substantival Inf. \4ytiv
[§ 155].— N.B. The usual
form of the imperf. ind. is
from the obsolete form 5t5(J« ;
cf. 1, 7; 6, 16 [lengthened
and strengthened from root
8o, akin to Sans. rootDA, "to
give"].
StSoxTi, 3. pers. sing. pres.
ind. of 5(5w/iz.
SlcPepijicci, 3. pers. sing,
pltip. ind. of Srd.SaiVctf.
SicPepXtJKci. 3. pers. sing,
plup. ind. of 8?a)3a\Xw.
hU^y\v, 2. aor. ind. of
SWiceiTo, 3. pers. sing, im-
perf. ind. of IXaKUfJuu,
Sl^xXa, contr. 3. pers. sing,
imperf. iud. of ^XokK&co.
oteX^YovTo, 3. pers. plur.
imperf. ind. of ha\4yofxau.
olcXOcSv, ovffaj 6v, P. 2. aor.
of Bl4pxop,ai.
Sl£)ACTpT)ara, 1. aor. ind. of
5<aa€Tp5ft>.
8t€voi]9T|v, 1. aor, iud. of
SicirXevcrav, 3. pers. plur.
1. aor. ind. of StairXeo).
8t€irpaTTCT0, 3. pers. sing,
impt rf. ind. mid. of Siairp drTw.
8t^ppi'frr€(v), 3. pers. sing,
imperf. ind. of ZXa^ynrrw,
8t-€pxo}Jiai, f. ZX-^Kivaotiaty
p. Si-f\Tj\vea, 2. aor. Sr-^Afloi',
V. mid. [8t-a, ** through";
^PXonai, **to come or go"]
1. To come or go through; to
pass through, — 2. To pan
over, cross,
St€virap}&/vo^ ur; seb 81-
€(rrrapfA4vos,
8ie(nrapp,^o«, rj, op, P. perf .
pass, of Siaertre/pw. — As Subst. :
8tc(rirap)&^voi, cty, m. plur.
With Art. : Those who were
scattered about.
8l-Y)Y^0)tai -T|70V|tai, £ 8i-
rjyii(ro/xcu, 1. aor. HI-irYVaiiifii^p,
V. mid. p*-<£, ** throngh *' ;
vyiofxai, '* to lead "] (** To lead
through *'} hence, in reference
to a statement) 7h detail,
narrate, relate, tell, etc.
Alt, dat. sing, of Z€^r.
8lK-aio$, aia, aiov, a^.
{ZU-Ji, "justice"] («'0f, or
belonging to, hiicri'*', beuoe)
1. Just, right. — ^As Sabst. :
a. SlKaia, wv, n. plor. Jutt,
or right, things. — b. With
Art. : The just things / i. e.
the things that are just at
right. — 2. Of a pretext^ ex-
cuse, etc. : Fair, reasonable,
etc.
8Xicai-oo^yt|, oavnis, f.
[BUai-os, " upright "] («« The
quality of the BUatof '*; hence)
Uprightness, upright dealing.
iXKal'taq, adv. [8iicai-of;
"just"] ("After the manner
of the HiKuios "; hence) JustU/,
with justice ; — at 1, 29 wiQi
SiKalcos supply from preceding
context 1^* rifias trrpar^ve*
VOCABULARY.
127
'ais : — oh BiKaiutSf unjuitly,
2X * 866 OVt
»ic'i|, ^s, f. (*« That which
shown, manifest, or ap-
•ent," c<<?., and so, **cu8-
Q, usage"; hence) 1. Right.
i. Justice, law, etc. — 3. In
w : a. ^ trial. — b. As the
ect or consequence of a
il or action : An atone-
»t, satisfaction, penalty : —
riy ^1^61^01, {to give satis-
iion to another ; i, e.) to
fer punishment, to pay the
talty, 6, 10 : — Mktjv ^x^ty,
have satisfaction for a
yag, etc., done to one, 4, 24.
$l-|M>ip-ta, lias, f. \hi( = Zis),
wice "; fio7p-a, " a share or
iion "3 (" Being twice a
pa or a double fiotpa " ;
ice) A double share, a dou-
portion.
\i'6, conj. [Bi (= iid), ''on
ount of"; 8, neut. of Us,
'ho, which"] ("On account
which thing "; i. e.) In
iclusions : For which reason,
erefore.
it-opvo'o'a) (Attic SY-opvrr-
f. Zi-opv^O), V. a. [Si-<£,
arough"; 6p^a<ra, ** to
"] Of houses, walls,
; lb dig through. —
uses, etc., in many parts
the East were anciently
It of clay or mud, and had
ir walls of considerable
:kness. The word, there>
i, when applied to an
attacking force, would corrc
spond with our expression to
break down, to make a breach
in ; the soldiers using in the
former instance a spade, etc.,
in the latter military engines,
etc. — Pass. : 8i - opv(ro'0)Aai
(Attic Sl-opvTTOfiai), p. 8(-
^pvyfxat and Shopc&pvyfiai,
plup. ZX-oopvyiJLtiv and Si.
copoopvyfirjy, 1. aor. Bi-apvxBrjy,
1. fut. hi-opuxO'fiffOfjLai, 2. aor.
Si'Copvyrjy,
Ai6s, gen. of Zevs,
SitrXovv, ov; see BnrXovs.
8i-irXovs, itAt), TThovy, adj.
[contr. fr. Si'ir\6-os, for 5*-
irXe-os; fr. 5(( = 5r$), "twice";
irXc = irXt|, root of irX^-d», ** to
be full"; and of 7rifi'X\r}-/it,
"to fill"] ('* Twice full or
twice filled"; hence) 2^o-/oW,
double. — As Snbst.: SiirXovv,
ov, n. With Art.: The
double, i.e. twice as much^
or a double share.
8i(r-x^^^o^> X*X*at, x*^*«>
num. adj. [5ts, " twice " ;
XiAioi, ** a thousand"] ("Twice
a thousand"; hence) 2'wo
thousand,
8C-<^-os, ov, m. (irreg.
plur. oi-<|>p-a, uv) [for s7-
<t>€p-os; fr.5/(=5f5), "doubly";
<p4p.a>, "to carry"] ("That
which carries doubly "; hence,
" a chariot board " on which
two persons could stand ;
hence) A couch, seat, etc.
8icaK(ii>, f. Jicofav p. MX'XKa,
128
VOCABULARY,
!• aor. ^Sici^^a, v. a. and n. :
1. Of personal Sabjects : a.
Act.: To pursue, chase. — b.
Neut.: To make pursuit;
to pursue, give chase. — 2.
(Act. : Of the wind or oars
as Subject : " To nrge, or
speed onwards," a ship, etc. ;
hence) Neut. : To gallop off,
to ride hastily away ; 2, 20.
Sla>p<r>f>vKTO, 3. pers. sing,
plup. md. pass, of hopvcraru,
SoCt|, 3. pers. sing. 2. aor.
opt. of 5(S«^(.
ZoKim -w, f. 96^09 and
^oK-fia-of, p. BfZSKfiKa, 1. aor.
ilSo^a, V. a. and n. : 1. Act. :
With Objective clanse : To
think, deem, suppose, or
imagine, that, — 2. Neut. : a.
To seem, appear; — at 7, 37
HoKoiiiS is folld. by Inf. —
Impers. : Sokci: Wilh clause
or Inf. as Subject, and folld.
by Dat. of person ; It seems,
or appears, to a pei*8on;
6, 21 ; 7, 23.— b. Of things
as Subject: (a) To seetn
good or appear right; to be
resolvedfOV determined, upon;
— at 1, 32 with neut. nom.
plur. as Subject [§ 82, a] ;
cf. 3, 14, etc. — Impers. :
With Inf. or clanse as Sub-
ject: (a) SoKci, It seems
good or appears right ; it is
resolved or determined. —
(fi) hoKfl, It should seem
good or appear right, etc. —
(7) eS^KCi, It seem&d good
or appeared right, etc.— (8)
c8o{c. It seemed good or
appeared right; it was re-
solved.— (h) Folld. by Dat.
of person : To seem good, or
appear right, to ; to be re*
solved, or determined, upon
by ; 3, 6, where Soirci has for
its Subject the neut. nom.
plur. [§ 82, a]. — Impers. :
With Inf., or clanse, as Sub-
ject: (a) 80KCV, It seems
good, or appears right, to;
6, 7. — (jS) A6k*i, It seemed
good, or appeared right, to;
— ^at 6, 14 supply from pre-
ceding context &yayeiif tfias
as the Subject of Mk€U — (7)
ISo{e, It seemed good, or
appeared right, to ; it was
resolved, or determined, ly f
3, 2.— (8) 8<St€h It wiU seem
■ good, or appear right, to ; it
will be resolved, or deter-
mined, by; 7, 47.— -C. With
Inf. : To be reputed, or
deemed, to he, etc. ; to have
the character, or reputcUion,
of being, etc. ; to be regarded^
or held, to be, etc. : — /lii Sox-
not to have the character
of having UHgrateflilly sent
dvoay from you, 7, 23 ;^-for
8oicc7( impersonal) in tho same
, clause, see no. 2, a, above.
8oiq), contr. 3. pars. sing,
pres. subj. of Soxew.
8oKoiY)$, 2. pers. sing.
A>tic pres. ont. cf Hox4»,
VOCABULARY.
129
a, masc. ace. sing, of
. aor. part, of 8i8a>/A<*
f«i masc. noni. plur. of
3. aor. part, of 8i8w-
k, 3. pers. sing, f ut. ind.
.TC0V, gen. plur. of Z6pv.
I, h6paT0St n. (** Timber,
I,'* as made from felled
hence, " the shaft " of
; hence) A spear, lance
Sans, daru, ** wood"].
2. aor. imperat. of
! — at 3, 24 supply ahT6
K4pas) after S6s.
.'tia, §laSf f. [SovX-cvw,
e a slave"] {«*The
. slave"; hence) SlaV'
rvitude, bondage,
'09, ov, m. [prob. for
s ; f r. «€-«, ** to bind";
whole"] ("One wholly
'; hence) A bond-man,
u, 2. aor. inf. of StSw-
, dovtraf 96y, P. 2. aor.
.ovvrai, 3. pers. plur.
I. of Tpe'xw.
-o9> ovi, m. [root 8po|A,
bed with ^hpafxou, hi-
[this last only in com-
forms), assigned as
and perf. to rp4xo»,
a "; see Tp€x«] A run-
1 race: — hp6ti^, (with
7, i. e.) at full speed f
, Book VIL
8p4$iJi<p ; see Sp6fios,
8i;va(|Jic6a, 1. pers. plur.
pres. opt. of 9vy&fieu.
8vvaC|jiT)v, Svvaio, SvvoiTo,
sing. pres. opt. of Svp&fiat,
8vvcl|Jiai, f. hvtrfiaoixat, p.
HfHprjfjiai, 1. aor. iSvviiOriv,
V. mid. irreg. : 1. a. To be
aiife.— b. With Inf.: To be
able, or have the power,
etc., to do, etc. — An Inf. has
often to be supplied from
the context; e.^. at 1, 28
supply &iroKrflvfty, fr. pre-
ceding &iroicrcvoSrrc5, after
Svpalfi€6a; — at 1, 31 sup-
ply h.yaB6v rt thpltrKtaBoA
after Swc^/ucda ; — at 1, 30 sup-
ply iroiuv after Si/i^o-de; — at
5, 6 supply ZXa^dWuv abr6u
(= Ufvoipuvra) after i^vvSiro ;
and see Scrrty, no. 1, a ; — at 6, 11
supply w(^eA.c<)' after Svpaifiriv;
— at 6, 36 supply diarfiyatrOai
after ihvpa/xriv; where also
the change to the first person
(where the third would be
expected) is to be noticed. — 2.
Tb be poweifttl ;— ol fx4ytarov
ivpdfAtvoif those who are the
most powerful J those who
possess the greatest power or
influence, 6, 37.
8vva|i.cvoS) T7> ov, P. pres. of
hvvafxo.1.
8ijva|fc-i9, Xos, Attic cws, f.
[5i5i/o/ii-ai, " to be able "] (" A
being able," or ** having
power"; hence) 1. Power,
might, strength* — 2. Forces,
K
I30 VOCABULARY.
troops. — Z. Power, abUHy, to' the UeaTenlj bodies), ''to
do, etc., anything. : set **] ^ aetting of the hearen-
^voUroi, 2. pers. sing, jffes. ly bodies ; — at 3, 34 in plnr.
ind. of Svro/ita/.
Svr-aros, oV^, a,r6Vf adj.
8t*, 2. aor. snbj. of 8f8«/M.
Sw-ScKo, nnm. adj. indecL
[hvv-afiai, '' to be able"] 1. Of- [contr. fr. SiM^-acira; £r. 8^
things : (•* Able to be done "; ' ( = Jw), " two "; «€ko, " ten "]
hence) Possible;— nt 3, 13.(**Two and ten"; ». e.)
HuiarSy is predicated of the | Twelve.
clause oXitiSf avoTAciir. — 2. 8Mp-^o|iai -ovfiAi, f. 8«pi|-
Of persons : a. With Inf. : I ffofuu, 1. aor. ^mp'^aai^^!^lr,
Able to do, etc.; capable of ]Y. mid. [j6Ap^w, "a gilt,
doing, etc.; — ^at 4, 24 the present"] 1. Alone: Ihmake
Sup. bvydretTaTos is folld. bj ^>/lP«^, /o ^ice presents; — at
Inf. ToieTy;— at 2, 33 supply 3, 18; 5, 3 foUd. by Dat. of
the Inf. SovFai after 9uvaT6s. person. — 2. With Aoc of
— h.Potrefful,mighttf, strong, thing and Dat. of poson:
—c. Influential, poweiful; — at , To m<dce a present cf, or
7, 2 the Sup. hvvarv'arov is present, something to a per-
folld. by a Partitive Qen. son ; 3, 20.
[§ 112, Obs. 1]. 0^ (Comp.: I 8«pi|<r||, 2. pen. aing. fak.
ivvarcirfpos ;) Sup. : bvvar- . ind. of Zmpioiuau
iiraros. Sttpo-SoK-i^ -«•, T. n. [fioT
8vvaT«rraT09y lit or, sup. Iktpo-^X'^i ^» ''SyNWV CboI"
adj. ; sc-e bvparis. contr. gen.) Z^po-os, " agufc";
3vinf|6cii|v, 1. aor. opt. o£^b€X'Of^at, '*to reoeiTe'^ To
bi'vafiat. I receive a gift, or presemt^ esp.
8iivi)of c, 2. pers. plur. presi. > as a bribe ; to take a bribe.
subj. of St/f d.uoi. 8t*-pov, pou, n. [8tt| rooi of
3vvM|&ai, pres. snbj. of 8vy. bi-^m-fu, "to give*^ C'That
a^iat. ^ ! which is given "i hence) A
3vo or 8vw (Gen. and Dat. ^t^i^, present.
buoly], dual numeral, adj. . Swpov, 2. pen. sing. pres.
Ttco ;— at 2, 12; 6, 1 ; 6, 44 imperat. of bmp4otuui 6, 3.
in attribution to a plural
subst. — As Subst. : Two men,
two; 2, 23 [akin to Sans.
c/ri\ *' two "].
Svciv, pen. of bvo ; 5, 9.
fiv-o-iiii, (TfiTis, f. [5w-« (of
OMociv, fut. inf. of SiBii/M.
StHTw, fht. ind. of S<9a«|u.
8w<niir, owra, op, P. fat. of
Scire, 2. pers. plur. 2L aor.
snbj. of bXb»iiu
VOCABULARY,
131
S, via, 6s J P. perf. of
; — at 1,19 kaXoiHvias
sisGen.Abs.[§118].
pres. inf. of €«£«.
, conj. [for ci-civ; fr.
particle Ikv"] With
ve mood : If that or
it ; if haply : — idv
i one word idvntp),
, if at all events : —
'f noty i.e. except,
idtf re . . . idu re
ve clauses = " sive
"), he it , , , or be
3, 37 idtf T€ . . .
. idu T6, he it , % ,
. ,orhe it.
; see 4dv,
L. aor. inf. of id<a,
ris, ov (avTOv, ■^y,
ive pron. of 3rd per-
himself herself, it-
— Tct kavrav, their
's or matters, 7,44.
acru, p. eltdKa, 1. aor.
a.: 1. a. To allow,
•mil a person, efc.t
^,• — at 4, 20 after
at supply (TTpan^f-
rh 6po5 : — for tXa
23, see x^^P"' — ^•
: ("Not to allow,"
!e) To forhid (see
t, 10 supply vaifitf
I iKiivov after ovk
, To let he, let
tve alone, leave ;
24. — b. To leave
f tip, not enter upon,
etc. ; 3| 2.
K
*EPol^X|j.i09, ov, m. ^6o-
zelmius ; a Thracian, the in-
terpreter of Seuthes. In some
editions the name appears as
*A$po(4\fnjs,
iyyv-OLa -cS, f. iyyvfiffu, p,
ijyyiriKa, v. a. l^yy v-ri, *• a
pledge "] 1. Act. : To pledge,
to hand over as a pledge.^ 2.
Mid. : lYYV-ao)i.ai -ufiai, f.
iyyviicrofiai, 1. aor. i}yyuri(ra-
ixtivi a. To pledge on^s self. —
b. FoUd. by Ace. and Inf. f ut. :
To promise, or engage, that,
^Yyv9, adv. [akin to &7X'j
"near"] 1. Of place: Near,
nigh at hand j—dX 2, 18
folld. by^ Gen.— Sup. : With
Art. : ToD iyyvrara, of the
nearest man, 8, 14 ; see 1. 6,
no. 6, a. — 2. Of number:
Near, nearly, almost. — 8. Of
degree, etc.: Nearly, coming
near, etc. ^^ (Comp. : ^77-
{nipov, iyyvTipo)^ Sup.: ^77-
uraTw, iyyirartu
ifiVTOTia, sup. adv.; see
^77j5s.
i7<v^|jiT|v, 2. aor. ind. of
yiyvofiai.
ly-KoX^ai -KoXw, f. ^7-
Ka\4(ra), p. iy-KdKKfiKO, v. a.
[for iy'Ka\4(io ; fr. iy, ** in *';
Ka\4a>, "to call"] 1. ("To
call in " a debt, etc, ; hence)
2b demand, claim ; 7, 83. —
2. With Dat. of person and
*6ri or «$ : To hring as a
charge against ene, that ; to
lay to one*s, etc.j charget
2
132
VOCABULARY.
that; 5, 7; 7, 44.-3. With
Dat. of person alone: To
accuse ; 7, 47.
lYKoXovvTflis, contr. masc.
ace. plur. of P. pres. of
l7KcxaMv(i>|/.^vo«, 17, op, P.
perf. pass, of iyxoXivdw ; — at
2,21 l7icexa^u'a'/Aei'w«' (supply
ahrwv = t«i/ %incoiv) is Uen.
Abs. [§ 118].
XoAti'wo-w, p. ^7-fC€X«^*''ft>'c*>
V. a. [for eV-xa^*»'<J» ; fr. ^i*,
" without force "; x^^*"*^***
"to bridle"] To bridle a
liorse, etc, — Pass.: ly-xaMv-
<$ofJLai -x^^^^F^^' P* ^KC-
XoLXivcaftai, 1. aor. ^p-exoAii^e^-
iir]Vy 1. fut. iy'XoXivwBiiffoixai,
ky<a, Gen. ^/uoS (enclitic
/iiou), pron. pers. : 1. J; — at
3, 24 iya is emphatic. — 2.
With enclitic ye : l^ayt, I
indeed, I at least [akin to
Saus. aham (= 4y^v)],
evcAYC J see 4y(&,
loci, imperf. ind. of Set.
c8ci|a, 1. aor. ind. of
cSciTO, contr. 3. pers. sing,
imperf. ind. of 8^0/iai.
i8c|a|jiT|v, 1. aor. ind. of
94xonai.
{8c|iovTo, contr. 3. pers.
siii^. imperf. ind. of 8e(«$o/iat.
lo^lfi), 2. pers. sing. 1. aor.
ind. of Sexo/AOi.
iSiovro, 3. pers. plor. im-
perf. ind. of 94ofuu.
IStfXov, contr. 3. pers. sing,
imperf. ind. of 817X0W.
IStSoTo, 8. pers. sing. im«
perf. ind. pass, of 9i9»fit.
I8I80V, contr. 3. pers. sing,
imperf. ind. of SrSw/xi, as if
from a form 9id6w ; see 8t8a»/ii
at end.
ISoKci, l8o{c ; see 9ok(».
l8vvcl|jiT|v, imperf. ind. of
dvP&fiCU,
cSiivw, Attic for iHvpdtroy
2. pers. sing, imperf. ind. of
dvvamat,
cSwKo, 1. aor. ind. of
ISttKoy, 3. pers. plor. 1. aor.
ind. of SlSw/if.
c8ctpT|va|fti|v« 1. aor. ind. of
Swpeo/ucu.
^8«ipo8^icow, contr. imperf.
ind. of doopo9oK4u,
I6ci, contr. 3. pen. sing,
imperf. ind. of 0ci».
cOA^, 2. pers. mng. pies.
subj. of i04\»,
&£Koi\i.w, i9{kovn, 1. and
2. pers. plur. pres. opt. of
^ikoi9, 2. pers. sing. pres.
opt. of i64?iM,
i9ik», f. iOfX-fiffaff p. ii$4\'
fiKOf 1. aor. ifddXiifra, t. n.
[another form of 04\ui] 1. To
will, he willing, — 2. To wish,
desire, etc.— 3. With Inf.: a.
To be ioilUng, or to wish, to
be or do, etc,; — at 7, 6
supply Inf. mopBuv afber
ieihoifjiiv.^'b. With od and
VOCABULARY.
133
if. : Would not : — o6k ^BcXov
fro\iifi€7y, (they) would not
ike, or receive, back, 8, 6.
•0. Of somethiug future:
'early in the force of fiiKXu,
id equivalent to English
ill or shall, as a sign of the
iture tense.
kBikiav, ovffa, ov, P. pres. of
U\w, — at 8, 81 used in
dverbial force : Wittingly,
oluntarily, gladly »
lOcov, imperf. ind. of 0ew.
I0VOS, cos ovs, n. A nation.
lOvcTO, 8. pers. sing, imperf.
id. mid. of Bvw,
I9w (found only in part.),
. fXaOa nsed as a present, plup.
\(i>6uu used as an imperf. : To
9 accustomed or wont,
1. €l, conj. '.l.If, supposing
lat, in case that : — ctye, if
t least : — e* /it^, if not ; ex-
?pt, unless : — ex fxii yc, «»-
'ss indeed : — el 8^ /ii4 but if
ot, or else, or otherwise, —
lUiptical usages. When the
erb is omitted from the
lause introduced by tl fxii,
tc, it must be supplied from
he principal clause ; — at 7, 8
apply ^ttTtc ; at 4, 20 supply
oi\€rai ; at 1, 31 supply
vvaifxida hyadSv ri fvpiirKtar-
ai; at 8, 14 supply &vt?-
.4y€t. — 2. After verbs involv-
Qg a question or doubt, and in
Ddirect questions : Whether,
2. ct, 2. pers. nng. pres. ind.
)f 1. flfiL
eta, contr. 8. pers. sing,
imperf. ind. of idco.
clS^vai, inf. of o7$a; see
ctSr], 8. pers. sing. subj. of
oT5o J 7, 4.
cXSov, 2. aor. ind. of cYSw.
cl8($(nv, masc. dat. plur. of
tlhtos, part, of o78a ; see tXSu.
1. ciSw (pres. not in use),fut.
ttaofxai, seldom c<8^(rw, 2. aor.
fUoif (imper. *tS4, subj. "l^co,
V^9 Vi 0P^« "^^oifAi, inf. 'iSei*',
part. *id<av), perf. mid. oUu
(2. pers. olBas, oXSaaBa, ola6a,
plur. KtrixiVf ta-Tf, Hcrdai (rarely
oidajiKv, o1SaT€, oXdda-t) ; im-
perat. Ml (plur. Ttrre), subj.
cfSw, opt. eltelrjVf inf. tldtvat,
part. 6i5c6j), pluperf. fISfip,
2. aor. mid. tlS6fiTitf, v. a.
irreg. To know; to perceive
mentally or physically j — at
8, 85 iadai is folld. by Ace. of
nearer Object ; — at 7, 4 eJf^jj
is folld. by clause oTol re . . .
TjfjLus as Object; — at 6, 8
ctSeVat is folld. by clause ri
vpaxHtrerai as Object. Jg^
The perf. and pluperf. are
respectively used as pres. and
imperf., viz., I etc. know, I
etc. knew; — folld. by 8t<: I
etc. know {knew) that ; 6, 6 ;
so ed dtSa 5ti, / know well,
or I am well assured, that,
8, 20; — with inf. following:
{I etc) know how to; — with
part, in concord with Object of
verb : /, etc., know, etc., that
134
VOCABULARY,
such and fsuch is the caae ;
6,22; 7, 22; 3, 9, «^c.;— at
7, 51 the Sabstantival clause
irap* 4fio\ fjiiveiv forms the Ace.
of Object after olZa, and being
regarded nsa nent. subst. takes
the neut. part. tv. — The2.aor.
elZov and ti^6firiv apply to the
sight, whether physical or
mental, viz., (/) saw; —
at 6, 6 foUd. by Ace. as nearer
Object; — at 1, 15 foUd. by
part, in concord with Object
of verb : — &s «75ov trpwrOeotrras
rous dirXlTaSf when they saw
that the hoplites were running
towards them ; cf . 7, 55 [akin
to Sans, root VID, "to per-
ceive, know "].
2. ct8«i, snbj. of o7Sa ; sec
1. iX^<a.
cl8<iSs, vta, 6s, P. of olBa ;
see €l5e0.
elev, Attic for eiriiray, 3. pers.
plur. prcs. opt. of 1. tifii.
ftiji', pres. opt. of 1. fl/il ; —
at 3, 42 firi has a nent. nom.
plur. as Subject [§ 82, a] ; —
at 6, 44 elf?} has the clause
/Mtveiy .... OTpaTtifxart as
Subject ; — at 1, 14 cf?; is Opt.
in indirect question, and at
1, 33 in oblique, or indirect,
narrative ; cf., also, 3, 34 ;
2, 31, etc.
ftO*; see elre.
cIk-o^u, f. uKaaa, p. cfic-
OKo, 1. aor. eUaffa, v. a. [cfx-
«, " to be like "] (" To make
to be like "; hence, ** to liken,
compare "; hence, ** to uifer
by comparing"; hence) To
conjecture, suppose, imagine ^
— at 1, 26 with clause otos . . .
ytvoiro as Object,
cIk6s, e'lKOTosi 1. Neat,
part, of ^oiKo. — 2. As Adj.:
a. Probable, liJcely, — ^b. Mea-
sonahle.
ctKo<ri(v), num. adj. indecl.
Ttoentg [akin to Sans, vim^afi
(contr. fr. dvi, " two*'; dagant
(original form of da^n),
** ten " ; (<) suflKx) ; whence
also Lat. viginti^.
ctXi|^a, perf. ind. of Xa/ifi^
af».
clXii^oi, per£ inf. of
KafA^SyM,
1. cU|iC, f. lE^oftaif T. n. : 1.
As copula alone (see below,
no. 6): To he: — for x^'ip^*' ^^ri,
see x^^P^*^i — ^ftt 6, 25 the
Subject of ^y is the daose
fi€tf€tp M Bpt^mis} its pre*
dicate is hvdyicii ; — at 7, 18
supply ahrovs as Subject of
ilvai ; — at 6, 25 supply &r((yn|
^y with cTvoi.— 2. With Gen. :
a. To he the property of, to
belong to. — b. To he the part
of, etc. — c. To he of the mum-
her of, — d. To express descent
or extraction : To he sprung,
or descended, from. — 3. With
Dat. of person : To he to a
person, »'. e. of the person as
Subject : To have s^ At 6, 26
supply 4K€iyo as the Subject of
^v in o6«c ^y rifuy [§ 104^ S] ; d.
VOCABULARY.
135
Primer, § 107, c. — 4. Impers.:
a. fljv, Jif,or there J was. — ^b. With
luf., or clause, as Subject : (a)
(o) IotCv, It is possible. —
(jS) o^K loTiv, It is impossible
(see oii). — (b) ^v, It wets pos-
sible, — (c) loTtti, It will be
possible,^ d. With Adv. of
manner : To be, etc., in the
way or manner denoted by
the adv. — Impers.: ccrTai, It
will be; — for koK&s iaraif
see KoKus. — 6. As predicate
and copula : a. To be, etc. ;
3, 13 ; 3, 22, etc. ;— at 1, 25
$ffrai has for its Subject the
neut. nom. plur. & [§ 82, a]. —
b. To take place. — 7. A tense of
ctfii and a participle are some-
times used in the place of the
simple verb of the part, when
the predicate is to be em-
phasized : K&T&KOydvTfS iff'
€ff6t for KaraKave'iTfj 6, 36 :
— Zfftv diffKovPTts for affKwfft,
7, 24 [for iff'fil, akin to Sans,
root AS, " to be "].
2. ct-f&i, imperf. ^€iv,y. n. :
1. To go ; in pres. ind. mostly
in fut. force,— at 6, 14 the
Subject of Upai is not expressed,
as it is the same as that of
the leading verb of the clause,
^\€7€T6. — 2. Imperat. i6i in
adverbial force : Come, come
then; 2, 26; cf. Lat. "age"
[akin to Sans, root I, ** to
go n-
cXvai, pres. inf. of 1. (l/xl,
ct-rra, 1. aor. of fJirop.
ctirarc, 2. pers. phir. 1. aor.
imperat. of (Tiroy,
1. clir^, 2. pers. sing, im-
perat. of tJiroif ; 2, 30.
2. clirc (and cWcv), 3. pers.
sing, indie, of tlirov,
clirciv, inf. of tlvov.
ct-ircp, conj. [««, ** if";ir€p,
'* indeed"'] If indeed.
ctiroiiJii, opt. cf fJirov,
clirov, 2. aor., with 1. aor.
cTira, V. n. and a. : 1. Neut. :
To speak, say ; — ^at 2, 32 with
adv. of manner. — 2. Act.: a.
To speak, or say, something ;
—at 1,6; 1, 9; 6, 21, etc.,
folld. by a speech as Object ;
—at 2, 30 ; 6, 14, etc, folld.
by clause introduced by 8ti. —
b. To name, tell, declare,
mention. — c. With Dat. of
person and Inf.: To order,
bid, or command a person to
do, etc. ; 2, 12, etc. [akin to
Sans, root vach, "to speak"].
elirovTo, 3. pers. plur. im-
perf. ind. of tTTOfiai.
cliruv^ ovffa, 6v, P. of eZir-
ov.
clp-i]VT|, r\vr\Sf f. [prob. i1p-<o,
"to bind or fasten"] ("The
binding, or fastening, thing";
hence) Peace ; — cf. Lat. pax
(= pac-s), fr. root pac = paq,
whence pa(n)g-o, ** to fasten,"
etc.
cipw, f. ipS> and ip4(a, p.
cXpriKa, V. a. To , say, tell,
speak. — N.B. The pres. is
found only in first person.
136
VOCABULARY,
1. cU (Attic Is), prep. gov.
ace: 1. Locally: a. With
verbs, etc., of motion : To, into,
unto, — b. With verbs, etc., of
rest: (a) In, at, — (b) In
l)reguant construction : To go,
etc., into a place and do, etc.,
something in it ; 2, 3 ; 7, 1,
etc,^%. To denote a purpose,
etc. : For. — 8. Of time : a. Up
to, until. — b. For, upon, dur-
ing. — c. At. — d. On, upon : —
6ts rijv barfpalav, on the
moiTOWy 1, 35. — 4. Of num-
ber: Up iOt to the number of:
— 6ts oKTaKoaiovi, to the num •
her 0/ eight hundred, 8^ 15 : —
€is oKTu, {to the number of
eight ; i. e. ) eight deep, 1, 23.
— 5. Of measure or limit :
Up to: — fls a<pdoviau (up to
= ) in abundancet 1, 33. —
6. Of persons addressed : To,
unto. — 7. In disposition,
feeling, etc. : Towards,
2. els, fiia, fv, num. adj.
One ; o»^^;— sometimes folld.
by Gen. of the " Thing Dis-
ti-ibuted" [§ 112. Obs. 1].—
As Subst. : a. els, euSs, m.
One man, one, an individual
person. — b. Jv, Ms, n. One
thing.
^iaayayvv, ovtra, 6y, P.
2. aor. of eia dyw.
tia-ayia, f. flar'd^a, p. u<r-
ay-fioxo-* 2. aor. ^Iv-i^yayov,
V. a. [etJ, "into"; &7«, **to
lead "J To lead into a pUce ;
to lead, or bring, in.
clv-aKovTlCc*, f. elff-eucovT'
tcoa, Attic cur-a«OKT(C0, v. a.
[€«, **at"; itKoirrlCa, "to
hurl a javelin or javelins"]
To hurl, or throw, a javelin or
javelins at ; — at 4, 15 supply
ahrJis (= rks Ovpas) as the
nearer Object of uiniK6vTl(oif,
while that verb points to the
commencement of the action :
began to throw javelins at
them,
cto'-ci|Jii, imperf. cio'-]7€ii%
V. n. [eis, "into"; ttfii, ''to
go"] 1. To go, or come, in;
to enter ; 2, 30, etc. ;— at 6, 24
strengthened by foUg. cts. —
2. In future force : ShaU go,
or come, in, etc ; 2, 14 ; 3> 34^
etc,
ciafio-i, 3. pers. plur. pree.
iud. of f\(x^i\xx,
clo-cXOciv, 2. aor. inf. of
clo-AOoi, 8. pers. siiig.2. aor.
opt. of tlTfpxofuu,
cl<r-^pXO|Jiai, f. clff'-cA.cvo'o-
juai, p. fia'iK-fiKvOa, 2. aor. cltr*
rjKdop, v. mid. [clj, "into";
tpxopM, " to come or go"] 2b
come, or go, into or tii; to
enter; — at 2, 31 the Suliject
of iiffiiXBov is the demonstr.
pron. iKfivoi which is omitted
before follg. rel. oSs; see ts,
no. 1, a, (b); — at 1, 27
strengthened by follg. dr.
cl(rY)ctv ; see clitrcc/M.
cUri|€vav, 3. pers. plor. im-
I)orf. ind. of cftrci/tt.
VOCABULARY,
^37
mtov, imperf. ind.of
M.
iVf 2. aor. ind. of
I,
lBr\irav, 8. pers. plur.
1. pass, of (l(r<l>fpco,
1, inf. of fiffuyii,
2. pers. sing.imperat.
; 2, 30.
3. pero. plur. pres.
ovtra, 6vf P. of cifcr-
PT«, f. fio'-irecrou/uot,
j'tireaoi^, V. n. [etj,
ir/iTTw, "to fair']
1 into" a place;
th accessory notion
5 or impetuosity) To
urst, into or in,
r«v, ouo'a, oy, P. pres.
«j 1, 19.
1, 3. pers. sing. plup.
rifii ;— at 1, 40 with
1. plur. as Subject
•61, f. elff'oiffVj p.
'a, V. a. [ets, ** into ";
) bring"] To Iring
, — Pass. : cl(r-^€po-
\(Tiv4]v^yixcn, 1. aor.
]Vf f. €l(r'€tf€xH(^o-
ady. [cJs, *Mn*']
inside ; — sometimes
. Gen. [§ 112, Obs.
Y. : 1. Then, there'
In the next place f
it-TC, conj. [€«', «'if"; t^,
" and "J In alternatives : elre
(ere*) . . . 6^x6 (era*), whether
, . . or whether,
€lxov, imperf. indie, of fx«*»
clttOciv ; see edw.
Ik (before a vowel l|),prep.
gov. gen. : 1. Of place : Out
of y from. — 2. To denote separ-
ation, etc, : From, away fronts
out of, etc.:— ^/c r^s iviKpar-
(las, from, or out off the
power, 6, 42.— 3. In time :
From, after : — Sk tovtov (sc,
Xp6vov), after ^Aw.— 4. JBy,
on the part of. — 5. From,
according i^, in accordance
with, — 6. Of the instrument,
manner, or means : From, in
consequence of. — 7. Of origin,
cause, material, etc.: From,
out of, of,—S, To form ad-
verbial expressions : — iK ttav-
rhs rp6'irov, hg every means
or by whatever means, 7, 41.
lKa6cl<$p.t]v, imperf. ind. of
KaBe^ofiai.
IkcIXci, contr. 3. pers. slug,
imperf. iud. of /cd\€w.
CKaoTos, ri, ov, pron. adj.
Each ;— at 1, 41 ; 2, 17 ; 6, 7.
etc., with Gen. of " Thing
Distributed" [§ 112].— As
Subst.: a. lKa<rro«, ov, m.
Each man, &acA.->b. iKaorot,
u>v, m. plur. {They, etc.) each.
Ixarcpos* a, ov, adj. Each
of two, or singly.
I-koLtov, num. adj. indecl.
One hundred, a hundred [for
138
VOCABULARY,
kp-Kar6vi fr. its,kv-6st **one";
Karop, akin to Sans. <^atan,
" a hundred *'].
CKPa\X<S|jicvo«, 17, oy, P. pres.
pass, of iK^dWoff,
U'PaXKta, f. iK-$&\&, p.
€K-i3€^AT;Ko, 2. aor. 4^-cfia\ov,
V. a. [^if, "out"; jSdAXw. "to
cast "j 1. To cast, or thrown
out. — 2. 2b rfn'oe om^, expel,
eject, from a place. — 3. To cast
out, expose.--^. With iK : 2V)
cast out from in figurative
force; to deprive of; 5, 6. —
Pass.: lK-PaXXo|Jiat, p. iK-
fi€$\7jiJLat, 1. aor. ^l-e/SA^^Tyv,
1. fut. 4K-0\7i6ii(rofiat.
iK^aXuv, oD(ra, ((v^ P. 2. aor.
of 4K$d\\u.
IkPXt)6c(t), 3. pers. sing. 1.
aor. opt. pass, of 4K0d\\a,
iK-poifiiia 'f^oifid, f. 4k-
0oT]dr]<T(a, V. n. {4k, "out or
forth"; 0o-ne4o» (neut.), «*to
lend aid; to come to the
rescue "] To come out,or sally
forth, to the rescue ; to march
out to the aid ; — at 8, 15
4K$o7idov(riv is the Historic
present; its Subject is *lTa-
jSe'Atos, <f>povpoi, /irirets, and
ircATacTTa/.
cKfii, adv. : 1. There, in that
place : — r^ 4Kf7 apfioaT'p, (the
there hamiost ; i.e.) the har-
most there or in that place,
2, 15; see 1. 6, no. 6.-2. With
verbs of motion : Thither, to
that place.
^K€t-vos, i/jy, vo, pron. dena.
{4k^2, " there "] The person or
thing there; that person, or
thing;— frequently to mark
something that has preceded.
— As Subst. : a. Iitcivos, ov,
m. That person, he; — Plur. :
Ikcivoi, tov. Those persons or
men; those, they, — b. ^Kcivo,
ov, n. That thing, that; —
Plur.: iKclra, wv. Those
things.
lKsli-(iri,adv.[^K6<; <'tber0";
suffix <Tf, denoting "motion
towards" a place] ("To
there "; hence) To that place,
thither.
^KciTo, tKtiyro, 8. penunng.
and plur. imperf. ind. of
KUflCU,
iKcicTi)(ro,2. pers. sing. plap.
ind. of Krdofjuau,
iKiktvcra, 1. aor. ind. of
«rcA6u».
lia)8ov, 2. pers. sing, imperf.
ind. mid. of icifiw,
lio^pvfa, 1. aor. incL of
Kr}pvatrw.
lK-\c£irct, f. 4K'\€lrp«t, p. ^jc-
\4\otTa, 2. aor. ^(-^Anror, v.a.
[4k, denoting " completeneas";
Ac/irw, " to leave "] (" To leave
entirely "; hence) To forsake,
abandon, quit, etc.; — at 4^ 2
supply auT({ (= rb BurSy
ireSlov) as the nearer Object
of 4K\iv6pr€s.
IxXcura, 1. aor. ind. of
KKflco.
iKkXviav, owra, 6v, P. 2. aor.
of 4K\fiTrw,
VOCABULARY.
139
licvlirXcvKa, perf. ind. of
iKirctrwv, ovffa, 6v^ P. 2. aor.
lK-inr)8dw -irY)8ca, f. iK-miZ'
](rofiaif V. n. [iK, "ont";
nj5ct», « to leap '^] (" To leap
rat or forth "5 hence) Tlo *a?^y
"br/A, to make a sally.
Iicin)8»<n.(v), contr. 3. pers.
^lur. pres. ind. of ixmidda.
iK'iritma, f. iK'nttrovfiatf p.
\K-ir4Trro9Ka, 2. aor. 4^-4v€aoUf
ir. n. [^ic, " out**; vIvtvj ** to
'all "] (" To fall out "j hence)
L. To be banished from one's
jountry. — 2. Of vessels, etc. :
To be torecJcedf to be cast
ashore,
iKiriirruv, oucro, ov^ P. pres.
>f iKviTToo, — As Subst. : Ik-
rrCirrovTa, wv, n. plur. The
things cast ashore, i. c. the
lorecJcs or wreckage ; 5, 13.
IkitXcIv, contr. pres. inf. of
Ik-itX^oi, f. iK'trXeiffOfiaij
p. iKtrivXevKUf 1. aor. ^|-
etXcuo-o, v. n. [^«, **out or
forth "; irX^«, « to sail "] To
fat7 out or forth; to sail
itoay, set sail,
iKirXcttiv, masc. ace. sing, of
tKvKeus ; 5, 9.
^K-irXc6is (Attic form of
EK-irXcos), vKiwVf adj. [^ic, de-
noting ** completeness"; irAf os,
" full "] (" Quite full "j hence)
Of pay : Full, so that nothing
}baU be left unpaid ; 5, 9.
lic-irX'n<r<r6i (Attic Ik-
irXi^TTw), f. iK-v\'fi^cD, 1. aor.
i^'4ir\riia, V. a. [^k, in "in-
tensive " force ; vXijcrato, " to
strike*'; hence, "to confound,"
etc,2 !• Act. : To confound
utterly. — 2. Pass. : cK-irX-qtr-
<ro|jiai (Attic lK-irXifTTO)i.ai),
p. 4K-v4v\7iyiJ,ai, 1. aor. ^|-
ctA^X^I*'* 2. aor, i^-€ir\dyTiv,
To be confounded utterly ; to
be amazed or astonished ; to
be panic-struck,
iK-vw'^.OL, fxaroSf n. [^«,
" out of "; ir«, a root of vlvooy
"to drink"] ("That which
is drunk out of"; hence) A
drinking-cwp, a goblet,
iKTcllaadai, 1. aor. inf. mid«
of iKTliffffOi,
iK-rdo-ara) (Attic iK-TaTTw),
f. iK'Td^cOf V. a. [eV, in
" strengthening " force ; rda--
ffco (of soldiers), " to draw up
in order of battle"] 1. Of
officers as Subject: To draw up
in order of battle, — 2. Mid. :
lK-Tcl(nro)i.ai (Attic Ik-toIt-
TOfiai), f. iK-rd^ofiaif 1. aor*
i^-€ra^ajui7}j/ : Of soldiers as
Subject : To draw (themselves)
up in order; to draw (them-
selves) out; — for 1, 24, see
Ka\6i, no. 6.
iK-TofeUW, f. 4K-fO^€V(r09,
V. n. [cfc, "outof"; To|€Uft>,
"to shoot"] To shoot out
of or from a place ; to shoot
forth arrows.
iK-rpi^f f. iK-Bp4^Vj p.
140
VOCABULARY,
iK-rirpo<^a, 1. aor. 4^'iBp^^a,
V. a. [iK, in " strengthening '*
force ; rpi^jo, ** to rear, bring
up'*] To rear, hHng up. —
Pass. : lK-Tp^<^|Jiat, p. 4k-
TfBpafifiatj 2. aor. 4^-iTpdpriv,
lK-^€vya, f. iK-<p€v^oixai
and iK-<l>€v^ovfiaif p. iK'
v€<f>evya, 2. aor. i^-€4>vyou,
V. n. and a. [_iKf "away**;
</>6U'>«, '* to flee'*] L Neut. : To
flee away J escape hy flight. —
2. Act. : To escape from some-
thing, to escape somctbing.
CK-wv, ovffa, 6if, adj. Will-
ing f voluntary; — at 1, 16, eic^
in "adverbial force,** of one* s,
etc., own accord, willingly
[akin to Sans, root VA9, " to
desire, to will"].
^Xcipov, 2. aor. iud. of
IXaCa, ai, f. (*'An olive-
tree '*; hence) An olive.
ikdtrtnov (Attic IKdrrtav),
oy, comp. adj. (irreg. comp. of
lxlKp6st ** small ** ) Less, whether
in size, degree, or amount ; —
at 7, 35 tKarrov is predicated
of the clause koX \afiuv rovro
Kol aTTo^ovifai ; — at 1, 27 ;
2, 6, i\dTTovs is folld. b}' Gen.
of " thing compared** [§ 114];
cf. Lat. Abl. and see Primer
[§ 124].
IXatrttv, ovaa, ov, P. fut. of
iXavyoo.
l\drrov9t contr. masc. and
fern. nom. and ace. plur. of
t\dTT(av,
IXaTTwv, oy ; see iKdaaup.
IXavvct, f. iAdaa Attic ^A»,
p. iK'^KoKO, 1. aor. IlKaaa, r. a.
("To set in motion**; hence)
1. To drive off, or away,
cattle, slaves, etc. — 2. With
ellipse of Tmrov, "ahorse":
To ride, gallop : — ^iccv ika^
tev, he came at a gallop,
3,44.
l-Xa^-p^, pd, p6y, adj. : L
Light, not heavy, — 2. JUght,
, nimble, active [akin to Sans.
lagh-u, ** light *'; c b a pre-
ifix].
I cXo^p-ws, adv.' [^Xa^p-^s,
I " light, nimble"] ("After the
manner of the i^M|>p6s**;
hence) Lightly, nimbly,
IXcy^rriv, 3. pen. dual '
imperf. ind. of \4y»,
IXcfa, 1. aor. ind. of Keym.
IXcvOcp-to, las, f. [_i\t{i$€p'
OS, "free**] ('*The states or
condition, of the i\96$€pos "/
hence) IVeedom, liberty,
l-Xcv9-cpos> 4pa, tpoy, adj.
("Doing as one desires^"
" pleasing one's self"; hence)
Free, independent. — As Sabst.:
IXevOcpoS} ov, m. A firee-mau
(as opp. to a " slave **) [for
4-\vd'tpo^, akin to Sans, root
LUBH, " to desire **; -whence,
also, Lat. lib-er, lub-et, Ub^et^.
cXY)|a, 1. aor. ind. of X-hytf*
cXi]<t>9t]aav, 3. pers. plar.
1. aor. ind. pass, of \afi$kvtt.
IXOciv, 2. aor. inf. of kpxopau.
{X6oip«v, cXOoiTC, 1. and
VOCABULARY.
141
2. pers. plnr. 2. aor. opt. of
IX6«»|&cyy 1. pers. plur. 2.
aor. subj. of ^spxoiiai,
k\9wt, ovara, iv, P. 2. aor. of
^pXOfiai; — afc 7, 15 i\d6vra)v
(supply avTuv) is Gen. Abs. —
N.B. The Gen. of the part,
sometimes stands alone in the
absolute construction, its noun
or pronoun being supplied from
the context.
IXtirov, 2. aor. ind. of \fiira,
1. 'EXXefe, ddosy f. Hellas;
(a city of Thessaly, said to
have been founded by Hell-
en ; hence, that ^mrt of Thes-
saly called Phthiotis; hence)
Gf'ireece
2. 'EXXas, &5os [1. *EAX<£s]
Sellas ; the wife of Gongylus
the elder, and mother of
Gongj^lus the younger and
of Eretrieus (trisylL).
•'E\Xt|v, -nvos, m. ('*Hell.
en/' the son of Deucalion ;
hence) 1. Sing. : (** A descend-
ant of Hellen"; i.e.) A GreeJc.
— 2. Plur. t^EXXtjv-es, mv, m.:
a. Without the Art. ; QreeJcs,
— b. With the Art.: The
Greeks ; — atl, 1 = the Greek
troops of Cyrus ; — at 1, 30 =
the Greek nation. — Hence (a)
*EXXT)v-XK(S9t iK^. XK6vf adj.
Ofy or belonging to, the
Greeks; Greek. — As Subst.:
*EXXt)vXkov, ov (*c. vrpirtv-
Mo), n. With Art.: The Greek
armjjf, the Cheeks, — ^b) 'EXXrjv-
Cs, Ifdos, adj. f. Greek, Grec-
ian ; 1, 29.
*^EXXt|vc9| wyj 8ee*'E\Ai7v.
iXXT|v -Ctw, f . kWr\vi(Tw Attic
kWrivXSa, 1. aor. 4aaV*o'o» v.u.
(mostly in present) ["EAAtjj/,
"EWrjy-os, *' a Greek "] (« To
imitate a Greek "; hence) To
speak the Cheek language,
to speak Greek, — ^N.B. This
verb does not, properly, take
an augment; by a late writer,
however, the augment is found
with the perf. pass., where
the verb, it is to be re-
marked, is used in a different
force to that above given; viz.
" To translate, or render, into
Greek.*'
•EXXT|vtK<59, ^, Sv; 'EXXtivU,
t5oy; see "EAAiji/.
*EXXt|viot-C, adv.[*EAAi/w<rT-
•fis, ** one who speaks Greek "]
("After the manner of the
*E\\iiPi(rr-fis," or "as the
'EWrivia'T'fis does "; hence)
In the Greek language, in the
Greek tongue.
"'EXXtioo, dat. plur. of
*'EAA7]|/6S.
'EXXi^<r-irovT05, irSifTov, m.
\^EWr)s,gen. ofEWrj, "Hell-
e," the daughter of Athamas ;
rrSvTos, " sea "] ("The sea of
Helle ") The Hellespont (now
Dardanelles) ; the narrow
strait separating Europe from
Asia Minor. It derived its
classic name from Helle hav-
ing been drowned in it.
142
VOCABULARY.
iXot8(Sp€i, coutr. 3. pcrs.
sing, imperf. iud. of XoiZopiw,
iXiri(fi>, f. eXifXffWf p. ^KicUca,
1. aor. ffK-KXffOy V. a. [for ^\Tf5-
cw; fr. ik-Kis, i\MriS-0Sf
" hope, expectation '*] With
Inf. fut. (of things future) :
To hope, or expect, to ; 6, 34.
IXvTTci, contr. 3. pers. sing,
imperf. ind. of Kinr^w,
IfAa, S)v ; see ^^165,
cp.avT($v, i^avT^, ace. and
dat. masc. of ifiaurov,
Ipi-avTov, ifi-avTTJs (only in
sing, number), reflexive pron.
of 1st person [^7(6, ifi-ov, ** I";
avrov, gen. of aMs, " self"]
(y, etc., myself, or wiy oicn
self; — sometimes to be ren-
dered, my own,
IfA-^aivca, f. ifA-fi-fiffOfiLai, p.
ifA-fiefirjKa, 2. aor. 4v-€&7iv, v.n.
[for iv'fiaiva,; fr. ^i', "in";
i3ot*w, "to go'*] To yo or
tf/£i/7 tn: — 6<s irAoTa ififialvnv,
{to yo in into vessels, i.e.) ^0
embark on board ship, 3, 3 ;
see do-c^oA^r.
4p.-PaXXc0, f. 4fi-Ba\u, p.
4fi-k^fi\rjKa, 2. aor. iv-i^oKov,
V. a. [for ^i^-jBcUAcd ; fr. ^y,
"in'*; /3<£aa«, "to throw"]
To throw, or fliny, in:—ifi-
Pa\wy rhv fiox^^Vf for the
purpose of throwiny in the
bar, i.e. of throwing it into
its place, and so, of barring the
gate, 1, 12.
4p.pa\wv, ovffo^ 6vf P. fat.
of in^dWu,
ifiif l(fco£, l|Lovy ace 9 dai.|
and gen. sing, of iy4.
^I&ctro, 1. aor. ind. oi lUwm,
l|ii|&vT|To, 3. persL sing,
plup. ind. of fiifivfiffKM*
cjioXov, 2. aor. ind. of
l|&-6s, "fi, 6y, pron. posa.
[^7<6, 4ti-oVy " I "] ^, OT itf.
lonyiny to, me; my, mine. —
As Subst. : l|uC, uv, n. plnr.
With Art.: {The things he-
lonyiny tome; Le.) My mat-
j ters or affairs ; 6, 33 ; 7, 40.
Iffc-vcip-osy OK, acK. [fear (tr-
Tftpos} fr. if, **in ; vcijp-a,
" experience *•'] (** Being in
ireipa"; hence) With Gen.:
Haviny experience of, well
acquainted with ;^ A 8, 89
the Sup. is folld. by Gen. of
" thing acqufdnted with " (rir
X(^pa9), and also by a Gen. of
"thing distribnted" (tmf
irp^trfivrarmv), ^gf" (Comp.:
4fix€tp'6repos) ; Sup. : ^/ivfip-
Sraros*
IliTcip^&rof, ify or, rap.
adj. : see €fiireipo9,
cffc-irC'rXi||iiy f. ifi-vA^ffm,
p. ifi-viwXriKa, v. a. [for Ir-
vl/xvKrifii (the first /i of the
simple verb being droroed);
fr. iy, like the Lat. uk in
angmentative " force; rtw
TTK-nfit, "to fill"] ("To fiU
completely"; hence) 1. To
make full, to fill completely.
—2. To satiny.— FtM.'. I|t-
ir£|&irX&fiai, imperf. i^wui^
. u
VOCABULARY.
143
KafATiv, p. ifi-iriirXrifffjiat, 1.
or. eV'trX-fiffOriv, 1. fut. ^^-
Kaao viriffxyoiSfxcpos, were not
itisjied {with) promising,
, 46 ; see ifxTritrpriiJ.i at end.
lffc-iriirpT||i,i, imperf. iv-
Ktfiirpriv, f. ifi'vpijCM, 1, aor.
v-'dirfntffa, p. ifi'Tr^vpTiKa, y. a.
for 4v-7riiJ.Tpr}fJii ; fr. ^i/,
'without force"; frifivptjij.iy
' to bum '*] 2b hum, set on
ire ;~ at 4, 15 supply auras
= T&i d<^pas) after ^ve-
rlfiirpairap. — N.B. The first fi
>f the simple verb is retained
n the compound when the
allowing syllable is short, e. ff,
fiirifiirpdfiat ; and so also when
be augment occurs, e.ff, iy^
Trifiirpnv. The same observa-
ions hold good of ifiviv\rifn.
l|ji-ir^8-toSf toVf adj. [for
V'tSB'IOS ; fr. iv, ** at "; iroiJy,
'o9'6s, " a foot "] (" Being at
ne's foot or feet"; hence)
Vitli reference to hindering
ne's way, etc. : In the way,
resenting an obstacle; — at
, 4 folld. by Dat. [§ 104].
l|&iroX-(£<i> -W| f. if/LnoMitrcOf
I. iiixir6\7}Ka, 1. aor. iiixTr6\riffa
nd iv€ir6\ii)(rat v. a. [^/iToA-^,
traffic"] ("To make, or
•et, by traffic"; hence) To
bfain, or get, hy sale,
IfjfiroXijo'ai, 3. pcrs. sing. 1.
or. opt. of ifinoXdo); 5, 4,
rherc it is the opt. in oblique,
r indirect, narrative.
fy'TpovBev, adv. (for ty
vpoad€v; fr. iv, "in"; Trp6aB^v,
" before "] (" In the place be-
fore"; hence) 1. Of place:
InJ^ont. — 2. Of time : j&ar-
lier, of old, formerly, previous^
ly.
1. Iv, prep. gov. dat. : I.
Locally: a. In, within.—h.
In, among, amidst, — c. On,
at: — iy 9^1'$} on the right
hand, on the right. — 2. Of
time: a. During, — b. In the
course of. — 3. Of circum-
stances, etc. : In.
2. tv, neut. nom. and ace.
of cfs.
Ivavrtoi, coy; see iyayrtos,
Ivavrtov, adv. [adverbial
neut. of ^vafTios, ** opposite"]
(*' Opposite, facing "j hence)
With Gen. : In the presence
of, before,
lvavTt-<So|Jiai -ov|jiai, f. iv-
avrXtotrofiai, p. iiyavrtufiai, v.
mid. (act. form not found)
IfpayrX-os, '< opposite"] ("To
make one's self iyayrlos*';
hence) With Dat. of person
and Gen. of thing: To set
one's self, etc., against a per-
son about, or respecting, a
thing ; to oppose a person
about, or respecting, a thing ;
6, 5 ; see /xii.
Iv-avrtof, avTto, avrXoy, adj.
\^iy, ** without force " (cf. Lat.
in); avrlos, ** opposite"] lo
Opposite. — 2. The opposite;
the reverse or contrary, — 8.
144
VOCABULARY.
Hostile, — As Sabst. : IvarrCoi,
»y, m. plar. With Art. : {The
hostile ones; i. c.) The enemy,
thefoe,
lvavTU«o-CT<u, 3. pers. sing,
fat. iod. of iycurriSofiai,
lv-avXi{o}i(u, f. 4y-av\X(ro-
fiai and 4v'av\iovfiatf 1. aor.
iv-rivKXffa^ilv and (in pass,
form) iif-rjv\i(r$riu, v. mid.
[_iy, *• without force "; avAffo-
ficu (as a military term), '* to
.encamp"] To encamp, hicou-
ac.
IvavXuj^vai, 1. aor. inf.
(pass, form) of ivavWioiuu,
evSc-ui (trisyll.), las, f.
\JvZ€-'lji, " needy, in want "]
(" The state, or condition, of
the 4vZf/is"; hence) Need,
want,
IvScoficvos, 17, oy, P. prcs.
mid. of ivZio) ; 3, 3.
|y-8c«*, f. iy-ieiiffUf v. n.;
also, lv-8^o|iai, f. iy'itria-ofiai,
V. mid. [^1^, " without force ";
5e«, "to want"] With Gen.
[§ 111] : 1. To want, to he in
need of. — 2. Impers. : IvZel,
There it need or want, — Im-
I)erf. : Iv48ci, There woe need
or want : — voWHy 4y4Sfi ahr^,
there was need to him of many
things, \.e, he was in need, or
wanty of many things, 1, 41,
where iviZ^i contuns its Snb-
jeet (viz. tvZua) within itself.
cy8T|}ta, toy; see ^yiti/xox.
&>8T||t-os, oy, adj. [^j/, "in";
9riu-os, "a ppoplc ] ("Being",
or dwelling, in, or among, •
people"; hence) Q^ or belSmg*
ing to, matters at home or in
a (particular) country; home',
— As Sabst. : Mi\yua, t»v, n.
plur. With Art.: ("The home-
things **; hence) The customs,
or duties, at home, L e. in
one's country ; home-customs;
1,27.
1. lv-8£^-lof, tor, adj.
[^1^, •* on "; 9i(t>p'0f, "a seat "]
(" Being on the scat "; lience)
Sitting on the same seat; —
at 2, 33 folld. by Dat. of
person. — As Subst. : Mi^^Xoi,
ou, m, A sitter on the same
seat; i.e. a guest or table-
companion, as sitting on the
same seat, or reclining on the
same couch, as the host;
2,38.
2. IvSC^plof , OP ; see 1. ir-
2v8o-9cv, adr. [fbr h9ee»
$€y; fr. May, "within"; sofliz
ety (= ^ir), «from*n JVoM
within, from the inside.
«K-8oir, adr. lip, "in"!
1. Within, inside; 1, 17.-4.
Inside the house, imdoonf at
home; 1, 19, where it isoppu
to %l<a,
Iv^i ; see Miv.
lv-€i8ov, 2. aor. without a
pres., V. a. [4v, "in"; c28or,
**to see"] With Ace. of
thing and Dat. of person : To
see, perceive, or ohserve some*
thing in n person; 7, 45i.
VOCABULARY.
145
iKCica, adv. With Gen. :
For the sake of, on account
of, for the purpose of
IvcKoXovv^ contr. 3. pers.
plur. imperf. ind. of iyKa\4(io.
IvcirCf&irXaaOi 2. pers. sing,
imperf. ind. pass, of ifxiriir\r}'
IvcirCf&irpaaavi 8. pers. plnr.
imperf. ind. of ifivirrpriixi.
ivcx^lMvos, rj, oVf P. pres.
pass, of iv4x».
iv-^vp-ov, ou, n. [^i',
" without force "; ix^P'^^* ^"
meaning of " trnst worthy "]
("The trustworthy thing";
hence) A pledge, security.
Iv-^X^f ^' ^"-^Iw and ^v-
o'xi(<r«, V. a. \Jif, " in "; l^x^*
"to hold"] 1. Act. : To hold,
or Jteepf fast in. — 2. Pass. :
Iv-^ofMU, f. (in mid. form)
iy-4^ofmi, 2. aor. (in mid.
form) iy-€<rx6firfif. To he held
fast, caught, or entangled in ;
4^ 17, where it is strengthened
by follg. iy.
Moi, adv. : 1. Of place : a.
There. — ^b. Where :—Ma H,
where indeed, 6, 9, middle of
section; see no. 2 below. —
0. With verbs of motion :
Whither ;—2X 6, 14; 6, 37
the demonstr. iKutre is
o.nitted before the rel. Ma,
•—2. Upon this, hereupon : —
l^yda 5rJ, upon this then, 6, 9,
beginning of section : see no. 1,
a, above [prob. Sans, adha,
"there"].
Ana^. Book Vlt,
lvea-8€,adv.[^i'ea, "there";
5€=irprfy, **to"] ("To or
towards there *' ; i. e. that
place; hence) 1. Thither ^there,
— 2. Blither, here.
IvOciT), 3. pers. sing. 2. aor.
opt. of ivrXOrifxi,
kvdiv - 8c, adv. IKvBev,
"hence"; 5c (= in), "from"]
From hence, from this quar-
ter; — at 7, 17 used figura<
tively, and denoting "from
you."
Iv0v}i€tff0c, 2. pers. plur.
pres. imperat. of ivBvfx4ofjLat,
lv-6v}i-^0)iak -ovfiai, f. iP'
BvyAiffOfxai, p. iy-TedtffJLrjixai,
1. aor. iy-fOvfiiiOriv, v. mid.
[iy, « in "; evfi'6s, " mind "]
("To have" something "in
the mind "; hence) 1. To turn
over in the mind ; to think of
or upon ; to consider, to pon-
der, to reflect upon. — 2. To
observe, notice, etc.
lv9v^rfir\T%, 2. pers. plur.
1. aor. imperat. of iyBvfiioiiai ;
1, 25, where some editions have
4vBvtiii<xOt.
Iv-OwpaKitu, 1. aor. iy-
€dct>paK'i<ra, v. a. [^y, " without
force "; Ba>paKiC<^, " to arm
with a breastplate"; hence,
in a more extended meaning,
" to cover with defensive
armour "] To cover with, or
equip in, defensive armour. —
P. perf. pass.: lv-TcOa>paKur-
f&^vos, 71, oy, Equipped in de-
fensive armour, mailed.
L
146
VOCABULARY.
hwvrin, oD, m. A year : —
near* 4yiavr6v, year by year,
yearly ; see Kari, no. 2, d.
IvlSwv, ovffa, 6y, P. of iy*
cKLOk, cu, a, adj. plar. Some ;
—at 6, 19 foUd. by Gen. of
"Thing Distributed" [§ 112
and Note'].
pass, of iydx^i see ivix^i
no. 2.
'EvoSt-os, ov, m. ['Ei'<(8i-os,
« Enodios/' an epithet of
Hermes or Mercury, as having
his statue by the way-side]
('< He that belongs to £nod-
ius ") Mn6dia8 ; a captain in
the Greek army. — ^N.B. In
some editions the name is
given as EvoSc^f, in others
*Eyox€is.
'Evoir-cvs> €«y, m. [^roir-^,
* war-cry or battle-shout'']
(**Mun of the war-cry or
battle-shout") Enipeus; see
*Eyoliias.
h^6in\au, 1. aor. ind. of
vo(r4<a.
kvravOa, adv. : 1. Of place :
o. Here, there. — b. Hither,
thither. — 2. Thereupon, here-
upon, then, — 8. Herein; in
thijt matter or respect,
ivTcvOev, adv. : 1. Of place :
IVom this place, hence.— 2,
Of time : From this time,
c^ter this, afterwards. — 8. Of
cause : In consequence^ there-
upon, hereupon.
lv-TX9i|fu, f. iw^$iff€t, 2. aor.
^r-eftir, T. a. Uw, « in"; rUn-
HI, " to put"] (" To pat In";
benoe) Of tear as Obyeet : 2b
inspire ; 4, 1, where alao it if
folld. by liat. of person.
cv-Tifi-ot> or, adj. [^iw, ^ha^i
."
rifx-ii, " honour "J
in honour"; benee) Meid
in honour, honoured.
Comp. : iirrifi'&rtpQi ; (8ap> :
im-ifi'Sr&Tos).
IvTifi^Tcpof, fl^ oTy oomp.
adj. ; see ivrliMS,
hrrSw^mt, adv. [Crrop-M^
"strained"; hence^ "^ign;
earnest "] ("After the mumor
of the tvToyot "; henoe) X mget
ly, earnestly, urgently.
Iv-t68, adv. pr, «in"]
With Gen.: 1. Loeallj:
Within, inside ofj 8, 1&»
2. In time : WiOum n cbMa
time; 5, 9.
'EwTvlo, «r; aee Mwplm,
lv-vw-Yo«, ior, adj. [Ir,
"in"; thrves, "alBflp'*]
Being y or ofpearimy, im euep.
— As Subst.: Mvvtorf m^ B.
(" That which is, or appean^
in sleep "; hence) a. A dremm,
~b. Plur. : xa 'Ey^mBp
2%« Dreams; a work written
by Cleagoras ; %, 1.
^1 ; see iK.
llaYaywv, omto, 4w, P. 2. IflCi
of i^ayu.
! 1. aor. i^'4tyy€tka, r. a. [I|
(= ^k), " out"; &77^AAt#, *• to
VOCABULARY.
H7
carry as a message^ to tell "]
(" To tell out "; hence) To
maJce known, states report; —
at 2, 14 folld. by cLaose intro-
daced by iri.
{(-aytf, imperf. i^-riyoPt f .
^i-A^t», 2. aor. il--ftyayov, ▼. a.
r^l, «*oiit or forth"; fry«,
<'<to lead"] To /eoc^ out or
l{a£pcTa, «y; see ^(cJp-
eroj.
lt-a£p-cTot» cTof, adj. [^{,
««oiit"5 o/pW«, «*to take"]
(« Taken out " from a number,
etc; hence) Chown^ select ,
choice, — As Snbst. : l(a£p€Ta,
ttWf n. plor. Select, or choice,
things ; esp. boo<y and things
given as a spedal mark of
honour, and not merely al-
lotted.
adj. plnr. [I^&icis ** six times";
X<Au», " a thousand "] (** Six
times a thousand," t. e.) Six
thousand.
l{«a-K5al-oi, cu, a, num.
adj. plur. Six hundred, — ^As
Snbst.: ^{aiakrioi, a>Vf m. Six
hundred men or persons ; six
hundred [e|, "six"; (d) con-
necting vowel; Kdffi-oi, pro-
bably fr. Sans, gati, ** con-
sisting of hundreds," with
Greek plur. suffix oi, etc.;
and so, literally, "consisting
of six hundreds "].
I|-^airattti, f. i^'OXdvci^oc,
1. aor. i^'7i\ava^a, v. a. [^^,
L
in** intensive** force; &XdiraC<»,
**to drain, empty"; hence,
" to destroy, sack," a city, eic.^
To destroy utterly; to sack,
pillage^ plunder.
ItoLXatrdlof&cv, 1. pers. plur.
fut. ind. of i\a\a.jca\w,
jl(-aXXo)i(U, f. il-axovfuii,
1. aor. i^-ri\&firiy, v. mid.
[i^ (=iK), ''out"; ixXo/jiai,
"to leap"] ("To leap out";
hence) To leap, or spring, up,
l(air&Tf V, ItairaToo^oijpres.
inf. act. and pass, of i^a.Tc&rdw,
cl-airaTow -atraro), 1. aor.
^|-t?iraTT7<ro, v. a. [^^, in
** strengthening" force; AiretT-
(£», " to deceive "] To deceive
thoroughly ;—&t 6, 23 without
nearer Object ; — at 6, 21
ii&T&rqy (Substantival Inf.)
is used without nearer Object,
and forms the Subject of
9oK€t; 4^air&ra<r6cu is also a
Substantival Inf., and is cou-
pled to 4^air&T§y by fj. — Pass.:
l(-air«lTdo)iai. -airarwitai, p.
^^•TjiraTrinai, 1. aor. ^|»ijiroT^-
Orfv, 1. fut. il-anaTTiOiiffofiai,
fut. mid. in pass, force (3, 3)
^|-&iroT^<ro/*ai.
{(-airanri, ijs, f. [^|, in
"strengthening" force; air&Tri,
" deceit "] Gross deceit,
l|airaTi]a€<r6at, fut. mid.
of i^&TrardoD, used in pass,
force at 3, 3.
l(air&Tci»ficvos, 17, ov, contr,
P. pres. pass, of i^aTrarda,
^l-avXitoftai,, v. mid. [I|,
148
VOCABULARY.
"out"; abXiioyiai, «*to en-
camp"] ("To encamp out"
of a place previously occupied ;
bence) To leave, or quit, om^s,
etc., quarters : — i^avXl^ercu
els Kt&fJMs, leaves his quarters
and goes into {some) villages,
8, 21 ; Bce 1. eU, no. 1, b, (b).
c{-ci|u, imperf. i^-ijuv,
V. n. [^C, "out* forth"; cTmi,
" to go '*] To go, or come, otU
or forth,
iitiv, fut. inf. of Hx^'
titvi, 2. pers. aing. fut. ind.
of ^x«*'
licXavyoifii, pres. opt. of
l{-€Xavv«*, f. ^|-€\curw
Attic i^-t\<a, p. ^l-cA^A&ca,
V. a.[^{,"out, forth"; ^Xowj/«,
" to drive "] To drive out or
expel.
I{cXt)Xv6<Stos, masc gen.
sing, of i^€\Ti\vd<as ; 5, 4.
I|cXt|XvOws, vto, 6s, P. perf.
of i^fpxoficu,
l|cXOav, 2. aor. inf. of
i^4pxo/iou,
ileXOwv, ovtra, 6v, P. 2. aor.
of i^ipxonai.
I|cv(a6ai, perf. inf. pass,
of ^(viCu.
l(cirX&YV)v,2. aor. ind. pass,
of iKir\ri(r<rw,
l|-^fnr«*, 1. nor. i^'eiprvtra,
V. n. [i(, " out, forth "; epwu,
"to creep"] To creep, or
crawl, out; — at 1, 8 of an
army going slowly and reluct-
antly from a pkce.
p. i^'€\ii\vea, 2. aor. ^f^X0
V. mid. [^1, "out"; ipxoft
" to come or go"] 1. 2b coi
or go, out or forth. — ^3.
time : To come to a» ei
expire : — 4^€\ri\v06ros i
rod firfySsf the month hcmi
now expired, 5, 4; Gen. Al
[§118].
c|-c<rTi, imperf. i^if, t,
4<rrai, v. impers. [^|, denoti
"completeness"; itrri (i
pers.), " it is possible *'] (*
is quite possible" for oi
hence) It is lawful or allt
able; it is permitted^ etc
at 6, 16 the Subject of f(c
is the clause Koi rk tjUr
. . . T€xyoi(fa' ; and at 6^
the clause &y€TtX^irr»f vof
€<T$cu ; — at 1, 21 cf. the da
crol li^coTi iwipl 7cW<r0flu m
the corresponding Latin o
struction, licuU Themistt
esse otioso ; see Latin Frii
[§ 109].
i^hetd'trisifp. 4^€Td{m (= «
rdi-ffea), " to examine mini
ly"; hence, of troops, *
inspect, review "] An intip
tion, review.
{(cTc, 2. pers. plur. fat. i
of ex».
l|€Tpa^ip^, 2. aor. ind. p
of iicrpeifw.
Ilrfeaav, oontr. ^f^
3. pers. plur. imperf. iiM.
VOCABULARY.
149
ovra, num. adj. in-
** six '*; (t;) connect-
el ; Kov ( = ^an in
i-qan\ ** ten " ; ra
snffix tus)j " pi-o-
h''] («* Provided with
; i. 6.) Sixty.
o, 3. pers. sing. 1. aor.
Vi 2. aor. ind. of
1.
•rfir\y, 1. aor. ind.
^anarata,
, pres. inf. of H^etfu,
lOftai -iicvov}iai, f. ^^-
. aor. i^'iKOfjiriy, v.
denoting ** complete-
cydofiaii " to come "]
le quite, or entirely";
7 reach, come up : —
f f^iKvrJTat ravra €ts
V, if then these things
it come up to the pay
oldlers), i, e, do not
o the sum required
g the soldiers, 7, 54,
iKpyrai has a neut.
'.as Subject [§82, a].
'(u, contr. 3. pers.
. subj. of i^iKviofxai.
. pers. sing. pres. opt.
)Ccro, oVf P. pres. of
;, o5ou,f. [el, "forth or
s, " a way or road";
fa veiling," etc.'] 1. A
adyOut. — 2. Affoiny
ay. — 3. A marching
litary expedition.
ii6[uBaf 1. pers. plur. fnt.
ind. mid. of €x» ; 6, 41.
1. I|a>, fut. ind. of Ix^*
2. !{-«, adv. [^1, " out "]
1. Alone: a. Outside. — ^b. Out-
side the house, out 0/ doors ; —
at 1, 19 supply ^iiryoviri^v)
with r^».— 2. With Gen.:
a. Outside of. — b. Independ'
ently of, besides, beyond;
3,10.
IbiKo, inf. iouchai, part.
4oiic<&s Attic flK(&s, perf. with
force of pres. fr. ob«oL cTivv :
1. With Dat.: To he, or
seem, like to. — 2. Alone : To
seem or appear.
loiKws, vio, 6s, P. of $oiKa,
^opoKCtfs, vta, 6f, P. perf. of
6pao».
lir-ayyAXM, 1. aor. ix'
•fiyyciXa, v. a. [^iv-l, ** to "j iy-
7€AX«, " to carry a message"]
1, Act. : (** To carry a message
to"; hence, **to. announce";
hence) To promise. — 2. Mid. :
lir.-ayycXXof&cu, 1. aor. ix-
riyy€i\&firiyy 2. aor. ix-riyycX-
SfiTty : a. To promise for one's
own self, etc. — b. Alone : To
make offers of any kind;
1, 33, where iTayytWcfieyos
means "offering his services
as a general."
kir-ayto, f. ix-d^v, 2. aor.
ix'-fiyayoy, v. a. [€ir-(,
"against"; &yv, "to bring"]
Of a vote as Object, and folld.
by Dat. of person : 2b bring
forward, or propose, a vote
ISO
VOCABULARY.
againtt a person; — at 7> 57
in pass, constraction. — Pass. :
lir-ayofiai, p. hc'^fiai^ plap.
ix'Tiyfiriv, 1, aor. hr'-fix^y-
Hr&6cs, 2. pen. sing. 2. aor.
ind. of Tcurx«-
Iv-cuWm -aiWiy f. ew-tuP'
c<r« Attic iiF-aiviffofjML, p. ^v-
^y€ira« 1. aor. ^v-iji/ccra, t. a.
[«r-(, in "strengthening"
force ; aXvia, ** to praise "] To
praUe, commend,
hnurolty Attic for hrmroT,
3. pers. sing, pres, opt. of
ivcuvdof,
^aivott oVf m. [^hreup^d^,
**to praise"] Praise, com-
mendation, approval.
Iir-a£p«#) f . iir-ap&, 1. aor.
iir-ypa, v. a. N»--(, "op";
oTpw, « to raise**] (" To raise,
or lift, np"; hence) 1. To
etir up, rouse, excite, t^muU
ate,^2. With Inf. : To in-
duce, or persuade, to do, etc»
l'iraKovo'as,d<ra, ay,V. 1. aor.
of iiraKOvv.
lir-aKovc0, f. liF'aKO^o-ofiat,
1. aor. iir-'^Kovffa, v. a. [jhr-l,
in " strengthening " force ;
iuco{fw, " to hear"] With Ace.
of thing : To hear ; to listen,
or hearken, to.
lircLvarcCvas, d(ra, aw, P. 1.
aor. of ixavaTtlvca.
lir-avaT€iVM, 1. aor. fr-
aviruva, Y. a. f^n"-^ in
"strengthening" force; ivo-
rcfvttf (ovrf, "np"; rtivoa,
"to stretch"), "to stretch
np or upwards"] To streiek
up or upwards; to sireiA
out, hold up,
MLvcXOwK, ovtra, 6if, P. 8.
aor. of ivSifepxotuu.
hr^wfyxo^fMi, f. ^-itrcAc^
cro/Acu, 2. aor. ir-arvAtfor, r.
mid. [^ir-/, in '^atrengtbening''
force ; w^pxofuu (&i^"bftek^;
fyxofjuu, ** to come or go '^,
"to come or go hack"] 2b
come. Oft go, backg to rHmrm,
Iv&Tola, 1. aor. ind. ot
I«i8c(icv0c(v)9 8. pnriL ring:.
imperf. ind. of hnZ€uafvUm
lvc(, adv. and cohj}.: 1.
Adv. : When, e^Ur ihaL^%
Conj.: Since, seamg ikatp t»-
asmuch as.
lirciS-dy, ooiri. [hniB^
"when"; (Ur, indef. purtide]
Whenever.
Iirci-Si{, adr. and eoij.
[^c(, "when"; Mj, aaed m
"strengthening" force] 1.
Adv. : Of time : Whm, «i^
that. — 2. Coqj. : iSiiMia^ Mfiatf
that, inasmuch OM.
Iv-ciSov, 2. aor. without
pres., V. a. \ht'i^ "npon";
^Uov, "to look"] lb Iboit
ifpon, behold, etc.
Iir-a|u, imperf. ^•ncir, f.
ix-€lffOfiai, V. n. [m; cljui,
"to go or come"] 1. [ir/,
"to or towards"] C^To go,
or come, towards" a pboB;
hence) To go, or eoaitf, o»;
to advance.---^ [M» " *'
VOCABULARY.
151
linst '*] (*' To go, or come,
jainst ; hence) With Dat.:
To go, or come, against ;
► advance against, — b. 2b
ill upon, attack, etc. — 3.
tiri, "after"] («*To go, or
)me, after"; hence) Of time :
b folloto, succeed : — fis t^v
Tiovo'ay viicra, on thefolloW'
xg, or next, night, 4, 14.
Iirct - ircp, conj. [^^c^
since " ; irtp, " indeed "]
ince indeed, inasmuch as
\deed,
lir-cCpO)iak, f. iir-€pif<rofiat,
, aor. iir-rip6firiv, v. mid.
h-t, " besides " ; also, in
strengthening" force; eXpe/xai
aid.) = fyofxai, " to ask "]
Ihrl/ *• besides"] a. To
tk, or inquire, further, be-
des, or again. — b. With Ace.
person and clause intro-
iced by ci: To ask a person
rther, or besides, if; 4, 10. —
[_ivi, in "strengthening"
rce] a. To ask, inquire ; —
3, 12 folld. by clause as
jarer Object. — b. With Ace.
person and clause intro-
ced by et : To ask, or inquire
, a person, if; 2, 25 ; 2, 26 ;
4.— N.B. Used by Attic
'iters only in fut. and 2. aor.
lirc((rOT)v, 1. aor. ind. pass.
lir-€iTo, adv. [iir-i, " in
dition"; eTra, "then"] 1.
hereupon, then. — 2. With
st tenses : Thereafter, txfter'
wards. — 3. With the future :
Hereafter. — 4. In the next
place, further,
lircficKov, imperf. ind. of
circfitlra, 1. aor. ind. of
lircirpaKci,, 3. pers. sing,
plup. ind. of iriicpMKm,
IWirpaKTo, 3. pers. sing,
plup. ind. pass, of irpdcffu,
lir-^pXOfUU, f. iiT' €Ac vo-o/iOi,
p. 4w'€\ti\.t$a, 2. aor. iv-
ri\6ov, r. mid. [^iw-i, " upon ";
^pxofiat, "to come"] ("To
come upon"; hence) Of a
country, etc, : To go over, to
traverse ; 8, 25.
^trcaOc, 2. pers. plur. pres.
imperat. of heofiai, 3, 6; 3, 43.
lir^oTcXXov, imperf. ind. of
^iri<rT€AAa».
lircxcCptio-a, 1. aor. ind. of
Iirc^<^t(ra, 1. aor. ind. of
1. ^in^Ko-os, ov, adj. [for
hrdKO-oi ; fr. 4xaKO-6u, " to
listen "; see aKo^fv] 1. Listen^
ing, — 2. Within hearing,
within ear-shot, — ^As Snbst..
lin^Ko-os, ou, m. A place
within hearing or within ear^
shot,
2. lirtJKoos, ov; see 1.'
iTr/fKoos,
^irvJKTo, 3. pers. sing. plup.
ind. pass, of iirayw,
^injXOov, 2. aor. ind. of
ivepxofJMt.
152
VOCABULARY.
ciqfvcfra, 1. aor. iud. of
iiraivifa,
ciTQpaS) 2. pers. sing. 1. aor.
ind. of iwaipw,
iwqpero, 3. pers. sing. 2.
aor. ind. of iireipofiai.
lieL (before a sofb vowel,
lir* ; before an aspirated vowel,
1^*), prep. gov. gen.^ dat.> and
uce. : 1. With Gen.: a. Locally:
(a) On, upon: — iwlrwyt-nrofy,
{on their horses, i. e.) on
horseback, 4, 4. — (b) In
military phrases : In, — (c) On
the borders of. — (d) On hoard
of a vessel, etc. — b. In time :
(a) ^^.—(b) At the time of.—
(c) With numerals to denote
(usnally the depth of a body
of soldiers; rarely of the
length of a line; and hence
in non-military matters to
mark) width: — ixl ixri)
vXhdojy yiitvoav, eight earthen
bricks wide or thick, 8, 14.
—2. With Dat. : a. Locally :
(a) On, upon. — (b) At, near.
— b. In the power of, in the
hands of. — c. In regard to,
in reference to. — d. At, on
account of for.— e. In addi-
tion to, besides, beyond. — f.
In time or order : (a) At,
about, towards; 3, 34. — (b)
After, immediately after. — g.
At a circumstance, etc. — h.
On a certain condition,^or a
certain purpose ; 6, 16 ; 6, 17.
— 3. With Ace. : a. Locally :
(a) On, upon, up on, on to. —
: (b) At. — (c) To mark a part-
icular quarter or direction:
To, towards. — (d) Up to, tu
far as. — (e) In hostile seiifle :
Against. — b. Of a certain
point of time, etc. : (a) To, ai,
— (b) Up to, as long as, — e.
Of an object or purpose : JFbr,
for the purpose of. — d. To a
course of action, ete,^^ Am
far cu, as regards, far,
kwx^ovK^t ris,f. [#r(/3ovX-
€i}«, " to plot against "] (•« A
plotting agfainst " one; n^oe)
A plot, etc.
Iirl-8€ticvv|fci or lirt-ScucHki^
f. iiri-Zil^w^ 1. aor. ^-^Ci^o*
V. a. [^ir/, in ''strengfthening"
force; HtUpvfu, "to show"]
To show; — at 4^ 23 by words.
lirXSctKvvu; see iw^^ttan/ftu
lwUt6[Lr\v, imperil ind. pass.
of ir<€X<w.
IvtOt-oxs, <r€vs, f. [M«
rXOrifii, " to put upon "; mid.
** to make an attempt on, to
attack," through root IwlOi
(= iirl; Bt, a &ortened root
of Ti&rifxi)] ("A making an
attempt on, an attacking";
hence) An attack; 4^ 23 ; see
preceding section 18.
lirt-6v|fc-^«» -A, f. M'$vfi»
i/i<Tw, 1. aor. iic-^Ovfi'Tiaa, T.n.
[iiti, '* upon"; a5/*-<J»,'«mind"]
1. With Gen. of thing [§ 111] :
To set the mind, or heart, on;
to desire eagerly, to long for,
—2. With Inf. : Ta wt ike
heart, or mindg upon doiDg|
VOCABULARY,
153
etc. ; to desire eagerly ^ or I Subst. : ItrtXcKToii ctfv, m. plur.
long, to do, etc.;—tit 6, 37
supply irAeTv after itriBvfxeTre,
I^X-KalptoS) Kalpiov, adj.
\_iirl, in " strengthening "
force; Kalpios, "seasonable";
also, "chief, principal"] 1.
(" Seasonable "; hence) Suit-
ablef Jit, proper, — 2. Chief,
principal, most important, —
As Sabst. : lirucaCpioi, cou,
m. plur. With Art. : The most
important persons ; 7, 15.
lirX-Kiifiai., f. iirt-Keiaofiai,
V. mid. [^irf, " upon "; Kt'ifiat,
"to lie"] ("To lie upon";
hence) 1. With Dat. : To make
an attack on or upon, — 2.
Alone: To make an attack,
to attack, assail,
lirtKcCf&cvos, ri, ov, P. pres.
of ivUKeifjLai. — As Subst. : iiri-
KcCficvoi, ui/, m. plur. With
Art. : The assailants ; 8, 17.
4irX- kCvSvv-os, ov, adj. [^irf,
in " strengthening " force ;
<lvZvV'Oi, " danger "] (" Hav-
ing danger"; hence) With
Dat. ; Dangerous, perilous,
hazardous, attended with
ianger, to,
liriKpar-cia, elas, f. iwi'
cpaT"fi9, "being master of"]
" The quality of the irriKpar'
?s"; hence) Mastery, power,
stc.
iirtXcK-Tos, T77, roif, adj. [for
•TTiAcy-Tos; fr. iir'i\4y'0if, "to
ihoose, pick out"] Chosen,
licked out, selected, — As
With Art.: The picked men;
4, 11 ; see preceding section 6.
InX-yiivia, f. im-pLtvSo, 1.
aor. iir-4ii€iva, v. n. [hri,
"further"; ii4vo9, "to re-
main"] ("To remain further
or longer"; hence) To stay,
remain, abide, continue, tarry,
ItrtopK-^o) -», f. ^TtXopK'hffof,
p. i'KX<apKr}Ka, 1. aor. ivt-
<i>pKi)<ra, V. n. [inlopK'OS, "per-
jured"] To become, or be,
perjured; to perjure one's
self, to swear falsely, for-
swear one's self,
lirtircawv, ovaa, 6v, P. 2.
aor. of iirtirivTU),
itrt-irCirra), f. iiri-ireffovfiai,
p. ivX'TTtTrrwKa, 2. aor. iir--
tireffov, V. n. [^ivl, "upon"-
irlirrw, " to fall "] (" To fall
upon"; hence) In hostile
sense : 1. With Dat. : To fall
upon, attack, — 2. Alone: To
make an attack, to attack,
'EtrurOcvtiSj €os ous (Voc.
'Evltrdfvfs, 4i, 10), m. JEpi'
sthenesj a native of Olynthus.
lirX-aiT-itop.ai, f. ^irt-<rtT-
Xffoyiai Attic iirX'alT-XovixaL,
1. aor. in-€ffiT'X(rdfiriv, v. mid.
[iv(, in " strengthening "
force ; aTr-os, " food "] 1. To
procure, or get, food or jpro-
visions for one*s self, etc, ; to
furnish on^s self with pro-
visions. — 2. With Ace. of
cognate or equivalent mean-
ing: To provide one^s self,
154
VOCABULARY.
etc., foith : — trXutrra ^tktit-
iffdficyoi, having provided, or
supplied, themselves with very
ntany things, i. e. with abnnd-
ance of proTisions or sap-
plies, 7, 1, where irXcio-To =
ir\€«(rTa <riTo. — 8. To provide,
or furnish, one's self, etc.,
with something in general : —
4wi<rirl{€ffOai ipy^piov, to pro-
vide, or supply, themselves
with money, 1, 7.
firYfrtTYo&ficvos, ri, ov, P.
1. aor. of hrtiriTl{ofiai,
lirXaiTur-ffc^g, fiov, m. [for
ixtalTiB'fi6s J fr. iirto'lrl^ofuu
(= ivi(rlTl9'(rofjLai), **to ftir-
uish one's self with pro-
visions "] (** A furnishing
one's self with provisions";
hence) A stock, or store, of
provisions; 1, 9.
lirC-OToL-uMu, f. ixi'trr'fi'
ffofAUL, V. mid. ("To stand at
or by" a thing; hence)
Mentally : 1. Abs. : To know.
— 2. With Zti : To know, etc,
ihat.—Z. With Part, in con-
cord with nearer Object : To '
know that one does, etc,,
something. — 4. Wth Inf. : To
know how to do, etc. ; to he
able to do, etc. ; to he capable
of doing, etc. [iitl, "at"; oto,
akin to Suns, root 8THA, " to
stand "].
iir((rra<rai, frCoTOur^c, 2.
pers. sing, and plnr. pres. ind.
of ^ir{(rTAjuai.
iTi-orlCXXw, f. crc-orrcAw,
p. iw'4araXKa, 1. aor. ht*
4<rTfi\a, V. a. IM, ««to*'|
cTTc'XAa*, "to send"] ("To
send to"; hence^ "to send a
message"; henoe) 1. To send
a message or information
about: — at 6, 44 folkL hj
Ace. of nearer OMect and
Dat. of person. — 8. With
Dat. of person and Inf. : 2b
en/oin, or command, a person
to do, etc, ; 2, 6.
lirurroX-ij, ^t, f. [for hri»
crrcA-^; fi*. hrurr4K'Xmi "to
send to"] ("That which U
sent to " a person ; henoe) A
letter, epistle.
firl-Toovw (Attie M-
rdrrw), f. 4wi*rifyh !• aor.
iv'irc^a, v. a. \jhtit in
" strengthening " force ; rdto*-
<r«, in force of "to order**]
With Dat. of person and Infl :
To order a person to do^ ote, ;
6,14.
IwXt^tth ; see Ixrr^tfiv.
lirtrdTTitr, owra, op, P. jtOL
of iwirdrrm,
IviTi^Scto, tNr; ne Ivc*
IviT^S-cios, clo, cioFy a^.
[akin to iirtr7fi'4s (adr.)
■ ** serving the ]rarpoie'n
(*' Pertaining to iwmiiis i
hence) 1. Servieeabley ««eew-
ary. — ^As Snbst.: IwnfScMt
. »y, n. plnr. The JMCOMoriat of
life, i. e. provisions, fML-^
8. Suitable, fity proper, etc;
' —at 1, 39 #r«r)ScMr is pra-
VOCABULARY.
155
dicated of the clanse rohs fiev
trrpari^ras . . . r^lxous. — 8.
Friendly, — As Subst. : fri-
nfSeioi, wvy m. plur. With
Art. : His {etc,)JHe7tdss 7, 2;
7, 57. — So, in Sup.: Iin-
TviSci^&Toi, uy, m. plur.
JBw (etc.) most intimate
fiiendss 7, 13; but at 7, 20
ixirriHtiSr&roi is a predica-
tive adj. fgS^ (Comp. : ^iri-
TijJc«JT€pos) J Sup. : ^iTtjJct-
<fT&TOS.
lirXTT|8ci^&T09» ri, ov, sup.
adj.; see ^irir^Sciof.
l1rtTt0cvTa^ 3. pers. plur.
pres. ind. mid. of ^icXrXBififii.
lirYTlL0ca6ai, pres. inf. mid.
of iinrX$rifjii,
lirl-TX6ii)ii, f. €Vt.dif<r«, p.
iiri-r4$eiHa,Y. a. lirri, «*upon";
ridrifih **to put or place"]
1. Act. : To putf or place,
upon. — 2. Mid. : lirX-TtOcfiM,
f. ivX-B-fitrofxai, 2. aor.^ir-ed^juryi',
("To put one's self upon";
hence) In a hostile sense : a.
With Dat.: To make an
attempt upon, attack, — b.
Alone : To make an attack,
liri-Tp^ir«, f. iirt'rp4\p(o, 1.
aor. iir-4Tp€}pa, v. a. [^irf,
"to"; rp4ir<e, **to turn"]
("To turn to, or over to,"
another; hence) 1. With Ace.
of thing and Dat. of person :
("To commit, or entrust,"
something "to" a person;
hence) To leave something
to the arbitration of 9. .per-
son, etc; 7, 18, where the
clause SirSrepa Uy tlfrftplffuvrat
forms the Ace. of thing. — 2.
With Dat. of person and Inf. :
To give up to a person to do,
etc,} to permit^ or allow, a
person to do, etc, — 3. With
Ace. of person and Inf. : To
suffer, or permit, a person to
do, etc; 7, 8.-4. With Dat.
alone, as if in neut. force : To
give way, or yield, to a per-
son ; 7, 3, where some would
supply voiuv ravra, and refer
the word to no. 2 above.
liriTp^t|r(u, 1. aor. inf. of
4iriTp4'irw,
liriTp^tf, fut. ind. of ivt-
rp4ic<a,
lirt-Tvyxavoi, f. ^irt-T€i}f-
oixai, 2. aor, 4ir-4rvxov, v. n.
[W, "upon"; Tv7x&»'«
(neut.), '*to happen or
chance"] With Dat.: To
happen, or chance, upon; to
meet with, or find, by any
chance, etc; to light upon,
lirt-xc^P'^v -«» 1. aor. ^ir-
ex^ip-vca, v. n. {_iirt, "to";
Xfip, "hand"] ("To put the
hand to " a thing ; hence)
With Inf.: To endeavour,
attempt, to do, etc,
lirtxc^poicv, contr. 3. pers*
plur. pres. opt. of iirixetp4w,
^iri^lnrj^XtcTC, 2. pers. plur.
pres. imperat. of 4irtilfri<fn(cff,
liri-i|nr|4»-ltu, f. 4iri'^<f>'X(ru
Attic 4frt'}^(i>-Xw, 1. aor. ^t-
t^iK^-^a, p. ^s-.€^i&0-(Ka, V. a.
iS6
VOCABULARY.
lUi, " to *'; ^<l>-os, " a peb-
ble" used in voting; hence,
"a vote"] To put to the vote;
— at 3, 14 supply owt<£ (=
ravra) after i'r€if^<f>i<rap ; see
preceding clause.
Iirutfv, ovtra, 6v, P. pres. of
liroCt|ou, 1. aor. ind. of
TOl CO).
liroCow^ contr. imperf. ind.
of ToUw.
liroX^I&ci, contr. 3. pers.
sing, impeif . ind. of iro\c/icw.
€ir-o}iai, imperf. tMiiriy,
f. e^ofxai (= cT-cro/iai), V. mid.
1. With Dat. : To follow.-^^.
Alone: In hostile force: To
follow in pursuit, to pursue
[akin to Sans, root sack, '' to
follow "; Lat. s^qu-or"].
lir-(SfA,vv|ii, and lv-o)ivvM, f.
iv'OfJLOvfiaif 1. aor. 4ir-<6fioffaf
v.n. [iir-i, in "strengthening"
force; Bfivvfii, **to swear"]
To swear :—-4vofi6a'as tTxe,
(having sworn he said; i. e.)
he swore and said, or he
said upon oath, S, 2.
liro|l^o-aS) d<ro, ay, P. 1.
aor. of ix6ij.yvfu,
rirpa|a, 1. aor. ind. of
Xpd(T(TCC.
Iirro, num. adj. indecl.
Seven [akin to Sans, saptan ;
cf. Lat. septem^'^
lirwXovVy contr. imperf. ind.
of V(0\€ti},
lpY-a{oiiai, f. ipyaffofxai,
1- nor. tiftyaaafxijv, v. midl
[fyy-oy, '* work"] (« To work,
work at"; hence) WithAoc.
of thing : 2h do, achieve, eff(ect,
IpY^MTMrnu, 3. pers. plnr.
1. aor. snbj. of if>yd(ofuu,
IjpY-ov, ov, n. [root IpVi
" to work "] 1. A work.—i.
Deed, act, action, a thing dome,
IpcXv, fut. inf. of djpii.
*kpeTpi-cvs» ^5,m. rEf>€rpi-
a, " Eretria," a city of EabcBa,
now Negropont] A man, or lui-
tive, ofEretria; an Eretriam.
«fpi||ios, 11% OP, adj. (** Lonely,
desolate"; hence) 1. Of troops:
Unsupported, withoui sup*
port, singly, --2. With QesL :
Devoid of, vnthomt, free from
[§ 108].— 3. Of watch-firw:
"Unguarded, without gmarde»
from which the guards kave,
etc., departed [prob. to be
divided t'pnu-iioi, and to be
referred to Sans, root BAH,
*'to leave"; past part, ''aban-
doned"; so that 4 will be s
prefix, and fior a snflSxl.
Ip|ii|v-cvs, c»f, m. Xkpiap^
tvw, "to interpret"] A»
interpreter,
cpo}iai> f. iff^crofuu, 2. aor.
iip6firiv, V. mid. : 1. With ci :
To ask or inquire if, — %
Folld. by clause containing a
question as Object:. 2b ask,
inquire; 3, 45.
Ipovrra^ Ipovrrfs, maws,
ace. sing, and masc nom.
plur. of ip&r, owra, oSr« P.
fut. of ct]fw.
VOCABULARY.
157.
•0|tai, f. iXfitrofiaif 2. p.
)a Epic cIa^Aov^o, 2.
KvBoif Attic ^Adoy, v. n.
irreg. : 1. To come, to
■ at 7, 17 the pres.
$a is used of an almost
iate future. — 2. With
« Ace. : To go, or ^ro-
& way, e<c. ; — at 8, 20
65<(v with tioKpordTtiv ;
0. 3 below.— 3. With
jf place : jTo go, etc.,
'^ ; — ^w<as 5ri ftcucp-
' fA0oi T^5 AuS^as, in
^Aa^ Ae might go the
t wag, or road, pos'
through Lydia, 8, 20.
Xenophon proceeded
ick the stronghold of
es on the plain of the
; in Mysia, he directed
arch by a circuitous
through Lydia, so that
lates got information of
3vements it might be
ed that the destination
force was some place in
— 4. To 'proceed, resort,
recourse to something
▲BCHCHHA (fr. root
, or Bi, **to go'') =
g.
'aw -«!», f. ipwT'fiffa), p.
ro, 1. aor. iipd^rrjcra, v. a. :
lid. by interrogative
(whether in direct or
t speech) as Object : To
nquire. — 2. With Ace.
g : To ask, or inquire,
—8. a. With Ace. of per-
son and Ace. of thing [§ 96] :
To ash one about something ;
to inquire something of one;
— at 8, 1 the clause vStrov
Xpvaioy ^x^^ forms the Ace.
of thing ; — at 8^ 25 the clause
t( \4yoi forms the Ace. of
thing. — b. Pass. : With Ace.
of thing [§ 96, 05*.] : To be
asked something.
IpctfTwvTos, contr. masc.
gen. sing, of P. pres. of
ipooriw', 6,39, where ipwruyr'
09 ifxov Kol UoXvifiKou is Gen.
Abs. [§ 118], the part., how.
ever, being put in the sing,
number in concord with ifiov,
as that word is to be more
prominently brought forward.
IpdiTuivTiav, contr. masc.
gen. plur. of P. pres. of
ipwrdco; 6, 4.
ii, Attic for els,
co-caOai, fut. inf. of 1. el/it.
caccrOc, 2. pers. plur. fut.
ind. of 1. eifit.
iviataoTo, 3. pers. sing,
plup. ind. pass, of (rc$((v.
corg, 2. pers. sing. fut. ind.
of 1. ilfiL
l<r-fihjs, erirof, f. ("That
which is worn"; hence) Cloth-
ing, dress; — at 4, 18 in col-
lective force [akin to Sans,
root VAS, " to wear "j cf. Lat.
ves-tis^.
laKc\|;aTo, 3. pers. sing. 1.
aor. ind. of <TKtnrofiai.
icicfivyiara, 1. aor. ind. of
(TKrjifici) or ffKTiviw*
158
VOCABULAR Y.
loin{vov, oontr.3. pen. sing,
imperf. ind. of crin}vm».
lofiiv, 1. pen. plur. pres.
ind. of 1. cijuL
caoiTo, 8. pen. sing. fat.
opt. of 1. tlnl,
hro^ax, fut. ind. of 1. elfil.
loiraoi&^vos, i\y oVf P. perf.
pass., in mid. force, of trirAot.
'Eoircplrai., &v, m. plor.
[ecnrcpiTtjj, «* western"] ('*The
Western people") The Ses-
perittE; prob. the Western
Armenians, as at Book 4, 4, 4
of the Anabasis Tiribazos is
mentioned as being their
governor.
1. ec-Tf, conj. [for h (=
€<s), 3t€ ; €t J, " up to "; 5tc,
" when "] (" Up to when,"
i.e.) 1. Tilly until :--iffr* iv,
until whatever time, — 2.
JThile, so long as.
2. iar4, 2. pers. plnr. pres.
ind. of 1. tlfil.
€OTC^V«)i^VOt| Vt OVf p.
perf. pass, of ar%^av6to,
cotC(v), 3. pers. sing. pres.
ind. of 1. 6(/J.
coTpaTCucofc, 2. pen. plnr.
imperf. ind. mid. of (rrpareCu,
coTpaToirc8ev6}it|v, imperf.
ind. of (TTpaTOTfBfitofiai.
4oTpaToirc8€V(ra)iT)v, 1. aor.
ind. of irTpaTov€d€^oficu,
Iralpos, ov, m. A comrade,
companion.
CTcXcvTi|<ra, 1. aor. ind. of
'Etco-vIic-os, ov, m. [frerfj,
(uncontr. gen.) iT§6^s,
"tme"; wu-ij, "victory"]
{" He that has tme victory;
True Victor") JEteHnlctus a
Lacedsemonian.
en\, contr. nom. and ace.
plnr. of Itoj.
rn, adv. : 1. Of time ; a.
Present : As yet, yet, still, —
b. Past : Any longer, HUk
— C. Future : Yet, longer,
any longer, still, hereafter. —
2. Of degree, etc. : IMker,
in addition, besides, moreover;
still more, etc. [akin to Sans.
ati, "beyond "J.
irXOcrro, 3. pers. plnr. im-
perf. ind. pass, of Tt&n/u,
SFroifioc, ti, OP, adj. Beady,
prepared; — at 1, 88 folM. ij
Inf. ; — at 8, 11 Iroi/imw
Xpi7A^T»y (supply Bprtty) is
Gren. Abs. The foregcnng is
an instance of what ia a nra
construction.
cTos, cos ovs, n. A year: —
ir&v Ijdri &f 6KTa0icaUi€ica Hr,
[being now (a man) of about
eighteen years, i. e.) being now
about eighteen years of age,
4, 16, where the Gen. Mr
oKTWKoiJifKa is the Gen. of
•Measure of Time" [§ 113]
[akin to Sans, vaisas, ^a
year"].
cTfMicrav, 3. pers. plnr. 1.
aor. ind. of nrpi&a-Ktt,
Itvyx«*'ov, Mxoir, imperf.
and 2. aor. ind. oirvyxfbm.
Mv, contr. gen. plnr. of &os;
VOCABULARY.
'59
c7, adv. ; 1. WeU. — S. In
composition: a. Oood, excel-
lent, — ^b. In "intensive" force:
Chreatly, very much, very, — C,
Sasy [like its, " good," akin
to Sans, su, which signifies
both « ^ood " and " well "J.
cv-8ai|&«iv, ^cufiov, adj. [«$,
"good"; haifiMV, "a tutelary
genius"] (<< Having a good
tutelary genius"; hence) 1. Of
persons : Prosperous, wealthy,
— 2, Of places : Flourishing,
prosperous, etc,
citcpYc-crCa, <rlas, f. [for cu-
epytr-ala ; fr. (v€pyfT-4a, *' to
benefit"] ("A benefiting";
hence) A benefit, service, kind
cut, etc.
cv-cpY-^Tt|«, 4rou, m. [cS,
«' well "; obsol. %-«, <* to do"]
(**He who does well" to
another; hence) A benefac-
tor; — at 6, 38 €V€py4rov is in
apposition to ifiov to be sup-
plied after ficfiv^aBai; see
preceding clause.
cv-(«»v-os, ov, adj. [c?,
•* good "; C^y'ii, "a girdle or
belt"] ("Having a good
((imrf ; hence, ** well-girdled";
hence, of persons, " girt for
exercise"; hence) Of troops:
Light-armed, — As Subst. :
cv^uvoi, oav, m. plur. Light'
armed troops or soldiers,
€v9v-Sj adv. [evBv-s,
" straight"] Straightway,
forthwith, immediately, at
once.
cvkXc-ui (trisyll.), ias, f.
[cdicXe-^s," famous, glorious"]
(« The quaUty of the edicXe^s";
hence) Fame, glory, renown,
EvkXc-CStis (trisyll.), i^ou,
m. [€UK\€-^y, ''famous, glor-
ious"] ("The son of the
famous or glorious one"]
Fuclides; a soothsayer of
Phlius.
cvvo-ia (trisyll.), las, f.
[^eiivo'os, "having a good or
kindly mind"] (*« The quality
of the etfvoos "; hence) Good
will, kindly feeling, etc.
cwo-os, ov (Attic cv-vovsy
vow), adj. [iZ, " well " ; v6-os,
" mind"] ("Having the mind
well, i, e, in a good, or kind^
frame*'; hence) 1. Alone:
Well-minded, well-disposed,
well-affected,— 2, With Dat
[§ 102, (3)]: WelUminded,
well-disposed, well-affected,
to or towards, fg^ Comp. :
€vvo6a-r€pos ; (Sup. : ^hvolff'
TttTOS).
ruvovSi ovv ; see cUvoos ;—
at 3, 20 (Hvovs is a masc.
nom. sing.; at 2, 31 masc.
ace. plur.
cvKovoTTcpds, a, ov, comp.
adj. ; see eHvoos,
cv|u, 2. pers. sing. 1. r.
ind. of i^x^V^^'
EvoS'Cvs, iu^, m. [«uo5-
€», ** to have a good way or
free course "; hence, ** to fare
well, to prosper"] ("He that
feres well or prospers "]^
i6o
VOCABULARY,
JEuodeu* (trisyll.) ; sec *Evo5-
(as,
cuirop-Ya, las, f. [ei;irop-os,
** easy to travel through "]
(" The state, or condition, of
the ei/iropos"; hence) Facility
of travelling or voyaging,
cvp-T||ia, "fifjiaToSf n. [cup-
((TKw, *«to find"] ("That
which is found"; hence) 1.
A piece of good luck or good
fortune. — 2. A gain, advan-
tage, profit,
cvpi^crciv, fnt. inf. of tup*
i(TK(a,
evp-CoiCtf, f. tup-ficra, p.
evpriKu, 2. aor. tZpoy, v, a.
irreg. [root cvp] 1. Act. : a.
To find. — b. To find outf
devise, contrive. — 2. Mid. :
cvp - CirKOf&ai, f. fvp^trofiai,
2, aor. evp6fxiju. To find for
one's self i, e. to obtain, pro-
cure, etc. — 8. Pass. : cvp-
urKoiiai, p. iSprjfjiat, 1. aor.
fvpeBnv, 1. fut. ivpcO'fiffOfJLat,
To be found or discovered,
cvpoi, 3. pers. siug. 2. aor.
opt. of evplaxto,
cvp'09, cor ovs, n. [^ivp-vs, '
"wide"] Width ;'-fit 8, 14 |
iZpos is the Ace. of the
" Measure of Space" [§ 99] j
cf. Primer, § 102, (2).
Evpv - X0X09, x6xov, m. I
[(vpv-s, ** broad *'; \6xo$, '
"ambush"] ("Broad Ambush") :
JEurylochus; a Greek hoplite
from Lusi, a town of Ar-
cadia.
Evpw«i|, ijf, f. («Earop§
or Eurdpa;" a daughter of
the Phoenician king Agenor.
According to my tbolc^, Zens
{or Jupiter) became enam-
oured of her, and assuming
the form of a bull, and min-
gling with the herds of her
father, induced her by bis
gentleness to mount on his
back. He then carried her
across the sea to the continent
which now bears her nam^
viz.) Europe,
cvxof^o^h imperf. ^vx^v
or nivx&tiTiv, f, tHiofUit, p. i|Jy-
fiai, 1. aor. ev^&firiv or i^if^ofiiiPi
1. To pray,— 2. With Objec-
tive clause : To pray that,
cf^ly^'*^) ^* ^^^' withoat
present : To eat [akin to Sans.
root BHAK8H, " to eat "].
', 3. pers. plur. 2.
aor.
cfjtflurav,
ind. of <priui,
c^Tc, 2. pers. plnr. 2. aor.
ind. of <P'nfiL
i^iirovTo, 3. pers. plnr.
imperf. ind. of i<l>4wo/iui.
c^-liro|uii, imperf. i^tW'
Sfxriv, f. i^-i^ofiau, 2. aor. #^
€aw6firiv (but inf. always ^n-
avicrdai), v. mid. (4^^ (= ^Q,
in << strengthening ** force ;
iwonai, "to follow"] 1.
Alone : To follow hehuid or
after troops, etc,; 8, 89.
—2. With Dat. : To foUow
after, pursue.
i^i^ovTO, 3. pers. plnr. im-
perf. ind. mid. of ^€pw; ^ 8^
VOCABULARY.
i6i
c^, 3. pers. sing. 2. aor.
ind. of 0)7/41.
I^(r9a, lengthened form
of %^s^ 2. pers. sing. 2. aor.
ind. of ^TWii,
i^ijyrrot 8. pers. sing,
imperf. iud. of (pOiyyofAUi,
c^-^-tov, Hov, n. [^0*
(= iir(), " on account of, for";
6h'6s, *'& way or journey]
(** That which is for a way or
journey"; hence) Of an army :
Supplies for the march or
travelling ; travelling -money,
c^-opi&iw -opi&w, f. ^^-
opfiiiffcff, V. n. i4<p* (= iirl),
" at or over against "; dpfidu,
"to lie at anchor"] (" To lie
at anchor, or be moored, at
or over against a place";
hence) To lie at anchor, or
be moored, off the coast, etc.
^«^p|&ova'ai, contr. fern,
nom. plur. of P. pres. of
iipopfi4o9»
» ^6-p^, f><^ pii't adj. C^X^"
w, *'to hate"] In active
force : (** Hatdng "j hence)
Hostile. — As Sabst.: ^6p^,
ov, m. One who is hostile;
an enemy. 10" Comp. : 4x9-
Inv I Sup. : IxOtCTOS.
cxiXov, contr. 3. pers. siug.
imperf. ind. of )(J\6<a.
cxptjcrOc, Attic and contr.
2. pers. plur. imperf. ind. of
Xpoo/Aoi.
^-vp^, vpi, vp6vy adj.
[lx-», "to hold fast"]
("Holding fast"; hence) 1.
AtMb* Book VII.
Strong, firm.^2. Of places:
Strong, secure.
1. cx-Wi imperf. eTxov, f. I{«
(= ^x-^"*) and (Tx-iiTco, p. ^(Tx-
ijKa, 2. aor. ftrxov, v. a. and
n. irreg. : 1. Act. : a. To
have, possess J — at 7, 41 rh
belongs to ^x^iv, not to apyip-
lov; see 1. 6, no. 2; — at 1, 21
the repeated use of l^x^is
points to the eagerness of the
speakers; — at 4, 15 the Sub*
ject of the Inf. ^x^ty is not
expressed, as it is the same as
that of the leading verb of
the clause (^^ao-av) ; cf. 6, 10;
— at 1, 9 supply a&r^v (=^ir«-
alTtcriJiSv) after ^xo^'tcs. — b.
The part. pres. may often be
rendered with: — l^x^" Upua,
with animals for sacrifice,
1, 85 : — ^x^" hvOp^ous, with
men, 2, 11. — 2. To have,
hold possession of, occupy ; —
at 7, 7 supply ahri/iv (=xeipaif
after 4xovrcov. — 8. To hold
back, check, restrain ; 1, 20.
—4. With Inf.: To have
the power to do, etc.; to be
able to do, etc. — 6. To have
in one's, etc., power, or in
one*s hands ; to holdfast, etc.
—6. Neut. : a. {To have one's
self, etc. ; i. e.) To employ
one*s self, etc. ; to be engaged,
occupied, or busy ; 2, 16. — b.
With Adv. : {To have one's
self, etc. ; t. «.) To be in the
state, etc., denoted by the
adverb: — koKws Uxoi, might
M
i62 VOCABULARY.
he in a good state, or prosper; \ impm^ u t v, ocntr. 1. peis*
ef. 7, 44 : — tmXXIow Hx^t^ ** ' P^*^- imperf. incL of ipdm,
better, or the better plan, ! ctMrt, coDtr. 3. pen. plur.
3, 37 : — KOKsiS txovra, being . pres. ind. of idm,
in a bad states or ai» evil j
plight, 7, 40, where %x^^^ I Z*, as a numefal ngn =
beloDgs to ra ixeifoew, not to ! (Itt(£, seven;) ^fiSo/t9Sf seo-
cae : — &s c^ci (se, abrd = t& ' entk:—'S€Po^rrosKvpov*ApSr
ifii),hoic, or in what situation, fida^ms Z* ( = j| 1/38 J/iv Plfi^'s)
they are, 6» 33 :— xa^c"'»r ! ^« Seventh Book, or 1>»0»-
c7x<"', vere angrg, 5, 16. — e. sion,qfXenopkoii^sAMabasis.
Impers. : cxci* ^oi, etc., | (om, impof. l^Cuv (later
(Jif Aa« iV^e//', i. e.) It is the , <iCnv), f. C60'if and (i^/iai, p.
case : — ovroes ^x^ir, {that thus j ^(riKa, 1. aor. (iCiiaUg r. n. :
it is the ease ; L e.) that the \l. To be ativet to Uve» — SL
ccse is this or stands thus, j 2b support life, to live,
6, 17. — ^7. Mid. : cx-oftoi, f. j topo, as, f. il virfff *9!f^
c^oficu and axjio^ofAM : With ' garment fiirtened to the loiiit
Gen. : (" To hold one's self, ■ and hanging down so aa to
etc., fast to "; hence) To lag ' cover the f^ ; a seirai aee
hold of, etc,', Q, 41.— 8. P^iss.: ' xXo^us.
cx-o^oi, p. HaxTifiux, 1. aor. | tcvyq, contr. nom. and ace.
iaxi^v, 1. fnt. (late) o'x^^- ' plor. of (ivToi-
eofiai,Tobeheld/ast,tobelaid'^ X/ny^oi, €ss mn, n. [fsSrjf
koldof,ss'pns(meTS,ete.; 8,47. » rvu^ ** to join"; lienoib ''to
2. cx«,pres. snbj. of 1. Kxf»i ' i^^" beasts] (*< That wUch
3, 28. : is yoked"; henoe) L ^JgoJte,
tx*»v, ovffa, o¥, P. pres. of 'or/>ai>, 42f ^^o*^^ — S. nor.:
cx« >— at 6, 16 sapplj fic a. Fairs of animab. — K
with Ix^'i^o- *~~ -^ Sobst. : ' Tolce^beasts, goke^cattU,
cxovrcs, eey, m. plor. With ! Zcvs, gen. aUs, poeL Zfpfrj
Art.: (Those who possess m. Zeus; the Greek name of
property; i. e.) 1^0 wealthy ; ' the Bonuin JmpnUr, Uie long
3, 2S :— oi M^ €xorrer, (/Aom | of the celestial deitiea ~
who do not possess property; ' to Sans, die, '*heaTen"]|.
i. e.) the poor, S, 28. i (jv, pres. inf. of Cdst.
ci|n|4Mk<raaik, 2. pcrs. plor. ' Cv|&-iTi|f, irw, a/dQ. [CfiMii
1. aor. ind. mid. of ^^i(;w. l ^' leaven "3 Leaieued.
cwpa, contr. 3. pers. ung. («, contr. 1. pen. ang.
imperf. ind. of Spam. pres. ind. of £i{fl9«
VOCABULARY.
163
((pt]v, pres. opt. of iiw,
(wv, (jSoiTOLy (wy, P. pres. of
1. 4j, conj. : 1. Or:—^ . . .
ff, «7Aer . . . or: — irSrepa
{v6T€pop) , , , ijf whether
. . . or.— 2. Or else, other-
wise (= ei 5^ fJ^'fi); 4, 15. — 3.
After woi*ds denoting com-
parison or difference : Than :
—olBly ^rrov . . , 1i, Not at
all less . . . than,
2. {j, fern. nom. sing, of
def. art. 6.
3. % fern. nom. sing, of
rel. pron. 8y.
4. j : 1. Fem. dat. sing, of
rel. pron. 8s. — 2. As adv.
(supply 65f ) : Where.
5. "Q. 3. pers. sing. pres.
subj. of 1. ei/if.
6. % adv. In direct ques-
tions : Fray ? can it be ?
4^ 9 ; 6, 4.
ilfia-OTUta, v. n. inceptive
[jifid'U, "to be at man's
estate"] To- he coming to
man's estate, etc.
{jPocTKoiv, ova-a, ov, P. pres.
of rifidaKta,
i^lYYvaro, - contr. 3. pers.
sing, imperf. ind. mid. of
iyyvdof,
'jjYcto'Oai, contr. pres. inf.
of rjyeonat,
{jYctrai, contr. 3. pers.
sing. pres. ind. of rjyfo/xai,
4y^~H^^> /AiJj'os, m. [^7€-
onai, «* to lead "] (" One that
M
leads"; hence) 1. A leader,
guide, — 2. A commander^
general,
^y'io^ox -ov|jiai, f. ^7-
ijffo/xat, p. 9iyr)ixai, v. mid. : 1.
a. Alone : To lead, lead the
*^^y * — for ^7«*TOi rod (rrpar"
fv/i&Tos, see crpdrevfia, — b.
With Dat. [§ 104] : To lead
the way for, i. e. to go before,
precede, guide, conduct, etc,
— 0. To be a leader, chief,
commander, etc. — d. With
Gen. : To command, have the
command of — 2. To deem,
consider, think, hold, etc. ;
1, 27 [fr. same root as &yw ;
see ULyio],
^xfyrQ, 2. pers. sing. fut.
ind. of iiyiofiau
^Yiij(ro|Jiai, fut. ind. of
^7coMa(.
^yov, imperf. ind. of &yw,
iqyov: 1. Contr. 2. pers.
sing, imperf. ind. of ^7«o/Aat;
7, 27.-2. Contr. 2. pers.
sing. pres. imperat. of ^7-
ioixai ; 3, 9.
ifyovi&cvos, tit ov, contr. P.
pres. of rjyto/xai. — As Snbst. :
ifyov|&cvos, ov, m. With Art. :
Se that leads; the leader,
■qSciv ; see tUa,
^8^-fli>S| adv. [tj^vs, ^hi-os,
in force of "well-pleased,
glad *'] (" After the manner of
the r)dvs "', hence) 1. Qladlg,
with pleasure or delight. — 2.
Agreeably, pleasantly, with
comfort,
2
i64
VOCABULARY.
TJSriyadv. : l,Now^ already;
at this time ; at that time, —
2. Presently, forthwith [akin
to Siins. adya, ** to-day,
now"].
Tj8iin)(ra4 1. aor. ind. of
fjSlov, adv. [adverbial nent.
of Tidiuy, comp. of Tidvs,
'*jrlad"] More gladly,
t|8-of&ai, f. fiadfiaofiat, 1.
aor. 9i(rOriyf v. mid. : 1. To he
glady pleased, or delighted.
— 2. With Part, in concord
with Sabject : To be pleased
or delighted at, — 3. With
Dat. : To he pleased with, to
take delight in [akin to
Sans, root SVAD, or SYad,
" to please "].
VjO^tjora, 1. aor. ind. of
TJiciora, adv. [adverbial
iieut. plur. of f^ffiOTos, "least"]
1. Least, — 2. Like Lat.
"minime": By no means,
not at all.
i^KoXov6t|(ra, 1. nor. ind.
of aKo\ovd4(o,
T|ic6vTt^ov, imperf. ind. of
TJKovov, TJKova'a, imperf.
and 1. aor. ind. of iucova,
^K«, f. ^|w, p. (late) ^x«»
V. n. : 1. To have come or
arrived ; to he present, to he
here; to arrive, — 2. With a
part, other than that of the
fut. : Pleonastic : — ^icarpa^d.-
fjL€i/os fiKWf (J am come having
arranged; i.e.) I have ar-
ranged, 1, 39.
^Kuv, ouffOy ov, p. pres. of
{jXawov, imperf. ind. of
*HXcios^ ou, m. An JHeau;
a man of JEUs, a state of
Sonth- Western Greece.
tjXOov, 2. aor. ind. of fyx'
ofiai,
TJX-Yos, tou, m. The sum
[akin to Sans, ivdr, "the
snn"].
4jXirI{ov, imperf. ind. of
i\viCa,
V)|&^Xy|ou, 1. aor. ind. of
^l&cv, 1. pers. plnr. impeif.
ind. of 1. dfii.
■fjlA^po, as, f. jDay;^-at
4, 14 rifiepas is the Chen, of
tune [§ 112, Obs, 8];— at
1, 40; 8, 6, etc,, ^/i^uDit
of time «* when" [§ 108, (6)];
— at 6^ 9, etc,, ^fiipcip, and at
2, 21 ^ficpas, is Ace. of dmrn-
tion of time [§ 99] ; cL
Primer, § 101, (1).
4l&-^cpo«, tripa, irtpew,
pron. poss. ^iifi-tts, **we*']
Cf, or belonging to, ms $ cmr,
ours. — As Sabst. : ^^t^poiy
f»v, m. plnr. Our men, cur
friends; 7, 16.
I ^|iiov-Yic^, XkHb ^it6iff a^.
! [rifilov-os, '*a mole"] Of, or
belonging to, a mule or mules.
tJi&Xavf, €ta, V, adj. Sa^.
— ^Ab Subst. : a. i^^itnm, ^uiw.
VOCABULARY.
165
m. plup. With Art.: The
half I 8, 18. — b. TJ|jiY<rv, cos
ovs, n. A half,
1. -{jv, conj. with Subjunc-
tive [contr. fr. Uv, '4f"] If,
2. ^v, 1. and 3. persons
sing, imperf. ind. of 1. ci/i^*
3. TJv, fern. ace. sing, of ^s.
Jvtxa, adv. When,
|oi, 3. pers. sing. fut. opt.
of fJKW.
4j|«», fut. ind. of ^icw.
i^i(rTa|&t]v« imperf. ind. of
imffrauai,
Vjir^pci, contr. 3. pers. sing,
imperf. ind. of kvopiw,
■^opctTo, contr. 3. pers.
sing, imperf. ind. mid. of
iarop4to,
npaxXe-CSris (quadrisjll.),
(8ou,m.['HpoK\€-r;s,"Heraclees
or Heracles**] (**Son, or de-
scendant, of Heracles"] Hera-
cleideSf a native of Maronea^ a
town of Thrace.
■^plaiJiTiv, 1. aor. ind. mid.
of &px^»
^po|&T|v, 2. aor. ind. oflepofiat,
"hpX^FV^f imperf. ind. mid.
of &pX«'
•^pi&To, contr. 3. pers. sing,
imperf. ind. of iptaraa,
^xravy 3. pers. plur. imperf.
ind. of 1. et/if.
■Qa^cTO, 3. pers. sing. 2. aor.
ind. of aiaSdpouai,
^irBr\a'av, 3. pers. plur. 1.
aor. ind. of f}8o/ua(.
tiraS6|it]v, imperf. ind.
wd^ofxai.
lf(rxvv^i'''nv> imperf. ind.
pass, of aiffxvvco,
1. ^Tc, 2. pers. plur. pres.
subj. of 1. 6tV; 7, 17.
2. -nTe, contr. for ^ieirt, 2.
pers. plur. imperf. ind. of
2. (Jixii 7, 6.
■jfrtiora, 1. aor. ind. of
airiw,
■QTiacriiiJiTiv, 1. aor. ind. of
iJttov, adv. [adverbial neat,
of ^Trwv, "less"] Less: —
obx ^rrov, not less, no less,
not a whit less : — ov^^v ^rrov
ij, in no respect, or not at all,
less than; i.e. equally well
with, or quite as well as,
r\Travs» contr. nom. masc.
plur. of ^rrecy; see ^rrav,
tJTTiov (Attic for ^crcrap),
ov, comp. adj. (" Less ";
hence) Inferior, weaker, —
As Subst. : TJTTOVCs (contr.
T|TTOeS, TJTTOVS), «*', HI. plur.
With Art. : The weaker, the
less strong ; 3, 5.
T|vXl{[<$fi.T|v, T|vXC(rOT|v, im-
perf. and 1. aor. ind. of
avKl^ofiai,
T|vpi<rKov, imperf. ind. of
evpiffKco,
•i\xB6ii.'r\v, •i\x9iaBy\v, imperf.
and 1. aor. ind. of &x^^M'^^'
OaXairara (Attic OdXarra),
rjs, f . Sea : — ivl 6aKdTrri,{ near
sea, i. e.) on the sea-coast,
1, 28, etc. : — iir\ OiXarrav,
to the sea, 1, 17 : — Kara
I66
VOCABULARY.
BiXarrav, fty sea, 2, 10 : —
irofKi OdXarretyf (beside or
parallel with sea, i. e.) alon^f
the sea-coast, 8, 7 : — iv ry
BaXaTTTi, on the sea, i. e. at
sea, 2, 13 [prob. like rapdtr-
ffu, fr. Sans, root tbas ; and
80, " the trembling or agitated
tbing/' in reference to the ac-
tion of the winds and waves].
OdXarro, ris; see OdXcurtrcu
Bap^oKi'taq, adv. [do^/^oXc-
ry, "bold, confident"] ("After
the manner of the 6af^a\4os**;
hence) With boldness or con-
Jidence; boldly, confidently.
Oap^-^ct -», f. Oap^'fi(T<e, 1.
aor. iddH^rj<ra, v. n. [0(£^^-os,
** courage "] 1. To take cour-
age} to be of good heart or
cheer. ^-2, To be bold or
daring.
OaTTOv, comp. adv. [ad-
verbial ncnt. of Odrray, comp.
of raxwy, "quick"] 1. More
quickly, with greater speed,
etc. — 2. In time : More speed-
ily, the sooner.
6av|id(<0, f. Oavfiaffu and
Oavfidaoimai, p. reOa^fiaKO,
1. aor. iOa^fmca, v. n. and a.
[for davfiar-<ru ; f r. davfia,
0a6fiaT'OS, "a wonder"] 1.
Neut. : To wonder, marvel,
be amazed. — 2. Act. : a. To
wonder, or marvel, at. — b.
Folld. by 5t< : To wonder at
the fact that,
6av|&a<n)Tc, 2. pers. plur.
1. aor. subj. of OavtiaCw,
[for iavfAOT'TSs; ft, Ba»itA\m
(=r Baviidr-iTM), *' to wonder
at"] (" Wondered at "; henoe)
Wondrous, wonderful, mar-
vellous, fJST (Comp.: (kw-
tiaffT.&rtpos) ; Sup.: Saxr/tturr"
6r&Tos,
9av|&curT^aTo«, ti, ow, sop.
adj. ; see Oavtuurr6s, — Ab
Subst. : 6av|MurT^&TOft, mf,
m. plur. Most wondrodu, or
most marvellous, men; 7, 10.
6ca-Y^-i|s, €os ovff m.
iBed (uncontr. gen. Mros),
"a goddess"; y*"* ""oo* ^
ylyvofiai or yivoficu, ''to be
bom"] ("Goddess-bom One")
Theag^nes; a Locrian, cap-
tain in the (}reek army.
O^D, 3. pers. sing. prM.
subj. of 0€A«.
BiKia, f. OcA^tTM, 1. aor.
ie4xri<ra, v, n. To he mUihsjff
to will.
O^XoNTi, 3. pers. plur. pres.
subj. of B4\w,
0£|&cvos, 17, 09, p. 2. aor.
mid. of rXdfifjLi,
9e^, ov, m. and f.: 1.
^asc. : A god, a deity : — wp^s
diwv (as an oath), by*fhegod$t
by heaven, 1, 29. — T^th Art. :
ol Oioi, the gods, collectively,
2, 15: — for ahv rois $€M,
see avif, nos. 1 and 8.—^
Fem. : A goddess ; cf. 6, 18
[akin to Sans, deva; cf. Lai.
deus"].
9cpair-cv«^ f. 0€piiw€^m, pit
VOCABULARY.
167
V. a. [^d4pd\^, e4f>dir-os, "an
attendant," etc,"] (" To be an
attendant to "; hence) 1. To
take care of. — 2. lb treat
medically ; to heal, cure.
6^cr6ci 2. pers. plur. 2. aor.
imperat. mid. of rtdrifit,
94», f. Bfvffo/xaif y. n. To
run : — $4ovcrt Bp6/xtp, run at full
speed, 1, 15; see ZpSfios. —
N. B. Dissyllabic contracted
verbs in i», and their com-
pounds, admit only of the
contraction into ci [akin to
Sans, root dhat, ** to run"].
etiPoi, &Vy f. plnr. Theh(B or
Thebes; the capital of Boeotia,
a state of S, Greece^ — Hence,
6t]P-au>$, aia, aioy, adj. Of,
or belonging to, Thebes;
Theban.'-Aa Subst. : OnfiaX'
OS, ov, m. A Theban,
Gnptuos, ov'y see 0^iSai.
6i{pt|, 17?, f. Thebe ; a town
of Mysia.
6£)jipp«iv, tivos, m. UtimbT'
on; a LacedsBmonian general,
who was sent out B.C. 392 to
take the command in Asia
against Struthas, a Persian
satrap, by whom he was de-
feated and slain.
6vij-<rK», f. davovfiai (also, as
formed fr. the perf., reSifii^w
and TfOyfi^ofiai), p. rtOyriKa,
2. aor. t9avov, v. n. : 1. In
present tense: To die: —
Oy-flffKti vSfftff {dies by dis-
ease ; 1. e.) dies a natural
death, 2, 82.-2. In perf.
tenses : (" To have died " ;
t. e.) To be dead.—Z. To fall
in battle, to be slain [root
6av, akin to Sans, root HAN,
" to strike, to kill '»].
96pvPo9, ov, m. Tumult,
clamour, uproar.
6p^Kcs» (fv, plnr. of 0p$|.
6p9,in), ris, f. Thrace; a
country of the S. E. of Europe,
corresponding very nearly with
the modern Koumelia. —
Hence, 6p^K-to«, m, Xov, adj.
I%racian. — N.B. Probably the
word is derived from rpaxcta
(the aspirate being transferred
from the x to the t), fern, of
Tpdx^s, "rugged"; and so
means " the rugged country."
Op^KXo^t OL, ov ; see &p^Kn.
Opqif) &p(i^k6s, m. A Thrac*
ian ; — Plur. Thracians.
6pa(rvS) eta, i), adj. Bold,
courageous, spirited, Jg^'
Comp. : 6pd(ri&-r€pos ; (Sup. :
dpCLO'^'TaTOS).
9p&<rvTcpo9, a, oy, comp.
adj. ; see Bpatrvs,
©VY-*Tr|p, artpos aTp6s, f.
A daughter [akin to Suns.
duhitr-i, "a daughter'*; fr.
root DUH, " to milk"; and so,
literally, ** a milker "].
6ti-f&a, fi&Tos, n. [Bv-os, "to
sacrifice"] (**That which is
sacrificed"; hence) A sacri-
fice, victim,
9v'^6%, fiov, m. (** Breath";
hence, -'the soul"; hence.
1 68
VOCABULARY.
'* the mind "; hence, as heing
an afifection of the mind)
Rage, anger, wrath, resent'
ment [akin to Sans. rootDHO,
or DHU, " to blow "].
6vKo(, S»v, m. plur. The
Thyni ; a Thracian people.
ChSpa, as, f. A door, gate
[akin to Sans, dvara, "a.
door, a gate "].
Ovo-ai, 1. aor. inf. of Ova;
2,14.
0v(ra|icvos, 17, oy, P. 1. aor.
mid. of Ovm.
6v<rcif(v), Attic for Bvaat,
8. pers. sing. 1. aor. opt. of 6va,
BvwVf ovca, oif, P. fht. of
Bv'0, f. Ovtrcft p. TiBviea,
1. aor. iBwra, v. a. : 1. Act. :
a. To sacrifice, offer in sacri-
Jice, slag, etc. — ^b. Alone : To
offer sacrifice, to sacrifice;
8, 4: — i9v€ . • . ir6r€pa, he
sacrificed . ... {to learn)
whether, 6, 44^ where some
editions have the middle voice,
i6v€70» — 2. Mid. : 9v-o|uu, f.
Ovao/JMif 1. aor. idvaafiriv, p.
pass, in mid. force reO^fuu : a.
To offer sacrifices for one's
self; to have a victim slain
for one's self; to consult or
take the auspices : — iOvtro ci,
he consulted the auspices {to
learn) if 2, 15.— b. Folld. by
ivi c. Acc. : To consult, or
take, the auspices {on march-
ing) against a person, etc.;
8,21.
BrnpoK'Him, 1. aor. iB mpi
taa, V. a. [0<&pa^ O^paK^ot, **
breast-pkte"] ("To pat
breast-plate, etc., on" ape
son; hence) 1. To arm or eqm
another with a hreast-plai
etc. — 2. Mid. : 9i*paK-Cto|u
To put a breast-plate on om
self; to put on, or arm one
self with, a breastplate, —
Pass.: O««paic-£to|uu, p. t
OofpoK' uTficu, 1. aor. i9mpd
i(r0rip. To be armed
equipped with a hreoH^lm
etc.
"IStl, i7»*f.("Awood")Ja
or Ida, a woody momitiiiB
the Troad.
ISlf; seetSibf.
fSlos, a, or, adj. Omtfs am
private, personal, — AdTcrix
dat. fem. : ISC^ On on^s 01
account,privateUf. — ^As Sobs
fSXov, ov, n. With Art
(''The personal thing"; hem
Mg, etc., personal adva
tage ; mg, etc, private hen
fit ; 7, 39.
lSt-can|s, t&Tou, m. [IKm
"private"] ("One ma
fSIof "; hence) A private pt
son; i.e. one in a piin
station.
i8oi|&i, opt. of cI5ar ; 1
1. (XBa,.
i8*>|uv, 1. pers. plnr. so)
of elSov ; see 1. ct5if •
IStfv, ovaa, 6r, P. of cISf
. see 1. €W«.
VOCABULARY
169
K8«Mri(v), 8. pers. plur. snbj.
of cTSov ; see 1. cYScv.
Uyai, pres. inf. of 2. c7/i(.
WVl
Icp^v,
ov
see
Upd,
Upe-iov (quadrisyll.), iov,
n. [iiptii, Upi-uSy ** a priest **]
(*'A thing pertaining to a
itpfvs"; hence) An animal
for sacrifice, a victim.
Up69, d, 6y, adj.: 1. Sacred,
consecrated, hallowed : — rh
hphif 6pos, the sacred mount"
ain ; a name given to a mount-
ain, or mountuin-ridge, in
Thrace.--N.B. The term Up6s
was commonly applied to any
country, mountain, river, etc.,
under the supposed tutelage
of some deity. — As Subst. : a.
Up^v, ov, n. (" A sacred build-
ing"; hence) A temple, — b.
tcp^ uv, n. plur. ("Sacred
things*'; hence) (a) Sacri-
fices, offerings, etc. — (b) ITie
entrails of a victim, etc. — (c)
Auspices. — 2. With Gen. :
Sacred, or consecrated, to.
'lcp-«Sv)})ji-os,ou,m. [length-
ened fr. 'Up'Syvfi'Os ; fr. Up-
6s, ** sacred" ; 6vvfji'a (=: iyojx*
a), ** a name "] (** Having, or
of, a sacred name ") Hieronym'
us ("Jerome"), an Elean;
one of the senior captains in
the Greek army.
tt|Tc, 2. pers. plur, pres.
subj. of 2. e7/ut.
t0i, 2. pers. sing, prc^i.
imperat. of 2. el/ii.
tK-av6s, Sofff, S.v6v, adj.
[usually referred to U, root
of iK'dva, and iK-vtofiai, "to
come "] (" Becoming, befit-
ting"; hence) 1. Students
— at 8, 2 the Inf. awUpai is
dependent on &(rT€ under-
stood, not on IkovSv. — 2. a.
Competent, capable. — b. With
Inf. : Competent, or able, to
do, etc.; capable of doing,
etc.;—Vit 7, 38 supply fioriBrj'
cat after iK&ifSs; see preced-
ing context, fgg^ (Comp. :
iKay-drepos) ; Sup. : ik&v-
(&TaTOS.
tKavwraros, ri, ov, sup. adj.;
see iKS.v6s.
U^Tcvira, 1. aor. ind. of
tK€T€Vt0.
Ikct-cvq), f. iKertvffct, 1. aor.
(K6Tcv(ra, V. a. [ticeV-ij?, "a
suppliant "] (" To be a Uhris
to"j hence) To supplicate,
beg, entreat.
lic-^Tr|s, cTou, m. [Ik, root
of iK'Vcdfxai, " to come "]
("One who comes" to seek
aid, protection, etc.; hence)
A suppliant,
tXcwv, gen. plur. of '/Aews;
6,36.
tXcus, toy, adj. [Attic form
of X\ao5, " propitious "] Pro-
pitious, favourable. — N.B.
The quantity of the a is
mostly short; in some pass-
ages of the poets it is long.
If&ar-tov, Xov, n. dim., only
in form [obsol. J^a (— (Tfia),
I70
VOCABULARY.
tfA&r-os, ** that which one puts
on"; hence, **a cloak," eteJ]
1. A cloak, mantle, outer
garment, — 2, Plur. : Clothes
or garments in generaL
tva, conj. : With Subj. : That,
in order that,
towv, 3. pen. plnr. pres.
opt. of 2. c7/i<.
UvTCf, masc. nom. plnr. of
P. pres. of 2. etfu,
linr-cvf, €«s, m. [Iwr-os,
*'a horse"] 1. Sing.: Ahorse^
man. — 2. Plnr. : fforsemen,
cavalry.
tmrtic^v, ov; see irrMs,
Iinr-Yic6s, iicfi, Xk6v, adj. \%wx-
os, "a horse'*] 1. Of, or belong'
ing to, a horse; horse-. — 2.
Of, or helonging to, cavalry ;
cavalry-, — As Subst. : l»ir-
\k6v, ov, n.: a. A cavalry
force, cavalry ; 6, 26 ; 6, 29,
middle of section. — b. With
Art.: The cavalry: 6, 29,
beginning of section.
tw-os, ov, m. A horse : —
iwl rwy %kx<op, {on their
horses; i.e.) on horseback,
4, 4 [akin to Sans, a^-va ; cf.
Lat. equ-us'].
io-flUn, irreg. 3. pers. plnr.
of o78a; see 1. cf5».
Ur9i, 2. pers. sing, imperat.
of ol9a; seel. ^tJko. KnowthoUy
be thou assured: — tZ Xadi,
know well,!, e. beweU assured.
XvT€, 2. pers. plnr. imperat.
of o75a; see 1. ttSo^, Know
ye, be ye assured.
C-<rn|-|u, f. vrlivm, p. t-
imiKa, 1. aor. toniva, 8. aor.
iarrir, y. a. and n. : 1. Act. :
Pres., imperf., 1. fnt, 1. aor. :
To make to stand; to sei,
place, etc^i. Neut. : Perf.,
pluperf. (as pres. and imperf.
in force), 2. aor.: a. To stemd,
— b. To stand stUl, to htlL
— 3. Mid. : C-aT&-|uu, f. sr^i-
ffoiuu, 1. aor. iar^v&fttiwt a.
In pres., imperf., and fat. : ( 7b
make on^s self to stand ; L e.)
To stand. — ^b. In 1. aor. : 3b
set up, erect; 6, 86. — 4. Pass. :
t-(rr&-|MU, p. hrraftai, 1. aor.
i<rrS$riP, 1. f. oroB^aofuUf 7b
be set or placed; to Hamdg
cf. no. 2 [akin to Sans, root
sthA, '*to stand"; cf. Lat
sto (=: sta-o)].
to'-«t$,adv. [la-ot, "equal"]
('* After the maimer of tlie
Xaros"; hence) 1. EquaUg, —
2. Probably, perhaps.
'IrdpcXis, "ios, m. BabeUs;
a Persian officer who held
command in Comania. In
some editions his name appem
as *lTafi4\€iris, *lrafi4nis.
txVOS, €0f ovt, ILZ 1. A
footstep. — 2. A traok, whether
of troops or horses.
Uiv, ovara, 6p, P. pres. of
2. iliui—sA, 3, 16 the editions
vary between Urrts and
'icapt6vr^s,
K&Y&e^ = col AyaWcL
VOCABULARY,
17
KoO^ adv. \Kae' (= K&ret),
" according to **i S (neat. ace.
plur. of 5j, " who, which "),
" which things "] (« Accord-
ing to which things "\ hence)
According as, just as,
K&O-^oiuti, f. Ka9'i^ovtiaA,
v.mid. [K&et (=KOT<£),«down";
Hofxai, ** to seat one's self, to
sit "] To sit down,
KmiXxov ; see k&$4\ko9,
KSJd'ikftut, imperf. k&0-€7\K'
oy, f. Ka0'4K^ta and KaB-eKiev-
a», p. KSB'€i\KVKa, v. a. [_K<iO*
(= Karrf), "down"; €\ku, " to
draw or drag '*] Of a vessel :
(" To draw, or drag, down "
to the shore; hence) To
launch ; — at 1, 19 the imperf.
points to the commencement
of the act : began to launch,
Kii9-t]Y^0|&ai -t]Yov|Jiai, f.
K&d'rry^(rofiai, 1. aor. kolO-
iiyri<rafiriu, v. mid. [ic&0*
(= K&rd), in " strengthening"
force; riy4ofiai, "to lead the
way '*2 (" To lead the way ";
hence, ** to lead the way and
teach" — cf. Lat. prmre verbis
—hence) To point out ; 8, 9.
KaOriYno'^K'CVos, P. fut. of
KaOrjyeofiai,
Ka9-T||&ai, imperf. i-Ka6-
-fffiriu, imperat. ndB-ov (contr.
fr. KdO-Tjao), inf. KaO-rjadat,
part. KaB'-fififyos, v. mid. [icdO*
(= Kard), " down "; ffiai, " to
sit"] 1. To sit down, to be
seated, to sit. — 2. To be seated,
*.o sit, in council, etc.
K&Oijl&cvof, 17, ov, P. pres.
KaOrifiai ;-^at 1, 83 KaBrjfi4vm
rwv crpartforwv is Gen. Abs.
[§ 118].
K&Ourriivai, pres. inf. of
K&di<rrrffn,
Ka9-(oTt)|&i, f. Kara-ffr^trw,
1. aor. KaT'iffrriffa, p. koB-
dffrrjKa, 2. aor. Kar-4a"rriv,
V. a. and n. [ko^* (=: K&rd),
"down"; Xarriijn, "to canse
to stand; — to stand"] 1.
Act. : In pres., imperf., fat.,
1. aor.: a. To set doum, to
set, place, etc.— b. Of gaards,
etc, : To set, arrange, station,
— c. With second Ace. : To
make, or render, an Object
that which is denoted by the
second Ace; 7, 23.— d. To
appoint} 7, 56. — 3. Neat.:
In perf., pluperf., and 2. aor.:'
To set one's self down, to
settle, to be set, etc.
Ka(, conj. : 1. And, also:—'
Kai , . . Kul, both . . . and;
— KaC yt, and indeed, nsed to
introduce something more
emphatic ; — koI yap* an ellip-
tical mode of expression where
Kai reiterates, as it were, what
has preceded, while ydp assigns
the reason in what follows;
e, g, and (such and such is the
case, or I say bo) for ; hence,
com monly rendered, and truly,
for indeed, for of a surety, — 2.
To make a word or statement
emphatic : Also, too, — 8.
I^ven ;— Kai cl, even if, used
[./1B>''
«■"■¥.,
,.5-1
I's:
MlW-
,,bbs-
01 e
rtfl
orW^^i
tb**'-;
VOCABULARY.
^73
6, 12, etc, — d. To call hy
name; to call; 4, 15.— e. To
invite to an entertainment,
etc.; 3, 18; 6, 3.-2. Mid..
KaX^o|&ai -ov|&ai, f. KoKoviiai
later Ka\4<rofiai, 1. aor. ^xoA.-
€(r&/x7iv, To call, or summon,
as one's own act or for one's
self; 2, 30.— 3. Pass.: koX-
^0|i.ai -ov|&ai| p. KiKXtniai,
1. aor. iKk-qOriy, 1. f. K\rid'fi'
ffofiai.
KoXiov CiV, 4ov<ra ov<ra, 4ov
ovv, P. pres. of Ka\4(o,
KoX-X-Ycp-iu -W, f. KOW'
i€p'fia'u, p. K€Ka\\X4priKa, v. n.
[koX-<Js, " favourable " (with
A doubled, as is often the case
in words compounded with
it);'/€p-<i, "sacrifices"] To
make favourable sacrifices, to
obtain good omens,
1. KdXXlov, neut. ace. sing,
of KaWlay ; 7> 41.
2. KoXXlov, comp. adv.
[adverbial neut. of KaWlwv,
"more favourable, better"]
In a more favourable way,
etc. ; better ; 3, 37 ; see ?x»>
no. 6, b.
KdXXioTos, it\, ov, sup. adj.;
see KaK6s, — As Subst. : kcIX-
Xio-Tov, ov, n. Amostfortunate
thing ; a very favourable, or
most excellent, thing ; 6, 2.
KaXXttfV, ov, comp. adj.;
see Ka\6s.
KaX-6s, "h, 6v, adj. : 1. a. Of
persons : Beautiful, beauteous,
handsome* — b. Of things,
places, etc, : Beautiful ; — at
2, 38 the Sap. is folld. by Oen.
of the " Thing Distributed "
[§ 112].— 2. Good, noble,
excellent. — 8. Noble, brave,
— 4. honourable, glorious. —
5. Favourable, propitious,
auspicious, — 6. Favourable,
advantageous, for any pur-
pose ; — at 1, 24 folld. by Inf.
to denote the purpose = Latin
Gerund with ad: — olov KdK-
Xiarov iKrd^affOai, asfavour'
able as possible for drawing
(themselves) up in order,
jg^ Comp. : Ka\'\tQiv ; Sup. :
Kd\-\i<rTos [akin to Sans.
cAdr-w, "beautiful"].
KaXovfJicvos, ri, ov, contr. P.
pres. pass, of Ka\4u> ; see koA-
4a, no. 1, c.
KaXovvTcs, contr. nom.
masc. plur. P. pres. of xaXew.
KoX- wsy adv. [^Ka\'6s, " beau-
tiful, honourable"] ("After
the manner of the Ka\6s*^;
hence) Well: — koXws ^crrai.
It will be well, i.e. all will
be well, or things will turn out
well, 3, 43.
Kd|&vu, f. KafjLovfiat, p. kc-
K/ir)Ka, 2. aor. tnayiov, v. n.
1. To labour, toil.— 2, To
labour under sickness ; to be
sick or ill [root Kafi., akin to
Sans, root 9AH, in the original
signification "to get tired";
and, also, to Sans, ^amy
work"].
xdfjivttv, ovcra, ov, P. pres. of
t(
174
vocabulary:
KayLVw, — ^AsSabst.: ica|&vovTCS,
uv» m. plar. With Art.:
The sick ; 2, 6.
1. KOLK (= Kal &V), CODJ.
JSven if.
2. KCLV (= Kal iy) And in,
Kainr&SoKta, Xas, f . Cappa-
docia; a coantrj of Asia
Minor.
KapSovxoiy wv, m. plar. :
1. The CardSchi, a people
inhabitiDg the high mountaiii-
oas tract between Persia and
Mesopotamia ; the modem
Kurds. — 2. The country of
the CardHchif the modem
Kurdistan.
Kara (before a soft vowel
Kvt', before an aspirated vowel
KoO*), prep. : 1. With Gen.:
a. I)own from. — b. Down
upon or over. — c. Down itUo ;
beneath, below. — d. Down
upon or towards. — 2. With
Ace.: a. Down along or with.
— ^b. Of space : (a) On, over,
throughout, up and down,
all about. — (b) By: — ical jtari
yrjv Kot Korii OtSXatrtray, both
by land and by sea, 6, 37 ;
cf., also, 2, 10. — C. Opposite,
over against : — ret km aOrohs
iKtrlvroma, the things cast
ashore over against them-
selves, i. e. the wrecks on their
own part of the coast, 5, 13 :
— jcaTct TOWS ^4yovs, opposite,
or before, the guests, 3, 22. —
d. Distributively or of time :
By: — Kar' 6\iyovs, (by few,
i. e.) by small parties, 6, 29 :
— Kor* ivtavrSv, year by year,
yearly, 1, 27. — e. Of parpofle,
etc. : For, after, in search of,
— f. According to, in accord'
ance with : — Kark rahrd, ao'
cording to the same things.
I.e. to the same effect, 3, 13;
3, 23 : — Karit rhv Bp^iov v6fA'
ov, according to the Thraci€»
custom, 2, 23. — g. Against,
— h. With Abstract Sabst to
form an adverbial expression :
— Karii (TxovZiiv, hastily, in
haste, 6, 28 : — xarii Kpdros, by
force, forcibly, perforce^ 7, 7.
ic&Ta-P<Uv», f. /rdr&iS^.
(TOficu, p. K&r&'$4$fiica, plop.
K&T-efiffiriKity, 2. aor. icor-
efiny, V. n. ^Kard, "down";
fialvu, "to go"] 1. 2b go, or
come, down ; to descend.---^.
To dismount from a hone;
3,45.
K&r&^VMV, owa, ow, P.
pres. of KatSfiaiMm,
K&T&Pas, do-o, i», P. 2. aor.
of K&Ta&aivto,
K&Topa-ots, o'cfltfty {, {KSri"
ffaivcif, ** to descend/' through
verbal root xaraPa (= K&rd;
Pa, a root of fialwetji] («A
descending **; hence) 1. Ade-
scent, a way or road down,"-'
2. A marching, or marck,
down from the interior of a
country to the sea coast (qpp.
to av&^aais).
KaTaPcPi|KM«, via, Ss, P.
perf. of KarSfiaiyw,
VOCABULARY.
175
KaToip^ai, 2. aor. inf. of
Kcirc^alpco.
KaTa6i]<ro|&ai, fat. ind. of
Karafialvoi,
Kara-pXaKcvtf, f. Kara'
i3AaiCje^<ro9, 1. aor. Kar-cjSXdic-.
cvcro, V. a. [icaT<£, "as to";
/SAcucc^w, " to be lazy"] (" To
be lazj as to" a matter;
hence) To treat carelessly, to
nusmanage.
KaT&Y&YctVi 2. aor. inf. of
Karayw,
Kar-oytf, f. icar-({|», p. hot-
fiy^oxa, 2. aor. Kar-iiyayov,
V. a. [^K&T'd, "down**; Hya,
"to bring"] ("To bring, or
lead, down" to a place, the
sea-coast, etc; hence) To
bring, or carry, hacJc,
kSLtSL-SciXlom -SciXXm, f.
jKara-SciAicUray, 1. aor. jcar-
€9ctAia(ra, v. D. [ic&ra, in
" strengthening ** force ; 8e<X-
Xi», "to be afraid"] lb he
ixfraid; to exhibit fear or
cowardice ; — at 6, 22 folld. by
Acc^of "Respect" [§ 98].
KaT&-8o(at», f. Kara.'
Zo^Suru, 1. aor. Kar-c8J|a<ra,
T. a. [liard, in "strengthen-
ing " force ; lo^adu, " to
think or snppose"] With
Objective clause: To think,
suppose, or imagine that.
KaTa8o(aactav, Attic 3.
pers. plnr. 1. aor. opt. of
KaraZo^a^u,
KaTo^p&|iuv, ovffa, 6v, P.
2. aor. of icdrarpex^*
ic(iT2l8v<r», fut. ind. of
Karahvw or KaraZvw,
Kara-SvM or KaTa-8vv», f.
Kdra-St/o'iv, p. Kdrd-SeSvica,
1. aor. Kar-eSvtra, 2. aor. icar-
4hvv, V. n. and a. [K&rd,
**down**; 8i;« or Svw, "to
sink ; — to make to sink "] 1.
a. Neut. : In pres., imperf.,
perf., and 2. aor. : To sink
down, to sink, — b. Act.: In
fat. and 1. aor. : To make to
sink down, to sink; — at 2, 13
supply avr6v as the nearer
Object oiKaraZvffw, — 2. Mid. :
KaT&-8vo|&ai, f. Kara'Zvffotuu,
1. aor. jcar- iZv<rafi.itiif = no. 1> a ;
7,11.
Kaf&Octv, contr. pres. inf. of
Kara04w.
KaToO^I&cvos, 11, ov, P. 2. aor.
mid. of KararXQiitii,
K&T&-6^», f. Kara-dtlffoiiai,
T. n. \Kari, "down"; Biw,
" to run "] 1. To run down, —
2. To make an inroad, — N.B.
This verb admits only the
contraction into Uis cTr, Ui,
c7, and Uiv c7y, as its simple
form {94a) is dissyllabic.
KaTa6i{<rca6ai, fut. inf.
mid. of KararXdri/ii,
Kara-KaCvt, f. Kara-KoyQ,
p. Kara-KCKoya, 2. aor. Kar-
eK&yoy, v. a. [icarA, in
"strengthening" force; Kaiv-
«, "to kill, slay"] To kill,
slay,
Kara-KoUi, f. KarA-Kavvu,
p. Kdrd-jc^jcavjco, 1. aor. jcdr-
176
VOCABULARY.
fKuucra, T. a. [jcdro, in ** inten-
sive" force; Kaiu, "to burn"]
To burn completeltf, hum up,
consume hy fire i to reduce
to ashes ; to lay waste hy
fire ; see itopBia, — Pass. :
icaTa-KaiO|iaL, p. K&Ta-iceicav-
fiaiy 1. aor. KaT'iKa66riVf 1. fat.
KOLTa- KavBritrofiai.
KaraKavctv, 2. aor. inf. of
KaraKaiyo) ; — at 6, 3 the
editions vary between Kara-
KOLv^Tv and KarcucTavfiy,
KaraKavcSv, ovaa, 6y, P. 2.
aor. of Kdrdxalya; — at 6, 36
the editions vary between
KaTQjKovSvr^s and Jc&r&ccKov-
icaTaKav0i)O'ca6ai, 1. fat.
inf. pass, of KaroLKoiw.
KclTaKavo'as, Ckffa, ay, P.
1. aor. of K&TOKalv,
KaTaKav<r«, fat. ind. of
K&T&Kodof.
KOLT&KCKOVWSf ViO, ((s, P. pcrf.
of K&TCLKalya ; see K&rSxiM^y.
KaTaicXcia6f|vat, 1. aor. inf.
pass, of K&raic\c(w.
Kara-icXcCw, f. Attic Kara-
icAicD, 1. aor. icar-cK\ei(ra, v. a.
[xdra, in " strengthening "
force; KK^ia^ "to shut"] To
shut up, enclose, confine. —
Pass. : icaTa-K\cCo|iai, p. Kara-
KiKXufiai and Kara-KiKXtiff-
fiaif pluperf. Kdr'€KeK\€i<rfi7)v
and Kar-tK€K\tlfiriy, 1. aor.
K&T'iKKilffOTiy,
KaT-aKovTtC«, f. KaT'dKoyr-
«<r«, 1. aor. K&T-nit6yTtffa,
I V. a. [jc&r-c^ ** down "; &icoyr-
, i(», " to strike with a dart,
I to shoot"] To ttrike dowm
with a dart or darts ; to shoot
down; — at 4, 6 the nearar
Object of K&TfiKoyTitrev is
r6<rovs, or x&ifras, which is
omitted before the relative
tfTOVS,
KaTOKTavctv, 2. aor. inf. of
KaraKTilya.
KaTa-icrdo|&(u -KTHf&iu, f.
Kdra-KriiffoyLai, p. Kard-Ki"
KTTifjLat, V. mid. [icard, in
** strengthening" force ; rr<£-
ofuuy "to acquire"] To ac'
quire, or yet, entirely or
certainly,
Kara-KTcCvw, f. icdra-irirerA,
1. aor. K&T'4Kr€tya, 2. aor.
Kar'4icr&vov, r. a. [Kdrd, in
" strengthening'' force; jcrcdw,
"to kill"] To kill, Way,
slaughter,
ic(iT&-Xa|fcP&n», f. icftr&-
X^tf'b/icu, p. ic&r-c(Ai|^a, 2. aor.
K&T'4\Sfioy, V. a. [icdrcC, in
" strengthening " fbrce ; Xafi$-
dya,, " to take "] 1. To take
possession of, seize, occupy. —
2. To find, discover.-^. With.
Ace. of place: To yain^retuth,
arrive at; 8, 8.
K&ra-Xctir«4 f . ncftrd-Xe/ifw,
p. KaTa-\4\oiva, 2. aor. jc&r-
4hXiroy, y. a. [jc&rtjE, in
" strengthening^' force; ktlrot,
"to leave "] 1. Act : a. To
\ leave behind. — b. To leave
behind for use, etc.; to re*
VOCABULARY.
177
serve ; 3, 22. — o. To forsakey
abandon. — 2. Pass. : Kara-
XetirofAat, 1. aor. Kar'€\el<pBr)v,
1. fut. KaTSL-\€i(f>d'fi(rofiai : a.
To he left behind,—}). To he
left remaining, to remain.
KOLTaXeuaOcis, etffa, 4u, P.
1. aor. pass, of KaraXet/o).
Kara-Xeuoi, f. KOLTa'KeifftOf
1. aor. KaT-4\tvffaf v. a. [^Kdrdi
in " strengthening ** force ;
\€vwy **to stone"] To stone
to death, — Pass. : koLtcL-
Xcvo|iai, 1. aor. Kar-f\€{Kr$r)v,
1. f. KaTCL-XcvaO'fja'Ofiai,
KaTaX'n^o)jkai, fat. ind. of
waToAXireiv, 2. aor. inf. of
fcaroAcfirw.
KaToXtircSv, ovaa, 6y, P.
2. aor. of KaToKtiira,
KaTa|j.a9<tfv, ovaa, 6y, P.
2. aor. of KarayLav9&v<a,
KaTa-|jiavOava>, f. ic&t&-
ftaOija-a), p. K&rd-fic/A(£077Ka, 2.
aor. K&T-€fi&6ov, v. a. [xarrf,
in "strengthening" force;
tiapB&vay "to learn"] ("Ta
learn thoroughly " ; hence)
To find out, discover, ascer-
/aj»,— foUd. by tri at 2, 18;
7, 43 ; — at 4, 6 without nearer
Object.
KaTa|j.civai, 1. aor. inf. of
Karaixlvto.
K&Ta-|i^va>, 1. aor. kot-
tfieiva, V. n. \_KaTdf in
** strengthening*' force ; fi4ucD,
**to remain *'] To remain, to
stay behind.
Anab. Book VII,
KaTa-|ieptt«>, f. Attic Kcird-
fifpltu, V. a. [k&to, in "strength-
ening** force; fi€pi((a, **to
divide"] To divide out, to
distribute J etc. — Pass. : K&T(i-
)jkcpiSo|j.ai, 1. aor. Kar-c/xcp-
i<r07]u ; — at 5, 4 Ka:r€fi€pi(T6ri
has a neut. nom. plur. as Sub-
ject J § 82, a].
KaTa-|j.{Y^H'^ ^^^ Kara-
|ii7vv», f. K&Ta-fii^u), V. a.
[KaT<£, in " strengthening *'
force ; fiiyuvfii, " to mix,
mingle '*] 1. To mix, mingle.
— 2. Pass. : KS,Ta-|i.C7VV|i(u,
imperf. Kar-cfiiyvvfiriv, To be
mixed or mingled: — eis rets
7r6\€ti Kartfiiyvvvro, went
into the cities and were
mingled amongst the citizens,
2^ 3 ; see 1. cts, no. 1^ b, (b).
KaTa-vo^«> -vow, f. k&t&-
po-fiaof, p. KaTa-y€if6rjKa, 1. aor.
Kar-tuSiiffo, V. a. [^Kdrd, in
"strengthening" force; yoew,
"to perceive"] To perceive,
observe, mark, notice,
KSLTavoi^craSf dffa, ay, P.
1. aor. of Karayota.
KaTav<ST)<rov, 1. aor. imperat.
of Karavoita.
KaTa-iroXc|ic<o -iroXc|j.w, f.
Kar&'iroKfijAiaa), 1. aor. kot-
€Tro\4fX7](ra,v.SL. [icdT<{,"down**;
iro\€fi€a), "to war*'] ("To
war down **; hence) To reduce
or exhaust by war ; to utterly
vanquish. — Pass. : Kara-iroX-
€fji€OfjiaL -iroXc|iov|j.ai, 1. aor.
*faT-€iroA€/x^$7j*'.
N
178
VOCABULARY.
KoLrairpalas, dcro, cof, P. 1.
aor. oi K&rarrpikffffta,
KaTairpd$aa6<u, 1. aor. inf.
mid. of KaTairpd(raa),
Kara-vpanrtna (Attic Kara-
irpaTTw), f. Kara-irpd^taf 1.
aor. KdT-cVpa|a, v. a. [kotci,
in " strengthening " force ;
irpdcrcrcoy " to do "] 1. Act. :
('*To do thoroughly"; hence)
To achieve, execute, accom-
plish, — 2. Mid. : KaTa-irpao"-
(ro{iai (Attic KaTa-irparro-
(tat), 1. aor. Kar-6irpa|a/ii}i',
To accomplish, etc., as one's
own act or for one's self; — at
7, 27 rovTo, omitted before
foUg. rel. 8, is the nearer
Object of Karairpd^affBai, — 3.
Pass. : KaTa-irpdcr(ro|j.at (At-
tic KaTa-irpdTTO|j.aL), p. Kara-
'Tfirpayfiai, 1. aor. Kar-^irpdx'
Btiv, To be accomplished, etc. ;
7, 27.
KaTairpaTTO) ; see fcara-
itpdaau),
KarairpaxOrivai, 1. aor. inf.
pass, of KaTaTTpdffau), ^
KaT-apdo|iat -apujAOi, f.
KaT'OLpda-ofjicu, 1. aor. icar-
Tjpdaafirju, v. mid. [#caT-<£,
"down upon'*; apdofuu, "to
curse"] (**To curse down
upon "; hence) With Dat. of
person : To call down, or
imprecate, curses upon; to
curse J 7, 48.
KaTa-(rKt)vda> -(rin)v», f.
Kara-aKrivfiato, 1. aor. icar-
efficijVTjcra, V. u. [^Kard, in
" strengthening'' force ; vktiw-
d<a, "to pitch a tent," «fc.]
To pitch a tent or tents; to
encamp ; to take up om^s
quarters.
KaTavKOir-i), ris, f. [Kara"
arKOTT-fu, "to spy, recon-
noitre"] A spying or recoii-
noitring,
KaTa(rrf)(r(U, 1. aor. inf. of
KaBiariiyn.
KaTcumiicrac, dcra, av, P. 1.
aor. of Ka^i(rTri/At,
KaTa-(rTp€(|>u, f. jc&ra-
crpir^fM, p. Kdr-60'rpo^a, 1.
aor. KaT'ftrrpf^a, v. a. [x&rd,
"downwards"; trrpi^tc, "to
turn"] ("To turn down-
wards"; hence) 1. Act.: To
subvert, overthrow, etc. ^2.
Mid. : Kara-orp^i^i&aiy f.
Kcira-ffrpir^oyitu, 1. aor. ac&r-
earperi^afiriy, (" To subvert for
one's self"; hence) To sub^
"'ect, subdue, conquer, over'
throw, by one's, etc., own act.
KarooxcLV, 2. aor. inf. of
K&rexcO'
KaTa-crxlt«, f. icara-(rxt<r«>
T. a. [^K&Td, in " strengtiien-
ing" force; (rx^C», "to
cleave "] 1. To cleave oMumder.
— 2. To break down; — at
1, 16 the Subject of irora-
(rxi(T€iv is omitted, as it is the
same as that of the leading
verb (tipaffdv) of the clauae.
KaTa-TX6i)|ii, f. Kar^-Q^mf
1. aor. (only in indie.) at&r-
1 4QriKa, v. a. [tdTo, **down**j
VOCABULARY.
179
rreuiui, ^'to put"] 1. To put,
or lay, down. — 2. Mid. : koLtcL-
TiOcfiai, 2. aor. Kar-edefirjj/ :
a. To put or Zay down as
one's own especial act; to de-
posit anywhere ; 1, 37. — b.
To lay up in storey 6, 34,
where it is used in a figura-
tive force, and is equivalent
to *' to secure/*
Kara-Tp^X^' f. Kara'dp&fi-
ovfiai, 2. aor. Kar-iSpafioy,
V. n. [^K&rdf "down"; rpdxof,
" to run "] To run down,
KaT-avAiSo|j.ai, 1. aor. icdr-
rjvKiaafxriv (late), earlier, 1.
aor. pass, in mid. force, k&t-
rjvKlffOrju, v. mid. [kot-ci, in
"strengthening** force; aif\'
iCofJ^ai, in force of "to bivouac,
encamp**] To bivouac, en-
camp.
KaTa-<^lv-'n9> ^s, adj. [^K&rd,
in " augmentative " force ;
^av, root of <t>atva), "'to show**;
pass. ** to appear, be seen **]
Thoroughly or plainly seen;
clearly visible,
KaTcpaivov, imperf. ind. of
KaTcpcp-nicccrav, 3. pers.
plur. plup. ind. of Karafiaivto.
KaTcpT)v, 2. aor. ind. of
KarcpXaKcvira, 1. aor. ind.
of KaraBKaKi{>oo.
KarcSciX^oUra, 1. aor. ind.
KaT€i8ov, 2. aor. without
pros., v. a. [KciT-ci, *'down on,
N
below ** ; it^ov, " to look, see ;'
see c^a>] 1. To look down on,
to see below, — 2. To see, ob-
serve.
KaTCKavOir|v, 1. aor. ind.
pass, of KOLTdKalu.
KaTcXa|j,pavov, imperf. ind.
of KoraKafA^ava,
KarcXOeiv, 2. aor. inf. of
KorepxoiicLi,
KaT^|j.a9ov, 2. aor. ind. of
KaT€|icpCa6t)v, 1. aor. ind.
pass, of Karafxepl^w,
KaTC|i,C-ywvTo, 3. pers. plur.
imperf. ind. pass, of Kar&fiiy'
yvfii,
KaTC'iroXc|j.i^OT)v, 1. aor. ind.
pass, of KaTairo\€fi4o9.
KaT-cpYalo|iai, f. Kar-tpyd'
ffofiai, 1. aor. KaT'€tpya<rdixrjy,
p. Kar-^ipyafffjiai, v. mid. [icot-
<£, in " strengthening *' force ;
ipydCofiai, " to work '*] (" To
work out, effect'*; hence) To
obtain, achieve^ acquire^ pro-
cure.
KaTCp7a(ra|j.cvo9, ri, ov, P.
1. aor. of Kar€pya^oixai,
KaT-^pXo|ji,ai, f. Kdr-cActJo-o-
juat, 2. aor. KaT-i]KvQov and
Kar-ri\dop, v. mid. [Kar-d,
*'down**; cpxoM«*> " to come*']
("To come, or go, down";
hence) To come, or go, back ;
to return.
KaT€(rKi]nf|o-ft, 1. aor. ind.
of KaTaarKTjfda.
K&T^oi, 3. pers. sing, pres,
opt. of «dT€;^«.
2
l8o
VOCABULARY.
K&T'^w, f. Ka9-il» and
2. SLor.KaT-ea'xoyf v. a. [k&t-cC,
in " strengthening " force j
^X«t ** to have or hold "]
(** To hold fast"; hence) 1. To
take possession or lay hold of;
to seize upon, — 2. To have,
possess, occupy. — 3. To retain,
keep possession of, — 4. To
check, restrain.
K&TY|YOp-^» -», f. K&TfiyOp'
'fltru!, 1. aor. K&r7iy6fnja'ct, v. n.
i^KaT'fiyop-os, "an accnser"]
(**Tobe a Kari/yopos*'; hence)
1. To accuses to bring forward
an accusation or charge. — 2.
With Gen. of person : To he
an accuser of; to accuse.
KaTt)70(>i{(ra)V, ovffa, ov, P.
fut. of KuTTiyopeu.
KaTt)7opovv, contr. 3. pers.
plnr. imperf. ind. of Kornyop-
4u.
KaTt)pcUraTo, 8. pers. sing.
1. aor. ind. of K&T&pdofiai.
KaT-t)p€|j.ilW| f. KaT'rip€fJu(r»,
1. aor. K&T-Tipefiiaa, v. a. [^k&t-
d,m ** strengthening " force ;
ilp€fjiiC<o, " to calm '*] To calm
thoroughly ; to appease, pad"
fy. — Pass. : K(iT-T|pc|jiIlo|i.at,
p. Kar'7ip4fiiirfiai, 1. aor. x&r-
TjpffjdffdTiv, 1. fut. K&T'ripefit(r-
Oilffofiai,
KarripcuCoui, 1. aor. inf. of
KaTrjpe/jLi^u.
KaTT|pc|j,i(rOi)(rav» 3. pers.
plur. 1. aor. ind. pass, of
KaTrjptfii^w.
K&npiXfatfiiottv, 1. aor. ind.
(pass, form) of K&ravAI^o^uu.
KarXSwy, owrt^ 6v, P, of
k6m I see koTm.
KcZ-|uu, f. Kfiffofuu, V. mid.:
1. To lie doum, to be lying
down.'-2. Of tables: To be
laid ; to be placed or set [akin.
to Sans, root 9I, ** to lie^ He
down "].
KCKpa^iisy via, 6s, P. perf.
of Kpd{t* ; — at ,8, 15 usKpay^
6Ttt¥ avruv is Gen. Aba.
[§ 118].
KcXcvc, 2. pers. sing. pres.
imperat. of ic€\c^.
KcXcvowv, ovaa, ow, P. fat.
of K€\€V6t.
KcX-cv«, f. ircAeifto-w, p.
ie€K4\€VKa, 1. aor. MKtvaa,
V. a. (**To urge on, impel";
hence) 1. With ObjectiTe
clause : To bid, or command,
that one should do, etc.;
7, 12 :— eiireri' (supply c^ohs)
Ke\€V€i ^€^0p, commands that
they tell Seuthes, or bids them
tell Seuthes, 2, 19.— 2. With
Ace. of thing : To demand,
require, etc. — 3. With Dat.
of person and Inf. : To urge
a person to do^ etc; 1, 38
[like K4\'0fiai, k4\~\v, "to
urge on/' etc; akin to Saas.
root KAL, «* to impel "].
N^p-as, drost Atuc oof,
contr. as, n. ("A horn** of
an animal; hence) 1. a. A
drinking hom.^h. The con-
VOCABULARY.
i8i
tents of a drinking -Tiorn ; the
wine in a horn ; 3, 32. — 2. A
horn or trumpet, — 3. Military
term : A wing of an army ;
1, 23, etc. [prob. akin to Sans.
gringa, "a horn"].
Kcpao-L, dat. plur. of Ktpas.
Kipara, nom. and ace. plur.
of K4pas,
KcpT^vlov, oUf n. Certon-
tum; a place i|i Mysia be-
tween Adramyttium and
Atarneus. — N.B. Some edi-
tions have Kvrd^piov, " Cy ton-
ium **; but that place was be-
tween Mysia and Lydia; while
the place mentioned by Xeno-
phon was in Mysia.
Kc4>aX-i{, Tjs, f. The head
[akin to Sans, kapdl-as, "a
head "].
Krfia, f. KiiZiitrie, 1. aor.
iKiiS-naraf v. a. : 1. To vex,
trouble, distress, — 2. Mid. :
m^Sofiai, f. KTi^'fiarofiou (Epic
K€KaS'f}(ro/xai), p. in pres. force
KdKrjBa: With Gen. of person :
To ueXf trouble, or distress
one*s self, etc., for, or on
account of, a person ; to feel
anxious, or a concern, for a
person j 5, 5 (after K-fiSeffdai) ;
— after iKiiBov, also in 6, 5,
supply ai/Tov (= 2€iJ8ov).
KTipvo-o-o) (Attic Kt)pVTrw)|
f. K-np{>^(o, p. KfK^pvxoit 1. aor.
iK'ijpv^a, V. a. (" To proclaim "
as a herald does ; hence) To
command, order, bid, esp. by
a proclamation ;— at 1, 7folld.
by Objective clause ; at 1> 86
by Uti.
KiipvTTw ; see Kfip6(rir«,
ki^wr-Xov, lou, n. dim.
[^KifiwT'ds, "a box or chest"]
A small box or chest,
KXXXK-ta, tas, f. [Krxtic.ej,
"The Cilicians," a people of
Asia Minor] The country of
the K(Attf€s or Cilicians;
Cilicia, It was divided into
Bocky Cilicia and Cilicia in
the plain country.
KivSiivcvo'as, atrtk, ay, P. 1.
aor. of Kip^vytvof.
KLv8vv-cva>, f. KiyHvyt^trcif,
p. KfKtpSvPcuKa, 1. aor. ^Kiy-
ivvfuffa, V. n. [^Kivivv'Of,
"danger"] 1. To fall, or be
brought, into danger or peril,
— 2. To encounter danger or
peril,
kCv8vvo9, ov, m. Danger,
risk, hazard, peril :—Kiy^uyof
fiii, danger, etc., that; see
fi-fl ; — at 7, 31 RipZvyos is the
predicate, rovro is the Sub-
ject, and iffrl is to be supplied
as copula.
KXc-a7op-as, ou, m. [kAc-
OS, *• glory "; &yop-d, in force
of- "the place of assembly"
for the people] ("Glory of
the ityopi**) Cleagoras; an
Athenian.
KX^-av8p-ot, ov, m. [kX^-
OS, " glory "; h.pi\p, &pSp'6s,
" a man "J (" Man of glory")
Cleandros or Oleander; a
Spartan harmost.
l82
VOCABULARY,
KXcavwp, opos,m. Cleanor;
a native of Orchomenas, in
Arcadia, who had the com-
mand of the Arcadian hoplite
force.
KX€i-6pav, BpoVf n. [icA€(-a>,
"to shut"] ("That which
shnts or closes **; hence) A
bar, or bolt, for closing a door,
etc*
kXcCu, f. KXiiffta, p. k^kKciku,
1. aor. t[K\€iffa, v. a. To shut.
icX^ir-T«, f. K\4}lfw, p. k4-
K\o<paj 1. aor. ^xXe^a, v. a.
and n. [root icXcir] To steal.
Kki^aSf ciffa, ay, P. 1. aor.
of K\€irrot.
kXtjOc^S, c7<ra, 4yy P. 1. aor.
pass, of K&\4w.
KXiv-t|, 171, £ [^k\(v'09, " to
recline; to lie*'] ("The reclin-
ing thing " ; t. c. ** that on
which one reclines or lies";
hence) A couch ; a bed, includ-
ing the frame of it.
KOlWV-^tf -», f. KOIV<0V'
•ffffw, p. KtKotydovrjKa, 1. aor.
^Koivt&yTiaa, T. n. [^KoivtoV'6sf
"a companion or partner"]
(•* To be a koivcovSs **; hence)
With Gen. : 2b have a part
of ; to take a share of or in.
Koivo>vi)(ra$, dca, av, P. 1.
aor. of Koiv»v4».
Koivu-v<Ss, vov, m. [length-
ened fr. Koit'0-y6s ; fr. xoivS-w,
** to make common *' with an-
other; hence, "to share"]
With Gen. : A sharer of; a
partaker of or in.
KoipaToSris, ov, m. Carat'
ades ; a Theban, who went
about offering his serrices, as
a genera], to any city or
nation that would accept
them.
Kotroiy »v, m. plnr. The
CoetoB ; a people of FbntOi in
Asia Minor.
K<SXa-(ri«) ecus, f. [for kSx-
aH-J'ts; fr. KoKd((0 (= iroXiiS-
ffu), ''to punish, chastise'*]
("A punishing or chastising ";
hence) Punishment, chastise'
ment, inflicted : — riu lihi
KoAcUreif, the ready, or tm«
mediate, chastisements, 7, 24 ;
see 1. 6, no. 6^ a.
K^Xxoi, aw, m. The Colehi^
or Colchians; the people of
Colchis, a country at the E.
extremity of the Pontns
Euxinus ("the Black Sea").
KofMivXa, as, f. Comamia ;
a fortified post in Mysia.
K(hr-Tt0, imperf. Mkohtw, f.
kSt^u, p. K4Ko^a, T. a. [root
icoir] ("To beat, strike";
hence) To knock, or rap, at a
door, etc., on the outside fo>
the purpose of gaining admis-
sion ; 1, 16, where the imperf.
denotes a continued act : kept
Jcnocliingat; see below.->N.B.
Opposite to the above is the
term ipoif>€7y0i&p<woT Ovpas,ete.,
"to knock, or rap, on" the
inner side of a door, etc., in
order to ^ve warning to
passers-by that some one is
VOCABULARY.
183
coming out ; as the houses of
the Greeks opened outwards
into the street, etc.
KopvXas, d, m. Corylas j a
mler of the Paphlagonians.
Kpa{a>j f. K€Kpd^ofjLat and
Kpd^cit, p. K^Kpaytty 1. aor.
ixpa^Oy v. n. To cry out, call
out aloud [prob. akin to Sans,
root ZETJ9, " to cry out"].
Kpdlvos, cos ovs, n. [akin to
Kopa, <Hhe head''] J. head-
piece, helmet,
Kjpia!T-iia -Uy f. Kpar4\ffu, p.
KfKpaTrjKa, 1. aor. iKp&Tricra,
V. n. and a. [ifptiT-os," power"]
1. Neut. : ("To have power
or strength"; hence) a. Alone :
To be strony, or powerful; to
he superior in force, — b.
Alone: To prevail, yet the
upper hand ; to be conqueror,
to gain the victory, to prove
victorious, — c. As involving
the notion of superiority :
With Gen. : To conquer, pre-
vail over, get the mastery of;
3, 3, c^c. — d. With Gen.:
To be lord, or master, of;
2, 25. — 2. Act. : To conquer,
master ; 6, 32. — Pass. : Kpar-
^0|&aL -ov|iai, p. KfKparrjfjLat,
1. aor. iKpariiBr}!^, 1. fut. Kpar-
rjB'fia'ofjLat,
KparioTa, sup. adv. [adverb-
ial nout. plur. of Kp&rt<rro5,
"best"] In the best way,
best.
KpaT-t<rros> iffrrj, iffTov,
adj. {jcpdr'os, "strength";
with superlative suffix xo-tos]
1. Strongest, mightiest, — 2.
Best, most excellent, etc. — 8.
Best, most advantageous, — 4.
Best, most powerful or influ-
ential, noblest ; — at 3, 21 ;
4, 21 foUd. by Gen. of " Thing
Distributed " [§ 112]. |gr
Used as irregular superlative
of d,ya66s,
Kpar-os, cos ovs, n.: 1.
Strength, might, — 2. Might,
force : — Kara Kpdros, by force
of arms [akin to Sans, krat-v,
" power "].
KpaTov|j,evos, ri, ov, contr.
P. pres. pass, of Kparew ; — at
7, 32 Kparovfitvou cod is Gen.
Abs. [§ 118J.
KpaTovvT€S) masc. nom.
plur. of Rp&Tcav, contr. P. pres.
of Kpareu,
KpaTwv, ovffa, ovy, coHtr. P.
pres. of Kpar^e* ;— at 7, 32
arov KparovvTos is Gen. Abs.
[§ 118J.
Kp^a, contr. ace. plur. of
Kpdas,
Kp^aS) Kpiaros, Attic npioos,
n.: 1. iiesh. — 2. Plur.: Most-
ly : Dressed meat, meat ; of.
3, 21 [akin to Sans. Jcravya"],
Kp^acrt) dat. plur. of Rpias,
Kp6iTT0<ri(v), dat. plur. of
Kp^irroav,
Kp€iTT-u)v, OV, com p. adj.
[akin to Kpdricrros] 1. Strong-
er, more powerful ; — at 6, 35 ;
7, 31 folld. by Gen. of "Thing
Compared " [§ 114]. — As
1 84
VOCABULARY.
Sabst. : KpcCrrovcs, av, m. plur.
Stronger, or more powerfal,
persons; 7, 6. — 2. Better,
superior, J/g^ Used as ir-
regular comp. of ay&B6s,
Kp€|&-dvvv|ii (rarely tcpcfi-
awva>), f. KpffjL&tru, 1. aor
fKpefiatra, v. a. To hang, hang
up, suspend, — Pass.: (Kpc|i-
awv|j.aiy perhaps only in
shortened form) Kp€|ML|Mii, 1.
aor. iKpffrntrBriy [prob. akin to
Sans, root kbam, "to go to ";
and so in causative force, and
with accessory notion of fixity,
*' to caose to go to a place
and to be there "].
KpcfioaOcCs, cicro, cV, P. 1.
aor. pass, of Kpefidyvvfit.
Kpfwv, contr. gen. plor. of
Kp4ai.
Kpi&i^, rjs, f. Barley; mostly
plur. ; cf. 1, 13.
Kp6fji|ivov, ou, n. An onion.
KTcLofUU -W|J.<U^ f. KT^ffOfUU,
1. aor. iKT-nadfiriv, p. K4Krrifiai,
plap. (K^KT'fifiTiv, y, mid. : 1.
In pres., imperf., fat., and 1.
aor.: To acquire, get, etc. ; —
at 3, 31 the editions vary
between KoKhi KT-fia^ and
KaraicT'fi(ry (2. pers. sing. fat.
ind. of Karaicrdofiai). — 2. In
perfect tenses: To have ac-
quired, i.e. to possess ; — at
2, 38 the Object of KT-fiffaaOai
is the Gen. £y, which is
attracted out of its own case
(the ace. S) into that of its
antecedent awdyray; see Us,
no. 1, a, (a) [akin to Sans, root
K3HI, *' to possess "3.
icTvi-|aA, fi&Tot, n. [ien|, a
root of Krd-ofuu ; see icrdto/uu]
C* That which has been ac-
quired, or is possessed"; hence)
A possession,
Krqoxuj9«w, 1. aor. inf. of
icrdofuu,
KTiiajn, 2. pers. sing. fiiL
ind. of tcrdouLot,
Kv^mjv^, ov ; see Kv^ucm.
Kv^Ikos, ov, f . CgzicuB $ a
city on the Propontus (Sea of
Marmora) in Mysia. — Henoe^
Kv^tK-vp^^, itrll, iiv6w, a4]*
Cfy or belonging to, Cgzicmt;
Ogzicene, — As Sub^ : K«Cue-
T|v^, ov {sc, arariip, wluch ai
sometimes expressed), m. A
Cyzicene stater ; a gold eota^
equal in value to 28 Attic
drachmsB^ t. e. £l 2s. 9d, of
English money.
KVK-Xos, \ov, m. ("Hat
which is bent "; hence) 1. A
ring, circle, round. — ^Adverb-
ial Dat. : tsvKkf, {In a drelei
i.e.) BoundcAout; 1, 14;
2, 21, etc. ; see no. 2 beloir.
— 2. A ring, circle, or knot of
persons : — k6ic\<p, in a eirde or
round body, 8, 18; different
from k^k\<p in no. 1 above
■ [akin to Sans, root KUCB^
' " to bend "].
Kvvcs, nom. plur. of ir^»r.
KvvCorKos, ov, m. [irvWo'JMf,
"a little dog, a poppj'^
Cyniscus ; a Spartan; l»lSi
VOCABULARY.
185
KvpciOS; a, ov ; see Ktpos.
Kvpos, ov, m. Cyrus ; a son
of Darius Hystaspes and
Parysatis, and a brother of
Artaxerxes Mnemon, against
whom he rebelled. He is
usually called Cyrus the
Younger, in order to di-
stinguish him from Cyrus the
founder of the Persian mon-
archy. — Hence, Kiip-cio«, c(a,
uov, adj. Of, or belonging to,
Cyrus : — t^ Kvpuov (rrpdrtv
fia, the army of Cyrus, i.e.
the Greek army that took the
field under Cyrus [Persian
Kurush, Hebr. Koresh or
Khoresh, prob. "sun or
fire "].
KMwy, Kvv6s, m. and f. A
dog [akin to Sans, ^van, "a
dog"; of. Latin cSn-is],
KuXvo'wv, ovffa, ov, P. fut.
of Ku\6(o, — As Subst.: K<i>Xv-
atav, ovros, m. With Art.:
He who intended' to offer a
hindrance or to be an obstacle;
— at 2, 15 rov KOfKvffouros
exovTof is Gen. Abs. [§ 118].
KuXvu, f. KCDKvffw, p. Ke-
KdiKvKa, 1. aor. 4K(&\vffa, v. n.
and a. : 1. Neut.: To offer, or
bCy a hindrance; to be an
obstacle. — 2. Act. : a. To
hinder, prevent. — b. Polld. by
Ace. of person and Inf. : To
hinder, or prevent, a person
from doing, etc ; 6, 13 ; 6, 29;
— supply Tifxas after KtoKiti
at 3, 3 ; so, after ixcoXvoy at
6, 26.— N.B. The v is always
long before a consonant ; but
•is common before a vowel.
KcS-|it), fifjs, f. (•* A thing —
or place — for lying down or
sleeping**; hence) A village,
as a dwelling-place [akin to
Sans, root 9?, ''to fie down,
to sleep **]•
Xflipctv, 2. aor. inf. of \afifi*
avta.
Xapoi, Xoipoicv, 3. pers.
sing, and plur. 2. aor. opt. of
XcipoiiJicv, 1. pers. plur. 2.
aor. opt. of Kajx^avw.
Xdpwjjkcv, 1. pers. plur. 2.
aor. subj. of Aa/ijS&vco.
XaPwv, ovffo, 6v, P. 2. aor.
of Kayi^avta,
XoPoNrt, 3. pers. plur. 2. aor.
subj. of Aa.u)3dw.
1. AaKc8aifi6v-ios, m, Xov,
adj. [Aaice8a(/i»v, AuKfdalfjLOP'
OS, " LacedflBmon '*] Of, or
belonging to, Lacedcemon ;
Lacedcemonian. — As Subst. :
AaKc8ai|i<SvioS} ov, m. ALace^
dcemonian, — Dual : With
Art. : The two Lacedcemon'
ians ; 7, 12 ; see AdKooy, —
Plur. : Lacedcemonians ; and
with Art. : The Lacedcemon'
ians,
2. AaKc8at|j.ovios, ov; see
1. Jio.Kthaiii6vios.
AaKcSaiiiovCw, ace. dual of
2. AaKidaifi6vios ; 7, 12.
AaKcSa^lAwv, ovos, f. Lace*
1 86
VOCABULARY.
<f<smo», otherwise Sparta(now
Muifra), the chief city of
Laconia in the Peloponnesiis
(now the Morea).
Aaic»v, ayos, uu A Lacon-
ian; a man of Laconia; see
AaKeialfxwv. — Dual : With
Art. : The two Laconians,
7t 19 ; i. e. CharmTnns and
Polynlcus, who at 7, 12 are
called ri» AaxeSaifiovlv, —
Plnr. : With Art. : The Lac-
onians, etc. — Hence, Aaicwv-
Xk69, (k^, Myj adj. Laconian,
Lacedcemoman. — As Subst. :
A&kmvIk^, ov, m. With
Art. : The Laconian or Lace-
damonian : — for ruv rod Aouc-
aviKov, see 1. 6, no. 8.
AoKtfvc, nom. and ace. dual
of AoKuy, >
AoKtfvcs, nom. plor. of
AdKoou.
A&icuvlic^, ^, 6v; Aokwv-
1x^9 1 ov ; see AoKcop,
XafJipdvcTC^ 2. pers. plar.
pres. imperat. of \afifiavco;
1,13.
Xa(p.)P-dv», f. X'fi^oixat, p.
€'(\7}(pa, 2. aor. ItKa^ov, y. a.
irreg. : 1. To take, receive,
obtain, get ; — at 1, 13 supply
axna (= ret ^irtT^Scm) after
\afi6vr€s ; — at 5, 2 supply
owT(£ (= C^vyri rifiioyiKo, rpla)
after \afif7v ;— at 5, 3 Xa^tTi^
is a Substantival Inf., and
forms the Subject of apicei.—
2. Of arms as Object : To take,
take up, — 3. To take with
one ; 4,6, etc. — 4. Of a road,
etc. : To take, follow, pro-
ceed hy; 3, 42.-5. To take
by violence; to seize, lay hold
of, cany off as prize, booty,
prisoners, etc.; to capture. —
6. To take, or wrest, away.
— Pass.: Xa(|i)P-dro|icu, p.
€t\7ifxfuii, 1. aor. tlK^^diir, 1.
f. \'/iip0iia'ofuu [strengthened
fr. root Xop, akin to Suis. root
LABH, "to obtain"].
XoiiPavMV, owra, or, P.
pres. bfXofifi&w. — As Sabrt.:
Xafipavtir, ovrot, m. With
Art. : The receiver; 7, 36.
Xofiir-p^, pd, p6v, adj.
[Ai(^ir-», "to slune"]
(" Shining"; hence) Splendid,
brilliant, etc. |g^ Comp. :
Xofiirp-^Tcpos; (Sap.: Ac^vp*
Sraros). .
XofHrpdrcpos, a, oy, oomp.
adj. ; see KapirpSs.
Ac4&t|raia|vo^ «r ; see A^^-
OKOS.
A(£|&^&K09, ov, f. Ltmtps&C"
US; a town of Mysia. — Aofiilr-
aic--v|v^, tiHi, nv6v, adj. Of,
or belonging to, Lampsaems. —
As Subst.: Attni | r tt Kf|yo(, fir,
m. plur. Men of Lampsaems j
Lampsacenes,
XavOavoicv, 3. pers. plar.
pres. opt. of \ay0&yu.
Xa(v)6-avw, f. \i1ot0 and
K-flffofiai, p. \4Kri$a, plaper^
iXcK-fideiv, 2. aor. l^K&Bow, ▼. n.
and a.: 1. Neut. : To escape
notice or observation stooe
VOCABULARY.
187
hid or concealed;— tii 7, 22
Kav6ay€iv is a Substantiyal
Inf., and forms the Subject
of ^o-t/.— 2. Act. : a. To es-
cape the notice or observation
of, — b. In connexion with a
participle in concord with the
Subject of the verb, the par-
ticiple is rendered as a verb of
the same tense as that in
which Aav0df», etc., is found,
while \apd&pu, etc., is ren-
dered by an adverb, etc. : Un-
awares, without heing seen^
without heing aware, etc. ; cf.
3^38;. 3, 42.
Xa<|>vp-o-ir(&X<-t|s, ov, m.
[A&<^vp-a, "spoils" taken in
war ; (0) connecting vowel ;
iew\-4a, ** to sell "] A seller
of spoils or booty »
\tyiTia, 3. pers. sing. pres.
imperat. of Ac^a.
Afyoi, Xfyoicv, 3. pers. sing,
and plur. pres. opt. of \4yoo.
X^«>, f. Xe|a>, p. AcXexo,
1. aor. cAe^a, v. a. and n. : 1.
Act. : a. To speak, say, etc. ;
— at 7, 15 after \4y^iv supply
the ap8d5sis \4ye avr6, say it ;
— at 3, 25 \4yoi is the opt. in
an indirect question ; — at 4, 23
\4yo{€v is the opt. in oblique, or
indirect, narrative ; — at 1, 39
the change from direct speech
(Biairpa^d/xevos tjkco) to indirect
(\4yeiv) should be observed.
— b. To tell, declare, make
known, state, etc. — c. To
speak of, mention, etc. — d.
Folld. by Objective clause, or
clause introduced by 5r< or &s
(that) : To say, or state, that ;
— at 1, 33 the imperf. tX^yw
points out the commencement
of the act : " began to say."
— e. Folld. by a speech, etc.^
as Object : To say, — 2^Neut. :
To speak, etc. — 8. Pass.:
X^Y^'li.ai, p. \4Xeyyiatt 1. aor.
i\4xBY}V, 1, f. Aex^ero/iac:
a. To he said or spoken, — b.
To he said or reported ;— -at
2, 22; 5, 13 folld. by Inf.— c.
Part. pres. : Xcy^iacvos, 97, oy;
With Art. : The so-called,
X^Y^ov, ovca, ov, P. pres. of
K4yoi. — As Subst. : Xlycav,
ovTos, m. With Art. : The
speaker : — 5 ye vpwros \4ycop,
the first speaker at least, 6, 10.
XcCa^ as, f. Booty, plunder,
spoil,
X(c)(ir-(i>, f. Kei^<a, 2. perf.
K4\oi'Ka, pluperf. ^AcAo/irccv,
1. aor. lAeii/^a, 2. aor. ixXirov,
V. a. : 1. Act. : a. To leave,
quit, etc. — b. To leave, leave
remaining or standing ; 4, 1.
— 2. Pass. : Xc£ir-o|j.ai, p. \4-
\€ifi/JLait p. perf. iKeXelfxuriv, 1.
aor. i\ki<penv, 1. fat. Kuipdi]-
aofjLai, 3. fut. \t2ifi\pofiai : a.
To be left, to he left behind ;
3, 43.— b. With Gen. of per-
son and Dat. of thing : To he
inferior to, or less than, a
person or persons in some-
thing; 7, 31 [root Xitp; akin to
Sans, root bioh, '* to leave"].
1 88
VOCABULARY.
Xci^Cs, cMTo, cV, P. 1. aor.
pass, of Ac(ira>.
Xci^^TC, 2. pen. plor. 1.
aor. subj. pass, of Ac/irw.
\iiov, 2. pers. sing. 1. aor.
imperat. of Xeym.
XcvK-^, ^, 6vt adj. ('* Sbin-
iDg, bright, brilliant "; hence)
White [akin to Sans, root
ErcH, * to shine*'].
Xi|Yw, f. X^^w, 1. aor. IXiy^o,
T. n. To cecue, come to an
end ; to end,
X-Q(o|iai ; see \ifi(otJMu
XT)iCo|uu (Attic X-QCofuu))
f. \11XaofJML9 1. aor. 4\Tilaa^riv,
V. mid. []= XriiS'aofAcu ; fr.
KrjUf AijiS-os (Doric for Kela),
"booty, spoU"] 1. Of a
country, etc, : To *poil or
plunder ; to carry off booty ^
etc., from. — 2. Of wrecks,
wreckage, etc. : To plunder^
pillage.— Z. Of persons or
things as Object : To seize as
booty ; to carry off as spoil
or prey,
Xtjpo9» ou, m. Silly talk,
nonsense, trifling.
Xi^aoficv, 1. pers. plar. fnt.
ind. of \ay6avct.
XTjoTC-Ca (trisyll.), las, f.
[Ap(rT6-iJ»(tri8yll.),** to rob"]
Jobbery, pillage,
XT)^04)vai, 1. aor. inf. pass,
of Kafj.$du6C.
Xi]Y|rcv0oa, fut. inf. of Aa/tj3-
Xr^r^owro, 3. pers. plur. fat.
opt. of \afxfi&voe.
Xi{t|yo|uu, fat. ind. of httftfi'
XCor, adv. Very, exceed"
ingly.
Xl|i^ ov, m. HMnger$~^
for ose of article with Uiif
word at ^ 15, see 1. ^
no. 14.
XiWMT, ovcro, 6v^ P. 2. aor.
of Ac£r».
fr. Ary-», •' to say or speak *]
(«That which is said wr
spoken " ; hence) 1. a. .^1
word, — h. Plor. : Wordsy i. e.
language, talk, — 8. A epeeek,
— 8. A story, aocomMij ataUm
ment, narrative, etc
X^YX'n* Vh f'' '^' A epeoT'
head; — At 4, 15 f<md. by
(gen.) 9opaTtow, — 2. A spear,
lance,
XoiSop-^M -«•, t Koi9op^^m,
p. AeAoiSJpijKo, 1. aor. I-
\oii6fni(ra, r, a. [XotSop-of,
"abasive"] I. To be abmekte
to ; to abuse, rail at, revile.
—2, To chide.
X(o)iw-^, 4, 6wf acy*
[strengthened ^. Xiv, root of
Ac/irw, "to leave*'] 1. Z^
remaining, — As Sahst. : a.
Xoiir^, ov, m. With Art. :
The remaining person, ike
other. — b. XotiroC, Up, m. plor.
With Art.: The remaining
men, etc.; the rest. — 2. The
rest, or remainder, of that
denoted by the sahst. to whidi
it is in attribation. — 8. Of
VOCABULARY,
189
time : a. jRemaining, re-
mainder of, — b. Future. —
Adverbial expression : th
Xoiir<Sv : (a) ' Henceforward,
Jiereafter, for the future;
4, 24. — (b) (As opp. to rh
vpwTov, ** at first, in the first
place") Subsequently, after^
wards ; 8, 14.
AoKp<$s, ov, m. A Locrian.
The Locri, or Locrians, were
an ancient Greek people
divided into two tribes : the
Eastern and the Western Locr-
ians. The Eastern Locri were
sabdivided into two: the
Locri Opnntii and the Locri
Epicnemidii. The Locri Op-
untii, who took their name
from their principal town
Opus ("Ottovs), inhabited a
naiTow slip of territory from
the pass of Thermdp^lse to the
mouth of the river Cephisus.
The Locri Epicnemidii were
so called from dwelling about
Mount Cnemis (Kviifiis), now
** Talanda." The Western
Locrians, termed Locri Ozolse,
inhabited a tract of country
on the Corinthian Gulf. The
origin of their distinctive
appellation of Ozolse is uncer.
tain. By some it has been
assigned to t^ta, "to smell,
emit a smell"; — either from the
stench arising from a spring
at the foot of Mount Taphias-
sus, where tradition placed
the burial-place of the Centaur
Nessus ;— or from the abund-
ance of asphodel which scented
the air; — or from the un-
dressed skins which these
people anciently wore. By
the Locri themselves the
name was held to be derived
from 5foi, "branches of a
vine **; the vine growing most
luxuriantly in their country.
— N.B. Distinct from the
above are the Locri Epi.
zephyrii, i. e. " The Locri to-
wards the West." These were
Greek colonists, probably from
the Locri Ozolsa, who settled
in Italy, in the territory of the
Bruttii (which obtained the
appellation of Magna Grsacia
in consequence of the numer-
ous Greek colonies that there
established themselves), and
there founded the city of
Narycium.
Aov<r-XaTt|S, idrou, m.
[hovff'oi, *• Lusi **; a town on
the north of Arcadia, a
country of the Peloponnesus or
S. Greece (now " The Morea"]
A man of Lusi ; a Lusian,
Xox-ay-^s, ov, m. [for Aox-
r\y'6s; fr. \6x-05, ** a company
or band of soldiers**; ^7-
iofiai, "to lead"] ("Com-
pany-, or band-, leader'* j hence)
A captain,
X<Sx-09, ov, m. [for \4y-os ;
fr. \4y-co (in mid. force), "to
lie ** anywhere] (" A lying "
anywhere ; esp. in ambush ;
190
VOCABULARY.
"a body of men lying in waif;
an ambuscade"; hence) A
company of soldiers.
AvSta, as, f. Lydia ; a aonn-
try of Asia Minor.
AvKoovia, as, f. Lycaonia ;
a country on the S.E. of
Phrygia in Asia Minor.
AvKCc-ov, ov, n. [Av/cci-os,
"Lyceus," an epithet of Apollo,
who was so called either as
being the slayer of wolves
(Kvkos), as the god of light
(AuKTj), or as the Lycian
(AuKtos) god] ("The thing
pertaining to Lyceus ") The
Lyceum; a gymnasium, or
public palaestra, with covered
walks in the eastern suburbs
of Athens. It derived its
name from its proximity to
the temple of Apollo Lyceus.
Xvir-lca -«, f. XvviitTa, p.
XeXvTTTjica, 1. aor. ^KvTtiicrat
V. a. [AiJir-rj "grief'*] 1.
Act. : To cause grief to one;
to grieve, distress^ pain, etc.
— 2. Pass. : Xuir-^oi&cu -ovfjioi,
p. AeAviTTjjua*, 1. aor. iXvTTTjOritf,
1. f. \virrj$7ia'oiJLaif To be
grieved, etc.
Xvmi - p^, pd, p6v, adj.
[lengthened fr. Xvire-p^f; fr.
Awire-w, "to grieve," etc,"]
(" Grieving"; hence) Chriev.
ous, distressing t paiirfuL ^^
Comp. : XDvrjp-Srepos ; (Sup. :
\v-irrjp-6TaTos),
Xvinr|p($Tcpo9» a, ov, comp.
adj. ; sec >ivinip6s ;— at 7, 28
\vKrjp6T€poy is predicated of
the clause ix fiaaiKU^s I8i-
(i>Tr\v ^pavTivat ; supply itrri ai
copula.
Xvaaiicvosi t], ovy P. 1. aor.
mid. of Avw.
Xv-«*, f. Kvffoo, p. \4Kviutj 1.
aor. €Kv<ra, v. a. ("To loosen";
hence, "to loose, set free";
hence) 1. Act. : To release on
receipt of payment. — 2. Mid. :
Xv-o|&at, f. \v(rofiai, 1. aor.
iKvcrofiriv : a. Of persons as
Object : To release by pay-
ment made; to ransom, — ^b.
Of property, etc, as Object :
To redeem by payment made ;
to buy back; — at 8, 6 ap-
plied to a horse bought bade
from the person to whom it
had been sold [akin to Sans.
root L<y, " to cut "].
Xu-fttv, toy (contr. X^Mtr,
ov), comp. adj. [akin to \d» XS,
" to desire "J More desirable,
better ;— at 6, 44 Ac&ioi' is pre-
dicated of the clause iimv
irapiL 'Xei&p, fg^ Used as a
comparative of &7&9^s.
fid, a particle used in oaths
and protestations, and fblld.
by Ace. of the deity, etc., to
whom an appeal is made. It
contains in itself neither a
negative nor an affirmatiTO
meaning: By: — fia rhp Aia,
by Jove, 6,11:— vai fih Ala,
Yea, by Jove, 6, 21.
(idy&Sis, Gen. fiaydStipf,
VOCABULARY,
191
Dat. fiaydBfi, and /layd^tf
Ace. fidykSiy, f. A magadis ;
a three-cornered musical in-
strament like a harp, and
having' twenty strings.
|jiaCvo|&ai, f. fiayf]crofiai and
fiavodfiaif p. fi^firiva, 2. aor.
pass. ifxavT}v, v. mid. To he
mad or frenzied ; to be out of
one*s mind, to he beside one*s
self: — fi^ fiaiv^fifOuf let us
not be madf 1, 29. The first
person plur. of the Subj, is
used at tiroes, as here, to
express "exhortation or ad-
monition." When employed
in this force, it is called
"Subjunctivus Adhortativus."
Moreover, fxaiv(i>fiiBd (pres.)
denotes a permanent state;
while the follg. a-woX^fi^Oa
(aor.), which is coupled to it,
points out a transient one.
MataaSris, ov, m. McBsad-
es ; a Thracian king, the
father of Seuthes.
MokCctt-ios, Xovy m. [McJfc-
iffT-osy **Macistu8"; a town
of Elis in the Peloponnesus
(now«TheMorea")l ("One
belonging to Macistus ";
hence) A native of Macistus ;
a Macistian.
l&aK-p($s, pdj p6vy adj. Long,
whether in space or time ; —
at 8, 20 fiaKporaT7}tf (supply
&d6v) is the cognate Ace. after
$\6oi ; see tpxcfxai, no. 2 ;
also see 2. St*, no. 2, e. ^^
(Comp. : iJUKp'Srepos and /xdcr-
ffwp) ; Sup. : tiaKp-6r<iToi (and
\ii\KiaTos) [akin to Sans, root
MAH, originally magb, "to
be great "].
fjiaKp^TaTOS, 1], ov, sup.
adj. ;* see fiuKpSs.
MaKpttvcs, cov, m. plur.
The Macron'es ; a powerful
tribe in the E. of Pontus,
about the Moschici Mountaii^s,
a range connecting the Cau-
casus with AntT-Libanus.
|idX-a, adv. : 1. Pos. : a.
Much, greatly, verg, very
much, exceedingly • — fidXa
^puXarrSfifvos, being very much
on his guard, i.e. keeping
good watch, 2, 21.— b. To
strengthen the word to which
it is joined : Quite, very, etc. :
— ouTtKo fidXa, (quite immed'
lately ,* i. e.) at the very in-
slant, 6, 17 : — fxdXa iXwppas,
very lightly or nimbly, 3, 33 :
— fxaKa i<f)€iix4va)s, very hum-
bly or submissively, 7, 16 : —
fxd\a fi6\is, with very great
difficulty, 1, 39. — 2. Comp. :
(xaXXov : a. More, in a higher,
or greater, degree : — ixaWoy
Ij, more than.—h. father: —
fxaWou ff, rather <Aan.— 3.
Sup. : |JiaX.*iarTa : a. Most, in
the highest degree, exceedingly,
chiefly, most of all, especially :
— fidXiffra [xiv, especially in.
deed, above all indeed, 7, 19.
--b. Folld. by Gen. of *' Thing
Distributed": Most of , above :
— fxd\i(rTa TrdvrcaVj above all
192
VOCABULARY,
men, Q, 15 [ace. to 8ome, akin
to Sails. varaSf "remarkable**;
ace. to others, akin to Sans,
root MAH ; see /xeyay].
|idXurra, |i.aXXov ; see
fioKa.
|jLav-Tis, r^us, m. An in-
spired person ; a seer, sooth-
sayer [akin to Sans, root man,
" to think "; also, ** to know,
to declare "; and so, ** The one
who knows or declares" the
will of the gods or future
events].
paprup-^ca -^,f. fiupTvpiiaru,
p. fi€fxapTvpriKa, 1. aor. 4fiap-
Tvprfora, V. n. [^ndprus, /idprvp-
oy, " a witness "J (** To be a
fidprvs'*; hence) To witness,
to bear witness or testimony,
to testify.
|iapTvp^(rai, 1. aor. inf. of
fiapTvp^u.
p.dp-Tvs, Tvpos, m. ("One
who remembers"; hence) A
witness, as one who relates
what he remembers [akin to
Sans, root BMBI, " to re-
member **]
Map<av6i - TT|s, rov, m.
[Map<i>v€t-a, " Maronea"; a
town in Thrace] A man, or
native, ofMaronta; aMaron-
ite.
|iaoTcv»,y.a. To seeJc after,
to search otit,
|iaT-au>«, ata, tuov (also
Attic |jiaT-ato9, aiov), adj.
Ifi&T-rj, "a folly"] ("Per-
taining to fiarrj**; hence)
Foolish, useless, unavaiUnff,
trifling.
fidx'Oipe^ vdpast f. A $ahr§
or sword [like fidx'Ofjtcu, "to
fight," akin to Sans, nuikk-^
** a warrior "; and bo ** the
thing for fighting," or "the
warrior's weapon"].
I*»X-1» Vf, f. Ifidx'O/UMt,
" to tight "] A figU, battle :
— Me'xpt Tijs fidxV9» *p to, or
until, the (memorable) battle,
i. c. at 1, 1 the ^ttle of
Cynaxa, in which Cyrus was
defeated, as mentioned by
Xenophon in Book 1, Chap-
ter 8, of the AnabfiBis; see
1. 6, no. a, (d).
|i&X-^^> 'M'?* «!«»»'. adj.
Lf^x-V, " battle "] (« Per-
taining to /iaxv 9 hence)
Warlike.
/iax'fl<fo/iat, fULXOviJuiu, p. ftc-
fidxvf^^fu, fitfidx^ffnai, 1. aor.
ifiax^ffofiTiv, v. mid. irreg. lb
fight [root |iax> ^i° to Sansi
makh-a, "a warrior"].
l&axd|icvos, 17, ov, P. prei.
of fi&xoficu,
|ulx<*^|iicvos, 17, or, P. fat. of
fiaxofJMi.
|i^a, neut. nom. and ace
sing, of fi4y€ts,
l&ryaXoi, (irySXoit, maec.
nom. plur., and masc. and
neut. dat. plur. of /leyos.
l&cYoXoTpfv^oT&Ta, sap.
adv. ; see /ieyoAoirpcv-^irr&rof •
VOCABULARY.
193
sup. a^'. ; see jU67aXoirp6ir^s.
— Neut. ace. plur. as Adv. :
In the most magnificent, or
splendid, way ; 3, 19.
l&CYolXoirpcir-'qS} €s, adj.
[/u€7a\oy, (uncontr. gen.)
/t€7aAo-os (regular but obsol.
form of fifyas), ** great "j
vp4ir-(i)f in force of "to be-
come, beseem'*] ("Becoming,
or beseeming, a great man";
hence) Magnificent, splendid.
{US^ Comp. : fi€ya\oirp€V'
4aT€pos) 5 Sup. : /Lie^oAoirpeir-
effTOLTOS.
l&c-yaXoirpcir-wg, adv. [/icy-
a\0Trp€Tr-T}s, " magnificent "]
("After the manner of the
fiayaKovpeirijs '*; hence) Mag-
nificently/, splendidly.
\i'tyav, masc. ace. sing, of
fieyas.
|i^-a9, d\rj, a, adj. : 1. Of
size: Great, large. — 2. Of
degree: Ghreat, high, vast,
mighty. — 3. Of number, bulk,
or weight : Great, large. — 4.
Of rank, authority, etc. :
Chreat, powerful, mighty, ex-
alted. — 5. Of importanee,
etc. : Great, important, etc.
— As Subst. n. : a. lUya, A
great, or important, thing.
— b. |Jifyx<rTov : With Art. :
The greatest, or most import-
ant, thing. i^*Comp.: iJLii((av\
Sup.: fxeyiorros [from same
root as (xaK'p6s ; see fiaHpSs].
I&fyurrov, sup. adv. [ad-
verbial neut. of fidyicrros,
Atiab, Bock VII,
"greatest"] Of degree: In
the greatest degree, most : —
ot fx4yi(rrov Bvvdfifvoi, they
who are most powerful, 6, 37.
p^ioTos, 71, ov, sup. adj.;
see fi4yas.
|jLcO*; see ficrd.
p.c9i)(ru>, fut. ind. of fiiO-
Xyjfxi,
|icO-tT)|ii, f. fi^O-iiffu, 1. aor.
(in indie, only) fiiO-riKa, v. a.
[fitO* (=[/ii€T({), "away " as to
letting go; X-n/xi, "to send"]
(" To send away " from one's
grasp ; hence) Of a person as
Object: To let go off give
up ; 4, 10.
fxcOv-ta> (found only in pres.
and imperf. and pres. part.),
V. n. lfi40u (found only in
nom. and ace.), "wine"] ("To
have ix40v "; hence, as a result
o£ taking too much of it) To
he drunken, or intoxicated,
with wine.
|icOvMV, ovara, ov, F. pres.
of fi^BHa. — As Subst. : i&c&vmv,
ovTos, m. An intoxicated, or
drunJcen, person,
|jLci(c*, ivtov ; see /i€(^»v.
|icCfo)V) ov, comp. adj. ; see
ii4ya%. — As Subst. : ftciCai
(contr. fr. ti€((ova, ficiCoa),
6vuv (sc. 8wpa), n. plur.
Greater, or larger, gifts or
presents, 3, 20, the first /xeffw ;
but the second pitiOa is an
adj. in concord with ayHBd..
SccXlx-tos, Xa, tov (also
ilx-ot» ov), adj. [jittKiiraruf
O
194
VOCABULARY.
»
"to make mild, appease,
through root fictXtx] Of per-
sons : In Pass, force : (" Made
mild, appeased "; hence)
Mildt gentle, gracious; — at
8, 4 an epithet of Zens, as
being the protector of those
who invoked him with pro-
pitiatory offerings.
1. |jLciov, nom. and ace.
nont. sing, of fieiwv.
2. |jLcu)v, comp. adv. [ad-
verbial neut. of fiflcav, "less "]
Less ; — at 1, 27 f olid, by
Gen. of ** Thing Compared"
[§ 114].
|iciwv, ov, comp. adj. Less ;
see fjLiKpSs. — As Suost. : a.
|i«iov, ovoSf n. A less amount,
less, a smaller sum ; 6, 16. —
b. (sc, Bid<rrri/ia) A less di'
stance, less ; 8, 12, where fiuop
is Ace. of " Measure of Space "
[§ oyj.
McXavStrai (also called
McXavS^irrat), &v, m. plnr.
The MelandittB (or Melan*
dej>f<f) ; a Thracian people.
UkikiK ; sec n4\ce.
plur. [fifKiy-ri, "millet"; (o)
connecting vowel ; ^ay, root
of l-^oy-o*', "to eat"]
(•' Millet-eaters ") 1. The
Meltuophagi ; a Thracian
]\K»plo.— 2. The country of
the MeUnophopi.
(liXX^f 3. pers. sing. pres.
subj. of ii4\\o»,
fjicXXot, 3. pers. sing. pres.
opt. of /ucAAm ;^-at 1, 89 the
editions vary between fi4x\oi
ahv eavT^andn^Wotsabyaiur^,
|ji^XX«*, f. /icAA^(r«, 1. aor.
ifiiwrjcrof V. n. ; 1. To he
about to be or happen ; to be
on the point of being or taking
place. — 2. With Inf. : a.
Present: To be about to do
at the present time ; to be on
the point of doing, etc. ; to
intend to do, etc. ; cf. 1, 89 ;
4,7; 4, 9; 5, la— b. Fature:
To be about, or intend, to dp,
etc.f when some action or state
yet fnture becomes present.
In this construction fi4\Xm
with its dependent fbture Inf.
; may be rendered by the Eng-
lish will and the finite verb
of the Inf.; cf. 2, 15; 8, 8;
7, 1; — at 8, 8 supply aibri
(= XP'n/^^'ra) as the Subject
of n4x\p [§ 82, a].
|UX«*, f. /i€A^(r«, p. /ufUk"
flKo, 1. aor. ifi4\fiira, y. n. : L
To be an <>bjeet of care or
interest. — 2. Impers. : With
: Dat. ' of person : |iAci, etc..
It is an object of care io, or
it is a care to, a person ; — ^at
7, 44 the Subject of /UXci is
the clause Zmts IT . . fx«*-
|U|i^|iai, f. fi4/J0^fuUf -1.
aor. 4fitfi}lfa/nir, v. mid. Ta
^ blame, find fault wiik, ee mt u r e .
li^li^aafu, 1. aor. inf. of
fjLffKfiofiat,
lUvy conj. : 1. Indeed, on tie
one haHd:—fi4w . . , 94, on
VOCABULARY.
195
the one hand ... on the other
hand, — 2. To mark an objec-
tion, etc. : Yet, hotoever, still,
nevertheless.
l&^Kns, 2. pers. sing. pres.
Bubj. of fx4tftc.
|i^v-Toi, adv. [ju^r, "in-
deed"; Toi, enclitic particle
nsed in ** strengthening "
force] 1. Yet, hut, however,
nevertheless. — 2. In truth, in-
deed,, at any rate.
fi^vw, f. /t6V», p. iJL€fi4yr]Ka,
1. aor. l/ieifo, v. n. and a. : 1.
Neat. : a. To remain, tcait,
— b. To remain, stay, in a
place, etc.; — at 6, 25 fnivuv
is a Substantival Inf. of Norn,
case, and in conjunction with
^ir} ep^Ktis forms the Subject
of Vj cf. 6, 44;—at 7, 51
Ii4uiiv is a Substentival Inf.
of Ace. case, and in conjunction
with irap' ifAoi forms the Ob-
ject of o75a ; see 1. ^t^w, U^*
— 2. Act. : To wait or tarry
for ; to expect.
fi^vuv, ovaa, ov, P. pres. of
ix4v<a.
fi^pos, €05 ovs, n. : \. A
part, portion, share. — 2. A
person's share, turn, etc. : —
Koi iv r^ fi4p€i Koi vaph. rh
yi4pos, hath in his turn and
(beyond =) out of his turn,
6,36.
fJi^(r-os, ry, ov, adj.: 1.
Locally : Middle. — As Subst. :
(i^o-ov, ov, n. : a. The middle,
the space between, — b. The
O
middle or centre :^4v iA4<r(p,
mid-way.— 2. Where a thing
is in the middle, i. e» the
middle of that denoted by the
subst. to which it is in attrib-
ution ; 1, 14. — 3. In time :
Middle: — fi4aas v{fKTas, (the
middle night-hours; i. e.)
midnight, 3, 40 ; see vv^, —
As Subst. : fi^crov, ov, n. The
middle : — ix4<rov 7i^4pas, the
middle of the day, mid-day,
8, 44 :^80, ^4(ro5 x^^f-^^f ^he
middle of winter, or mid^
winter, 6, 24 [akin to Sans.
madh-yas, " middle "; whence
also Lat. med-ius2»
|iccr-T<Ss» rii, r6v, adj. : 1.
Filled, full.— 2. With Gen.
[§ 108]; cf. Primer, §119, b,i
Filled with, full of
l&cTd (before a soft vowel
|icT ; before an aspirated vowel
(icO*), prep.: 1. With Gen.:
With. -^2. With Ace: a.
Among. — b. In sequence or
succession : After. — c. In
time : After : — n^rh. rovro,
after this, 3, 7, etc. s-^fitTa
ravra, after these things,
2, 12, etc. : — /ued* 7]iJL4pav,
(after day; i.e.) in the
course of the day, by day,
3,37.
|iCT&-Sl8a>ii,t, f. fi€ra-B^ffot>,
2. aor. pi.fr -hwv, v. a. \_pnTd,
denoting " participation or
community '*; hihwpn, " to
give *'] To give a part of, to
share.
196
VOCABULARY.
|A€Ta8otcv, 3. pcrs. plar. 2.
aor. opt. of fieTa^l^epfii.
|jLCTaKcxupT|K^ai, perf. inf.
of fi€raxo9p€W.
|iCTa-|&Aci, f. /x€ra-fi€\'^ar(i,
1. aor. fx€T-€fi4Kriar€, v. n.
impcrs. [Ai€T<i, denoting
" change **; ^cAet, " there is a
care** to one^ etc."] ("There
is a change of care " to one ;
hence) With Dat. : It repewtt
one, etc,
|jLCTaftcXi{(rct, i&CTa|&cX-4<niv,
fut. ind. and inf. of /ucrd-
fl4\€l.
|iCT&-irc)iir», 1. aor. /ier-
€X€fi\pa, V. a. [ji^d, ** for, in
quest of, after"; ircfiiru, **to
send"] 1. Act.: To send for
a person. — 2. Mid. : |ut&-
arc|&tro)iav, f. /Liera-irc/iii^o/iiou,
1. aor. iJL€T-fir€fjiAliaiJ.r}Vf To send
for, or summon, to one*s self.
|i6Tairc|&t|i«4&€vos> Vi oVf P.
1. aor. mid. of fierairiixTW,
|icraaxctv, 2. aor. inf. of
X»p^(r(0, p. iiiia-Kex^pTiKaf
V. n. [M€T<i, denoting
"change *'; x^P^^» " to go "] |
(" To go to a different, or
another, place"; hence) To
go away, removcy depart.
p.€TCir^fjii|raTo, 3. pers. sing.
1. aor. mid. of fxeraTrffivu.
|ji€T€crx€T€, 2. pers. plur. 2.
aor. iud. of fi€r4x»'
p.cT-^0, f. fi^B-iiwy p. ynT-
cVxi7«o»2. aor. fxir-ecrxoy, V. n. '
[/it€T-c(, denoting "partidpa
tion "; rx«, " to have "] («* 1
have in participation" wit
another; hence) With Qei
of thing : 1. To partieipoi
in, share in, partake of, — !
To take a part in.
|Uxpt or |UxP^* adr. :
Of place : With Gen. : a. L
to, as far as. — b. Seen to, i
far as.^2. Of time : a. Wit
Gen. : Until, up to.—h. Wit
Ind. : Until, until that :-
fiexpi &<fKKOVTo, until the
came, 1, 1.
|Uxpi« ; see ntxpi-
\Lj/\, adv. and conj.: 1. Adr.
a. Not, as conveying anegativ
impression ; also, in ind^nd
ent danses, containing a oom
mand, entreaty, wamingy c
expressing a wish or fear : /»
. . . fffrre {tiiiii^), not • . • jmn
— ^b. In combinat^ns : (a) 1
fi-fl. If not ; L e. exe6pi.---(h
€t 8^ M^, But if noi.-^c) 9
fiil, Not hy any means, by n
means.— e. In prohibitrons
(a) With imperat. of pres. o
1. pers. plur. of prei. Snbj
forbids what is occnrring
being done ; of. 1, 29. — (h
With 2. or 3. persons of Snbj
aorist forbids generally, a
something not yet begun
cf. 1, 8.— -d. When used ii
questions a negative reply ii
expected, and fi-fi is not ren^
dered into English: /t^ ii/w
iywTK&aerai ; will ke oppom
VOCABULARY.
197
nsl {r=he will not appose tts,
will he?), 6, 5.--©. After
verbs expressing negation,
prohibition, donbt, etc., fiii
strengthens the negatiye, etc,
idea : — roty vavKXiipois Airctire
fi^ 9iay€iy, forbad the ship-
masters to convey them
across, 2, 12. — 2. Conj. : a.
That not.^^b. Lest. — c. After
words denoting ** fear ":
That; of. 1,2; 1,18, etc.
litlSofiiQ, adv. [adverbial
fern. dat. of firiB&fJiSs, ''not
even one, no one, none"] 1.
Of place: a. Nowhere. — b.
After a word expressing bin-
drance, prohibition, etc. : Any-
where. — 2. In no wise, not at
all. — N.B. This adv. is written
both with and without the
iota suhscriptum ; viz. uri^cifiy
and fir]?iafiri.
l&tlS&fji-ws, adv. [id.] Of
manner : In no way, by no
means, in no degree, etc.
|i.v|-o^, conj. {jxi\, "not**;
86, "and**] LAiidnot^ nor,
neither: — yJi , . . ixifie, not
. . . nor, not . . . neither : —
firjBt . . • fJiTj^f, neither . . .
nor; but after a preceding
negative, either . . . or, 1, 6.
— 2. Not even.
num. adj. Ifirjd'f, "not even**;
cTy, "one"] Not even one, not
one, no, none; — at 3, 34; 6, 36
folld. by Gen. of " Thing Dis-
tributed** [§ 112]:— after a
preceding n^ative, Any. — As
Subst. : a. )iv|8cCs, €y6s, m. No
one, nobody : — after a pre-
ceding negative, Any person,
anybody, any one. — b. fttiS^v,
€vJj, n. Nothing.
|jLT)Sev(, i&tiScv^s, dat. and
gen. of firi^els.
p.n8-^TCp09) €T€pa, 4repov,
adj. [/irjS-*, "neither**; trfpos,
" one of two **] (" Neither one
of two '*; hence, in reference
to two persons or things)
Neither one, neither.
Mii|8la, as, f. Media; a
large and important country
of W. Asia, divided into Media
Magna and Media Atropen6.
It comprised the modem Irak
Ajemi, Kurdistan, part of
Luristan, Azerbijan, and per*
haps Talish and Ohilan
[Hebrew Mddai, i. e. " Mid-
land'* (also, "The inhabitante
of the midland country*');
the name given to the coun-
try known as Media, from its
supposed central position in
Asia ; so also Polybius (5, 4)
says, f] Mi^Sia Kurai wf pi fiiariu
r^v *AalLav, " Media lies about
the middle of Asia *'].
M1J80K09, ov, m. Medvcus;
king of the Odrysi in Thrace.
MniSoaaSriS} ov (heteroclito
Voc. MrjBSaaZfs, 7, 11), m.
MedSsades ; a Thracian, a
dependant of Seuthes.
|jLi)0* ; see /i^rc
1. i&i^v, a particle used in
198
VOCABULARY.
strengthening affinnations,
protestations, etc, :\. In good
truth, verily, truly, indeed;
— at 6, 38 after oh firiv snpplj
see preceding section. — 2. In
combination with ^ : Jyow
verity, full surely,
2. fii^v, fxT}v6s, m. A month
(as a measure of timel; — at
8, 10 ; 6, 1 rod firivSs (by the
month, per month) is Gen. of
Time [§ 112, Obs. 3] ;— at
5, 4 t^(\ri\v$6Tos rod n,i\v6t
is Gen. Abs. [§ 118] [akin to
Sans, root ma, '* to measure*';
ma-su, "a month*'; cf. Lat.
men-sis'],
|i.t]vcs, nom. plur. of 2. iiiip.
|jLV|votv, (itivuVygcn. dual and
plur. of 2. fxiiv,
|iii|v6s, gen. sing, of 2. yJiv.
|iT)p^s, ov, m. A thigh,
|ii]>Tc (before a soft vowel
pi^T*; before an aspirated
vowel ^rft), conj. [jiii, ** not ";
T€, *'and"i And not, nor:—
fi-iire . . . fiiire, neither . . .
nor; but after a preceding
negative, either , . , or ; cf.
1, 6 : — /Ji-fiTC , , , ri, both not
. . . and.
|iil)-TT|p, Ttpos (contr. rp6s),
f. A mother [akin to Sans.
mOAri; fr. root ma, in mean-
ing of " to produce "; and so, '
" a producer *'; cf. Lat. ma-
ter].
ti.t|TpC, i&Yp'pds, dat. and 1
gen. sing, of f^'irrip, \
\Ltpfiyii, rjs, f. Means, com-
trivance, device,
MiOptSatvis, ov, m. IBOri'
dates ; a Persian noble. Satrap
or Governor of Lycaonia and
Cappadocia, and one of the
adherents of Cjms. — N.B.
The name is aJso written
Midpoj^arris, a form more in
accordance with its etymo-
logy; vis., Persian JtHtkra,
"the Sun"; root DA, "to
give." It, therefore, metns
'*One given by the Son";
cf., in Greek, ec^oroi, <* One
given by the gods."
|ilKp^, d, Op, adj. : 1. Pos. :
Small, little, wheuier in iLw,
number, degree, or amoont. —
Adverbial expression : jcorA
fiiKpSy, into small pieces,
3, 22.-2. Comp. : IXamnr,
ov : a. Less in number, 1, 27*
— b. Less, or ii^eriarf in
power or might; weaker, —
As Subst. : 4|ttovs (contr. fir.
^Troves), 6puy, m. plnr. With
Art. : The weaker, i. e. then
who are weaker than ourselves,
etc.; 3, 5. fS^ Comp.: filKp'
Srepos, iXdurcwp or iKdrrmw,
fitiav ; Sup. : /ukp-^Arof,
i\dxieros, iiuaros,
lii-IAmj-aKoiiai, f. fu^trottu,
p. fi€fivrifJLcu, 1. aor. i/ufioifip,
V. mid. : 1. Abs. : 2b call to
mind, remember, — 2. With
Gen. [§ 111] : a. To remem^
ber, bear in mind, — h, Jh
mention, make mention of:^
VOCABULARY.
199
rovroiu ifi4i.ivr\T0y made any
mention of these things, 5, 8
in middle. — 3. Folld. by&y:
To mention, declare^ or state,
that, 5, 8 at beginning. — 4.
Folld. by Inf. : To remember
to do, be, etc. — 6. Folld. by
Part, in concord with Subject
of verb : To remember that
one is, etc, — ^N.B. In Attic
Greek tbe perf. fi^/iurifiai, etc.
(cf. 6, 88), is always used as n
pres. [akin to Sans, root hna,
" to remember *'].
liia-^u -ta>, f. fXLCT'fia'u, p.
fjL€ixla"r]Ka, 1. aor. ifilariira, v. a.
[fiiff-os, •* hatred"] (" To have
fiiffos of or towards "; hence)
To hate.
fiiaOo8oT-^a> -w, f. fiiaBo'
SoT^crw, V. n. [/uu7flo8JT-7;j,
"ft paymaster'*] ('*To be a
HifrBoZorrii '*; hence) To give
pay to soldiers ; — at 1, 13 folld.
by Dat. of person [§ 104].
fxiaOds, ov, m. : 1. Wages,
pay, hire. — 2. Eecompense, re-
ward.
I&ia6ova0ai, contr. pres. inf.
mid. and pass, of /JncrOSu.
|jLi(r6o-<^op-a, as, f. [for
fii(r6o-<}>ep-d ; fr. fAi(r66s, (un-
contr. gen.) /jlktOS-os, ** pay ";
<p4p'ia, *' to bear or carry "']
(" A bearing, or carrying, of
/uio-^Js"; hence, "receipt of
pay"; hence) Fay, esp. of
soldiers.
fAur0o-<|>(Sp-os, ov, adj. [for
lxicr6o-^4p-o5 ; fr. maQ6s, (un-
coutr. gen.) fita'66-os, " pay ";
<p4p-af, " to bear or carry "]
(" Bearing, or carrying, pay";
hence) ^Receiving pay, serving
for hire. — As Subst. : fiia6o.
<|>($po8, ov, m. A hireling sol-
dier, a mercenary.
\n.a6-6<i> -«, f. fiKrOc&ara, p.
fji€fxlcreuKa, V. a. IfAiae.Ss,
"pay"] 1. Act.: To let out
for pay or hire ; to let. —2,
Mid. : |jLiad-<So|JLai -ov|iai, f.
fjLiarddoaofiat, 1. aor. ifjuffOw
aoifxriv, p. pass, in mid. force
fjLt/xlffStojjiai, To have some-
thing let to one, etc. ; to hire
for one's self.— 3. Pass. : {jLicrd-
<Sofxai -ov|i.ai, p. ficfiiaOwfiai,
1. aor. 4/xi(T6oo6riv, 1. fut.
HHTdaOi\<rop.ai, To he hired.
fiXcroiTc, contr. 2. pers. plar.
pres. opt. of /itJTew.
|jLva, iivas, f. A mina; a
sum of money equal to about
£4 Is. Sd. English.
|i.vv)(i.ov-Ik(S«, XK-fi, Xk6v, adj.
[/uy^/i«v, ixvhyiov-os, "mind-
ful"] ("Pertaining to /xk^-
ixav *' ; hence) Of persons :
Saving, or possessed of a
good memory /—at 6, 38 the
Sup." is folld. by Gen. of
"Thing Distributed" [§ 112].
^^ (Comp.: fjLvrjfioiflLK't&Ttp-
05) } Sup. : tivjijxoviK'diTaros,
|iVT)(i,oviK(aTaT09, 77, ov,
sup. adj. ; see fxvit)ixovXK6s»
fivwv, gen. plur. of [iva.
|i6y*i>S> adv. [juJy-os, " toil,
ti-ouble*'] 1. With toil and
200
VOCABULARY.
fain, with difficulty, — 2.
Scarcely, hardly,
fjLoC, dat. sing, of fyc&.
|i^Xis, adv.; another form
of fi6yis,
iii6X«Mrtv, 3. pers. plar.
suDJ. of lEfjLo\oy, 2, aor. of
1. fi^vov, adv. [adverbial
neut. of fi6voi, ** only "] Only;
3, 45 ; 5, ^ e^c. : — ov fi6vov
, , , hwd., not only , , , hut.
2. fi^vov, masc. ace. sing,
of fi6vos ; 5^ 11.
|mSv-os, 1), OF, adj.: 1. Only,
alone, — 2. Alone, hy onis
self, etc., a^art from others.
— ^. 2%« on/y one that,
Moovvi'-ouc-oi, »f,m. plar.
^jkitKTvv, ij.6affvv'0s,"tiwooden
hut or tower"; oIk-4w, "to
dwell in "] (" Dwellers in
wooden huts or towers ")
The MossynoBci; a people on
the coast of the Pontus Eu-
xinus (Black Sea), between
the Tibareni and MacrdnSs:
their name was obtained from
the nature of their dwellings.
|iov, gen. siug. of 4y<&, u^
enclitically ; cf. 2, 24, etc.
|jioxXos, ov, m. A holt, har,
for fastening doors, gates,
etc.
l&vpc-os> a, ov (mostly
plur.), adj.: 1. Of number:
Numberless, infinite. — 2. As a
definite numeral : Plur.: Ten
thousand, i. e. countless, num-
berless, innumerable.
MvoTo, ar, t. Myna; a
country of Asia Minor.
|U»p-tiS, adv. [iimp-ds, *'fool-
ish "] (•* After the manner of
the iiMp6s "; hence) Foolishly,
vai, a particle used in strong
affirmation : Yea, verily,
vatN&pX'^ -«•» V. n. [ra^opx*
OS, *' a commander of a fleet ""}
(" To be a vaUtpxos "; henoe)
To command a fleet,
vav-apx-09> ov, m. [for
yaF'OpX'OSi fr. rods, Doric
Gen. yct-ds, "a ship"; lEpX'^»
''to command"] {'* A com-
mander of ships "; hence) A
naval commander-in-chief, an
admiral; — ^at 1, 2; 2, 5 the
term is applied, as elsewhere,
to the Spartan or LacedsBmon-
ian admiral; the Athenians
gave the name of vrpaniy6i
to their commander-in-dUef
whether at sea or on land.
vavapxovvra, contr. masc
ace. sing, of P. pres. of rov-
vav-icXT|p-o«, ov, m, [fbr
vaF'KXrjp'Os ; fr. yavs. Done
Gen. ya-6s, ** a ship "; KA^fv-ot,
« a lot **] (*• He who has a ship
as his lot"; hence) A Mp-.
owner; a ship-matter, or
captain, of a trading vesseL
1. vavq, yfdos, t, A ehip
[akin to Sans, nans ; cf. Lat.
navis^.
2. vavs, Attic ace. plur. of
1. yavs.
VOCABULARY.
201
vcavC-(rKO«, ckov, m. (dim.
only in form) [vectyf-as, ow,
*' a young man "] A young
mani a youth. — The term
was applied to men up to the
age of forty years.
v^fiu, f. v€(jLco later ytfi-ficfa,
p. v€v4fi7iKaf 1. aor. tvuna,
V. a. To deal out, dispense,
distribute fete, : — Kpe&v fxcarrol
v€V€ixriix4vuv,fiiU of, or filled
with, meat dealt outy i. e. toith
portions of meat, S, 21 ; see
Kpias. — Pass. : vi^-o^ax, p.
yevdjxrifiai, 1. aor. ive/x-fiOriy, 1.
fut. v€firi$'fia'ofjMi,
vcvc)xii||i^vo$, 71, ov, P. perf.
pass, of vijxoi).
N^ovTcixos> n. [yiov, neut.
of v4o^, "new"; TtTxos, "a
wall "] (« New Wall ") JVeon
Teichos, or as one word
Neonteichos ; a fortress on the
coast of Thrace.
v^os, o, ov, adj. ("New**;
hence) Of persons : Young, —
Comp.: Younger, — As Subst.:
vccSrcpot, uv, m. plur. With
Art. : The younger men; 4, 5.
— Sup.: Youngest; — at 4, 6
folld. by Gen. of ** Thing Dis-
tributed" [§ 112]. %^
Comp. : tf€-<&T€pos j Sup. : ve-
(vT&Tos [akin to Sans, nava,
** new **j also, " young **].
Hi-uv, oovos, m. \v4'(a, ** to
swim "] (" Swimmer'*) N^on:
— 1. A native of AsTne ; 1, 40.
— 2. A Lacouian ; 2, 29.
vcwp-iov, lov, n. [v€-ft>p-(Jj
(fr, yavs, pt-dis, "a ship**;
ip-o, "care**), "he who has
the care, or charge, of ships ;
a dock-master*'] ("That
which belongs, or appertains,
to a v€(op6s "; hence) A dock-
yard,
vT)-cros, ffov, f. An islatid
[akin to Sans, root bna, " to
bathe**; as **that which is
bathed or washed*' by the
sea, c^c.].
vv|wv, Attic gen. plur. of
vavs,
v6|jlI(c, 2. pers. sing. pres.
imperat. of vofilCco.
vo[ul6[U.vo%, rj, ov, P. pres.
pass, of vofxi^ot, — As Subst.:
vo|&lC6fxcva, wVf n. plur. With
Art.: The customary things,
the things that are usual;
3, 10; cf. voftiiu, no, 1, b;
no. 4, a.
vo|i-i(», f. vo/Mcrof Attic
vofiiSi, p. v€v6/xiKa, 1. aor.
ivSfiicra, V. a. IvSfi'OS, " a cus-
tom'*] 1.: a. Act.: To own,
or hold, as a custom ; to use
customarily, to practise^ etc.
— b. Pass.: To he the custom ;
to be customary or usual, —
2. With Objective clause : To
hold, deem, consider, think,
etc., that; 6, 12, etc.; — for
construction at 8, 8, see ^€vi(<»»
— 3. With second Ace: To
hold, deem, consider, regard
an Object as being that de-
noted by the second Ace. ; —
at 2, 31 abroh, the first Ace.
202
VOCABULARY.
after wofiiC^tv, is omitted^
seemingly because jast before
aifTol hka been omitted before
eUif. In this passage tbe
Subject of vofii(uv is not
expressed, as it is the same as
that of the preceding leading
verb, tipr\. If expressed, it
would be in the nom., viz.
ahr6s [§ 87, (2), 05*.].— 4.
Pass. : a. To he customary or
usual; see above, no. 1, b. —
Impers. (Opt. in indirect nar-
rative) : vo|A^oiTo, It was
customary or usual; it was
the custom ; 3, 18, where the
clause bx^t . . . K\7i$eirras
forms the Subject of yofiiCoiTo.
— b. To he held, deemed^ con^
sidered, reputed, etc. ; — at
6, 37 folld. by Inf. ; see, also,
no. 3 above. — Pass. : voft*
iHofUfci, p. vevSixiiTfuu, 1. aor.
iyofilaOriy, 1. fdt. yofiio'OiiffO'-
fiai.
vo}iXov|icv, 1. pers. plur.
Attic fut. of yofu(u.
v6|jL-0Sy ov, m. [for vtfi-os ;
fr. p4fi-e0, '' to assign, appor-
tion"] ("That which is as-
signed orapportioned''; hence,
**{i law, oMinance"; hence)
A usage, custom, practice,
voa-'iv -w, f. voiHiau, p.
P€p6<njKay 1. aor. 4y6<nia'<i, v. u.
lv6ff-os, "sickness"] ("To
have v6€ros **; hence) 1. To be
sick or ill, — 2. Of state a£&irs
or a state : To suffer from
faction.
v6aQ/%, ov, f. 8ie1ene$», dit
ease,
rovs, vov (Attic contr. ibrn
of v6os p6ov), m. Mind,
WKT-o-4^Xa{, aicos, m
[yi5|, pvKT'6s, "night"; (•
connecting vowel ; ^^Ka^ " i
watcher or guard "] A nigU
watcher, one who keeps watd
hy night ; a night-guard,
rutPT'if, adv. [w|, nier-^t
" night "1 By night, at night
yw, adv.: 1. Now, at tht
present time, — 2. Of tbe im
mediate past: Just now, tv
cently, lately [akin to Sum
nu or n4, " now "].
vvY'i, adv. [pvr, **now*'.
I, demonstrative suffix] JTow
at this moment, at thispresem
time,
vvj, pvkt6s, t, : L Night f^
at 2, 17; 2,22; 8, 34; 8, 9
etc., pvict6s 18 the Gen, o
Time '* when " [■§ 113, 06«
3]; cf. Primer, § 120;— ft
6, 9 v{ncTa is the Aoe. o
" Duration of Time " [§ 90]
cf. Primer, § 102, (1). — 2
Plur.: a. Nights ; 2, 21, wber
viiKTas is Ace. of "Dun
tion of Time " [§ 99] ; d
Primer, § 102, (1).— b. Night
hours, night'Watehes ; L e. tin
(three) watches into wbid
the Greeks divided the nigbi
— for fitaras p^tertis (3, 40
8, 12), see fi4aros, no. 8 [akii
to Sans, ni^ ** night "; uak
<a»i, "by night"].
VOCABULARY,
203
HavOiKX^9, 60S ovSf m.
Xanthicles ; an Acbsean, ap.
pointed general in the room
of Socrates, who had been
treacheroQslj seized and killed
by Tissaphemes, as mentioned
in Book 8. 1, 47 of the Ana-
basis.
1. {cv-ta, Xas, f. [f ei'-oy, ** a
gnest-friend"] ("The state
of a ^4vo% "; hence) Friendly
relation between two foreign-
ers ; hospitality ; — at 6, 3 the
editions vary between ^^vic^
(dat. sing.) and ^ivXa (ace.
plur.) ; see ^cVm in ^ipXos,
2. {cvta ; see livXos.
£cv-lCa>; f. levicrw Attic
^ivXSs, 1. aor. i^4vX(ra, v. a.
K6i/.os,«guest.friend"] («To
treat as a ^4i/os **5 hence) To
receive hospitably or with
hospitality ; to entertain as
a guest; — at 6, 3 supply
ahro{>5 (= rohs AaK^SaifJLOv-
iovs) after i^eviCt ;— at 3, 8 the
Subject of the Inf. ipvlcrBai
is not expressed, as it is the
same as that of the preceding
finite verb vofiiovfitv. Had it
been expressed, it would have
been in the nom. {vf^^'^^) [§ 87,
(2), 0*«.].— Pass.: |cv-ito|ieit,
p. i^iyiffnaif 1. nor, i^^vlffdriy,
1. fut. ^iviffB'fia'ofiai.
£^v-Xos, Xa, Xov (and -J^v-
tos, Xovl adj. [Xivosy "a
guest-friend''] ("Of, or be-
longing to, a ^4vos**i hence)
Hospitable. — As Subst. : |^v-
ta, <av (sc, B&pfi), n. pinr.
O^s of hospitality, friendly
presents,
iivo^f ov, m,: 1. A guest'
friend; i.e. a member of
some foreign state between
whom and one*s self and the
heirs on both sides there is a
treaty of hospitality, ratified
by mutual presents and an
appeal to Ze^s Uivios, — 2. A
guest, ^Z. A host,
{cvovvrai, {cvovrai, contr.
3. pers. plur. and sing. pres.
ind. pass, of ^iv6w, .
Ecvo<|>ta>v, wvTos, m. XenO'
phon, the son of Gryllus, was
born at Athens, about B.o.
444. In early life he was the
friend and pupil of Socrates.
In B.O. 401 he joined the
expeditionary force under
Cyrus, and on that account
was banished from his country.
In B.C. 396 he served under
Agesilaus in his Asiatic camp-
aign, and fought against his
countrymen at the battle of
CeJronea, B.O. 394. Sub-
sequently he resided for many,
years at Scyllus, near Olympia,
on an estate given him by the
Lacedaemonians; and on being
expelled from it by the
Eleans on their making war
with Sparta, he retired to
Corinth, where he died in
about the 90th year of his
age. The writings of Xeno-
phon are not few; the best
204
VOCABULARY.
known of them being the
''AnftbaslB/' vherein be de-
scribes tbe "Retreat of the
Ten TboQsand," in wbicb he
himself bore so distingnisbed
a part.
lev- 6m -«, f. lev^ffte, p.
i^ivtcKo, V. a. [{er-of, a guest-
friend^ (" To treat as a ^Voy";
hence) 1. Act. : To entertain
as a gnest. — 2. Pass. : |cr-
6o)Lai -ovftot, p. i^eywucu, 1.
aor. i^ivuBrip, fuL mid. in pass,
force ^cy^aofuu : With Dat.
of person : To be entertained
btf one ; to take up a» abode
with one ; 8, 6 ; 8, 8.
|i<^os, tos ovs, n. A sword.
{vX-lyo9f iyv* tvow, adj.
livK'Ov, "wood"] (y, Oft be-
longing to, wood; wooden,
wood:
1. 6, ij, T($, definite article :
The : 1. With Snbst. : a. (a)
To point ont some particular
p3rson or thing : — rhy ya^apx-
ov, the admiral, 1, 2 : — r^
apfioaTp, the harmost, 1, 8 : —
rh <Trpa.T€vna, the army, 1, 8 :
— ray xvAot, the gales, 1, 12.
' — (b) To point ont some per-
son, tbing, etc., before men-
tioned : — rovs dfiijpovs, 4, 21,
points to dfiiipovs, 4, 13. — (c)
To denote something belong,
ing to a person or tbing : —
6 rar'fip, mg father, i.e. tbe
fatbcr of Sent lies (wbo was
the .speaker), 2, 32 : — ri otAo,
their arms, 1, 7; 1, 15;
2, 3, etc.; bnt, your arms,
1, 22: — rV ^xk'', his dom-
inions or empire, 1, 28 : —
rhf nt(rB6w, your pay, 3, 10. —
(d) To point ont something ai
well known or famous: — hf
r$ apofiaffti, in the expeditiom
into the interior, 1, 1 : — ii^xp^
rris ftixvit *P to ike hatile
(i. e. of Cjnaxa), 1, 1: — el
'EAAiircf , the Greeks, i. e. the
Greek army, 1, 1.— b. With
Personal names of indiTidiuls:
To point ont the penon (a)
As the one jnst before spoken
of: — T^y EvKXf iBiir, 8, S;
points to EvKXtiBjit, fi^ 1 ; sOb
6 Ti/iaalmr, 6 ^pwio'Kos, 5, 10^
point to Ttfiaalmy, ^^pwwUrmns,
%, 4. — (b) As one fiunont or
well known : — nfi. rev t/Mem^
1, 14; r^ 2€%, 6, 2.-0.
With names of coantriei or
cities (a) Referring to a pro-
vions mention of them.— (b)
To mark them as well known
and famous : — ritr U6yrer, row
n6yTov, 1, 1 ; c£ 5, 12 ; r^t
*Airias, 1, 1 ; r^t 'EXXiiof, 1, SOL
— 2.The neut. art. aing. isjoined
to an infinitive mood to form
a verbal nonn : — rh hiaffiwr-
uy, 3, 23 ; rov trrparmadaif
5, 9 : — akin to this is the em*
ploymcnt of tbe neut. aing.
art. before a daase: — 9iit rh
i ayayKd{€a$€u rohs B^cot,
6, 2S ; T^ ravra pur pii Kara-
<rxtiy, 7, 28; rod /c^ wdUai
VOCABULARY,
205
&iro8e5($(rdai -rhv tuuBdv^ 7, 48.
— 3. The masc. or fern, art.
folld. by Gen. of the name of
a person denotes the son or
daughter of such person. — 4.
With participles = Lat. is qui,
he, etc., who, etc.; one, etc.,
who, etc. : — TOWS hiafiivoyras,
those who remain behind, 1, 6.
— 5. With cardinal adjectives :
a. To mark a number de-
cisively. — b. To mark the
specified number as a whole.
-—6. With Adverbs forms : \ a.
An adjectival expression : — iv
r^ irpStrOfp ^^tp, in the pre-
ceding account or narrative,
1, 1 : — rhs Ijdrj KoX&areis, the
ready chastisements, 7, 24 : —
4k twv 'KK'i]criov x(Dpi<iav,from
the neighbouring strongholds,
8, 15 : — Ty vvy fiatriKu, the
present king, 2, 32 : — rijif
t6t€ TT^viav, his then poverty,
i. e. the poverty in which he
then was, 6, 20. — ^b. A com-
plex noun : — rh irpSardev, the
front or van, 3, 41 : — row
e'TTwrarw, of the nearest man,
8, 14. — 7. Masc. art. plur. : a.
With (Tvv and Dat., or puTo.
and Gen., of the name of a
person, or a pron. referring to
a person, denotes that person's
followers, attendants, etc, : —
01 <Tvv avT^y those with him,
i. e. his followers, etc. , 1, 15 ;
of., also, 2, 20.— b. With v^pi
vapd with Dat. of person, or
proD. denoting a person ; de-
notes that person's followers,
sometimes taking also within
its meaning the person him-
self: — ol v(p\ afPOipiiyTa,
Xenophon and his men, 4, 16 ;
8, 18; cf., also, 2, 18.— 8. The
neut. art. : a. With Depend-
ent Gen. denotes the thing,
etc., of, or pertaining to, a
person, etc, ; — ri roinoVf the
things of this man, i.e. this
man's affairs or business,
6, 22 : — tA t&v voXc/jlIuv, the
things of (i. e. belonging to)
the enemy, 6, 31: — tA iK^ivov,
the things belonging to him,
i.e. his goods or property,
8, 12: — ruv tov AaKcoviKoVf
the (things, i.e.) propositions
of the JJacedtBmonian, 3, 8.
— b. Folld. by a prep, and
its case denotes the thing, etc.,
connected with that which
such prep, and its case point
out: — T&p iK TOV 6povs, of
those from the mountain,
4i, 13 : — rh vapii, aov, the things
from thee, 7, 31.— 9. The
masc. or fem. art. : a. With
Dependent Gen. denotes the
persons, etc., belonging to a
person .* — ol fJduyos, those be-
longing to Neon, i.e. Neon's
men, 3, 2. — b. Folld. by prep,
and its case denotes the per-
sons, etc., connected with that
or d/u^^ and Ace. of person, or which such prep, and its case
pron. denoting a person ; also, I point out: — roirs €« rptdKotfra
2o6 VOCABULARY.
trri, that the men, or those, \ahThrovTorhBuidyTtoy,l,27»
up to thirty years of age, ' at kmuoi alrcu, 7» 1: — bat dif-
3, 46 : — ruv M OaXdrrri, of '. ferent from tlus is the me of
those on the sea-coast, 2, 38 : these pronoans assnbst. : — riu
TotJrwr aretXds, 7, 24. — d. For
— oi iv rfi &,KfMyir6X€i, those i»
the citadel, 1, 20 :— ri iy rals
position of xar with art. and
Kt&ficus, the things in the til- | sabst. see vas. — 11. An at-
lages, 7, 2. — 10. Position of | tribntive Gen. is sometimeB
the article with an attribntire • placed between the art. and
adj. or part, and its snbst. : ! its snbst.: — rris ficurtXtcts
a. When the quality of the [ x^P^t B, 25 ; ^jc r^f Sc^v
subst. is to be particularized, i 4^iKias, 5, 6 ; Ik r^r rodrmm
the attributive is placed be-
tween the art. and the snbst. :
— b 'EAAi/w/cbr y6fios, the
iruepartias, 6, 42.— 12. The
art. may be separated from its
subst. by one or scTeral words.
OreeJc custom, S, 37 : — 4k ^ Such words are g^enerally to
rw Qp^Kictv Kufiuy,from the
Thracian villages, 1, 13. — b.
When the quality is to be
emphasized, the art. is pre-
fixed to both subst. and at-
tributive, the subst. with its
be taken as an adjectiTal
sentence standing as the at-
tribute to the subst.: — -9 kot*
iviavrhv vp6<ro^s, the yearly
revenue, 7, 36. — IS. Kent,
art. is joined to adj. to fimn
art. being placed first : — r^ ' an adverbial expression : — r^
v6fi^ rtf vfitr4pq>f 3, 39; rh '.rpHroy, at first; rhrpirMpow,
vdBrifia rh ax^rXioy, 6, 30 : — .formerly, previously, before,
akin to this is the repetition \ — 14. Prefixed to an abrtnct
of the Art. with a snbst. in ' subst. the art. imparts the
apposition, or with a prep, and notion of the qnalitj existing
its case : — r^ Ait r^ BaaiXii, ' in the fullest degree : — ry
6, 41 ; iv r^ ayafiiffei t$ fitrk •. Xifi^, with hunger, 4, 5 : — ^h
Kvpov, 1, 1.— C. With iieyaSf ' rrjs alirxvrns, through shame,
ti€<ros, B\os, and some others, ! 7, 11. — 15. The article is some-
the adjective stands either be- | times separated from its sab-
fore the art. or after the | stantive by the particles fi4y,
subst. : — 5ta fi4<nis rrjs Qp^K- \ 8e, 76, &/>a, roi, roiyvw, ydp,
IIS, 1, 14 : — so in the case of I Kaly 8^, and ad : — 6 /t^r Bcm-
the demonstr. pronouns, oSrot, <puy, 5, 9; rp 5* vffr€pa(q,
35€, iKuvos, avrSs, (self, very), 6, 7; 6 yhp ^HptucXtihis, 6, 4. —
the pron. stands either before '• 16. For article with ixxos,
the adj. or after the subst. : — see HxXos.— -17. The demonstr.
VOCABULARY,
207
pronouns of quality and quant-
ity, Toiovros, roaovroSf etc.,
have the art. when the suhst.
to which they are joined is
conceived of as a class: — ol
rotovroi &vBpis, such men as
these; men of this class , 7, 24.
— 18. Where two or more
persons or things, coupled hy
Kaif require to be severally
brought distinctly under not-
ice, the article is repeated
before each :—rohs (rrparriy-
ohs K(d 7ohs \oxo-yovs, l* 13 ;
rovs &vlipas Kcd robs Ttitows,
2, 34 ; T&s K<&fias Koi rhv o^rovy
4, 6 : — but where they are
closely connected, or identified,
in meaning or relation, the
ai*ticle is used sometimes only
with the first, sometimes only
with the last : — robs arparify-
obs Kal Xoxotyovs, 1, 3; tA
0Tr\a K(d iTKe^rjf 1, 7 ; abrhp
Koi ywaTKa Ktd iraTSas Kol
tA xp^fiaroy 8, 9.— 19. Ad-
verbial expressions : — tA fi4p
, . , rh B4, on the one hand , . .
on the other hand ; partly . . .
partly : — rp /ueV . . . t^ Se, on
the one part . . . on the other
part. — ^N.B. Proper names of
individual persons, and also of
cities and countries, do not
require the art., except as
above specified. — A proper
name is foUd. by a subst. with
art., in apposition, wBen the
person bearing it is to be
distinguished from others of
the same name t — Tiiiaviuv 6
AapSay€vs, 5, 4; ^pvvltTKos 6
*Axai6Sf 5, 4 ; Tlo\vKpdTrjy rhv
*Adriva7ov, 2, 17 ; "SfCDPOs rod
AaKotpXKoVf 2, 29 [akin to
Sans, sa, " one *'; and ia, ** he,
she, it "].
2. 6, rj, r6, demonstr. pron. :
1. I^is, that, etc. — As
Subst. : Se, she, it, etc. : — 6
5e, and he, 1,2; 1,6; 1, 8;
1, 41, etc, : — ol 8^, and they,
3, 7 : — Tobs fi4v, them indeed,
2, 14. — 2. Bepeqted: 6 fi€P
m , m 6 Z4, the one . • . the
other :—oi fi4p . , , ol Sf, some
. . . the others : — ol fi4p . . .
ol $€ . . . ol Hh Kai, some • . .
others . . . others also,
3. 8, neut. nom. and ace.
sing, of 5s, ^, 5.
6PeX-CorKos, Io-kov, m. dim.
[6fi(\-6s, "a spit"] (**A
small spit **; hence) A spit in
general ; 8, 14, where the at-
tributive adj. fiowSpoi shows
that the word is not there used
as a diminutive.
^YSo-ij-Kov-Ta, num. adj.?
indecl. Eighty [iyZo-os,'
" eighth '' ; (77) connecting
vowel; Kop (= gan, in Sans.
daqan), "ten"; ra suffix (=
Lat. tus), "provided with";
and so, literally, *' provided
with the eighth ten **].
S-Sc, IJ-5€, T<J-5€, pron. de-
monstr. [old demonstr. pron.
6, "this"; enclitic Sc] This
person or thing; this one
20S
VOCABULARY.
here, — AdrerbLd dat. fern. :
TJSc, In tiis place, here;
2, 13 ;— bat at 3, 19 rpJc is a
pron. in concord with x^P?-
68cv<Fa$, d<ra, ear, P. 1. aor.
of o^ivte.
6S-cv«*, f. iifvtrw, 1. aor.
uifVTo, y, n. [63-<Jt, " a way ;
a journey " ] ( " To proceed on
one's way or journey "; hence)
To travel, go, journejf.
68-ds, ov, f. ("That which
approaches or forms an ap-
proach " ; hence) 1. A wajf,
road. — 2. A journey, marck^
etc. ;— at 3, 16 iJdr is Ace.
of " Pleasure of Space " [§ 99] |
[akin to Sans, root sad, in
force of " to approach "].
'08f»vau£, it¥, m. plnr. The
Olryscti a Thracian people.
— Sing. : *08pv«n{f» ov, m.
One of the Odrysa ; am
OJrv*ian.
*08pv<n{s, ou ; see 'Oipvo'al.
5-6cv, lidv. [is, (oncontr. I AsSubstb:
gen.) i-os, " who, which"; Oep, j Belatious, fiieuds, etc
inseparable particle denoting | oUci-tts, adr. [mkc?-*!,
motion *'froni"] 1. JVoin i <' belonging to m ftmilj*]
which place, etc.; whence; — ('^ After the manner of the
at 6, 12 the demonstr. adr. ; oUtios "; hence) Im afamiiiar,
ixfla-f (thither) is omitted , or friendly, epirU or way.
before id€v.—2. (Like Lat. I oU-^ -m, f. ouciiam, p.
*• undo ") From whom ; from ifxriKa, v. n. and ft. ToZc-m^
which ;^ cf. 3, 5 ; 7, 1. '* a house, dwelling"] (**Td
1. ol, masc. nom. plnr. of hare an otmos"; henee) 1.
1. and 2. 6. Nent. : Of persons^ etc. :
2. oi, maac. nom. plnr. of ; dwell, lice. — 8. : a. Act. :
is. \ dwell in, inhabii. — b.
3. ol, dat. sing, of proD. To be imhabitei. —
ol nsed encllticany; 1, 38;
8,10.
4. ol (encUtic) ; see 3. all
cSSa ; see cfSw.
oZSc, masc nonu plnr. of
dUi, Attic for of^, 2. pen.
sing. pres. ind. of afo|iai.
otco^ot, pres. inf, of «£i|iac.
oSco^ 2. perL plor. pra.
ind. of oXofieu.
owc-a-3c, adr. [oIic-«Sy *ft
house, home"; (a) connecting
rowel; Sc, pertide = vpos,
"towards"] Ibmmlff om^«
hoMMe or home; Aawtemardt ;
—at 2, 2 ; 8,13 obUc means
« to their own coontry," i. c
to Greece.
ol«-€&otf c£b, cSbr, idj. [alk«
05, "a honse"] (**Q^ or be-
longing to, ^M**; hienoe,
** pertaining to a bonadioldy
domestic "; hence) Belamyiay
to a family, akin, r ei a f o d . ■
plnr.
2b
2b
VOCABULARY.
209
olK-^o|iai -ov|&ai, p. (pKri/jiat,
1. aor. t^KifBriVf 1. fut. oiKrjB^'
ffofiai.
oiia|-|ia, fi&Tos, n. [for
oiK€'fia ; fr. oiKc-Wf '* to dwell
in, inhabit"] ("That which
is dwelt in or inhabited/';
hence) A dtoelling, habitation,
otlC1}-o^s, ffiws, f. [for ofic6-
ffn; fr. oIkc'U, "to dwell in,
inhabit**] (** A dwelling in or
inhabiting,** in abstract force;
hence, concrete) A dwelling-
place, abode, habitation, 2, 88.
oiicij<r««v, ovffa, op, P. fat.
of olKiu.
oU-ta, Xas, f. [oiV-ccv, "to
inhabit '*] ('* An inhabiting,"
in abstract force ; hence, con-
Crete) A habitation, dwelling,
abode, house.
oIko-Ocv, adv. [cJkos, (un-
contr. gen.) o)fico-oy,**ahou8e**;
hence, "home**; diu (zz Ik),
" from **] From home.
otK-oi, adv. (olK-oSf "a
house**] 1. At home, — 2. In
one's own country, etc. ; — at
1, 34 oXkoi = at Sparta ;~at
8, 4 = at Athens.
oIkovvtv, contr. masc. dat.
sing, of oiKiu,
olicT-e£p«i, f. oiKrcpSo, 1. aor.
^KTeipa, v.a. [oT«T-o5, "pity"]
To pity, have compassion on.
oX)Lai; see olofiat,
oIvo9, ov, m. Wine,
olvo-'X'&'09, ov, m. [for olvo*
X^'os ; fr. olyos, (uncontr.
gen.) oivo-os, "wine**; x^'*>
Ana^. Book VII ^
** to poor "] (" Wine-pourer »'j
hence) Offp-^^arer, whose office
it was to pour wine into the
caps, or goblets, of guests,
etc.
oioiTo, 3. pers. sing. pres.
opt. of oKoiufxi J — at 4, 19 opt.
in indirect, or oblique, narra-
tive [§ 163, 1, J].
O'i-ofjiai (oXfLai), imperf.
tpSfjLTjv (^firiv), f. oi^crojuat later
olrjdiia'OfMt, 1. aor. ^ijOriv : 1.
To think, imagine, suppose,
etc. — ^2. With Objective clause:
To think, imagine, or sup^
pose, that ; — at 1, 19 ; 1, 28 ;
2, 2 ; 2, 4 ; 2, 34 ; 4» 19 the
Subject of the follg. Inf. mood
is in each instance omitted^
as it is the same as that of
the preceding finite mood, or
participle, of oXo/iat ; — at 7> 19
t^ is to be supplied (flrom
the notion of ''saying*' in-
volved in iK4\tv€y) before
oUtrdai ; while further the Sub-
ject of the follg. Inf. wfitrai is
omitted for the reason above
given. — 8. Inserted paren-
thetically in a clause: Isup»
pose, I imagine [akin to Sans,
root I, " to go,*' which with
prefix ava (here represented
by 0), viz. AVA-I, has the force
of " to consider, believe "].
oUjjicvoSy rj, ov, P. pres. of
oXofiat,
1. olov ; see oTos,
2. oXov, adv. [adverbial
I neut. of oios, " Buch as "] In
2IO
VOCABULARY.
compariflons: lAke as, just as;
3, 32.
Such as, of such sort or kind
as. — As Subst. : ola, wv, n.
plar. Such ihings as. — (b) As
correl. : As : — toioutop . . .
ohv, such , , . a*y7, 47. — b.
With Inf., mostly with r€
added (oU« re) (<<Sach as
for to" do, etc.; hence) (a)
Suitable^ or Jit, for doing,
etc.; able to do, etc. — (b)
Neut. : oUv t€ Icrriv, etc., It
is, etc., possible to do, etc. : —
Bti ovilv ol6v Tc ffij roincay
y€v4ffOai, (that it was possible
that not one, L e.) that it was
impossible for ant/ one of
these things to take place,
2, 10; where ftrj is Opt. in
indirect narrative [§ 163, 1,
5], while 6t6tf re efi) forms an
impersonal verbal expression,
and has for its Sabject the
'lause oh^\v ro^uv y€y4<r6cu;
ee ov : — ovK le<l>rjffda ot6v re
h^ai, {you denied that it was
ossible, L e.) you said that it
oas impossible, 2, 28; where
ivZhv rovTfov yfviffQaa must be
supplied, the reference in this
passage being to Xenophon's
answer as g^vcn at 2, 10,
Kwhere see the text : for con-
straction see above ; cf., also,
3, 13;— at 7, 51; 7, 52
iari must in each instance
be supplied: in the latter
passage the Subject is the
Substantival In£ /t^rciy, and
the dat. iiiol is dependent on
ol6vr€, — 2. Of what sort or
kind ; what sort, or kind, qf»
— ^As Subst. : a. clot, »r, m.
plur. What sort of persons.-^'
b. ota, Mif, n. plur. : (a) What
sort of things. — (b) What
sort of circumstances. — e.
With Superlative Adj. to de-
note the highest possible de-
gree : As possible : — x^P^^t
olov KdWiirrovzzTotovTOP x^P"
iotf otor KaKXMrr6v icrri, {su(Bh a
place as is most favourable,
i. e) a place as favourable as
possible, 1, 24.
oI<rei, 3. pers. ung. fiit. ind.
offp^pw; 6,7.
ol«j4a (before a vowel otof*),
2. pers. sing, of ol8a; see
1. fXSa.
otxoivro, otxoiTO, 3. pen.
plur. and sing. opt. prea. of
oXxofiai.
oixo|iai, import ^x^M^ff* f-
olX'h<royLai, p. ofx^jca, ^XMro,
cpX^MoUf ▼• mid. irreg. : 1. To
he gone, to have departed:
— the imperf. is used in the
force boUi of a pluperfl and
an imperf.— 2. With Part, in
concord with Sulgect: ft.
Other than the future : To
denote the continuance of an
act already beg^n : — f x^*^<*
dxcAavfoyres, {riding off fheg^
were gone; i.e.) theg «wiii[
and rode off, 6, 42: — xaro-
XirJyres otx^^^^^t. {Jutwsgi
VOCABULARY.
211
left behind had gone; i.e.)
had gone and left behind,
7, 33 ; wjiere oXxoivro is Opt.
in oblique narrative [§ 163, 1,
5]. — b. Fnture : To denote a
<* purpose " (as in otber cases
of tbe use of tbis part.) : —
oXxoiro oiKiicrav, had depart^
edfor the' purpose of dwelling
or residing, 7, 55 ; where, as
in no. a. above, oXxoiro is Opt.
in oblique narrative [§ 163,
1, b~\ : — ^xoi^o ipovims, de-
parted for the purpose of
telling, or stating ; 1, 32.
6k^XX», v. a. and n. : 1.
Act. : Of sailors, etc, : To run
a ship, etc,, aground, — 2.
Neut. : Of a ship : To run
aground, to be driven ashore ;
to run ashore ; 5, 12.
6KVT)p-ci>9, adv. [oKVUfi'
6s, ** hesitating, backward*']
("After the manner of the
oKVTipSs"; hence) Hesitatinglg,
with backwardness or reluct-
ance, reluctantly.
6KT-a-K^t-oi, ai, a, num.
adj. plur. JEight hundred, —
As Subst. : 6iCTaK6orloi, ay,
m. plur. ^ight hundred men,
eight hundred [oKT-ci, "eight";
(a) connecting vowel; k6(ti-oi;
see TpicucSaioi],
dicTu, num. adj. indecl.
Sight. — As Subst. : JEight
persons, eight [akin to Sans.
ashtan, "eight"].
^KTU-KaC-ScKa, num. adj.
plur. iudecl. [oktc^, " eight ";
P
Kol, "and"; Zina, "ten"]
("Eight and ten"; i.e.)
JEighteen.
1. hXlyov, neut. nom. and
ace. sing, of oKXyos,
2. 6XIyov, adv^ [adverbial
neut. of o\Xyo$, "little"]
Little, but little, slightly.
6yXyo%, 71, ov, adj.: 1. Of
number : Small, Uttle.—Aa
Subst. : 6XIyov, ov, n. With
Art. : The Uttle; 7, 36.— Plur.:
Few. — As Subst. : 6Xl70i, uv,
m. plur. Few persons or men;
few, a few. — 2. Of time: Little,
short, brief.
&XoKavT-^w -w, v. n. and a.
{^&\6Kavr-os, " burnt whole "]
(" To make 6\6Kavros '*;
hence) 1. Neut. : To offer, or
bring, a whole burnt offer'
ing. — 2. Act. : To offer, or
bring, something as a whole
burnt offering ; to offer whole;
8, 5.
*OXvv6-Xos, Uv, m. [•'OXwvtf-
OS, "Olynthus"; a city of
Macedonia] ("One belonging
to Olynthus ") An OlyntMan.
(8|jk-Y)p-os, ov, adj. [for 8/*-
ap-05 ; fr. b^i-ov, " together ";
ip-oi, "to fit"] "Fitted to-
gether "; hence, ** joined to-
gether, united"; hence) As
Subst.: 8|iY)poS) ov, m. ("A
pledge for the maintenance of
union or unity ; a security ";
hence) Of persons : A hostage.
5|ji-|iaj /(dros, n. [for tir-na ;
fr. root dir (found in H^lfOfiai
Z
212
VOCABULARY.
zz iv'<ro/iai), "to Bee"] ("The
seeing thing"; hence) The
eye.
6|&-vv|ii and ^-vv«*, f.
ofiovficu later 6fi6<ru, p. o/i-
wfioKu, 1. aor. &fio<raf v. n.:
1. To swear ; 7, 40, where it
is folld. hy Dat. of person and
an Objective chiuse. — 2. With
Ace. of a deity : To swear hy ;
6, 18, where also it is folld. by
Dat. of person and an Objec-
tive clause [prob.akin to Sans,
root YAM, ** to restrain "].
5|ii-oios, ola, oioy, &dj, : 1.
Like or similar. — 2, With
Bat. : Equal to [§ 102, (1)]
[akin to Sans, sam-a, in force
of " like," etc.'].
6|io£-«t, adv. [piiot'os,
"like"] ("After the manner
of the S/iOiof "; hence) In like
fHauner,
AfioXoY-^tf -tf, f. SfioXvy^ffu,
p. &fioK6yriKa, 1. aor. &ixo\iy»
ntra, v. n. and a. J^SfioKoy'OS,
"assenting"] ("To be SfUKoy-
OS**; hence) 1. Neat.: To
assent. — 2. Act.: a. Witli Ace.
of thing : To agree to a thing.
— ^b. With Objective clause:
To allow, confess, own, oc-
knowledge, that one is, etc.,
or one to be, etc. — e. With
Inf. (alone) when the Sub-
ject of such Inf. is the same
as that of the preceding
finite verb : To agree, eon-
sent, ete., to do, etc. ; i, 22.
6|iov, adv. [adverbial neut.
gen. of 6/i6s Cone and the
same "), as a gen. of pkoe] 1«
At one and tie same ptace,
together. — 3. Without refer-
ence to place : Together : —
6fiov 6yru¥, {being together,
i. e.) being combined, 1, 2S.
1. 6|t-MS, adv. li/i-is, "in
common "] (" After the man-
ner of the i/t6s"i hence)
Equally,
2. 5|Ji-«0t, adv. [id.] Nef>er*
theless, yet, still, notwitk'
standing.
1. 8v, neut. nom. and ace.
sing, of 85.
2. 8v, neut. nom. and aoe.
sing, of &y»
Avi{<rai«, 2. pers. ung. 1.
aor. opt. of hyXmifu.
6v-Xin(||ii, f. hiHivm, 1. aor.
Avriaa, v. a. [root Or] Thpro^
Jit, benefit, advantage, help.
8-vo-|&a, /jMTos, n. [for 8-
yyo'fia ; fr. root yro, short
form of 7v«*, whence yi-yrA*
<rK», '*to know," wiUi o as
prefix; cf. Lat. no^men for
gno-men] (" The thing whidi
serves for knowing" an ob-
ject by; hence) 1. A name;
— at 3, 23 liyo/M is Ace. of
" Respect" [§ 98].— 2. Name,
fame, renown, reputation, *
6vofuurT-(, adv. [iwofiaoT'
6s, " named "] By name.
ovnWMvr, mascaoc. sing.of
^arXffovvi see ttrrts, no. 1, b.
Swfp, neut. nom* and see.
sing, of ZffTVf,
VOCABULARY.
213
8in|, adv. : 1. Where, — 2,
In what way [either an ad-
verbial dat. of obsol. pron.
6x6$ = ebsol. ir($f, akin to
Sans, ha, " who ? "; or length-
ened fr. ir»)3«
Sirur6c(v), adv.: 1. Behind^
at the hack, — 2. Of an army :
In the rear.
6irur6o<|»vXaK-^«) -c3, v. n.
[oTtKidofpiiKoil^ 6Tiir0o<l>v\aK-os,
"one of the rear-guard"]
("To be an air«reo^i5Xo| '^
hence) To guard the rear* ' ••
6irA-lTV|Si Irovj m. adj.
[8ir\-o, plnr. ; see 8irXoy,
no. 2, a; and no. 3] ('< Made
for S^Xa'*; hence) Of an army :
S^eavy 'armed, in full arm'
our. — As Subst. m. : A
heavy-armed soldier, as di-
stinguished from the light-
armed ; a man in full arm-
our; a hoplite. Soldiers of
this class were equipped with
helmets, cuirasses, greaves, a
large shield covered with brass
and reaching almost to the
ground, a long spear or pike,
and a sword.
&irXiT-XK^, Uiif Xk6v, adj.
[birXlT'Tts, "a hoplite*'] QT,
or belonging to, a hoplite or
to hoplites, — As Subst. in col-
lective force: oitXItIk^v, ov,
n. A hoplite force ; hoplites.
SirXov, ov, u. ('*A tool, im-
plement'*; hence, in especial
force) 1. Sing. : An implement
of war ; an offensive weapon.
— 2. Plur. : a. Weapons in
general, arms, — b, Men-at'
arms, armed men, hoplites;
3, 40.— 3. ^ shield carried by
the hoplites ; 8, 18.
Siroi, adv. [either old dat.
form of obsol. 6ir6s (see Zmi) j
or a lengthened form of vo7,
" whither "] To which place,
whither; see» also, 2. iv,
no. 3.
6iroios, a, oy, adj. [either
fr. obsol. 6v6s (see ^vri); or
lengthened fr. vo7os] 1. Of
what sort or hind ; see, also,
2. &v, no. 2. — 2. Whatever,
&ir<Saos, ri, ov, adj. : 1. Of
number: As many as, how
many. — As Subst.: a. iir6<roi,
uv, m. plur. Aj many men
as, as many as; 2, 33: —
6r6<roi Hv, as many soever
as, 2, 6, where it is foUd. by
Gen. of "Thing Distributed"
[§ 112] ; see 2. Av, no. 2.— b.
wr6a-a, uv, n. plur. As many
things as: — dvdaa &v, as. many
things soever as, — 2. Of
quantity: As much as, as
many as [either lengthened
from ir6(Tos, or akin to Sans.
ha, "who?"].
iir6T-av, conj. [iirrfr-f,
"when"; Jkv, in "indefinite
force**] Whenever, whenso-
ever ; see 2. &y, no. 2.
iir^Tc, adv. [either ft. obsol.
6ir6s (see thrf) ; or lengthened
fr. ircJTe] When,
6ir^cpoS) Oy ov, adj. [length-
214
VOCABULARY.
ened fr. virtpos^ Whichever
of two. — As Sabst. : iir^cpo,
«r, n. plar. Whichever of
the ftco thing* ; — at 1, 18 aw
renders it still more indefinite
than it is by itself.
Sirov, adv. [cither fr. obsol.
6t65 (see Zini) ; or lengthened
fr. Tou] 1. Of place : Where ;
— at 3, 8 = iKeiare, Ztov. — 2.
Of time : When : — $tou iy,
whenever ; see 2. &y, no. 2.
Sir»9, adv. and conj. [either
fr. obsol. 6x6$ (see 8inj); or
lengthened fr. xws] 1. Adv. :
In indirect questions : In
what way, in what manner,
how. — 2. Conj.: a. Final;
That, in order that. — ^b. To
introduce the statement of a
fact, or a reason: l^at. —
Elliptical phrase : ovx Zrus
. . . aWd (= ohK ipw Ztws
. . . &XA(£, I will not say that
. . . hut; hence) l^ot only
not . . . htt ; 7, 8.
&p^ contr. 8. pers. sing,
pres. ind. of Spdw ; 7, 9.
&pa» -«5, f. i^ofitu, p. iSpd-
uOf later iibpcLKo, v. n. and a. :
1. Xeut. : To see, have sight.
— 2. Act.: a. (a) To see, be- ■
hold, etc. — (b) With part, in
concord with Object : To see a
person, etc.y doing or being j
something ; to see that a per-
son, etc.f does or is, etc. — b.
(a) To see mentally; to per-
ceive, observe, etc. — (b) With
part, in concord with Object :
To see, or perceive, a person,
etc., doing or being something
or in a certain state; — at
2, 15 the Substantival Inf.
Ziafiaivetv forms the Object of
kdtpa. — Pass.: 6pdofuu -Mfuu,
p. i6pdfiai and kd>paiuu, 1. aor.
(late) kopaXHiw, 1. fat. (late)
bpadiiffOftai,
^fyy-^w, f. hpyXau and hpy-
Xu, 1. aor. &prfica, y. a. \hfr^
il, " anger "] (*f To canse to be
in hpyli "; hence) To anger,
enrage. — Pass. : ApY-lCofMU,
p. &pyuriuu, 1. aor. ^prytc-
Briv, 1. fut. 6p'yi<r$^o'Ofuu, fat.
mid. in pass, force opyiovfuu,
To be angry or enraged,
SpYvXa {or Apyiad), ar
(or as), f. A fathom = about
six feet [commonly regarded
as a derivative of iptyw, " to
stretch out^'* and so denoting
'* the length of the ontstretch-
ed arms"; bat rather akin'
to Sans, riju, " straighty" and
denoting the measure of a tall
upright man, t. e, rix feet, in
general].
6p^Yt*, f. hp^^m^ 1. aor.
&pf\a, y. a. (•* To stretch out";
hence) Of a goblet, bom, etc.,
as Object : To reach forih^ to
hand; 3, 29.
6p-ciyds, «i^, €ir<fr, adj.
[tp-os, " a mountahi *'] (*• Of,
or belonging to, 6pos **; hence)
Of persons: Dwelling in the
mountains, mountain-, hill-, —
As Subst. : 6p€W9l, Sr, m.
VOCABULARY.
215
plar. MoftntaineerSy hill-men ;
4, 21.
hoiioXi 1. aor. inf. of 6p4yu,
opi), 6p4tov, plnr. of 6pos,
6pO-us,ady. [6p^-<Js, " erect,
upright **; hence, ** right "]
(** After the manner of the
6p66s "5 hence) Mightly,
&p-I(«», f. tpXSiy p. &p'iKaj
V. a. [5p-o$, ** a boundary "]
(" To make an Spos of" some-
thing; hence) 1. Act.: ("To
bound"; hence, "to mark
out by boundaries"; hence)
To determine f define, settle ;
7, 36.-2. Mid. : 6p-iCo|iai, f.
dpKov/iaif 1. aor. &p^(rafjL7ip :
(" To mark out by boundaries
for one's self"; hence) With
Ace. of thing : To set up
something as a boundart/,
boundaries, or limits : — trr^-
\as 6pi(rdfi€voi, having set up
pillars as limits, 5, 13 ; — after
dpXcaaBai in same section sup-
ply ai/rds (= oT^Aos) as ^cc.
of thing,
&piaa|jievo9j tj, ov, P. 1. aor.
mid. of dpi^ta,
6piaa<r6ai, 1. aor. inf. mid.
of hpi^co.
5pK-os, ovy m. [for Fipy-os ;
fr. Fepy-o) = ftpy-u, " to shut
in, restrain "] (" That which
restrains'*; hence, morally)
An oath as restraining a per-
son from violating his word,
etc.
6p|Ji-aca -w, f. Spfi-fjaWf p.
tipfiriKa, 1. aor. &pfiri(ra, y, a.
[Spix"fi,"a. start," efc.']l. Act.:
("To make ip^i)**; hence)
To set in motion, urge on,
— 2» Pass.: 6p)Jb-ao|iak -cl>|Jiai,
p. S^pfirjfiai, 1. aor. &pfjLi)6rjy,
1. fut. dpfiTiOijffoiJLat, ("To be
set in motion"; hence) To
start, set out, etc.; 6, 11.
6po9, 60S ovs, n. A mount'
ain : — diii rod ifpov Spovs,
through, or across, the Sa-
cred Mountain, 1, 14 ; 8, 3.
" The Sacred Mountain ** was
a mountain-range extending
from Thrace into the Cherso-
nese.
5po^-o9, ov, m. [for fyf<l>'
OS', fr. ipi<p-u>, "to cover"]
(** That which covers"; hence)
A roof ; cf. Lat. "tectum."
1. 6p<^av^, i}, 6v, adj.
Without parents, fatherless,
— As Subst.: 6p<f»av($s, oVf m.
An orphan. ^
2. 6p<f»av($s> ovi see 1.
6p<pav6s. v-
*Opxo|i^vk-09, ov, m. ['Op-
Xofievi'os, "of, or belonging
to, Orchomenus," a city of
Boeotia in Northern Greece]
A man of Orchomenus; an
Orchomenian, .;< '
6puev, contr. 8. pers. plur.
pres. opt. of dpdw,
6pwv, wora, wy, contr. P«
pres. of dpdco. ••V
&puvTe9, contr. masc. nom.
plur. of P. pres. of Spdw.
6pf VTO, contr. 3. pers. plur.
pres. opt. pass, of 6pda>,
2l6
VOCABULARY.
6pwox(v)> contr. 3. pen.
plnr. pres. ind. of jp<£i».
S«, fi, i, pron. rel. and dem.:
1. Relative : WhOf which ; —
at 2, 23 the plar. ace ovs
relates to the dnal ace. 5^:
— ^f f {»c. XP^^V)* i}^ ^ ^*'"^
that, i.e.) while, 1, 15, etc.:
for 6, 11, see below, no. a, (b).
— a. Particnlarcoustractions:
(a) By attraction the relative
is pat in the case of the ante-
cedent instead of that re-
qaired bj g^rammatical con-
stniction: — ardrrvy, &¥ tuf
Zv¥^/i€$a KT^ffeurOoh for & Am,
etc., 2, 38.— (b) The demon-
strative pron. is frequently
omitted before the relative : —
iucoi&orrts, & rpdrroi 2c^^5,
for iuco^trrtf iKeofO, h vpdrroi
:i€6$ris, 4, 21, where vpJerroi
is Opt. in obliqne narrative
[§ 163, 1, (6)].— (c) Some-
times the relative takes the
place of the omitted demon-
strative: — crirr oXs tx» for
VV9 ixfiwois, ots lx*> 3» ^ •
— ip* oh 2c^f xiyei for
im^ iKctpois, & Sev^f ^^^S
6, 44 : — "rtpX &¥ Zia4>4pofiau for
rtpl ixduup, oTs tta^4pofjuu,
6, 15 : — £v ifiol 5o(i| vrepotro
foTiK€ivuy.,h ifiolZolfiyOTfpoiro,
6, 16. — (d) The relative some-
times attracts the snbst. ont
of the demonstrative danse
into its own clause : — 'EWtiv-
i8a 8^, cis ^¥ vpSiro¥ ^KOoyifv
v6\uf, for *£AAi}r<8a tk ir6\i¥,
tls %w vp&row 1l\$o/i€w, 1, 29 :
— irms <Hf re &|tos SoKofiyf
cTroiy fir ot 9ca£ o'oi I^Mc«r
iyoBUy, for twwt <rtf re tf(i«f
9oKolfif cTmu iic^ipwy icydBmWf
Sp ol 0eol trot idrnxai^, 7. 37;
cf. no. a, (a) above.— -(e) Tlie
reUtive (like the Lat. qmi) U
sometimes pat at the begin-
ning of a sentence in Uie {iaee
of the demonstrative and a
conj. : And he, etc. — (f) For
3s in combination with ip, see
2. i¥, no. 2.-— (g) The rdative
danse sometimes pfeoedes^fior
emphans, the danonstntive
clause; cf . 6^ 32 at end. — ^b.
Pterticolar idiom : livrir el =
hJot, some, — ^8L Demonstim-
tive: Thie, Oo^.— As Snbst:
a. He, she, U, etc— b. At the
beginning of a dause in Attic
(and Ionic) prose in ooiyaiie-
tion with «ra^forthe d emo us lr.
oItos : — Kti Us, and tkie MOSy
€Md ke,^&, where Zs means
Xenophon, of whom mention
has just been made ; ef.^ alao^
3, 45 ; 7, 2 :— jKol •!; OMi a«stf
men, L e. the Lacedgmomans^
who have just been q^oken of
as making inqoiries about
Xenophon, 6, 4.
Scot, adv. ; see Zaou
890s, 19, OP, adj.: 1. Of riies
As great as; horn great. — S.
Of number, etc. : a. As mamf
as, as mmeh as; how uutmg^
how muck, — As Snbst.: (a)
Sooc, mp, m. plor. Am tnwsg
VOCABULARY.
217
persons as, cts many as, 1, 19.
— (b) Sara, uv, n. plur. As
many things as; how many
things; 7, 46. — ^b. As a cor-
relative to vas {alt) : — vapra,
Zira, all things, as many as;
all things,^ that, 1, 2: for
Zffa vdvra, 1, 1, see below,
no. 6, b : — tSf, Scoy, every-
thing, that,S. Of time : As
long as, how long: — Haov
Xpdvov . . • roffovTOV (sc, XP^^'
ov), as long a time as , , , so
long {a time), 4, 19.— 4. Of
space : As far as, how far, —
5. Of qaantity or degree : As
much as, how much, — 6. Part-
icular constructions : a. The
correlative r6<roi or roarovros,
also vas or &iras, is some-
times omitted in the demon-
strative clause; — at 6, 19 Zca
= rSara, or roffavra, ttra ; see
also nos. b. and c. below. — b.
Sometimes the clanse contain-
ing tiros, etc, precedes the
demonstrative clause, when
emphasis is intended : — Zffovs
<£\afit, KOTTiKStrrXtny, for Zffovs
^XdjSf, r6<rovs, or vdpras,
KarriK6yrl(r€y, 4, 6 ; cf., also,
1, 1. — c. The substantive is
attracted out of the demon-
strative clause into that con-
taining 5(7-09, etc., and assumes
the case of the latter : — Xafi-
6vre$, Zffoi ^<rav j3<J«9 Kal
irp6fi&Ta, for Xafi6vTt5 $6as
Koi irpdBdra, Ztroi ^(rav, 8, 16,
where also the adj. oaroi belongsl
to irp6fi&Ta as well as to fi6as,
but takes the gender (masc.)
of the latter as being the
*'more worthy" gender. — ^7.
Adverbial expressions: a.Scrov:
(a) As much as, so much as,'^
fb) 80 far as; 7, 8; 7, 46.—
(c) Alone or in combination
with ii6vov: Only just : — Bffop
i^6Ziov, only just (his) travel"
ling money, 3, 20 : — otrou $^
fidra, only just {as) victims, i.e,
only just enough for sacrificial
purposes, 8, 19 : — Scop ii6po¥
y^^KToffOai, onlyjust to taste,
3, 22.— (d) With numeral
adj., or a word denoting di-
stance : About : — Haop 8<a-
k6<tioi, about two hundred
(hoplites), 2, 20 : — Zffop vtPT'
ijKopra linreas, about fifty
horsemen, 3, 47; cf., also,
7, 2 : — Zffov rptoucovra <rTa5«
lovs, about thirty stadia,
3, 7 ; cf., also, 5, 15.— (e) With
Superl. Adj. to denote the
highest possible degree : —
ZffopMpiiro fA^yiffrop, as great
as, or the greatest that, he
was able (i. e. to carry), 1, 37.
— ^b. With oh : — Zffop oh, only
not, all but ; 2, 6.— 0. ovov
(idvov ; see above, no. 7, a, (c).
d. Adverbial dat. of measure :
80-9, By how much : — Jia-(p
fi€liw • • ' roffohr^ M-^^C^t by
how much greater , , , by so
much greater, 3, 20: — Ztrtp
fioAXov . . . roeroirfp fiaWop,
by how much the more . • •
■OCA^"-
^s&n:
VOCABULARY.
219
words o£ another person. In
this case it is equivalent to
the inverted commas used in
English, and is not to he
rendered. — c. When tri (or
&s) is separated from the word
to which it belongs hy a
parenthesis, etc., it is often
repeated for the sake of di-
stinctness. — 2. Conj. : a. Be-
cause. — b. Seeing that^ inas-
much as, for that. — c. With
superl. words, to denote as
many, etc., as possible : — Hti
v\^i(TTwv h.Kov6vT<ov, {as many
persons as possible hearing ;
i.e.) in the hearing of as many
persons as possible, 3, 7;
Gen. Abs. [§ 118] : — in fxcMp-
oTciTTjy, as long a road as
possible, i. e. the longest pos-
sible road, 8, 20; see fiuKpSs:
— 5ti rdxKrTttf as quickly, or
speedily, as possible, 2, 8 ;
2,12.
3. 8 Ti (or 8,Tt), nom. and
ace. ncut. sing, of Scrris.
8t<j», Attic for frivif dat.
sing, of go-Ttj; 3, 6; 6, 26.
8t«v, Attic for S>vrivo9V,
gen. plur. ofZ<rris; 6, 24.
1. oh before a consonant
(ovK before a soft vowel, o^x
before an aspirated vowel),
adv. : 1. Not. — 2. Sometimes
oh imparts to the word to
which it is joined a directly
opposite meaning j e. g. ^vv-
afiai, to be able; oif divd/xai,
to he unable; — fiovXofMi, to
be willing; oh fioCXofiai, to
be univilUng ; — <f>r)fii, to say
"yes,*' to affirm ; oh frifii, to
deny, to refuse;— ^16v re,
possible ; ohx ot6v re, impos-
sible; — iffrl, it is possible;
ohK itrri, it is impossible ; —
&^7)\os, obscure; ohtc $Zt)\os,
manifest, clear ^ plain; —
raxv, quickly; oh rax^>
slowly ; — iroWoi, many ; oh
Tro\\oi,few ; — ida, to permit;
ovK idu, to hinder, prevent. —
3. oif ffij, folld. by aor. subj. :
Shall not by any means ;—
oh (xhi HdcrriSy you shall not
by any means fear, 3, 26 ;
cttii}, no. 1, b, {c).
2. ov^ of, I, reflexive pron.
(without nom.) Simself, her-
self, etc.
3. ov, masc. and neut. gen.
sing, of Ss.
ov8a|iT], adv. [adverbial
fem. dat. of ohiafi6s, ''not
even one "] (** In not even one
place "; hence) l.Inno place,
nowhere. — 2. In no way, in
no toise, not at all, by no
means,
ov8a|xoi, adv. [adverbial
uncontracted dat. of ohSafiSs,
** not even one"] (**To not
even one place"; hence) No
whither.
ov-hi, conj. and ndv. [o&,
*'not";8^, "and"] 1. Conj.:
And not, nor l— ouSe . . .
ohSe, neither . . . nor; — after a
negative, either . , . or ; — oh
220
VOCABULARY.
(ovic) • • . 0^8^, not . . . nor,
-^. Adv. : Not even,
adj. [obZ-4, "not even"; cTt,
**one'*] Not even one, not
one} — sometimes with Gen.
of "Thing Distributed "
[§ 112].— After a negative:
Any, — a. As Snbst. : (a)
Masc.: No one, nobody; —
after a negative, any one, any"
body, — (b) Neat.: Nothiny ;
—after a negative, anythiny,
^-b. In adverbial force: 0^8^,
Not at all; in no respect, etc ;
— after a negative, at all, in
any respect, in any deyree,
1. oi^yXa, fem. nom. of
outfit,
2. qitSt^y fem. dat. of
obifif,
ov8c|iXav, fem. ace. of
ov8^, neat. nom. and ace.
of ovicls,
oh^iva, oi>8cvC, masc. and
fem. ace, and dat. of o^c/f.
ov6* ; see oih€,
o^K ; see ol.
ohK'ln, adv. [odic, ** not ";
JkTi, '* any longer **] Not any
longer, no longer, no more ; —
after a preceding negative,
any longer, any more,
1. ovK-ovK, adv. [obK,
** not "; olv, « therefore "]
In direct negations: Not
therefore, not then,
2. ovK-ovv, adv. [originally
identical with 1. otnow ; bat
gradoally it lost its n^gativid
force] Therefore, then, accord'
ingly,
ovK, adv.: 1. THth refer*
ence to what precedes : Then
certain^, realty, at all events.
— 2. In inferences: Then^
therefore, eonseqttenUy.
ov-irii, adv. [off, -^not";
Tw, "yet"] Not yet, mot as
yet ; — at 3, 24 supply orxoAdfw
with oifir«; see ptecedipg
context.
1. o^, l»r6s, n. A» ears
4,8.
2. ow, masc. aoc plnr. of
5s.
v^vo^, e^arfu, fem. aoc and
gen. sing, of Ar, P.pref.of
1. tlfd,
oSorlraf, masc. aoc. plor.
of tvrit,
ov-TC (before a soft Towel
vir, before an aspirated Towel
MT), oonj. [oh, "not"; rt,
"and"] 1. And noi:—9$T9
. . . om, neither • • • norg
— oCt€ • • • oih€ • . . effrtf
neither • . . nor . • . nor ,— -
— oth€ . • . re, hoik not • . •
and, — 2. After a n^gatife:
oth€ , . . o0rc, Siiker ... or.
ovTt, adv. [adverlrial neofc.
of oihis, ''none, not anv'^
By no means, not at aU, i»
no degree; — at 6, 11 the
editions vary between otfrtp
oH rt, and oStou
o&rlvos, masc. and neoL
gen. sing, of Zerts.
VOCABULARY.
221
1. oSroi/ masc. nom. plur.
of oZros,
2. ovTOi, adv. [ou, " not *';
To(, ** indeed"] Not indeed,
indeed not, . ^
o^oSf a0T^| novrOf pron.
dem. TAif; — at 5, 1 avri;
refers to AcXra, but by at-
traction takes the gender of
^Xh [§ 166, <i]. — Plur.:
These, — As Sabst. : a. : (a)
Sing. : (a) oirroSt etc^ m.
This man or person : — ivuh^
5' tipn olrot that, and when
he (i.e. Xenophon — not the
interpreter) said that he was
this man (i.e. the one from
the army ; see context), 2, 20 ;
where the Subject of tlvou is
omitted, as it is the same as
that of 1^1}, the leading verb
of the clause. — {$) aSrvi,
f. This woman; 8, 9. — (b)
Plur.: ofiToi, etc., m. These
men or persons; these, — b, :
(a) Sing. : tovto, etc., n.
This thing, this.—Qa) Plur. :
ravra, etc, n.: (a) These
things, — (/S) These places or
parts; 5, 13. — Phrases: (a)
iv ravT^, In the mean time,
meanwhile; so, fully, iv roirt^
T(f xP^^Vi 6, 1. — (b) Ik tov-
Tow : (o) After this. — (0)
Thereupon, — (c) &ir6 tovtow,
JFrom this time, after this;
so, fully, i»b TotJrou rod
Xp6voxt, 6, 8. — (d) TavqQ : (o)
In this way, — (i3) In this
place, herc'-^e) utaX Tavro,
And that, and this too ; 1, 29;
6, 35.
ovroor-C, avrrj'i, rovr-i (=
rovro-l), pron. dem. [olros,
** this "; demonstr. suffix /, in
"intensive" force] This per-
son or thing here ; 2, 24 ; 6, 12.
ovTw ; see ovtws,
o{;r-»s (before a consonant
ovT-«), adv. [ovT'Os, ** this '*]
1. In this way or manner, in
this state, thus, — 2, In such a
way or manner, in such a
state, so : — o^ots . , . i»s, in
such a way (or manner) . . .
as, 1, 27 : — oiJtwj . . . Sttrirtp,
so . , , as indeed, 2, 27. —
8. Thus; upon this, hereupon,
— 4. £y this means, thus, —
5. With this view, for this
purpose, with this object: —
oUtcos , , . &s, with this view
, . . that, 6, 16.— 6. Referring
to what precedes : In this case,
in such a case, — 7. Referring
to what follows : Thus, in the
following way, as follows. —
8. In augmentative force : So,
so very, so much, so excessive^
ly, etc.
ovrwT'L, adv. [olhcos, "thus,
as follows"; demonstr. suffix
I, in " intensive " for(^] In the
very way that follows, just as
follows.
o^ ; see ov.
o^i, a strengthoned form
of ovx ; see o&.
&^£XoiTo, 3. pers. sing,
pres. opt. poMt of £^ciX«.
222
VOCABULARY.
^^iX^ucvos, n, OP, P. pres.
pass, of o<p€l\e», — As Sabst. :
o<|>€i\^l&cvov, ov, n. With Art. :
That which is owed or du^,
i. e. the debt; 7, 37.
&4>€CXw, f. 6<f>fi\'fi<rw, p.
unpiiKTjKo, 2. aor. &<f>€\oy and
$^€\op, V. a. : 1. To owe, — 2.
Pass. : &^CXo|tai, 1. aor.
t^eiKiiOtiu, To be owed, to
he due.
'O^pvvlovy ou, n. Ophryni'
um (prob. now Fren-Keir) ; a
small town of Troas, in Asia
Minor.
Si|fca0c, 2. pers. plor. fat.
ind. of bpoM,
vaOeiK, 2. aor. inf. of
v&0-i)|ui, iifiaros, n. [vdffXfiHf
"to suffer," through root
•ra9] A eufferiiM, misfortune.
voLiSas, voiocst ace and
nom. plur. of vaus,
'irato-cpa-OTiis, trrov, m.
[itaus, irati'65, " a boy"; ipd-of,
** to love "] A lover of hoys.
vatc, 2. pers. sing. pres.
imperat. of Tralot,
v(us» It 0x^65, comm. g^n. :
1. A child, whether boy or
girl ; — Plur. ; Children, — 2.
A servant, slave.
iraitrcicCv), Attic for Taitrcu,
3. pers. sing. 1. aor. opt. of
traio),
iraiai(v), dat. plur. of tous.
Ttaita, f. iraltrw and vcu'^tru,
p. ireVcuxa, 1. aor. cTcuo'at.T.a.
2b strike, smiie, either ^nth
the hand or a weapon; — at
4, 9 without nearer Olgect
expressed.
vaXai^ adv. Zotig ago, long
since.
vaXiv, adv.: 1. Saeh, hack-
wards.-^Z. On the other hand,
on the contrary. — 8. Again, a
second time.—^ Again, hack
again [akin to ^ins. j^ari,
"back''].
vcui-woXvt, T<^AXif, 'roKs,
adj. [for TdpT'VoXvs ; fr. nus,
vapT-6s, "all"; xo\^s,**mnch*'i
'*g^eat" in space, amonnii
etc.'] L Very much or maa^.
— 2. Very great in space or
amount. — ^As Subst. : v«fi-
iroXv, vatiw6Xkov, n. A great
space or extent.^^. 0( an
army : Meeeedingfy great, very
numerous.
vav, neut. nom. and aec;
sing, of vtts.
Ttavovpy-Xa, ttu, £. [vor-
ovpyos, "ready to do erery-
thing **; hence, in a had aeiiac,
'< knavish "] ('' The qnaUty of
the iravovfryos"; hence) Kmom-
ery, craftiness, wuenipuious
cotiduct, vilUnf^,
vdvTo, masc ace. nng., and
neut nom. and accplnr.of mr.
vavrd-woox (before a vowel
-Toaiv), adv. [prob. ace and
dat. plur. of iras, "aU'^ ("AU
things in or to all thinga^;
hence) All in all, altogether,
wholly, entirely.
VOCABULARY,
223
varras, vavrcsy masc. ace.
and nom..plar. of vas.
TavTcX-»s» adv. [toktcX-^j,
"perfects complete"] ("After
the manner of the vatn^Xiit *';
hence) Terfectly^ entirely,
completely,
vavT^ masc. and neat. dat.
sing, of Tas,
irarr-o-<rf, adv. [»as, tokt-
^s, " all, every "; (o) connect-
ing vowel; locative suffix (re
(= Se), denoting motion '* to
or towards "] To, or towards,
all places or eo^ry place;
everywhere.
vdvTMv, masc. and nent.
gen. plnr. of xas.
irdv-v [irM, neat, of xas,
"all"] ("In all respects,"
etc.; hence) 1. Altogether,
greatly. — 2. With Adj. or
Adv. : Very, exceedingly,
vao|i<u, f. vdtroficu, 1.
aor. iirdffSifi'qv, p. wewdfiai,
V. mid.: 1. To get, ac-
quire. — 2. Perf. {To have
got or acquired; i.e.) To
possess : — K\4^as wdvaTai,
(having stolen possesses them;
i. e.) has stolen and keeps
possession of them, 6, 41,
where supply avrd (= t^
y€v6ii€ya) as the Object of
veirdTat.
irap* ; see vapd.
vapd (before a vowel irap*),
prep. : 1. With Gen. : a. From.
-b. JBy.—2. With Dat.: a.
Beside, ly, — b. At the house
of; 2, 32 ; 8, 8.— C. With,
neoTf at,--Z. With Ace: a.
Along, by the side of. — ^b.
With. — c. During.— (L Be*
side, along, near, by. — e. Se*
yondf above. — t To, towards,
— g. Contrary to, against
[alun to Sans, par A, " away "].
vdpaYdYuv, ovtra, 6v, P.
2. aor. of itap&ya.
vapavYCiXtu, 1. aor. inf. of
icapayyiXXw.
vopayycCXTi, 3. pers. ^g.
1. aor. subj. of irapaeYfiKKm.
vap-ayy^XXw, f. t^-
ayy^Ku, 1. aor. irap-^776cAa,
V. a. and n. {yrap^d, ** fiim **;
kyyeWw, " to convey a mess-
age **] (** To convey a mess-
age from " one to another ;
hence) Military term : 1. To
pass word, etc., along the
Une. — 2. To order, command.
vapaycv^aBai, 2. aor. inf.
of vaLpayiyvofiat.
irapayivourBt, 2, pers. plur.
2. aor. opt. of wapdylyvofiai,
iraf>aYev(S|i«vos> v$ oy, F.
2. aor. of wa^ayiyvofiau
va^ii-yiyvoikai (-7ivo|i<u),
f . TroLpcL'yfpiiaofiai, 2. aor. TOp-
cy€v6firiv, v. mid. [rapo, *'near,
beside"; yiyvofiai, **to be"]
("To be near or beside'
one ; hence) 1. To be present,
—2. To arrive.— Z. With
Dat. of person : To stand by,
support, aid, assist, come to
the aid of.
I vap<ti.Yc»; f. rap-d^v, 2, aor.
224
VOCABULARY.
ir&p-'fiy&yop, ▼. a. [irap-d; \
&yi», " to lead "] 1. [irop-rf, ■
« by, past "] To lead hy, or i
pait, a place ; to lead off or :
away, — 2, [vap-cC, "near"] i
("To lead near"; hence) To '
bring forward, to introduce, .
etc. ; — at 6, 3 supply avrovs .
(= rovs AauctHeufioriovs) after .
wap&y€i¥.
vapa8c8pa)ti)icc(rav, 3. pers. '
plar. pinp. ind. of w&paTp€xo>» ;
v&p&SiS^yai, pres. inf. of
vapaolovfit.
vapa->Sl8f«|u, f. Tipd-H^tt,
p. Tapd-8c5aifca, 1. aor. (only
in ind.) vap-fSwica, r. a. [v€^>a,
•'from"; mwfii, "to give"]
(" To g^ve from " one's self to
another; hence) 1. To give,
or hand, over; — at 7, 10 folld.
by Dat. of person and Ace. of
thing ; also by Inf. denoting
purpose or intention = Lat.
Gerund in dam with prep. ad.
— 2. 7h give up, surrender. —
3. To deliver up into the
hands of another. — 4. Of a
watchword as Object : Tb
give out, pass. — Pass. : v&pa-
8l8ofiAi» p. Tiipa-^4Sofuu, 1.
aor. vap-€b60riv, 1. fat. ir&pH'
v&p&SlScMTt, 3. pers. nng.
pres. ind. of vapSJSt^fu,
irapaSo6ij(rcT(U, 3. pers.
sing. 1. fat. ind. pass, of ir&p&~
vSlpa8oCt|, 3. pers. sing. 2.
aor. opt. of uapiSi^miu,
v&pa8ovvaiy 2. aor. inC of
xapaJit^lu*
trapa8wro^ 3. pers. siiig.
fat. opt. of T2p&8i9«/u.
v&p-oivlit -«uv6, f. 'wap'
atviatt and 'wap-aufivoitau, p.
•Kop-ijveua, Y» a. [vap-d, in
''strengthening" force; oir^
in meaning of "to reoam-
mend "] 1. With Ace. of per-
son and Inf. : To re comme n d ^
advise, exhort that <me should
he, etc, --Z. Withoat Olgecfe:
2b advise, give advice,
v&p&ic2LXI(rai|, dira, or^ P.
1. aor. of x&pAac&\^.
vap&-KSXIif HcaXfi^ t,
ir&pH-KaXw later vipd'uS^nt,
1. aor. Ti^cjciiXcira, Y.a. [««^
d, "to"; JToXew, "to can*]
(" T6 call to" one ; benoe) 1.
To send for, sumMoms'--Mi
5, 11 TopaicaXcf is the Hiib-
orie present [§ 144]; aonie
editions have vc^ictfXci, the
imperf. — ^2. To emamrage, tth
hort.
v&p&-Kci|ta(, Y. mid» [*iv^
"beside, near''; irci/iai, ''to
be hud"] ^Tith Bat: 7b he
laid, or placed, mear or h§»
side.
v&p2ucf£|urot» ir« ow, P. pm.
of ir&p&IC€lfJMU
v&p&X&Pdir, ewra, 4^, P.
2. aor. of irapakuft/Ubm,
vapa-Xii|AP&rti^ f. vSpif
X^ifro/uu, 2L aor. vfip-^XX^w*,
r. a. [xapa; Ao^uiSSpw, "to
take"] 1. Inpd, "fam'^
VOCABULARY.
22
("To take from" another's
hands; hence) To receive ; —
at 7, 56 supply axna ( = toD-
To) after wapoAo/SJyTes; — at
7, 47 supply ip.4 with oXov
after vapeXades. — 2. [irapa,
•* to '*] With Ace. of person :
(" To take to *' one's self, etc.;
hence) To take with one, etc. ;
2, 17; 2, 20.
ir&p-&|JtcX^«i -|XcX«», p. trap'
7ifi4\n\Ka, T. n. \rrap-a, in
" strengthening force **; a/ucX-
cw, " to neglect "] (" To neg-
lect greatly or altogether";
hence) To he negligent; to he
offone^s, etc., guard,
ir&poficXovvTas, contr.masc.
ace. plur. of F. pres. of xap-
ir&pairXcvaas> aaa, av^ P.
1. aor. of irop&irXctf.
irftp^-irX^tf, f. ?rdpd-irA6^-
(TOfiai and v&pd-irKfvtrodfiai,
1. aor. vap-4irX(v<ra, Y, n.
[vapd, "past"; irA^», "to
sail "] 2b sail past, to coast
along,
ir&p&o'aYyT|fi> ou, m. X
parasang ; a Persian measure
of length equal to ahout 80
Greek stadia, or about 8J
English miles [a Persian word,
*Farsang"].
irapaaKivat<S|i€VOS> Vt ov,
'. pres. mid. of irapaffK€va(co ;
, 67.
irapa-orKevat», f. ir&f>a-
V€ud(rw, p. voLp-f(rK€{iouca, 1.
T. irdp-€(ricei;&(ra, V. a. [waprf,
in ** strengthening " force
(rK€vd(oi, **to prepare"] 1
Act. : a. To prepare^ maht
ready, — b. To provide, pro-
cure, — 2. Mid. : irapa-orKcv-
dto|xai, 1. aor. vd^-eo'icevao'd-
yiit\v : a. To prepare as one's
own act or for one's self. —
b. To prepare one^s self, to
make preparations ;— at d, 85.
foUd. by &(rr€ and Inf. ; — at
7, 57 supply dxcA^eiv or ir*
If if at after irapaaKtva^SfACvos,
— 3. Pass. : ir&pa-o'Kcvdto-
|iai, p. irdp-fffKevaa-fJUU, plup*
7rap-€<rK€vda'fiiiif, 1. aor. xSp*'
eaKivdffOriv, 1, fut. Tdpa-crircv- '
aaB4itrofiar, In perf. : 2b id
prepared, to he ready,
iTfllpaUrKcvao'&ftcvost iy» ov,
P. 1. aor. mid. of irapatrKfV'
ir&paox<tv, 2. aor. inf. of
'a&p4xo).
irap&Tcivoi, 1. aor. inf. of
•K&p&TflpCO,
ir&f>&-TcCvi*, f. irdpd-TCf«,
p. irdpd-T^TdKo, 1. aor. irdp«
miya, v. a. [vapd, "from";
Tcivw, «'to stretch"] ("To:
stretch from " a place ; hence),
2b extend, draw out or along,,
etc.
ir&pa-Tp^«*, f . ir&pa'Up&fxov'*
fiat, p. ir&p&-9(jip&fnjKa, plup.'
ir&p'fdf^pdfjL'^Ktiv, 2. aor. Td/>«
eSpd/xov, V. n. [iroprf, "by";
Tp4x<», "to run"] 1. 2b run hy
or past; — at 4, 18 strength-
ened by follg. trofxi c Ace. —
Q
226
VOCABULARY.
2. With M (or els) and Ace. :
To run up to, to run quickljf
to,
vaparp^wv, ovffa, ov, P.
prcs. of iraparp4x»»
vapa-xp^f^ adv. [= xapa
rh Xf>^M«» ** beside the thing**]
On the spot, forthwith, tm-
mediately, straightway,
iropryyvav, contr. pres. inf.
of vapeyyvaM.
irap-CYyvdi* -CYyvw, 1. aor.
%ap-rryyvri(raf V. a. [vap-d,
"from**; iyyvdu, "to hand
over**] (" To hand over from'*
one ; hence) As military term :
To pass on the word of com-
mand, etc., along the whole
Unej—nt 3, 46 folld. by Ob-
jective dause; — at 1, 22 the
word occurs twice: in the
first instance it is folld. by an
Ace, in the other by an Ob-
jective claase.
irap€8€8pap,i)Kc<ni,v, 3. pers.
plur. plup. ind. of vaparpix^*
irop^SwKa, 1. aor. ind. of
irapcUvy for T&pc(i|<rav, 3.
pers. plor. 2. aor. opt of Tap'
irapciT], 3. pers. sing. pres.
opt. of 1. irapcifii,
1. irap-ci|&i, f. Top-daofjiai,
v. n. [vap'df *'by the side of ";
ufii, « to be *'] 1. With Dnt.
of person : To be hg the side
of, or near to, a person. — 2.
To be near, to be present, — 3.
Of things as Subject : To be
at hand, to be readjf; 5, 9. —
4. Impers. : TdpcirTi(r), II is
in oni^s power, U is possibles
— at 1, 26 with danse oXos . . •
uKai^iv as Subject.
2. vop-cifu, imperf. vSp-
TJiiiv, V. n. [vap-(i, " by "; tXfii,
"to go"] 1. To go J^ m
past ; to pass bg,^4L To coute
forward, to a£>aneB,
Topcivai, pres. inf. of 1. vdip-
6lfU.
irapcuri{v)f 3. pers. plor.
pres. ind. of 1. T&pttfAu
vopcKoXcov, 1. aor. ind. of
ir&pAaPar, 2. aor. ind. of
vapdKa/ifiaytt,
vap-«Xa^vtty f, v&p'€\itrm
Attic Tap-€\w, 1. aor. vSp-
^Aoo-o, v. n. [vap-d, "past";
i\avvoi, "to ride^ todnve"]
To ride past or alon^ the
line.
vopcXifX^itfa, perfl ind. of
irap4pxofi<u,
v&p2(eiy^ fdt. inL of vSp-
€X«.
vap-^pXO|Laiy f. T^cXff ^Sff*-
fitu, p. irap-cA^Xvfti, 2. mot,
xHp-riKOov, V. mid. irreg. [m^
d, " by "; fyxf^l"*** " to go or
come *'] 1. To go, or oomm, &tr
or past ; to pass hg, etc. — S.
To come forward for the pur-
pose of speaking.
irap^o-cvOoi, fut. inf. of
1. vaptifii,
vap^ovfiAty fat. ind. of
1. wapfifii.
VOCABULARY.
227
v&pccmjcraTO} 3. pers. sing.
1. aor. ind. mid. of wHplarrj*
vap€<m, 3. pers. sing. pres.
ind. of 1. iraptifii ; — at 1, f^
impers.; at 6, 18 personal.
vcLpcoxilF^y^^^t Vt oy, P.
perf. pass, in mid. force of
vap'ixf*, f. vap-e^a and
vapa'trxflffoi, p. v&p'4(rxvfcaf
2. aor. ir&p''4ffxov, v. a. [vap-d,
"beside or near"; ^x"» "^
have or hold"] ("To have,
or hold, beside or near";
hence) 1. Act.: a. To furnish,
supjpl^, provide ; — at 1, 83
the Subject of v&p4^€iy is not
expressed, as it is the same as
that of the leading verb ^^17.
— b. To cause, produce, oc'
casion,ffive rise to. — 2. Mid. :
v&p-^ouai, f. irap'4^oficu and
«'&f>a-o'x^cro/iai, p. pass, in
mid. force Ta/i-€0'x)7/Mu : a.
To furnish, provide, supply
as one's own act. — h, Tb
show, display ; 6, 11.
irclpj, 3. pers. sing. pres.
snbj. of 1. 7t&puiii.
ir&pY|YYva, contr. 3. pers.
sing, imperf. ind. of iraptyyv'
ir&piJK, 3. pers. sing, imperf.
ind. of 1. vapeifii ; 3, 21.
irapi)o-av, 3. pers. plor. im-
perf. ind. of 1. irdpcifn.
irapTJoBo, lengthened form
of vaprjs, 2. pers. sing, im-
perf. ind. of 1. wapeifu,
Q
riapO^vYov, ov, n. JPartheU'
ium ; a town of Mysia.
riapO^vtos, ov, m. ThePar-
th^nXus (now Bart an- Su or
Bartine) ; a river of Paphlag-
onia. B^ the Greeks the
origin of its name is assigned
to 7tapB4vost "a maiden or
virgin," in accordance with
the myth that the virgin-
goddess ArtSmis (the Latin
Diana) loved to bathe in its
waters. It is now generally
held that the Greek name is
but a modification of the
native word.
ric^iiavoi, &y^ m. plur.: see
HapXov.
irapWvai,pre8.inf. of 2. t^
irap-CT||Xi| f. wap'-^au, 1.
aor. (only in indie.) Top-^ita,
p. irap-uKo, 2. aor. irH^-riy,
V. a. [irop-<i, "by the side";
Iflfit, "to send"] (''Tosend
by the side" of one; hence^
"to let fall"; hence, "to
yield, give up"; hence) 3b
suffer, permit, aZ^cHO;— at
2, 15 the editions vary be-
tween itiS^u^v and irpoetev,
riapXov, ov, n. Parium; a
town of Mysia on the Helles-
pont.— As Subst. ; riaouivot,
S»v, m. plur. The inhaoUants
of Parium ; the Pariatu.
irap-£aTi)|Li, f. 9rS/)a-crT^cr«,
p. irdp-4ffTriKa, pluperf. ircip-
eiffriiKetv, 1. aor. 'w&p''4a'Tri(ra,
2« aor. 'wap-4a'rriVf ▼. a. and
2
228 VOCABULARY.
n. {vap'O, " beside, by, near "5
iffTTifu, ** to canse to stand ;—
to stand**] Act., in pres., im-
perf., 1. fut., and 1. aor. ; —
Neut., in perf., plaperf., and
2. aor. : 1. Act. : (" To canse
to stand beside, by, or near '*;
hence) To place, or get, some
object beside, hy, or near one.
— 2. Neut.: To stand beside,
hy, or near, — 3. Mid. : ir&p-
(oraiMU, f. Tra^a-ariia'ofiai, 1.
Tar is placed either before the
Art., or after the Snbrt.;
7, 36; see »afHwr.— (b) Whoi
totality is denoted, was is
placed between the Art. and
Snbst.: — rhp xdErro XP^'^
8,19.
vcUrav, fern. ace. sing, of
xa5.
iroiTQ, fern. dat. nng. of
xas.
iraox(v), masc. and neat.
aor. va^'farrjffofifiy. To place, . dat. plor. of xaf.
or set, by onis side or near 1 vdoxotcv, 3. pers. plor.
one ; 8, 3. ■ pres. opt. of TdUrx*^-
TcLpivv, ov^roi, 6v, P. pres. ! va-ax«*> f* weifofuu, 2. p.
of 2. vap€ifjii, : wiwoySa, 2. aor. llwSBoi^f Y,
vap6vTa, masc. ace. sing. : irreg. [for wdB-trx^ i fr> root
and neat. nom. and ace plor. , voO] 1. To he treated by one
of Topdav, ' in any particular way. — 2. Ih
iropdrros, masc. ace. plor. ' suffer, undergo, — S. With
of itSLfH&v. I words expressive of good or
irap6yTc»v, masc. gen. plur. ' evil : a. Of good : kyM, vd*
of irapt&p ; 3, 21. ^x^iy, to receive hemeJUs, to
TcLptSv, ovffo, 6v, P. pres. of he well treated; 3, 20; sob in
1. Trdp€ifiu — ^As Subst. : irap- ; same force, c2 vcE^'x^if, 7, 8.—
ovTo, coy, n. plur. With Art.: b. Of evil : kok&s wdarx^tw, to
The present things : — t4 irap- suffer hurt, 3, 37* — ^With hr6
dm-a xdina, all the present . and Gen. of person : 2b he
things, 7,36} see vas, no. c, ill-treated hy; 7, 16. — 4.
(a). I Phrase: mCerxcu^ t<> ^ ^one
iras, iraa-a, way, adj. All, some evil happen to one, etc;
every. — As Subst.: a. wdvrcs, euphemistic for to he put to
cev, m. plur. All persons, all. . death, 2, 14^
— b. irav, TToyrSs, n. Every- | iraTa|a«, daa^ or, P. 1. aor,
thing. — C. iravTO, wdyrwy, n. of •Kdrdao'tt,
plur. All things. — Position I iraTaotn*, f . ir&ri!{w, 1. aor.
of Tras in connexion with Art. iv&Ta^a, y.a. andn« To 9lrike»
and Subst. : (a) When the . smite.
subst. is to be strongly marked, I wE-n^p, ripos rp6s, m. (^A
VOCABULARY,
229
protector"; also, "a nour-
isber *') A father, as one who
protects, etc. [akin to Sans.
pitri, fr. root pA, "to pro-
tect, to nourish"; cf. Lat.
'pater'\.
iraTpoMri, dat. plnr. of ira-
irarp-tos, <a, tov, adj.
[wciT^p, 7rarp-65, ** a father**; —
Plur. : " Fathers, forefathers,'*
etc."] ("Of, or belonging to,
one's fathers"; hence) Sanded
down fty one*8 fathers, hered-
itary : — T^J irarp/y v^t^Vy ^^"
cording to hereditary custom ;
8, 6; cf. Latin **more raajor-
nm.**
irarp-^oS) ^a, ^ov, adj.
[iroT^p, iraTp-6s, *'a father"]
(**0f, or pertaining to, a
father") Coming from one's
father or fathers, inherited,
iravc0, f. va^tra, p. ireirauica,
1. aor. ivavffa, v. a. : 1. Act. :
a. To make a thing to cease ;
to stop, check, put a stop or
end to. — b. With Part. pres.
in concord with :Object : To
stop a person, e^c, /row doing,
etc. — 2. Mid. : iravo|&ai, f.
vavcofxat, 1. aor. ivauaoifirjv,
p. ireiravfiai, (" To make one's
self to cease"; hence) a. To
cease, stop, leave off, — b.
With Part, in concord with
Subject : To cease to do, etc. ;
to leave off doing, etc.; 6, 35.
— C. Absol., or with \4y(av
(" speaking ") tobe supplied :
To leave off speaking; to
cease to speak ; 6, 38.
nat^XayovCa^ as; seella^X-
aydip,
riat^XayuK, 6vo5, m, A
native of Paphlagonia, a
country in the north of Asia
Minor; a JPaphlagonian ; —
Plur. : The Paphlagonians,
— Hence, na<|>XaYov-ta, ms, f .
The country of the JPaphlag'
Hn^, Paphlagonia.
ircSt-v^, vil, v6v, adj. [ireSt-
ov, **a plain"] ("Of, or be-
longing to, ireSioj/"; hence)
Level, even, fiat,
irc8-Cov, lov, n. [akin to
WS-ov, "the ground"] A
plain,
irct^ ; see vti6$, no. 1.
irct-^, 4 6vt adj. [ir^f-o,
" the foot "] (" Of, or pertain-
ing to, ireXo'*; hence) 1. On
footfWalking. — ^Adverbial fem.
dat. sing.: irct^ {sc, 6^^) : a.
On foot, as opp. to riding. —
b. £y land, as opp. to sailing
on board ship. — 2. Of soldiers:
Serving, etc., on foot, foot-, —
As Subst. : irct<Ss, ov, m. A
foot-soldier ; — Plur. : JFbo^-
soldiers, infantry.
ircCOoiTO, 3. pers. sing. prcs.
opt. mid. of ircCOo).
irciO-w, f. vclffa, p. ircVcma,
1. aor. ivuffa, v. a. [root irtO]
1. Act. : a. To prevail upon,
persuade, induce, etc. ; — at
7, 19 supply ahr6 (= tcI>
AdKwvi) as the Subject 0^
230
VOCABULARY.
Tcicrai ; see, also, olofuu, no. 2
at end;— at 2, 10 supply
ahr6v (= Hci'o^Syra) after
Teftreii'. — b. To urge with
entreaty, to try to persuade,
— c. Without nearer Object :
To persuade, L e. to use per^
suasion^ to try persuasion. —
2. Mid. : «iC0-o|iai, f. vtltro-
liat, p. v^TotOa, 2. aor. MB6'
Hfiv : a. With Dat. [§ 102, (4)]:
To obey, to submit to : — veitr^
€(r0ai T^ iKc7 apfjuKrrp, 2, 15 ;
%€i0ofi4vovs ^tidpf 4| 13; in
which section the preceding
xfiaeffOcu is the fat. inf. of
Tdax<^* — ^* With Objective
danse : To believe that; S, 3.
— 8. Pass. : ircC6-oiAai, p.
T4ir€iirfuu, 1. aor. ixtlcr^riv, f.
iruffBiifrofiM : a. To be per^
tuaded, prevailed on, — ^b. To
obey, to be obedient, to sub-
mit
9rcipa, as, f. Trial, ex-
perience, proof,
vcipaovaij contr. pres. inf.
mid. of irexpcCw.
' ireipav6|iff9a, 1. pers. plnr.
fut. ind. mid. oiirupdca,
ircip-ac» -w, f. v€tpda'oi, p.
veveipdKo, 1. aor. iinipatra,
V. a. \jti7p-a, "an attempt"]
1. Act. : To try, attempt, en-
deavour, — ^2. Mid.: ircip-aofiai
-u|iai, f. ir€ipa<rofiai, 1. aor.
iiTiipdffafnjv : s. With Inf.:
To try, attempt, endeavour to
do, etc, — ^b. Alone : To make
an endeavour,ei(i,; to attempt.
wctp^ficrot, 1}, ov, comtr. P.
pres. mid. of ir€ipdm.
viipfo, contr. 2. pers. ring,
pres. opt. mid. of ir§ipdat,
viuroi, 1. aor. inf. of velAw.
vcf<rai|jii, 1. aor. opt. of
vcC<ra9, euro, or, P. 1. aor.
ofvelOoff,
viCcrciv, fat. inf. of W9($m,
1. ircCaco^oi, fat. inf. nud.
O^TetOca; 2, 15.
2. TcCcrcaOai, fat. ii£f. of
xdtrxa ; 4, 13.
jnUrmuL, 3. pers. sing. fat.
ind. of irdurx^ > ^» 1^
TcCcni, 2. pers. sing, fat,
ind. of irdffx^ » 3> ^*
vfCoofMu, int. ind. tdML of
Te(0» ; 3, 39.
1. vfCowTOi, 3. pers. plnr.
fat. ind. of wdcrx^ ; 4^ !•
2. vcCoovTOi, 8. persL plnr.
fat. ind. mid. of vc^^w ; 4^ 6.
vcXroo'-nfs, tow, m. [for
irtXraJi-Tiis ; f^. TcXrdfw (:=
v€\rdS-ec», "to be a target-
eer"] A taryeteer, pelicuL
VcXTOOT-lK^y cic4, ik6¥,
adj. [vcXrooT-^f/'apeltast^]
Cy, or belonging to, a pelU
aet or peltasts, — As Sabet.:
vcXtoot-Yk^v, ov, n. A peli»
ast force, a body qfpeUasiSm
it£kTx\, ris, f. A simill shield
of leather, without a rim»
originally used by the Thrao-
ians.
«i|I.V«t, f. W^lfrN^ p. «^
iro/iApa, 1. aor« iirtfi^a, T. a.
VOCABULARY.
23t
To sends^&t 1, 2; 2, 7
withont nearer Object.
iFfy,wtt¥, ovffa, oVf F. pres.
of ir^/iATwj— at 6, 12 SeiJ^-
ov viiixovros is Gen. Abs.
[§ 118].
v^iiilros, d<ra, ap, P. 1. aor.
of VtflTOt,
** to work for one's bread ";
hence, " to be poor"] A poor
man, — ^N.B. The word is also
used as an adj.: '< poor, needy."
ircv-la, las, f. [ir€V->;$ (adj.),
" poor, needy *'] (" The state,
or condition, of the Tiyrjs *';
hence) Foverty, need; — for
r^v t6t€ icfviay, 6, 20, see
1. 6f no. 6, a.
ir^nrc, num. adj. indecl.
Five [akin to Sans, panchan,
« five '*].
•n-cvT-ij-icovTo, num. adj.
indecl. Fiflt/ [ireW-f, «* five ";
(ri) connecting vowel j kov (=
gan, in Sans, da^n), *' ten '*,•
ra suffix, like Lat. tug, ** pro-
vided with "; and so, literally,
"provided with five tens"].
irCVTtlK^VT-Op-OS, OVf f.
[for Tevr7iK6vT-€p-os ; fr.
ircKT^JCovT-o, " fifty "; Ip, root
of ip'dffffu, "to row"] ("A
fifty-rowed '* vessel; i, e.) A
ship ipi burden) with fifty
oars; afifty'Oared vessel,
vc'irXovTiKc(v), 3. pers. sing,
perf. ind. of trKovrl^ta.
ircironiix^vos, 17, ov» P. perf.
pass, of 'Kov4<io, — As Subst.:
irciron||j.lva, tov, n. plnr.
With Art. : The toils that have
been undergone; 6, 10.
vfirpcuciyai, perf. inf. of
9iirpd<rKo>,
vcirpacro|&ai, a fat. ind. pass.
of WlTpdCKOl,
trcp, enclitic particle, em-
phasizing the word to which
it is subjoined: Indeed, in
truthf etc.; 7, 47.
•ircpaiovaOai, contr. pres.
inf. pass, of jr^paiSu,
vcpai-(S«i -w, f. rr€pai(&(ra,
1. aor. ivepaiooffo, v. a. [Wpai
(= irepa), " beyond," as found
in comp. vtpal'repos, "fur-
ther"] 1. Act.: To carry fte-
yond or across; to convey
to the fkirther side of. —
2. Pass. : ircpai*^o|i.ai -ov-
l&ai, p. irctrcpafo^/uai, 1. aor.
itrtpai^driy, 1. fufc. trfpaitaO^ao-
fiaif fat. mid. in pass, force
TTtpaidxrofiaiy ("To be carried
over"; hence) To pass, or
cross, over,
icioovj adv. Across, beyond,
ncpYa|&os, ov, f., and
n^pYa|i.ov, ov, n. JPeryamus or
Feryamum (novrBeryamah); a
city of Mysia ; 8, 8. PergSm-
us was the seat of one of the
Seven Churches of Asia men-
tioned in the book of Revela-
tion.
irepC, prep. : 1. With Gen. •
a. Around, about-^h, Near,
— c. Concerning, respecting,
about, — d. To denote value or
232
VOCABULARY,
worth: For, of: — »€pl vAc/-
ovos ToifttrOai, to reckon an
object (for, t. e. worth, more;
hence) of more importance,
7, 44; — so, ircpl irXci<rrov
wottiffScuj to reckon of highest
importance, to eet the highest
value on, to hold in highest
esteem, 8, 9.-2. With Dat :
a. Around, round about. —
b. Hard hg, near. — e. For,
on account of, — 8. With Aoc. :
a. Around, about; — ^for article
folld. by irtpi and Ace. of per-
son, see 1. 6, 7> b. — b. Near, by.
— e. With regard to, about, re-
specting, — d. Of time : About.
wipI-PaXXw, f. vfpi'fiiiXw,
2. aor. w€pi-tfi&\oir, v. a. [vc/>t,
" aronnd "; fidxXct, ** to throw
orcast**] ("To throw aroond";
hence) 1. lb surround. — 2.
Hid. : irepX-PaXXo|i<u, f. irepi-
fiaXovfuu, 2. aor. 7r€pT-ffia\6'
fjLTir : With Ace. of thing : To
throw something around, or
over, one^s self, etc., for the
purpose of defence; 4, 17,
where it means "to throw
behind so as to cover."
V€pty€via9ai9 2. aor. inf. of
irepiyiyvouau
ir€pli'yiyvoyMt, f. vtpX-ytV'
•flffoncu, 2. aor. x€pi'€y€v6tiriy,
V. mid. [irepl, **be3'ond, above";
yiyrofiai, "to be"] ("To be
beyond or above*'; hence)
Alone : To prove superior, to
prevail; 1, 28.
wipY-€i8ov, 2. aor. withoot
a present (used aa 2. aor. of
wepX-opdm), r. a. [repl, "a-
roond"; d9oy, ''to aee or
look"! ("To see, or look,
aronnd"; hence, with the
accessory notion of not notie-
ing) To p€us by, or oveTf
without notice, etc. ; to oner-
look, neglect, etc; — at 7, 49
ircpiiSclJr is foUd. by part, in
concord with its Object.
wipIoXicor, impert ind. ci
7repii4kKt0,
wipl-€t|ai, imper£ wpi-^ciry
V. n. [rfpi, "Toond"; cf/Uy
"to go"] To go round or
about: — T^ir 'EXAdSa wcp7-
TJft, used to go about Oreoeg,
I, 33; where tha imper£
xepi^tt denotes a eostomaij
act. — N.B. The present torn
of el/ii, "to go," and of iti
I compounds is generally nwd
as a future.
vcpl-^Xmk, 1. aor. wcp3r-cf\-
Kvtra, V. a. [vtpl, " aronnd *';
!lx«», "to draw or drag"]
7 draw, or drag, around ; A
drag about, whether aetnally
or figuratively: — 2r ^/iBs
vfpiflKicf, bg which he kepi
dragging us about, 6, 10;
where £r is put in Gen. by
attraction to iutintr omitted,
after b6irTa SiK^r, instead of
in the dat. off.
wipI^Xci, oontr. 3. pen.
sing, imperf. ind. of xcpixAiw.
wiplccrravpMrro^ 8. pen.
plur. plup. ind. of rffpMToiif^
VOCABULARY.
233
Tffpli^cpot^* imperf. ind. of
Tcpfgci, 3. pen. sing, im-
perf. ind. of v€pUifu,
vcpXX&^«v, ovo-o, 61^, P. 2.
aor. of vtpi\c^ifi&yw,
vcpl-Xofip&vtf, f. xfp7-
X^o/iOi, 2. aor. irtpi-4\Sfioy,
V. a. [»fpf, " aroaud "; Xo/i^-
a^w, "to take"] ("To take
aroand"j heDce) To throw
the arms (wound, to embrace,
vfpY|Urcrc, 2. pen. plar.
pres. imperat. of ir(pXfi4yc0.
TcpY-|uy«*, 1. aor. vtpi-
dfieivOf ▼. a. and n. [vep^;
fi4yt0, ** to remain "] L Act. :
[ircp/, « for '*] To wait for,
await. — 2. Neat.: \jr*pi, in
** strengthening " force] To
remain, wait, stay or stop
anywhere.
llcpCv^t, »v; see nipivdof.
n^pivOos, ov, f. Ferinthus
(now ErekU) ; a city of
Thrace, on the Propontis. —
Hence, ricpCvO-tos, Xa, Xov,
adj. . Of, or belonging to,
Perinthns ; JPerinthian, — As
Subst. : ricpivOloi, 6iv, m.
plar. With Art. : The people,
or inhabitants, of Ferinthus ;
the Ferinthians.
vdpii, adv. [strengthened fr.
v€pi (adv.), "around"] With
Gen. : Around, round about,
TTtpXop^v, contr. pres. inf.
of TTtpliopdw.
vtpl'Op^M -op«, f. irept-
6}lfOfiai, p. •itfpX't6pcMa, v. a.
[»€/)(, «* around"; i/H£«, **to
see"] ("To see, or look,
around"; hence, with access-
ory notion of not notic-
ing) To pass by, or over,
without notices to overlook,
neglect, etc. ; — at 7, 40;
7, 4/5 vtpXop^y is folld. by
part, in concord with Object
of verb; — at 3, 3 the ace.
flfuis must be supplied with
iyHto/i^vovs after 'irepX6r^iffBai.
ircpl^ca0ai, fut. inf. of
TT^piOpiM,
VCpl-vCvTW, f. Ttpt'TtaT'
ovixai^ 2. aor. vfpUdirttroy,
V. n. [vept, "around"; tIttv,
" to fall "] (" To fall around "
a person, etc.; hence) With
Dat. : To fall in with, to fall
foul of.
vcpl-vX^tf, 1. aor. iTfpi-
€w\€uffa, V. n. \j*€pl, "round";
»Ae«, "to sail"] To sail
round from a place ;— at 1, 20
the imperf. (ir€pX4ir\€t) points
to the commencement of the
action.
vipi-oravp^c* -<rTavp«, f.
vfpi-ffTavpuKTfa, p. T€pX'€<rra&p-
wKo, V, a. [jfpi, "around";
aravp6u, " to fence with
pales "] To fence around, or
about, with pales; to pali-
sade around, — Pass. : ircpi-
aTftvp6o|i<u -<rTavpov|fcai, p.
Tr€pi'((rravptofiai, plnp. irepT-
((TTavpf&fiiiy, 1. aor. v€pX'
iffraupdtOriv, 1. fut. v^pi-
(n«upQtdi\<ron«u.
234
VOCABULARY.
vcoi-rr^ (Attic for vcpi-
<nr6f), TT^, rrrfr, adj. W^pU
"beyond"] ("Beyond^ the
regular number ; hence) Over
and above.
«€pX-4^pM» £ vtpX-oUrm^ 1.
aor. vcpr-^rcyKOy 2. aor. vcpl-
^Fcyicor, v.a. [j^pU ** round";
4>(f>«, ** to carry "] To carry
round ;^tit 3, 24 the Subject
of wfptt^fpop is omitted be-
cause indefinite persons are
intended : ihey, or men, kept
carrying round; the impcrf.
here denoting a continued act.
v^potf ov, m. A piece of
roekf a etone.
vi^-vvfu or «i|Y-rS«i, f.
v4|«, p. venjxO} 1* aor. ^ri||a,
▼. a. ("To make fiist*'; hence,
«to make solid, stifi^ or bard";
hence) To freete, — Pass. :
aor. iirlix97iy» 2. aor. ivarpip,
2. fut. wayhtroiuu; — at 4, 8
the imperf. denotes that which
customarily happens : need to
freeze [akin to Sans, root PA9,
"to bind"].
'■iil«, f. wuec^f 1. aor. M-
€(ro, V. a. (" To press, squeeze";
hence) 1. Of an attacking
force as Subject: To press
hard. — 2. Pass. : wiHiofJu, p.
rerUfffieu, 1. aor. htUe^nv,
1. f. wi€<r$^aofieu : Of a force,
etc., attacked as Subject : To
be hard pressed,
vixpdoKity p» vewpoKOt
plnp. ^crpoiccir, v. a. 2b
«e2^ — Pmb. : wvw^ltntaffm^
p. V€wpdfuu 1, aor. ^paih|r,
fl wewpatro/uu later vpSBk*
a-ofuu; — at 7, 26 with Geo.
of price [§116].
vurrcvOdc, «i^a, ^^ P. 1.
a<Mr. pass, of tmtc^v.
VtOT-C^, f. Ti^rc^ffHf^ p.
vcrfoTcvica, 1. aor. iw(ar€vem,
Y. n. [s-((rr.iT, «tmst"] 1.
Act : a. With Dat. [f lOfl^
(3)] ; cf. Primer, § 106, (8):
To trust, put trmH arfaUk
in; to beUeve or have com*
fidenee t».— b. With Obiedifa
clause : 2b believe, to be 00s-
Jideni or sure, that; 7, 47.
— ^8. Pkiss. : wioT-fiofuUy p.
vewtoTtv/iu, 1. aor. htwrH-
Btiw, 1. fat. TfaYcv94<rs|uu : B.
Alone : 2b be trusted or be*
lieved : — rh uurr€^€edtd we,
your bnng trusted, 7» 96;
where the aboye dame it in
apposition to roGro ; tee 1. J^
no. 2w— b. With bw6 and Geo*
of person: 2b be beiieved or
trusted by; 6, 83.— e. WiOk
Inf. fut: TobebeUewedtoho
about, €ft likely, tog 7.26, .
wurr6v, ov; eee uierSs,
ww-r6i9, Ti, riw, adj. Vfat
wiO'tSs; fir. vif,rootof«fiSflii^
'< to persuade ''; FluB., " to be
persuaded, to trust**] 1. Of
persons : TVusty, faUiykL—
2. Of things: To be trusted,
sure, to be relied on, trust'
worthy. — ^At Subtt.: wiortfr,
01;, n. A pledge, seeurityf^^
VOCABULARY.
235
at 4, '22 in plar. HT Comp. :
vKTT'irtpos ; Sup. : irior-
6rS.ros,
TTMFT^T & TOS, HI, OV, 8Up.
adj. ; see •riffrSi. — As Sabst. :
vurrMLrot, ov, m. With Art. :
He that is most faitJ^l;
—at 2, 29 d ieiffr6raros is in
apposition to ahrol implied in
clo'iV.
Vicrr^cpot> a, ov, comp.
adj.; see irior^f.
irXafoiov, ou, n.: 1. An oblong
figure or body. — 2, As milit-
ary term : ir\td<nov MirXtvp*
Of, or simply vXaiffioVf means
a body of troops drawn up in
an equal-sided irXalffiov, ue,
in a square : A square.
irXav-dtt -w, f. v\airf\(r<a,
1. aor. ^ir\<£n}(ra, v. a. [irAc£i'-
os, "leading astray**] 1. Act :
To lead astray, etc. — 2. Pass. :
irXav-dof&ai -w)&aiy p. ireirAtiEi'-
Tj/uoi, 1. aor. iTr\oarfi0Tiv, 2b
wander, or ^0, astray s — at
7, 24 in figurative meaning.
irXciov, ovos ; see irKelwv.
1. irXcurra^ sup. adv. [ad-
verbial neut. plur. of vKutrros,
" most '*] Most, in the highest
degree, especially ; 6, 35.
2. irXcioTa, oiv ; see vKuar-
OS,
trXciOTos, 17, ov, sup. adj. ;
see iroKvs : 1. Most, very
many : — &s ttu vKelffrovs, as
many as ever, 2, 8, where it
is foUd. by Gen. of « Thing
Distributed*' [§ 112].— As
Subst. : a. irXctorrot, wv, m.
plur. Very many persons,
very many : — for Hn irXeiorrwif
iucov6yrwy, 8, 7, see 2. Urt,
no. 2, c. — With Art.: 0/
irXutrroi, the greatest part or
number; the majority; 4, 6.
— b. trXcloTOy aif, n. plur.
Very many things. — With
Art.: The greatest part of
the things. — 2. Very much,
very great ; 6, 11 :— for wtpi
ir\ti(rrov, S, 9, see irtpl, no. 1 , d.
irXciTC, contr. 2. pers. plur.
pres. ind. of v\4u.
irXcCttv (irXIwv), oy, comp.
adj. ; seo iroK^s : 1. More. —
As Subst. : irXciOv (irX^ov),
ovos, n. More; 6, 4 : — for irtpl
vXttovos, see T€pi, no. 1, d:
— rh irXfiov, the more, 6, 16.
— 2. More numerous, greater
in number; 6» 15. — 8. In
space, etc. : Longer, further,
— ^As Subst.: a. irXciov, ovos
(sc. ^idurnjfia), n, A longer,
or JUrther, distance; 3, 12 5
cf. fifluv,
irX^ov, comp. adv. [adverb-
ial neut, of TX4coVf " more "]
More,
irXcvcraiil. aor. inf. of irA^w.
vXiia, f. wXfiffOfiou and
v\€v<rovfiat, p. ir4ir\€VKa, 1.
aor. firAcwco, v. n. (" To swim
about '*; hence) To sail,
1. vkiioy, ov, comp. adj.;
see TrActctfV.
2. 'Kkiwv, ovffo, ow, P. pres*
of ttAcw.
236
VOCABULARY.
7c\rfi-o^t tos ouj, n. {nXiiO-
«, '*to fill"] ("A filling;
concrete, that which fills";
hence) 1. A great number, a
multitude. — 2. Of time: JEx-
ienf, length.
irXi^v, adv. JExcepf ; — at
1, 12; 7, 12 folld. by Gen. j
—at 2, 29 Kecayos does not
depend on rX-fiv, but on av6
to be supplied ; see preceding
context.
irXij-ptl?, pcj, adj.: 1. With
Gen. [§ 1081; cf. Primer,
§ 119, b : Full of, filled with.
— 2. Alone : Full, complete,
entire [akin to Sans, root fba,
"to fill"].
irXT|<rt-&tw, f. «'Ai](rtcur«,
p. reTAijaidKa, 1. aor. ^»Aij<ri-
offa, V. n. [jKriaX'Os, **near"]
To draw near^ approach,
vXT|oriaiTaTOs, 97, ov, snp.
adj. Nearest f next ; see rAi^o-i-
os.
irXT|<rC-ov, adv. [adverbial
neut. of vXriai'OSy "near"]
1. Alone : 2s ear, nigh, nigh
at hand : — for iKTwv irKiialov
X<^pi<>i^, B, 15, see 1. b, no. 6, a.
— 2. With Gen. : Near to, near.
7tk-t\a\o^, a, ov, adj. With
Dat. [§ 102, (1)] : Near to,
near. |g^ (Comp. : irAijirx-
airepos) ; Sup. : TKyjai-airaTOS.
irXivOos, ou, f. A hrick,
whether baked in the sun or
by fire.
irXoioVy ov, n. [i. e. v\6-ioy,
for irAe-iOf, fr. vXf-cfi, "to
i swim or float "] ('' The swim-
I ming or floating thing ";
hence) 1. A boat: — vKotow
a\ievTtK6y, a fishing-boat,
1, 20. — 2. A vessel, ship, etc.;
esp. one for commerce; a
I merchant-man ; — bat /uucpk
I rAo?a, long ships, a term
applied to ships of war, which,
being built for speed, were
comparatively " long " and
narrow; they were ako called
yrjes tuucpal,
wXov-crlof, aXa, &iow, adj.
[for wKolr-oios ; fr. vAoSr-os,
"wealth"] ("Pertaining to
vXovTos**} hence) Having, or
possessing, wealth; wealthg,
rich. — ^Ab Subst. : wkaMLot,
ou, m, A wedlthg or rich man.
wkovT'im -«, L vXjavr^irm,
p. vcirAovTijKa, 1. aor. irXoW"
ri<ra, v.n. [«-AoGt-o», "wealth"]
("To have rXovros"} henee)
To be wealthy, rich, etc
•nXom^vuL, 1. aor. inf. of
irAovrew.
wXovT'Hm, f. vAovrurwy 'p.
ir€v\o{niKa, V. a« [vXovr-ot,
"wealth "J To give wealth
. to; to enrich, make rich; 6, 9.
I wXovTovyra, contr. masc.
. ace. sing, of P. pres. of
'. TKovriw.
woSttv, gen. plor. of vois,
1. w^-6cv, interrog. adv.
Whence [akin to Sans. pron.
Jca, " who, which "; cf. Ionic
form k6-0€v]-
2. vo-Biv, indefinite and
VOCABULARY.
237
enclitic adv. From any quar-
ter, from some quarter ficl.].
tfO'H, indefiDite and en-
clitic adv. Anywhere^ some-
where [id.].
iroi, indefinite and enclitic
adv. AnywhitJier, sometohither
[id.].
irowiTCj contr. 2. pers. plur.
pres. ind. of voiiw.
iroUia -&, f. roffiaw, p.
TfiroiriKa, 1. aor. iirolriora, v. a.
and n.: 1. Act. : a.: (a) To
make, in the widest meaning
of the word;— at 1, 7 the
fut. part, iroiiiffuv denotes a
purpose : for the purpose of
making t in order to make, —
(b) With second Ace: To
make an object that which is
denoted by the second Ace;
1,21; 3, 18; 6, 17; 7, 22; 7,47,
etc. ; [§ 97] ; cf. Primer, 99.
— (c) With Objective clause :
To cause, hring about, etc.,
that something takes place,
etc. — b. : (a) To do a thing ; —
at 1, 31 the fut. part, iroffi-
aovTfs denotes a purpose : for
the purpose of doing, in order
to do, to do; — at 1, 4 the
Subject of 'Koi'hffiiv is omitted,
as it is the same as that of
the leading verb {t(pr{) i —
for /A^ icoii\(TT^s, 1, 8, see ixi],
no. 1, c, (b)*;— at 6, 36 the
Object of Troi'fi<rriT€ is the
demonstr. pron. iKetva which
is omitted before follg. rel. 2.
— (b) With Ace of person
and Ace. of thing: To do
something to one ; 2, 33 ; — at
7, 16 the ace. of thing ^icc7vo
is omitted before the rel. 5ti.
^(c) With tZ or kSlkus and
Ace. of nearer Object : (o)
With cS: To do good to, to
benefit ; to bestow, or con-
fer, a benefit, etc., upon;
3,4; 3,17; 8,23;— at 2, 24
supply yi.4 after Toiiiauv. — (jS)
With KaKws : To do hurt or in-
jury to ; to injure, inflict injury
upon; 3, 17 ; 7, 38 ;— at 7, 16
after iroietre supply kokSos ;
see preceding context. — c. Of
injuries, etc.: To cause, in-
flict, etc. — 2. Neut. : a. To be
doing or acting, to do or act,
in any way. — With Adv. : (a)
To do, or act, in the way
described by_the adv. : — otiw
roielu, to do, or act, thus or
in this way, 1, 11. — (b) With
fZ or KOMus ; cf. above, no. 1,
b, (c) : (o) To confer a benefit
or favour.-'-ifi) To do, or in-
flict, hurt or injury; 3, 38.
— 3. Mid. : vot^Oftai -ovftai, f.
troi'fitrofiai, 1. aor. iiroifi<rafiriv,
p. pass, in mid. force rciro/-
Tifjiai: a. To make for one's self
or on one's own part : — ra
audpdiro^a iyrhs ir\ai(riov wot-
ricrdfifvoi, having {made ; i.e.)
placed the slaves inside a
square, 8, 16 : — iv i.irofil^'firtp
TTotrja-dfitvos A^yci, having
made it under seal of secrecy
hesaySf 6, 43, where supply
238
VOCABULARY.
Tovro (referring to the pre-
ceding statement) after roi-
ri<rdfi€yos, — b. With second
Ace : To make^ on one's own
part, an object that which
is denoted by the second Ace;
2, 38, where supply vyuSn as
first ace; see preceding con-
text. — e. To holdf deem, con--
nder, reckon, regard ; 7, 44 ;
8, 9. — 4. Pass.: iroUofiOi -ov-
|Lai, p. rfwoiTifiat, 1. aor. iwoi-
ijOjiy, 1. fdt. KoifiO-fiaofjuii, To he
done, etc.
«oiT|cr&|UV09, v> ov, P. 1.
aor. mid. of woi^e^,
voiifcraf, affOy ay, P. 1. aor.
of voUu,
voujcrciv, f ut. inf. of voi4v,
vov^trxfi, 2. pers. sing. 1.
aor. snbj. of iroi<«.
voii^cnp^, 2. pers. plnr. 1.
aor. snbj. oftroieu,
voiifiroi, 3. pers. sing. fat.
opt. of irotcw.
xonjcroiuu, fat. mid. of
irotfw,
iroivfowv, ovtrix, ov, P. fat. of
woiifn, contr. 2. pers. plar.
pres. snbj. of iroi€«.
iroioCiiv, Attic for Koto7fu,
contr. pres. opt. of s-oc^w.
iroioCfLtiv, contr. pres. opt.
mid. of iroUfc,
iroioSi a, ov, adj. Of what
sort or kind; what kind of,
etc. — Tiy is often joined to
7ro7os, thereby merely render-
ing it more indefinite ; cf. 6^ 24.
v^Xcif^ nom. and ace. plor.
of wSxis.
p. vewoK^fitiKo, 1. aor. hro\4/i-
•ntra, V. n. [»JA,€fi-oj, ** war "]
L Alone : To war; to wo^
or carry on, war; 6, 1. —
2. With Dat [§ 102, (8)] : 2b
war with; to make war ou^ to
wage war with or agcdntt; 6,7.
voXc)ti(<ntv, oiMTOy or, P.
fat. of 'jro\€n4tt,
[v6\€fi-os, "war"] CO^ or
belonging to, wSXtpLos"; hence)
1. Of persons : Warlike; — at
2, 22 the Sap. is foUd. bj
Gen. of ''Thing IHstribated^
[§ 112].— 2. Of things : Per-
taining to war. — As Sabst.:
'ToXcfiXictfr, ov, n. ("A thing
pertaining to war''; heoo^
A hattle^criff war-Mhtmi; 8, 88.
US^ (Comp.: wo\€f£Uc'-^«fos)i
Sup.: vo\€fUK'<&TSros.
iroXciJkiKMlTos, If, or, si^
adj. ; see woK€/uic6s.
1. iroX^-Xos, M> loWf a4i*
rw6\€fA^os, "wap'^ 1. QT, or
belonging to, war. — ^8. Some-
times with Dat r§ 102, ^)] :
Hostile. — Ab SnMt.: voX^
los, ov, m. A» ^»enuf in war ;
afoeman, etc. — With Art:
Thefoeman, the foe ; 3, 26. —
Plar.: With Art.: Theenemjf;
—at 3, 34 fill ap the passage :
0% T€ 7&P 9o\4fiMi ^Itri dpficcf
rifuy, Kol lfi€7s oi ^(\oi iirr\
Bp§K€S,
VOCABULARY.
239
2. iroX^)jiio9« ov, see 1.
8. iroX^|i.-Xo9> ta, XoVy adj.
[iroA6f(-ios, **an enemy'*] 1.
Oft or heJonging to, the
enemy / 6, 25. — As Subst. :
iroXcixla, as (sc. x^P^)i ^* -^^
enemy's country, — 2. Hostile.
ir6'K-€^o%, ffjLov, m. [prob.
for ird\-€fios ; f r. iraX, root of
vdWw, **to brandish, hurl/'
etc."] (** A brandishiDg or hurl-
ing" of weapons; hence) 1.
JBattle, fight,— 2. War;— at
If 27 rhv t6\€ixov rhv irphs
roht AaK€^aifioylov5 refers to
the Peloponnesian War, which
was brought to a close, B.O.
405, by the defeat of the
Athenian fleet at ^gos-
p5tSmos ("Goat-river") by
the Lacedaemonian commander
Lysander.
ir6Xco'i(v), dat. plur. of
ir6\is,
w6\€ia9f Attic gen. of t6Kis,
ir6Xi-s, 05 (Attic v6\€-ai),
f,:l, A city, — 2. At Athens :
With Art.: The 4cropoUsr as
being the site of the old
city; 1, 27 [akin to Sans.
puri, "a town or city"].
irtSXKT'fjiay /larosj n. [for
iroXiS-fia; fr. iro\l(<a (= iroA/5-
<rw), ** to build a city"; hence,
" to build'' generally] ("That
which is built '*; hence, ** the
buildings of a city "; hence)
A city, toum,
1. iroXXd, adv. ; see iroX^s,
2. iroXXa, wp ; see iroK^s,
iroXX-aKiS, adv. [iroA^r,
iroAA-oD, ** much " j plur.
** many "] Many times, often-
times, frequently.
iroXX-a-irXoUrtos, irAdo-io,
vXSi&ioVf adj. [voXits, iroAA-oD,
" much, many "; (o) connect-
ing vowel ; the origin of the
last member of the word is
uncertain] Many times more
numerous, several times as
many; — at 7, 27 folld. by
Gen. of "Thing Compared"
[§ 114], inasmuch as the no-
tion of comparison is involved
in the meaning of the word.
iroXXaxYJ, adv. [obsol. voA-
\axo5, **many"] 1. Many
times ; often, frequently, — 2.
In many places, as opp. to
oifdofJLTJ,
iroXXoC, iroXXa(| iroXXa,
nom. plur. of iro\6s,
iroXXovS} iroXXdf, iroXXd)
ace. plur. of iroA^s.
iroXXiuVi gen. plur. of TroAvr,
whether as adj. or subst.
1. iroXv, nom. and ace. neut.
sing, of iroAus.
2. iroXi$, adv. [adverbial
neut, of ToXvs, "much"]
1. Of degree : Much, far,
very, — With Comp. Adj.: —
iroKh v\€iovs, many more,
5, 15 : — trokh Kp€lTro(n{p)
ifiavTov, by those far superior
to, or more powerful than,
myself, 6, 37. — 2. Of space :
A great v>ay or distance, far.
240
VOCABULARY,
f
Voc. UoKvKparts, 2, 30), m.
_iro\-vSi " much *'; (i/) con-
necting vowel ; Kpar-os,
"strength"] ("One having
much strength "] Polycrates;
an Athenian mentioned at
2, 17, «^(7.
rioX-v-viK-oS) ou, m. [iroA-
ws, "much"; plur. "many";
(w) connecting vowel ; vIk-ti,
" victory "3 C* One having
many victories ") PolynJcus ;
a Spartan mentioned at 6^ 1 ;
6, 43.
iroXvs, iroAA^, iroA</, adj. :
1. Of number or quantity ;
a. Sing. : Large^ great, — b.
Plur. : Many, numerous, in
great numbers ; much : —
iroAAal KpiBal Ka\ vvpol, much
harleg and wheat, 1, 13. — As
Subst.: iroXv,iroAAoD,n. With
Art. : The much; 7, 36 ;— at
2, 3; 5, 12, etc., with Gen. of
« Thing DUtributed" [§ 112].
— As Subst. : (a) iroXAoC, &v,
m. plur. Many persons, many,
— With Art. : The many, the
majority, — (b) iroXXd, Siv, n.
plur. Many things, — 2. Of
degree, value, etc, : Much,
great, high, large. — Adverbial
neut.: iroXXd, Much, great-
ly, ^ery; 6, 36.-8. Of
space : Large, great, — N.B.
When ttoAjJs in any of its
forms is joined to an adj. by
Koiy the Kai is not rendered in
Kngli^h : — Ikvlpai voWohs Kol
fjiaxifMus, many warlike men,
8, 13 .—woWit K&y&dd, many
good things, 1, 33. SST
Comp. : rAcf«r or 9\4mw;
Sup.: w\fT(rTOf; see these
words [akin to Sans, purus,
" much, many "J.
iFOV'im -A, £ 'rorfi<rt», p.
Tr€Tr6vnKa, 1. aor. iv6injira,
V. n. and a. [ttSv-os, '^ labour"]
1. Neut.: a. To labour, ioiL —
b. To undergo, or suffer, toil.
—2. With Ace. of thing : 2b
work, or toU, hard for ; to
gain by toil, lahour, or exer-
tion; 6, 41. — Pass.: inv-io^Mk
-ovfjiai, p. 9€w6nifuu, 1. aor.
irovii-p^, p^ p6w, adj.
[lengthened fr. woP9'p6t ; fr.
Tori-u, in force of" to feel, or
suffer, pain"] ("Feding, or
suffering, pain"; hence, "pain-
ful"; hence) 1. Bad, sorry^
useless, good for nothing,—^.
Of locfdities : Bad, wnfavouT'
able; 4, 12. — 8. Moral^:
Bad, wicked, iU-disposed.
'Tom^oxiS) euro, or, P. 1. aor.
of WOVtM,
ir6vo9i ov, m. IbU, labour :
— 6 84 robs iffAer4pcvw w69ov%
tx^h *^^ ^ on the other hand
has (the fruits of) our toile,
6, 9; where w6wovs meant
that which has been obtained
through toil.
n<Svros, ov, m. rv^a^of,
"sea"] Pontus: 1. mth or
without Ld^uyos : The BOut'
VOCABULARY.
24f
MS or Ponbu JEttximu (^now
"the Eoxine or Black Sea*').
Anciently it was termed
Tl6yTos "A^evos or '^A^tivos
(Inhospitable Sea), bat after-
wards, by a euphemism, U6yr'
OS Eii\eivos (Sospitable Sea).
— 2. A country in the N.E. of
Asia Minor. It derived its
name from its bordering on
the Pontus Euxinus ; 1, 1.
vopc-Ca (trisylL), ias, f.
[vope-iM (trisyU.), in mid.
force ; see vopc^w] ('* A g^ing,
a marching''; hence) 1. A
Journey, — 2. A march,
vopcvcv^c, 2. pers. plur.
pres.. imperat. mid. of wopti-
ofiai; 1, 13.
vop€v^|icvos, II, ov, P. pres.
mid. of iro0€i;(tf.
irop€V(ro|&€vos, it, op, P. fut.
mid. of Topevtt,
irop-cv«0, f. wop^lffo9, 1. aor.
iv6pev<ra, v. a. [7r6p-os, " a
way, pathway," etc.j 1. Act. :
To make, or cause, to go, — 2.
Mid.: vop-cvofuu, f. 'jrope6»
coixai, 1, aor. ivopevcofiiiv,
1, aor. pass, in mid. force
iiropt{fBT)v, To make on^s self
to go; to go, proceed, set
forward, set out, march,
L' «op0-^M -a>, £ vop$4i<rc», 1.
aor. ivSpdria-a, v. a. [collateral
form of wdpOu, '* to destroy"]
Of thmgs as Object: To
destroy, plunder, ravage, lay
ioaste, devastate ; — at 1, 5
fill up the sentence: %v {sc,
Anab, Book VII ^
X&paif) fihy iOiKoifAfv TOpOto^,
imittrnv (sc. x(^p<^y) icopBovvT^s,
%v (sc, x^P^) ^* i9iKoiii€v
Kartucaitiv, iKUPiiv (sc, xi^po^)
KarcucalovTCi. — Pass. : vopO-
^OfJiai -ovftat, p. v€T6p0rifxai,
xopOov|i,cvos, 1}, oy, contr.
P. pres. pass, of iropBcu,
iropOovvTCS} contr. masc.
nom. plur. of iropdeu,
1. irop-Ctca, f. TopXw, p.
TcirSpiKa, 1. aor. iirdpiaa, y, a. :
1. Act. : To provide, furnish,
supply. — 2. Mid. : irop-£(o|uu,
f. TopiovfjMi late iropio'Ofiai, 1.
aor. iiropXa^d/xiiy, To provide,
etc., for one's self, etc. ; to
furnish one*s self with, to
procure [either fr. T6p-os, ** a
way," and so '< to make a way
for"; or else to be referred
directly to Sans, root PBi,
" to bring over"].
2. xopit«| pres. subj. of
1. vopi(w; 3, 10.
v^-oos, 17, oy, interrog. adj.
Sow great ? — As Subst. :
ir^crov, ov (sc. Hidari^/ia}, n.
Mow great a distance ? 3, 12,
where w6aov is Ace. of ** Mea-
sure of Space " [§ 99] [akin
to Sans, ka-s, "who?" cf.
Ionic ic<$-<rof].
iroT-au^, afiovf u. [iror-Sv^
"drink '^] ("That which per-
tains to drink"; hence) A
river, as being drinkable
water.
1. ir^-Tc, interrog. particle.
At what time ? when? [akin to
242
VOCABULARY.
Sans. ka-B, " who ? " cf. Ionic
form k6-t(\,
2. iro-T^ enclitic particle :
1. At any time. — 2. Of an
indefinite fatnre point of
time : At some time or other ;
at some time; 8, 3 [id.].
• iri^Tcpa, iroTcpov; see v6-
rcpos.
ird-Tcpos, r/pa, repay, adj.
Whether of the two. — ^Nent.
Sing, and Plur. as Adv. : iro-
Tcpov, vorepa, Whether : —
7roT€po¥ (v6T€pa) , • . 1j, whe-
ther . . , or whether [fr. same
root as 1. ir<JT€ ; see 1. vSre'].
iroT^p-ciSi adv. [T<^ep-os,
"whether, or which, of the
two "] (** After the manner of
the irirepos "; hence) In which
way of two.
iro-Tov, rovf n. ("That
which is drunk "; hence)
Drink}— At 1, 33; 3, 10 in
plur. : irTra Koi irori^food (or
meat) and drink [root wo,
akin to Sans, root fA, "to
drink "].
iro-Tos, roVf m. ( *' A drink-
ing"; hence) A drinking bout ;
a carousal [id.].
1. wov, interrog. adv.
Where ? fr. same root ps irJ-
<ros, irJ-T€
Somewhere, anywhere. — 2.
Possibly f perchance, etc. [id.]
wovs, irod-Ss, m. ("The
going thing**; hence) Afoot,
whether of men or beasts [for
; cf. these words].
wov, enclitic adv.: 1.
vo^'S ; akin to Sans. pSl^, or
pad, " a foot/' fr. root PAD,
" to go **; cf. Lat. pes, p^d-is ;
also, English /oo^].
wpaY-fiA, fiaros, n. [wpda-ffof^
" to do," through root wpary]
1. That which is done; a
deed, act, etc. — 2. A thing; a
matter, an affair, a circum-
stance. — 8. Plur. : a. Circum'
stances, affairs, esp. of a
troublesome kind; 6, 24. — b.
A state, kingdom, etc.
wpaYpiaT-cvofMUy f. irpaf'
fjMT€v<rofxtu, 1. aor. hrpay'
fxdTfVffOfifiy, p. vetrpoTm&rcv-
fxcu, V. mid. [rpayfia, wpdrf
fx&T'Os, "a matter."] ("To
eipploy one's self, etc., aboat
a matter," etc. ; hence) With
Ace. of thing : lb take in
hand; to husy or employ
one's self, etc., about; to 09
engaged in ; — at 6, 25 the
Ace. of tldng after wpoy-
/iar€v6fi€vos is the demoDitr.
pron. iKityo, which is omitted
before the follg. reL Zru
wpaY|iaTCvd|ftCV09» if* or, P.
pres. of vpayfiare^fuu.
wp&{ai)jii, 1. aor. opt. of
Trpdaav.
wpa|is, c»t,f. [for vpSy-ns;
fr. vpaY, root of vpiirnt, in
force of « to do^*] (*« A doing**!
hence) A transaction, bmd*
ness, matter,
wpdo'-irv (Attic vpdtr-mX
f. TTpd^u, p. 'ir4wpaxa, plnpofl
Irevpaxeiv, l.aor. lrpa(fl^T.fl*
VOCABULARY.
243
and n. [for irpdy»ir» ; fr. root
irpaY] 1. Act. : a. To hring
about, do, effect, achieve, ac-
complish. — b. With Ace. of
thing and Dat. of person : To
exact something of, or from,
a person; 6, 17. — 2. Neat.:
a. To fare in a particular
way.— (a) With tZ : To fare
well} stnctly elliptical for eS
rpArreiv (as v. a.) rh outov,
etc., to bring his, etc., affairs
to a good issue ; cf. 6, 11 ;
6, 20; 7, 42, etc—Qa) With
neut. adj. or pron.: To fare
in the way denoted by snch
adj. or pron. : — tovto irprfr-
rovrts, faring thus, 6, 81 : —
h, irpdrToi 6 :Zfidris, how Seuth-
es was faring, 4, 21. — b. To
bargain, treat, negotiate; —
at 2, 12 the impeif . ' f irparrc
points to the commencement
of the action. — 8. Pass.: irf»^-
ao^ML (Attic irpdr-TOftai), p.
viirpayfiai, 1. aor. iirpdx^v,
1. fat. vpaxH^^oiMi, To be
done, etc.
vpoTTM ; see irpdxraw.
irpaxOi^crcTai, 8. pers. sing.
1. fat. ind. pass, of irpd^ffw or
vpdrrw,
irpcvPc-fa (trisyll.), las, f.
[irp€a&€-6ci> (trisyll.), "to go
as an ambassador "] (" A
going as an ambassador";
hence) An embassy, as con-
sisting of ambassadors ; 8, 21.
vp€vP'€Via, f. vptafificra),
. p. irtirp4afi€VKa, V. n. [vpifffi-
R
vs, in force of '<an ambas-
sador "] 1. To be an ambas-
sador. — ^2* To go, or be em-
ployed, as an ambassador ; —
at 2, 23 the imperf. denotes a
customary act.
•irpc<rpcv«»v, ovtra, oi^^ P. pres.
of irp€(r$€6ia,
rrpiajivq, iios and eus, m. :
1. An old man. — Hence are
formed the comparative and
superlative adjectives, rpttrfi'
&repos, irpe(rfiiwv,older,np€or0'
<Jt&toj, Trp4(r$t(rTds, oldest »•—'
2. An ambassador [prob. to
be divided irpta-fiv'S} of which
the parts are respectively akiti
to Sans. adv. puras, "for-
ward,** and root bhf, "to
be*'; and so, "he th&t is
forward, or more advanced/*
in age].
irpco-pvT&Tos, 17, ov, sup.
adj. ; see vpterpvs, no. 1. — As
Subst.: irpccrpiiTaToi, wv, m.
plur. With Art. j The oldest
men ; 8, 89.
irp^crPiiTCpos, 0, op, comp.
adj. ; see vp4(rfivs, no. 1. — As
Subst.: irpco^vTCpoi, av, m.
plur. Old men, elders; cf.
Latin " seniores."
irpCv, adv. and conj.: 1.
Adv.: a. Before. — ^b. JSefore
that, ere that, ^-2, Conj.:
Mostly with Inf. aor.: Before
that, sooner or rather than.
irp6, prep. gov. gen.: 1. Of
place : Brfore, in front of,
— 2. In time : Before, pre*
2
244
VOCABULARY.
viou$l0 to.— 3. In behalf of,
for. -—A, For^ oit a*, a defence
againity 8, 18.~5. Of cause
or motive : For.
irp<5-Pa-Tov, tow (meetly
plor.), n. [xprf, '* before "; Pa,
root of iSo/w, "to go"]
(*< That which goes, or walks,
forward "; aod, so, an animal
that walks, ks opposed to one
that flies, etc. ; hence, esp. of
small cattle) A sheep,
irp^-yor-oft ov* m. [for
iroo'y€V'OS ; fr. 'rp6, " before,
earlier"; yw^ root of yiyvo'
fuu, in force of " to be bom"]
C One bom before or earlier"
than another ; hence) Afore*
father, ancestor.
irpocuv, for irpocCiiotiy, 3.
pers. plor. 2. aor. opt. of xpo-
irpo-ciTov, 2. aor. without
pres., f. Tpo'ep&t y. a. [_'Tp6,
** before " others ; hence,
" publicly **; tJiroy, ** to say*']
(**To say publicly"; hence)
With Inf. and Da£ of person :
To jmblichf command^ or
order, a person to do, etc.;
7, 13, where fill up the sentence
as follows : — xpotp&¥ airrois
( = Xap/ilytip Koi TIoXvvIk^)
ixitvcu iK r^s x^P^> fiircp
xpouwey ahr^ (= Hcyo^wm)
kxUvcu ix rrjs x^P^*
irpocXTiXvOcoxur, 3. pers.
plur. pi up. ind. of xpofyxotuu.
irpocXOwv, owra, 6r, P. 2.
aor. of xpofpxofiai.
mid. of vpoftifu.
vpo-^pXOfiai* f. vpo-cXc^
trofiai, p. 9pO'€X'fiXv$a and
vpo-^Av9a, 2. aor. x/>o-^A0or
[irp4J, "forwards"; fyxo/toi,
*' to come or go **] To eoM«^
or go, forwards s to ad*
vance.
irpocpitr, OMTOy ovr, P. fat.
of xpoeiwow.
vpocoT&roi, fbr v^octfrq-
ic^rou, perf. inf. of vpetvni/u.
irooloTviKa, per£ ind. of
vpofimfiu.
vpo«rn|Kwt, vMy if, P.
perf. of itpoUmifiu
irpo-tlY^IMi ' -ipfo«|Miy f .
irpo-iry^ofuuy ▼. mid. [«p^
« forwards"; hy^/uu, «to
lead"] To lead forwards,
lead the way : — txm iarBp^hrmw
vporryoifitwa, tracks of persons
{leclding forwards, Le.) mAo
had gone forwards or htforSt
3,42.
vpoi|YOV|urot, i|, or, oontr.
P. pres. of wpo7fy4ofiai»
vpo9v|uSo0aiy oontr. pies.
inf. of xpoOvfUofuu,
irpoOvifc-loiiai -ovfMUy £
vpoOvfiiiaoiuu, 1. aor. pass, in
mid. force vpolr^/iiOnw (i.«.
Tpo-e^v/A^^y}, ▼• mid. [v^
Bvfi'os, "rndy, zealooa"]
With Inf. : lb i« r«Kl)f, >br-
toarcf, zealous, or 0<i^«r <o da^
tffe.; 2,2; 7,47.
irpoOiu|i-la, MS, f.. [v^
ev/i-os, " ready, zeidous T
Uv,
VOCABULARY.
MS
(" The quality of the vpSBvfi-
05*'; hence) MeadinesSy zeal,
irp4S-6v)Ji>os, oif, adj. [Trp6,
" forwards"; Ovfi-Ss, «*mind'']
{** Having the mind forwards ;
heing of a forward mind";
hence) Meadtf, willing, zeal-
ous, eager, (JtS^ Comp. :
irpoOvfi-oTfpos ; Sap.: rpoBv/A'
6r&Tos.)
vpo6ii)t^cpov, comp. adj.
fadverbial neut. of irpoBvfi'
oTipos, comp. of vpSOvfios,
" ready "] 1. More readily or
willing^, — 2. Ab a modified
snperl. : Verg teadilg or toilU
inglg,
vpoOv)tov)ji€voSy 17, ov, contr.
P. pres. of irpoOvfifofiai.
irpo0v)t-cis, adv. [irp66vfi'
OS, "ready, willing, zealous,"
etc.'] ("After the manner of
the vpiOvfio^*; hence) Meadilg,
willingly, zealously, eagerly,
etc.
irpoWf&cvos, Vf ov, P. pres.
mid. of vpotrifit,
irpo-tTifii, f. vpO'iiaw, 1. aor.
Tvpo riKa, 2. aor. irpo-TJyf v. a.
[irpo, "forth"; Xrjfit, "to
send"] 1. Act.: ("To send
forth "; hence) Folld. by Inf.
to define the action : To allow,
permit, etc., to do, etc; 2, 16,
where it is also folld. by Dat.
of person; cf. irapiiini, — 2.
Mid. : irpo-^fJiai (found in
inf.), 2. aor. Tcpo'4iir\v (found in
opt. trpo-elfiTiP and TrpO'oipniv),
inf. vpo-eaeat, (** To send forth
from oneself," efo,; hence) a.
With Ace. of thing and Dat.
of person: To confer, or
bestow, something freely or
without stipulation on a per-
son ; 7, 47. — ^b. To give ont?s
self, etc., up or over to a per-
son; 3, 81.
irpo-f(rTt||&i, f. frpO'trrfiffWf
1. aor. vpobarria'a (i. e. irpo-
iffrriaa), p. frpO'dcrrriKa, plu-
perf. rpO'UtTT'fiKfw, 2. aor.
Trpotftrrriv (i. e. irpo-^annv),
V. a. and n. [irpjJ, " before ";
ttrriifjn, **to set, to stand"]
1. Act.: Pres., imperf., 1. fnt.,
1. aor.: To set hefore, — 2.
Neut.: Perf., pluperf., 2. aor.
(«To stand before"; hence)
With Gen.: a. To preside
over, have the command of^
command, — b. To he at the
head of, to he the chief power
irpo - KaC«», f. vpO'Kai&o-u,
V. a. [irp6, ** before"; Kalv,
" to burn "] 1. Act.: To hum
hefore, — 2. Pass.: irpo-KaC**
Ofiai, p. Tpo-K^KavfjiCu : Of
watch-fires, etc.: Tohe lighted,
or kindled, before or in front ;
— at 2, 18 strengthened by
follg. 'Kp6,
irpoKCKavft^vos, Vf ov, P.
perf. pass, of irpoKalw; — at
2, 18 irpoK€Kavfi€va takes the
gender and number of the
Subject rit wpd, and in con-
junction with the sing, verb
cfif forma the third person
246
VOCABULARY.
sing, of the perf. opt pass, of
vpoKcdw. The present con-
stniction of a plur. part, with
a sing, number of ci/J) <uid
forming together with it a
yerb which has for its Subject
a ncut nom. plur. [§ 82, a]
shoald be observed.
irpo-KivSvFciiit, ▼. n. [rp6,
"for"; Kiy^vycitf, "to en-
counter danger''] Folld. by
vw^p with Gen. : To en-
counter, or brave, danger for
or on behalf of ; S, 31, where
(nrhp (Tov belongs to irpoKivivV'
(^€<v as well as to xovuv,
npoxX'iis, COS ovsy m. PrO"
cle»; the governor of Tea-
thrania.
vpo-Xiyit, f. vpo-Xc^w, ▼. a.
\jpi, ("before" others; hence)
" publicly"; Aeyw, « to say"]
(** To say, or tell, publicly '^;
hence, with accessory notion
of command) With Dat. of
person and Inf. : To order,
bid, command a person io do,
etc; 7, 3.
vpofiax-iwi') i&voi, m. [vpo-
li&X'OfJMi, in force of "to
fight in defence of, to defend"]
C* That which defends " ;
hence) A bulwark, rampart ;
8, 13; cf. Lat. propugnaciilum
in same meaning.
irpo-fJivdofUM -)JiKii|&ai, 1.
aor. 7rpo'€fiPTj(rafniv, v. mid.
lTp6, •'for, in behalf of";
fivaoficu, **to woo"] ("To
woo, or court, for, or in be-
half of,** another; hence)
With Ace of thing : 7b plead,
urge, etc., a matter ; 3, 19.
vpo-volofMU -yoov|ia^ f.
vpO'yo4ia'o/uu, 1. aor. vpohmr^-
ffdftrip ^= vpo-a^oi^a&tiiiw), p*
'rpo-y€vififtai, v, mid. fv/M;
yotofiai (mid.), "to think,
to think about **] L [vpS,
"for"] With Gen.: 2b
think, or take thought, for
or in behalf of; to provide
for: 7, 38.-2. [wfH, "be-
forehand"] With Ace. of
thing: To think about, or
plan, beforehand J to provide g
.7, 37.
vp^vo-ia (triaylL), ias, f.
[xpiyo-os, " foretbinkiiig, pro-
vident"] ("The qnali^ of
the 'rp6voos"; hence) Jrorv-
thougJU, prudence, foretiokt,
irpo-vqimt, f. Tpo^vc/nfKif,
1. aor. irpo-4w9iv^a, oontr.
irpoihrefi^a, V. a. [;rp6, " for-
wards"; WfivM, "to send'H
1. Act. : a. To sendfbruMurdM,
to forward, — ^b. 2\» eoudmet,
escort. — 2. Mid.: vpo-v^ur-
o|iai, 1. aor. wpo-trtfaj^siap^
contr. Tpovir€f»^nfi7iy, 2b jmmI
forwards, or 0% as one^s owa
especial act; 2, 14.
irpov^l&ilrai, 1. aor. in& of
xpovefiWM,
irpo-ViKM, imperf.ir/ioi^Owy
(contr. £r. itpO'iwiirov), f. t|w-
wtofuu, p. vpO'riwMca, 2. aor.
wpolhrioy (contr. fr. vpo-^Zar),
v. n. and a. [ir/ii, "before^
VOCABULARY.
247
first '*; Tim, " to drink "1 (« To
drink before, or first *'j hence)
1, Neut.: a. With Dat. of per-
son : To drinJc to, or pledge,
another s 3, 26. — b. Alone:
To drink one^s, etc., health;
8, 27.-2. Act. : With Ace. of
thing : To drink something
to a person* 8, etc., health ; to
drink a person's health in
something ; to pledge a per-
son, etc., in something: —
K€paTa oXvov vpoiimi/ov, they
pledged one another in horns
of wine, 2, 23. — It was the
custom among the Greeks for
the person who drank to, or
E lodged, another to drink first,
imself, and then to pass the
cnp to the person pledged.
Not unlike this is the custom
that now holds good when the
** loving cup *' is passed round
at public entertainments in
our own country.
irp^s, prep.: 1. With Gen.:
a. LooftUy : JVom. — b. In
oaths or adjurations : Bg : —
Tphs BeQv or rwy 0(ioy, hg the
gods, 1, 29 ; 6, 33.— c. From
a person : — irphs vfxau, from
you, 6, 33. — d. Before, in the
presence of. — e. Towards, — f.
In accordance with. — 2. With
Dat.: a. Locally: Hard hg,
neart at, close to. — b. To, on
to. — C. Added to, begond, he-
sides, in addition to. — 3. With
Ace. : a. Locally : (a) To, unto,
up to, towards a place or
person. — (b) Upon, against,
— b. With relation or respect
to, in reference to, for. — p.
For an object or purpose j for
the purpose of. — d. To, in
reply to. — e. In time: To-
wards, near. — f. With verbs
of "looking": Towards. — g.
In accompaniment to a music-
al instrument: To the sound
of. — h. In replies: To, in replg
to. — j. : (a) In hostile sense :
Against, with ; 1, 27 ; 8, 19.
— (b) Without hostile sense :
With a person, etc. ; 2, 7, etc.
— k. In comparison of, com-
pai'ed with ; 7, 41.
irpoQ'-airiia -aiT<5, 1. aor.
ir/)0(r-jjT7;<ro, V. a. [vp6s, "be-
sides, in addition"; alr4wt
"to ask"] ("To ask besides,
or in addition"; hence) 1.
With Ace. of thing: 2^o ask
an addition to, to ask an in--
crease of; 6, 27.-2. With
Ace. of person and Ace. of
thing: To ask a person for
something additional or in
addition; to ask something
additional, or in addition, of,
or from, a person; 3, 31
[§ 96].
irpoo'aiTTio'aS} ova, av, P.
1. aor. of vpoffairioi.
irpooxuTwv, ovira, ovv, contr.
P. pros, of TTpocrairew.
irpocravciirfiv, inf. of vpoC'
Slv€7vov,
irpoo-'cLvciirov, 2. aoi*. with-
out pres., V, a. [jp6s, "be-
248
VOCABULARY.
sides, in addition"; iu^tivow,
*' to declare"] To declare, or
announce, besides or i» addi-
tion; — at 1, 11 the Object of
xpoaSa^€iv€u^ is the clause hs
• • . airuurtTcu,
vpooTrycniiUvos, ri, ov, P.
per£ of trpoaylypofiai ; — at
1, 28 *A07iyatup wpovyeyemf
li€P(0v is Gen. Abe. [§ 118].
wpovyiy^o^fjoXf and (later)
vpoor-Yiro|Mii, f. vpotr-ytyii'
ao/iai, p. irpoo'-yeyipTifuu, 2.
aor. xpoff-^€¥6iifiv, r. mid.
[xp6s, "in addition"; ylypo-
fiai, "to be**] ("To be in
addition"; hence) To be added;
— sometimes foUd. by Dat.
[§ 103].
vpoo'-Savc£to|uu, 1. aor.
vpoff-fiayeiaafiiiP, ▼. mid.
[»p^y, "besides"; 9ayelCo/iai,
" to hare lent " to one ; " to
borrow" (mid. of SoFc/yw^
•*to lend" on nsnry)] To
borrow besides or in addition.
xp<Kr8avcura|&cvos, ri, ov,
P. 1. aor. of xpoaHttPel^ofuu.
vpo<r-8€0|iai, f. xpoa-He^-
a-ofiat, 1. aor. Tpoc-t^tiiOTiv,
V. mid. [xpSs, "besides, in
addition''; Hfoficu, in force
of "to need"] VTith Gen.
[§ 111] : To need, or want, be-
sides or in addition ; to stand
ti
strengthening" force; oImoI
ZoKoM, " to expect "; — or to be
divided xpoa-ioK'om; foftwpoa*
HtK'Ow ; fV. xp6s, in " strength-
ening " force ; i^x-oiuu^ Ionic
94K'Ofuu, in force of "to
expect, await"] With Ace
of thing: 2b expect^ or look
for, whether in hope or fear.
wpoaSp&fLMT, ovira, dw, P.
2. aor. of Tpo<rrp4x^'
irpoory ^ r c T O , 8. pen. nng.
2. aor. ind. of vpooylywo/uu*
vpoviSclv^, contr. 2. pen.
plnr. imperf. ind* of wpoC'
liiofuu,
vpo9tl9cor, imperf. ind. oi
irpooQitt,
wpoofCXii^ perf. ind. ol
vpoaKc^ifiSiMtt.
irp6o'-c&|u, imperf. trpov'
^€iv, V. n. [xp6s, " to "; cT/u,
"to go "] ("To go to, or up
to "; hence) To go or eiMM
up; to approtichf etc.; — at
6, 24 foUd. by Dat. [§ 108].
wpoo'cX&Por, 2. aor. ind. ol
vpoa\a/iB&iftt,
vpoofXoirai, 1. aor. inf. of
vpoaeXaitnt.
rrpoatk&awi, wra, or, P.
1. aor. of irpoa^Kabprn.
irpcxr-cXavri*, f. vpoc-eXatrm
Attic irpoiT'eXic, 1. aor. v/w0'-
^\a<ra, v. a. [v^p^f, " towards";
in further need, or tcauf, of. ! 4\a6yu, ** to set in motion *]
wpoo-SoK^v, contr. pres. inf. I'C" To set in motion towards ";
of -Kpotr-loKoM. hence, as \, n. through ellipse
wpoo'-SoKoi* -SoKw, f. xpoff' i of nearer Object) 1. With
hoKfyrw, y. a. [vp6s, in 'ellipse of ^rporir, ''an army "s
yocABui^ny.
("ToBeb an nrmj iq matiaii
towards" aplace, etc.; hence)
To march up, advance on-
tctardt.-^2. With ellipge or
Vntov, "a horse"! ("To Bot
a borsa \a motion towards " e.
pUce ; hence) To ride, ot
gallop, up; 3, 7 ; S, i7.
irpocnXSiiv, auira, ijr, F. 2.
aor. of >|i(i(r^frxoftai.
WMir-ipXofMii, r. ipoir-
(XE^fTo/ini, p. ipoir-tXii\u6a, 2.
aor. irpa(r-^\0oi', t. mid. \itph,
"to"; Ipxo/iai, "to come "1
1. Wltli Dat. [§ 102, (1), or
§ 103] ! To come to or near
to; to come ap to, approach.
— 3. Alone: T^eoBUUp.dram
wpoo'-^W, f. Tipotr-i^w, p.
vpair-ZirxTiKa, 2. aor. xpGir-
tffX"". V. a. [ipir, " to") (x<-.
"to hold"} With or without
mSv : {" To hold the mind to
or towards"! hence) To turn
tie mind, tiougilt, or atten-
tion to ; to be intent upoa ;
— nt e,5; 8, 16 folld. by
Dat. [5 103].
■n-poo-nti, 3. pers. sing,
imperf. ind. o( trpiiriin!.
irpocrji^a'av, 3. pera. plar,
impcrf. ind. of npJird/ii.
TpOW-I^KW, T. Tl. [irpji, ''at";
fJKv, " to bava arrived, he i
present "3 (" To have Hrrived
alj tobepreaeat at"; hence) '
1. To belong io, lo ct
3. ImperB. imperf. : i
(moBtlv folld. hy Dat." of per-
7, 18, by Aco. of person), {It)
«,as fit, m proper, for; («)
became;— ai 1, 18 the clatue
Ik t^i x^P" l^'i^rai is the
Subject of Tpor^mr.
irpoo-iiXSav, 2. aor. ind, of
Tpoff^fiXO>ini.
■n-pwrfiT*, contr. fr. vpev'
lf(iTE, 2. pers. plur. imperf. ind.
of rpiatitii,
irf6iT-9tv, adr.i 1, Ofplaee:
a. Before, in front .—for t1
TpiaBf,, 3, il. Bee 1. b, do. 6, b.
— b. After Terbs, rfa, of mo-
tion ! 0», oniiiardt,J'ortBardt,
—2. Of time: a. Sefore, tooueri
^for T^: irprfirflo' A1S7P, see 1. i,
no. 6, a :—vpiir9tv »plf, i^/Jx-*
(Aai, — b. fbrmer^, in (»m«
pati, heretofore.
vpoa-iia, f. Tpoir-fltuffufiai,
V. n. [TjiJt, " to OT towards ";
»4ti, " to run "] 1. With Dat.
[§ 103] : To rvn to, or to-
viarda, a person ; to run up
lo. — 2. Alone ; To run up.
'poirfUuv, ouaa, or, P. pres>
atr,
ae4a.
■KpoaWr, oEffa, ir, P. pre*.
of npiatiiu. — As Snbst. :
irpacrtjvTtti ^f, m. plur.
With Art. : Those who ap-
proach; the oonteri'Upi
250
VOCABULARY.
KoXiw, <<to call"] 1. Act:
To caU to, or summoih a per-
soD.'^.Mid. : vpoo'-KfiXiofiai
-KflLXov|jiaty To call, or sum'
mon, a person to ontfs %elf^
etc. ; 7, 2.
nor. of wpoffXafifidym.
vpoo'-Xa|iParii, f. vpoT-
A'^o/uu, p. wpo<r-€(\ii^a, 2.
aor. "rpoff'eXafloy, v. a. [vfHfyy
** besides, in addition **; Xofifi-
aym, '* to take "] lb toiktf, or
receive, hendet or in addition;
to receive further ; — at 6, 32
strengthened by follg. wpSs.
vpo<rXi{i|roirro, 3.perB.plar.
fut. opt. of wpoffXafifidya.
trp^vctoi, 6iov, f. [rp6s,
"to"; 696s, in force of "a
coming or going "] 1. A go-
ing, or coming, to a place;
an approach. — 2. (** Income,
rent"; hence) Public revenue;
— at 1, 27 wpoa6?iov oba^s is
Gen. Abs. [§ 118].
vpoo'-ouoXoYCi* -oiioXoyw,
V. n, [»/w)s, **to*'; j/iioXo7e»,
in force of ** to agree "] (" To
agree to " something ; hence)
To submit ; to give in one's,
etc., submission; to surren-
der.
vpo<nrcircpoi 
